POSTALADDRESS

MIDLANDS STATE UNIVERSITY PRIVATE BAG 9055 GWERU ZIMBABWE MIDLANDS STATE UNIVERSITY SENGA ROAD GWERU ZIMBABWE 263 (054) 260331, 260416, 260417, 260431, 260450, 260476,260496, 260525, 260541, 260554, 260568, 260575, 260592, 260596, 260632 263 54 260359 263 54 260422 263 54 260752 263 54 260641, 260210,260251, 260283 263 54 260432

PHYSICALADDRESS

TELEPHONE Main Lines

Information and Public Relations Office Student Affairs Student Health Services Batanai Complex Faculty of Commerce

Hellenic Hall Computer Lab 263 54 227213 Tel-One Complex Graduate School of Business Leadership Faculty of Law FAX NUMBERS Main Campus Faculty of Commerce Batanai Complex Graduate School of Business Leadership Faculty of Law 263 54 260233 263 54 260442 263 54 260708 263 54 223795 263 54 223795 263 54 223523 263 54 223205

UNIVERSITY BUSINESS HOURS Monday Thursday: 0800 hours 1245 hours - 1400 hours 1645 hours Friday 0800 hours 1245 hours 1400 hours 1615 hours PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY CHANCELLOR The President of the Republic of Zimbabwe, His Excellency Cde Robert Gabriel Mugabe, BA Fort Hare, Bed, BAdmin S.A, BSc Econ, LLB, LLM, MSc Econ Lond. Hon LLD Ahmadu Bello, Morehouse, Zimbabwe, Edin. St Augustines (N.Carolina), Mass, Moscow, Mich State, HonDPSc, Belgrade, D. Com Fort Hare, D Litt Solusi, D. Tech (NUST), Hon D Com (MSU). VICE-CHANCELLOR Professor N M Bhebe BA (UBLS), PhD (London) PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR Professor R J Zvobgo BA (Hons) MA (Delhi) MPhil (JNU), PhD (Edin.UK), Grad CE (UZ), Cert in Edu Organisation and Administration (Toronto) REGISTRAR Mr E Mupfiga BURSAR Mr P Kutyauripo

BSc Sociology (UZ) MSc HRM (Manchester, UK)

Chartered Certified Accountant , Accountant (ACCA), MCom Accounting (MSU)

LIBRARIAN Mrs N P Macheka

MSc in Library & Information Science (NUST), BA Media Studies (ZOU), HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly)

SENIOR PROCTOR Mr A Takawira -

LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM (Stellenbosch),

Registered Legal Practitioner

UNIVERSITY COUNCIL (as constitude in terms of Section 10 of the Midlands State University Act 1999) (a ) EX-OFFICIO Vice-Chancellor, Professor N M Bhebe BA (UBLS), PhD (London) Pro-Vice-Chancellor, Professor R J Zvobgo, -BA (Hons) MA (Dehli), MPhil (JUN), PhD (Edin) (UK), Grad CE (UZ), Cert in Edu Org & Admin (Toronto) (b ) APPOINTED BY THE MINISTER OF HIGHER AND TERTIARY EDUCATION Mr C F Dube LLB (Hons) Lagos LLB (UZ) MLSZ, MBA (MSU) Mrs C Chetsanga - Post Graduate Certificate in Theory of Accountancy CTA, Bachelor of Science in Accounting (Honours) (BCompt) University of South Africa - 1998, Bachelor of Business Studies (Honours) Universityof Zimbabwe Mr W S Muringani Dr E Xaba A.I.D.P.M, M.B.I.M Doctor of Medicine Degree, University of Zambia (MD) (University of Dar es Salaam), (MSc CHDC) LLBS (UZ) BSc Soc (UZ) MB ChB, BSc (Human Biology) BSc (Hons) Polad (UZ), PGD Pub. Admin (UZ), Masters HR Management (University of Manchester)

Ms F Jambwa

Mr G G Nhemachena Dr M E Purazi Mrs M Mantiziba -

Mrs C Chigwamba

Med Curriculum Studies (UZ) Bed Mathematics & Education (UZ), TI Cert in Education (Gweru Teachers College), IPMZ (Personnel Management)

Mrs P Makura Mr T T Chikohora

B.Compt Accounting Science (UNISA), PGD App Accounting (UZ), CA (Zim), MBA (MSU) BSc Bio-Chem (Sierra Leone), Msc Bio Chem, PhD Bio-Chem (UK)

Dr M S D Mutopo

(c )

SENATE MEMBERS ON COUNCIL Ms F Ngwenya MSc Edu. Psychology, BSc Psychology Hons. T2a Sec Trs. Certificate, Certificate in Systematic Counseling. BSc (Hons) Statistics, MSc Statistics (UZ) Med, B.ed, Cert.ed (UZ) Grad CE (UZ), BA (Gen), (UZ), Dip. Training Mgt (IPMZ), MA (UZ),D Litt ET Phil (UNISA) B.A Gen, B.A Special Hons, Grad CE,M.A (UZ) MSc Sociology and Social Anthropology (UZ) BSc Sociology Honours (UZ) BSc (Hons), MPhil, PhD (UZ) BA (Hons), MA, PGCE (Lon)Cert. TESL BSc (Hons), Agriculture (UZ), MScAgriculture (UK)

Mr P T Chinofunga Prof A S Chiromo Dr C Pfukwa -

Ms J M Masuku Ms C Hungwe

Dr D Z Moyo Mr S R Mhlahlo Mr A Kapenzi

(d )

PRESIDENT OF THE STUDENTS UNION (EX-OFFICIO) Mr B Tevera SRC President A Distinguished Academic Appointed by the Council on the recommendation of Senate. (Vacant) A person approved by the Vice-Chancellor and elected by the members of the Academic Staff, other than those who are members of the Senate, from among themselves. Mr T Mugodzwa C.E, BED, MED (UZ) A woman appointed by the Minister from a list submitted by womens organizations to represent the interest of women. (Vacant) A person approved by the Vice-Chancellor and elected by the Adminstrative Staff from amongst themselves. (Mrs L Shava) A person approved by the Vice-Chancellor and elected by the Workers Committee of the University. Mr V Hove BSc General (UZ)

(e )

(f )

(g )

(h )

(j )

A person appointed by the Minister to represent the interest of workers after consultation with the Minister to whom the administration of the Labour Relations Act (Chapter 28; 01 ) has been assigned. Mr E Jinda BSc (Hons)Psycholgy and Sociology (UZ) A person appointed by the Minister from list of names submitted by such organization representing Teachers / Lecturers Associations. Mr R A Mabhena TI Cert, Bed (Physics) Zbwe A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by the Confederation of Zimbabawe Industries (CZI) Alexander Johnson BSc Chem (Physics and Maths), MA English Literature

(k )

(i )

(m )

A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by the Council of Zimbabwe Institution of Engineers. Eng. C Makwiranzou A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by the Chamber of Mines. (Vacant) A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by Farmers Unions: (Vacant) A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by such organissation representing Churches Right Rev. I Mukuwanda Mine Surveyors certificate of competence & Diploma in Mine Environmental Control (Chamber of Mines of S.A) Bachelor of Theology (UNISA)* current Studies A person appointed by the Minister from a list of names submitted by such organissation representing the interests of the Youth. Secretary Registrar

(n )

(o )

(p )

(q )

FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF QUALIFICATIONS Executive Dean Prof. C. Pfukwa Grad CE (UZ), BA (Gen), (UZ), Dip. Training Mgt (IPMZ), MA (UZ),D Litt ET Phil (UNISA)

Deputy Dean Mr A Viriri BA Gen, BA Fourth Year Hons, Grad C E (UZ), Cert Journalism (S.A), MA (UNISA)

Senior Assistant Registrar Ms CJ Baye Teachers Certificate, Advanced Dip in Special Education (New Castle Upon-Tyne, UK). MEd Special Edu (Manchester, UK) Administrative Assistant Ms C V Checha

Diploma .Labour Relations IPMZ,), BSc Hons HRM, MSU

Chief Secretary Mrs M Munondo

Diploma in Audio Studies, Advanced Secretarial Studies, Topflight College

DEPARTMENT OFAFRICAN LANGAUGES AND CULTURE Chairperson of Department/Senior Lecturer Ms J M Masuku B.A Gen, B.A Special Hons, Grad CE, M.A (UZ) Senior Secretary Ms E Chokuda

HND Office Management, Gweru Polytechnic

Associate Professor W L Chigidi

BA Gen, BA (Hons), Grad CE (UZ), MA(UNISA) D. Litt ET Phil (UNISA)

Lecturers Mr T Charamba Mr M Maposa Mr C Tembo Mr P Mpofu Mr R Nhongo Ms F T Muringa Dr W Zivenge BA Gen, B.A Special Hons, Grad C E. MA (UZ) BA (Hons), MA (UZ), MA (Leads) BA (Hons) (MSU) MA (UZ) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) B.A Hons, MA (MSU) Dip Ed (G T C), BA Hons (MSU), B Tech Mgt (Pretoria), M.A (UZ), D Litt ET Phil (UNISA)

Teaching Assistants Mrs S Moyo Ms V M Matiza Ms S Dlodlo BA Hons , MA (AU) BA Hons, MA (MSU) BA Hons , MA (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OFARCHAEOLOGY, CULTURAL HERITAGE AND MUSEUM STUDIES Chairperson of Department Lt. Col. (Rtd) N Mtombeni Dip War and Strategic Studies, (UZ), MA Museology (University of Amsterdam)

Lecturers Prof. I Pikirayi Phd Historical Archaeology, MA African History & BA Hons, History Phd International Relations and Diplomacy, BA Hons, PGD Info Systems and Librarianship Phd African Archaeology, Licentiate of Philosophy in African Archaeology, BA Special Hons (Archaeology) BA Archaeology and History DPhil (UZ) MPhil BA Hons Archaeology

Dr. D Munjeri

Dr. M Manyanga

Dr. P Mupira Teaching Assistants Mr S S Chitima Mr C S Muringaniza Mr M Mabgwe Mr F Chaterera Ms P Katekwe Mr L H Machiridza Mr D Chiwara

BA (Hons) (CUT) BA (Hons) (MSU) BA (Hons) (MSU) BA (Hons) (MSU) BA Hons (MSU), MA (UZ) pending BA Gen, BA Special Hons (UZ) BA (Hons) (MSU)

Collections Manager Ms N Gurira Technician Mr T Tayi BSc (UCT, SA) B A Hons, MSU

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION Chairperson of Department Dr T Javangwe Phd (Literature and Philosophy) UNISA, BA Gen, BA Special Hons, MA (UZ)

Lecturers Mr A Mutekwa BA (Hons), MA (UZ),CE (GTC) BA (Hons), MA (UZ), GRAD CE

Mr T Makombe (UZ),PGDMSS (MSU) Mr F Mungana Ms H T Ngoshi Ms E Hungwe Mr T Musanga Mr C Sabao Mr C Tagwirei Mr H Mangeya

BA (Hons), MA, Grad CE (UZ) BA (Gen), BA (Hons), MA (UZ) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA Hons, MPhil (MSU) BA (Hons) UZ, MA (MSU) BA (Hons) UZ, MA (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES Chairperson of Department

10

Dr J Matunhu

Cert. Training Mgt (IPMZ), Certificate in Education, BEd (UZ), MEd (ZOU), MBA (ZOU), DPhil (University of Fort Hare)

Lecturers Mr C Munhande Mr C D Hahlani BA Hons, MA (UZ) BSc PolAd, PG Dip Rural and Urban Planning, MSc Rural and Urban Planning (UZ) BA (Hons), MA, Grad CE (UZ) Cert. Training Mgt (IPMZ) BA (Hons), MA, Dip Industrial Relations (UZ)

Mr T H Chisi

Mr P Makaye Teaching Assistants Ms T Mukuhlani Mr T Chibanda Ms E Nciizah

BA Hons BA Hons BA Hons

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL STUDIES Chairperson of Department Mr G Tarugarira BA (Hons) Grad CE, MA, Dip Edu Tech UZ), Dip Training Mgt (IPMZ)

Senior Lecturers Professor N M Bhebe Dr V Z Nyawo-Shava BA (UBLS), PhD (London) B A General(UZ), PGDE (ZOU), M.A (UOFS), PHD (UOFS) BA (Hons MA (UZ)

Mr T Mashingaidze -

11

Mr G T Ncube

BA (Hons), MA American History (Columbia, USA), MPhil (UZ) BA Gen, BA (Hons), MA, Grad CE (UZ) Dip Ed, BA (Hons), MA (UZ) Dip Ed (ZOU), BA (Gen) (UZ), MA (MSU) BA (Hons) UZ, MA (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU)

Mrs M D King Mr I Mazambani Mr J Chakawa Mrs D Goredema Mr D Munemo

COMMUNICATION SKILLS CENTRE Chairperson Ms S Naidoo Senior Secretary Ms E Masanjala HND Office Mgt, Gweru Poly, Dip. HIV/AIDS Mgt and Counseling (CDS) BA (Hons), MA (MSU)

Lecturers Ms T M L Njanji Ms P Mawire Mrs L Gumbo Mrs F Mutema Ms I Mariko Ms Gijima T Mrs M Mugomba BA Hons (UZ), MA (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) Dip. Ed (UZ), BEd (Hons), MEd (MSU) BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA (Hons) (MSU) MA (MSU) Diploma in Education (UZ) BEd (MSU), MEd (MSU)

12

Mr U Saidi Ms P Hlatswayo Teaching Assistants Mrs B Charamba Mr D Jhamba Mrs F Green

BA (Hons), MA (MSU) BA (Hons) (MSU), MA (MSU)

BA (Gen) (UZ), Dip. Ad. Educ(MSU) Cert. Edu, BeD, MED (MSU) BA (UNISA), CE (UZ), Cert.EnvironmentalEdu (Rhodes University), MSc (MSU) BA (Gen), Grad CE (UZ) BA, ZOU, DipEd (GTC)

Mr B E Ntabeni Ms S Matandare

DEPARTMENT OF FILM AND THEATRE ARTS Chairperson Senior Lecturer Mr A Viriri BA Gen, BA Fourth Year Hons, Grade C E (UZ), Cert Journalism (S.A), MA (UNISA)

Lecturer Mr M C Gwarinda Mr. U Rwafa BA (Swaziland), PGDE (ZOU), MA (MSU) Diploma in Education (UZ), BA (Gen)(UZ), MA (UNISA) BA (HONS) UZ, PGDMCS (UZ),MSc Media and Society Studies(MSU) BA (Gen), BA (Special Hons), MA (UZ), PGDEMSS(MSU)

Ms M Parichi

Mr E Vhutuza

13

DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES Acting Chairperson Mr M Moyo BA Theology, BA Philosophy, MeD Boston College, (USA)Masters in Theology, Cambridge, USA

Lecturers Mr M Sipeyiye Sabbatical Fellow Dr N T Taringa BA, MA (UZ), MA (Radbond,Netherlands), PhD (UZ) BA Gen. BA Hons, MA (UZ)

FACULTY OF COMMERCE Executive Dean Mr K C Mbetu MBA (AZALIA), Bcom (UNISA) DIP.Admin(AIMTA), Dip. VOC & Tech Educ.RPcc,

Senior Assistant Registrar Mrs R Takayendisa Mr M Gumbo BED (MSU) Dip. in Education MED, (EAPPS), BED, (EAPPS) Dip. PM (IPMZ), CE. (Hillside)

Administrative Assistant Miss B S Kokai Chief Secretaries Ms E. Chikwezvero Certificate in PR and Audio Typing, NC Secretarial Studies (Harare Poly) Certificate in Office Studies, Dip Secretarial Studies (Bulawayo Tech Coll.) BA Honours, (HAFL), MSU

Mrs S Mlauzi

14

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING Chairperson of Department Mr P Mvura Senior Lecturers Mr P Mvura Mr K C Mbetu MBA, (AZALIA). BAcc (UR) MBA (AZALIA), Bcom (UNISA) DIP. Admin (AIMTA), Dip. VOC & Tech Educ.RPcc MBA, (AZALIA). BAcc (UR)

Lecturers Mr C E Kazembe Mr K Mazhindu Ms M Chenjerai Ms E Mashiri Ms C Mhaka MBA (ZOU), Cert. in Education, Grad CISA, Mcom, B Compt (UNISA), DIP Edu, (UZ), FICB Mcom Acc (MSU), Bcom Acc. Mcom Acc (MSU), Bcom Acc. Mcom Acc (MSU), Bcom Acc.

SDF Ms L Nyamwanza Secretary DEPARTMENT OF BANKING AND FINANCE Chairperson of Department Mrs Chikoko L MSc Economics (UZ), BSc Econ (UZ) MBA, Bcom Acc (MSU)

15

Lecturers Mr Nkomazana N MSc Finance & Investment (NUST) Cert. of Banking (IOBZ) Bcom Econ (MSU) BCom Econ (MSU). MSc Finance and Investments (NUST), Bcom Financial Management (UNISA)

Mabonga J T Mazonde N

Teaching Assistants Santu TV Kaja P Mr Chigamba T Secretary Mrs Munanga A ND Secretarial Studies (Masvingo Poly) Bcom Banking (NUST) Bcom Banking and Finance (MSU) Bcom Banking and Finance (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department Mr Mafuka A Lecturers Mr L Mutandwa MCom Strateggic Mgt & Corporate Governance C (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. MBA, MGT& Corporate Governance,BTEC. MBA, Mgt& Corporate Governance, BTech. Mcom Strategic Mgt, (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. MBA (UZ), Bachelor in Bus. Admin. MBA, BBS, DIPBS.

Mr C Mhonde Mrs O Chivivi Mr Sikomwe S Mr P Mazarura

16

Mrs Moyo Chitaka

Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU), BSc Mgt, Womens University in Africa. Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU), Bcom Bus. Mgt. Mcom Strategic Mgt (MSU),Bcom Bus.Mgt. MBA, MSCIPS.

Ms S Mugweni

Ms F Mudzurandende P Ndlovu Mr D Mapetere Mr Mavhiki Mrs J T Mhiripiri Senior Secretary E Mombeyarara -

HND Office Mgt, Kwekwe Poly

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Chairperson of Department Mr M Charumbira Senior Lecturer Dr. E Mutenheri Mr M Charumbira Lecturers E Ndlovu T Chipunza Z Tambudzai E Manzote MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ. MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ. PHD, MSc Econ, BSc Econ. MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ. PhD Economics, Msc Econ, BSc Econ (UZ) MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ. MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ

17

F Mhere C Dzingirai Teaching Assistants J Chigome V Moyo R Mandishekwa

MBA (MSU), BED Econ Dip. Ed. (UZ) MSc Econ (UZ), BSc Econ.

BSc Econ (UZ) BSc Econ (UZ) Bcom Econ (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP Chairperson of Department Mr T Nyamwanza MBA

DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department S Masiyiwa BCom Risk Mgt (UNISA), Advanced Dip Insurance (CII) FIISA, ACII, FIAC

Lecturers Makaza F Secretary Ms Mugurani T ND Secretraial Studies, Gweru Poly BCom Risk & Insurance Mgt

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department Mr Duve R Mcom Mktng Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU Group Dip, Mgt UK, Skilled Worker Class 4 Aircraft Engineering Technician, Royal Aero Nautical Society

18

(UK) Full Member: MAZ, Journeyman: Aircraft Engineering Lecturers Mr A Marufu MBA, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU), Dip Edu, (UCE), COP (IIZ) Mcom Mktg Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU Diploma in Edu (UZ) Mcom Mktg Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU), Dip Edu (UZ) MBA (MSU), B.Tech Mgt (UZ) Mcom Mktng Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU) State Registered Nurse with General Institutions Private Practice Mcom Mktg Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU), Dip in Education (UZ) MCom Mktg Strategy, Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU) Dip. Mktg Mgt (IAC-RSA), NC Computer Studies (HEXCO-Zim) Spread Sheet Processing (Pitman London) MSc Mktg (NUST), BBA Mktg (IMM-SA)Grad Dip Mktg (IMM), Full Member: MASA MBA (MSU), Bcom (Hons) Mktg Mgt (MSU), Dip Teacher Edu. Special Edu.

Mrs M Mugwati

Ms D Nkala

Mr O Manjengwa Mrs R Mupemhi

Mrs T Ngwenya

Mr F Chokera

Mr M Njovo

Mrs B Marufu

DEPARTMENT OF RETAIL MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department

19

Mr Mlambo S

MBA, BA (Gen), GRAD CE, CIS,

DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM & HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department Mr O Chikuta Lecturers Mr M Njerekai MSc Tourism (UZ), BA Honours Geography (UZ), BA General (UZ) Grad CE (UZ) MSc Tourism (UZ), Bcom Tourism (UZ) MCom Mktg Strategy (MSU), BcomTourism(MSU)

Zhou Z

Staff Development Fellows Chibaya T Ngezi T Mkono M Makacha C BCom Tourism (MSU) BCom Tourism (MSU) BCom Tourism (MSU) BCom Tourism (MSU

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS LEADERSHIP Acting Director Mr S Mupemhi MBA Marketing Strategy (Cyprus), IMM PGD (SA); MEd (Cuba)

Lecturers Mr G Maibvisira Mcom Strategic Management (MSU), BCom Marketing Management (NUST) MBA (MSU), BCom Marketing Management (NUST) MBA (UZ), Bachelor (Hons) Business Studies (UZ)

Mr T Sibanda Mr M Mutanga

20

Ms P Siwadi

MBA (UZ), Bachelor (Hons) Business Studies (UZ)

Administrative Assistant Mr M Chaerera BEd Hons (MSU), Dip. Education (UZ), Dip Classroom Text and Discourse (ZOU)

Secretary Ms J Mapetere Diploma in Secretarial Studies

FACULTY OF EDUCATION Executive Dean Professor A S Chiromo Senior Assistant Registrar Ms E Taderera Chief Secretary Mrs L K Magutsa Secretary Miss E Magwegwe Diploma (Secretarial), IPMZ Advanced Diploma (Secretarial) Pitman Bsc Pol Admin (UZ) Med, B.ed, Cert.ed (UZ)

DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED EDUCATION Chairperson Mr S T Marimo Lecturers Mrs A Mukoko Mr E Munanga Mr. S Mashingaidze STC, BED, MEd (UZ) BSc Econs, Grad CE, FETD, MEd DIP .ED, BED, MED

BSc Ed (Cuba), PGDE, MEd (UZ)

21

Mr H Chiheve Mrs N.P Dapira Mrs B Shoko Mr E Nyoni Dr J J Ndlovu -

MBA, BAcc, C.E, ND MSc, BED (UZ), STC MSc, BED (UZ), STC MED, BED, C.E PhD in Edu. MEd; Bachelor of Divinity, Dip. in Theology, Primary Trss Higher Certificate

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS MANAGEMENT AND CURRICULUM STUDIES Chairperson of Department Dr W Dzimiri Lecturers Prof. R J Zvobgo BA (Hons) MA (Delhi) MPhil (JNU), PhD (Edin.UK), Grad CE (UZ), Cert in Edu Organisation and Administration (Toronto) PHD,MED, BED, C.E Cert in Womens Studies

Associate Professor Prof. P Gwirayi PhD in Education (Fort Hare) C E, BA (UNISA), MED (UZ) MED (Masvingo State), BED (UZ), C.E MED (UZ) , BED (UZ), C.E MED(Masvingo State), BED (UZ) C.E MED, BA with Education, C.E MED, BED, STC, DIP in Philosophy MED (UZ), BED(UZ), PGDE (UZ)

Mrs E Manyumwa Mrs A Gudyanga Mrs E Muguwe Mrs N Shoko Mr C Manyumwa Mr E Gudyanga

22

Mr P K Nhenga Mr H.E Mutubuki Mr S Mandina Mr T Mangwanya

MED, BA, PTH CE, TES(UR), Advanced DIP (Bristol), MED (Bristol) DIP ED (UZ), BSC (MSU), MED (MSU) 3 (MIN of EDU, SR), BA (UZ), GRAD CE (UZ), M PHIL (UPE) MED, BED, DIP ED(UZ), BA Media Studies (ZOU) BA, BED,DIPED MED(UZ) DIP ED, GRAD CE, BA (UZ), MED (ZOU) BEd, M.Ed C.E, BED, MED (UZ), PhD

Mr I Jeko

Mr J C Bwerazuva Mr J.D Magadzire Mrs F C Taruvinga Dr J Mutemeri

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY Chairperson of Department Mr L Chitanana BED (TECH), MED, PGDE, DIPED, Certificate in ICT Lecturers Miss C Chipfumbu BSc Comp Science (MSU), MSC Information Systems (MSU) BSc Gen (Computer Science)

Mr. M Gocha

DEPARTMENT OF GENDER STUDIES

Chairperson of Department Mrs E F Zvobgo C.E, BED, MED, Admin (UZ), MED Psychology (UZ)

23

LECTURERS Mrs E Chauraya Mrs W Matsa Ms N Matope Ms N Maruzani Ms M Mukoni Mr T T Mugodzwa Mr D Mawere C.E, BED, MED(UZ) DIP ED, BSC Sociology, MED BA, GRAD CE(UZ), MED (UZ) BA, GRAD CE (UZ), MED (MSU) DIP ED, BED, MED C.E, BED, MED (UZ) C.E, BED, MED (UZ)

DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION Chairperson of Department Mrs L Museva LECTURERS Mr W Mavhengere Dr P Bhebhe T1, BED, MED DIP (Theology), BA (Sierra Leone), MA (Natal), MSc Education (Exeter), PHD (Exeter) DIP Adult ED, BED, MED

24

FACULTY OF LAW A/ Executive Dean Mr G Manyatera LLB (Hons), UZ, LLM (Intellectual Property), Turin, Geneva , LLM (Intellectual Property), Turin, Geneva , MSc Comparative Law, Economics and Finance (CLEF) Turin, Italy, Registered Legal Practitioner, Faculty Administrator Mr L Mhike BTech. Education - CUT Chief Secretary Mrs S Makotore Advanced Certificate in Secretarial Studies Departmental Secretary Mrs M Checha Diploma in Office Management and Administration Department of Public Law Lecturers Professor S V Mubako LLD Knightsbridge University, UK, LLM Harvard University, USA, LLM and MPhil London School of Economics, UK, LLB and BCL University College, Dublin, Ireland,BA History and Political Science, UNISA, Diploma in International Relations, University of Oslo, Registered Legal Practitioner DPhil, LLM, BA Law

Dr. V G Guni

25

Dr T Mutangi

LLBS (Hons), UZ, LLM, Phd University of Pretoria LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM, UCT, Registered Legal Practitioner LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM, UNISA , Registered Legal Practitioner

Mr R Chawatama

Mr R Chidawanyika

Department of Private Law Acting Chairperson Mr V Mutatu LLB (Hons) UZ, MBA (MSU), Registered Legal Practitioner

Lecturers Ms R K Katsande Ms F Chakauya Staff Development Fellow Mr E Mandipa LLB (Hons) UZ, Registered Legal Practitioner LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM (Womens Law) UZ LLB (Hons) Wits, LLM (UCT)

Department of Procedural Law Lecturer Mr F Gundu Staff Development Fellow Mr T Chengeta LLB (Hons) MSU, LLB (Hons) UZ, Registered Legal Practitioner

26

Department of Commercial Law Acting Chairperson Mr B T Chokuda Lecturers Mr A Takawira LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM (Stellenbosch), Registered Legal Practitioner LLB (Hons) UZ, LLM (UNISA), Registered Legal Practitioner LLB (Hons) UZ, Registered Legal Practitioner

Mr S Chagadama

FACULTY OF NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE Executive Dean Mr A Kapenzi Deputy Dean Mr T Madanzi

Bsc Honours Agric (UZ), MSC Agric Eng (UK)

Bsc Honours Agric (UZ), Msc Crop Science (UZ)

Senior Assistant Registrar Mrs F Mbwera Bsc Hons Politics & Admin (UZ), MBA Public Management (NUST)

Faculty Secretary Mrs F Maponga Departmental Secretary Ms K F Makotore -

HND Office Management -(HEXCO)

Topflight Diploma in Secretarial and LCCI Secretarial Diploma Certificate, LCCILB

27

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND DEVELOPMENT Acting Chairperson of Department Mr C Nyamutowa Lecturers Mr S Masunda Mr C Rushizha BSc Economics (UZ), Masters Economics (UZ) Dip in Agric (Chibero), Msc Agric Development (Wye-London),MBA (UZ) Bsc Honours Agric (UZ), MBA Finance (UZ)

Teaching Assistant Ms T Makwara BSc (Hons) Agric Economics (UZ)

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE Director of Agricultural Practice Mr J.B Chivizhe Lecturers Mr H.P Mika Dip Agric (Chibero), Msc Agric Development (London) Dip Agric, B Adult Edu,(UZ),Msc Agric Dev (Wye London)

Technician Mr Guzha Bsc (Hons) Agronomy (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF AGRONONOMY Chairperson of the Department Mr P Manjeru Part time Lecturers Bsc Honours Agric (UZ), MSC Crop Science (UZ)

28

Dr. L Machida

(UKEN), MBA, MPhil Plant Breeding & Crop Improvement , BSc Crop Science PhD (UCT), MSc Biotechnology, BSc Biochemistry DPhil, Hoticulutre, MSc Applied Science, BSc Crop Science, BSc Microbiology & Pathology

Dr. D Garwe Dr. D Rukuni

Lecturers Mr T Madanzi Mr J Rugare BSc Honours Agric (UZ) Msc Crop Scince (UZ) BSc Honours Agric (UZ), MSC Crop Protection (UZ) Bsc Agric (UZ), MSc Crop Science (UZ) BSc Honours Agric (UZ), MSc Agro-Meteorology(UZ)

Mr M Chandiposha Mrs V Makuvaro Teaching Assistants Mr I Chagonda Ms J Midzi Mr T Mabarani -

BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU) BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU) BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU)

Staff Development Fellows Mr B Ncube Mr B T Manenji Technicians Mr E Mhuru BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU) BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU) BSc Honours Agronomy (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE Chairperson of Department

29

Mr T Muziri Lecturers Mr S Muzemu

BSc Crop Science (UZ), MSc Crop Production (AU)

BSc Crop Science (UZ), MSc Agronomy Plant Protection (UZ) PhD Botany, MSc Botany, BSc Plant Pathology DPhil (Rnthology), MPhil (Agric) BSc Crop Science DPhil (Forestry) BSc Agric, Dip Business Admin. PhD Agric, MSc Crop Protection, BSc Crop Science BSc Crop Science (UZ), MSc Crop Production (AU)

Dr. J James Dr P Chimwada Dr J Masuka Dr. S Dimbi Mr I Pahla Teaching Assistants Ms N Ncube Ms R M Mudyiwa

BSc Horticulture Science (WAU) BSc (Hons) Crop Production and Horticulture (MSU) BSc (Hons) Horticulture (MSU) BSc Crop Production (AU)

Ms T Mushayabasa Ms W Chiota Technician Miss M Takawira -

BSc (Hons) Horticulture (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF LAND AND WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department Professor J D MasakaBsc Agrochemistry, MSc Soil Fertility (Krasnodor, Agricultural University)

30

Lecturers Mr A Kapenzi

BSc Hons Agric (UZ), MSc Agric Eng (UK) BSc Agric (Leipziger University, Germany),MSc Soil Science and plant nutrition (Leipziger University Germany), PhD Sustainable Agric and Soil Erosion (UZ) BSc Soil Science (UZ), MPhil (UZ) BSc Land and Water Resources Management (MSU) , MSc Agro Meteorology (UZ) Bsc Soil Science (UZ), MSc Agro Meteorology (UZ) BSc Agric Engineering (UZ),MSc Manufacturing System and Operation Management (UZ)

Dr A. Munodawafa -

Mrs Mhindu Mr S Zirebwa

Mr R Mugandani Mr B Sammie

Teaching Assistants Mr S Chibi Mr T P Masere BSc Agriculture Management (ZOU) BSc (Hons) Land and Water Resources Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Land and Water Resources Management (MSU)

Mr T Chitata

Technician Miss B Ndau BSc (Hons) Land and Water Resources Management (MSU)

Secretary Ms K F Makotore

31

DEPARTMENT OF LIVESTOCK AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT Acting Chairperson of Department Mrs M M Ngwenya BSc (Hons) Biological Science (UZ), MSc Management of Natural Resources: Sustainable Agric (Norway)

Lecturers Mr C Chimbira BSc(Hons) Biology Sciences (UZ),MSc in Ecological Resources Management (MSU), cert Quality Assurance (City and Guilds), Dip Marketing Management (LCCI) BSc (Hons) Bio Chemistry (NUST),MSc Medical Micro Biology (UZ) BSc Animal Science, MSc Tropical Resources and Ecology (UZ) BSc Animal Science (UZ), MSc Animal Science (UZ) BSc Animal Science (UZ), MSc Tropical Resources and Ecology (UZ) BSc Animal Science (UZ), MSc Animal Science (UFH),Grad. C.E. (UZ)

Mrs P Manhondo

Mr Kamanda

Mr H.K Gono

Mr J Muzvondiwa -

Mr C Nyamukanza -

Teaching Assistants Miss C Mkanga Mr P Buruzi Miss N Banana BSc (Hons) Biological Science (MSU) BSc Animal Science (UZ) BSc (Hons) Livestock and Wildlife Management (MSU)

32

Mr M Sungirai

BSc (Hons) Livestock and Wildlife Management (MSU),cert Artificial Insemination (LBS)

Chief Technician Mr R Gama BSc Chemical Technology (NUST),MSc Bio Technology (Wagninden, Netherlands)

Technicians Ms J Muchekeza BSc (Hons) Livestock and Wildlife Management (MSU) Dip in Agric (Mazowe)

Ms S Nyoni

FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Executive Dean Professor A Chawanda BSc (Hons) Physics (UZ), MSc Applied Physics (UZ), Ph.D (University of Pretoria), NID Computer Sciences (Harare Polytechnic), Diploma in International Marketing and Management (ICM-UK)

Administrative Assistant Miss Y S Nyoni Senior Secretary Mrs M Nyoni Diploma in Secretarial, LCCI Bcom (Hons) Marketing Management, MSU

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Chairperson of Department Mr J Bare BSc (Hons) in Biological Sciences (UZ), MSc in Tropical Entomology (UZ)

33

Senior Secretary F Garepi Higher National Diploma Office Management (Polytechnic College)

Lecturers Prof. D Z Moyo Mr B Makaka Bsc Hons, MPhil, Phd (UZ) BSc (Hons) in Biological Sciences Grad CE (UZ), MSc in Tropical Entomology [UZ] BSc Gen, BSc (Hons) in Biological Sciences [UZ], MSc in Microbiology [SA] MSc in Systematic and Biodiversity [UCT, SA] BSc (Hons) Biological Sciences (UZ), MSc Tropical Resource Ecology [UZ] BSc (Hons) Biological Sciences (MSU), MSc MERM (MSU)

Mrs R J Mapaya

Mr T Dube

Mr J Makaure

Staff Development Fellows Ms S Mguni Technician Mr A Mabhugu BSc (Hons) Biological Sciences (MSU) BSc (Hons) Biological Sciences (MSU) BSc (Hons) Biological Sciences (MSU)

Ms B Parirenyatwa -

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY Acting Chairperson Mr M.Moyo Bsc Ed (Hons) (B.US.E); Dip Ed (UZ); Cert. Quality Assurance( City and Guilds); Msc Analytical Chemistry (UZ)

34

Senior Secretary Ms F Garepi Lecturers Mrs E Muleya Bsc (Gen), Grade CE; PGD Ed Tech (UZ); Msc Analytical Chemistry (UZ) Bsc Ed (Hons) (B.US.E); Dip Ed (UZ); Msc Inorganic Chemistry (B.U.S.E) Bsc Ed (Hons) (B.US.E); Dip Ed (UZ); Msc Inorganic Chemistry (B.U.S.E) Bsc(Hons) (MSU); Dip, Applied Chemical Technology (Bulawayo Polytechnic); Msc Organic Chemistry (K.Z.N-SA) Bsc(Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU); Msc. Anal Chem (UZ) PhD pending BSc, MSc HND Secretarial Studies, HEXCO

Mr T Nharingo

Mr M Shumba

Miss E Sebata

Mr U Guyo

Mr T Mugadza Assistant Lecturers Mr G. Mehlana Mr V Chitsa Mrs N Zinyama Miss T Murinzi Miss P Shoko Technicians Mr I Mambanda

Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU) Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU) Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU) Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU) Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU)

Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU)

35

Miss M Gonzo

Bsc (Hons) Chemical Technology (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS Chairperson of Department Mr A Mukwembi MSc Computer Science (Comwealth of Independent States)

Senior Secretary Ms F Chiwawa Lecturers Mr W Mtembo

Executive Secretarial (LCCI)

MSc Information System Management, BSc (Hons) Computer Science (MSU) BSc (Hons) Information System (MSU), MBA with Information System(Netherlands) BSc(Hons) Information Systems [Solusi University], MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc. (Hons) Information Systems (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Computer Science (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Information System (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Computer Science (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management(MSU) BSc(Hons) Information Systems (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc (Hons ) Information Systems (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU)

Mr T Tsokota

Ms T G Gwanzura

Mr S Musungwini

Ms C Tagwi

Miss A Mavhunga

Mr M Giyane

Mr T Musiiwa

Mr P T Denhere

36

Ms B Mugoniwa

BSc (Hons ) Information Systems (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) Bcom Accounting (MSU), MCOMM Accounting (MSU) BSc (Hons) Information Systems (MSU), MSc Information Systems Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Computer Science (MSU), MSc M Information Systems, Management (MSU), Full Technological Certificate (Telecomms) (City and Guilds), Quality Assurance Certificate (City and Guilds), HND Marketing (HEXCO) Bsc(Hons)Computer Science (MSU) Msc Computer Security

Mr P Mamboko

Mr M Zhou

Mr T G Rebanewako -

Mr F Madzikanda

Staff Development Fellows Ms Zgambo Mr S Furusa Mr P Mupfiga Mr T Mzikanwi Bcom Business Management (MSU) BSc (Hons) Information System (MSU) BSc(Hons)Computer Science (MSU) Bsc(Hons)Computer Science (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE & NUTRITION Chairperson of Department Mrs C Makamure BED Home Economics(UZ), Msc in Home Economics (Solusi)

Lecturers Mrs T Usai Mrs J H Serere BSc Home Economics, MA (UZ) Bed Home Economics (UZ) MSc (Solusi)

37

Mr Manhokwe

BSc Hons Biochemistry (UZ), MSc Biotechnology (UZ)

Part time Lecturer Dr. J Mufandaedza PhD Chemistry, MSc Biotechnology, BSc Applied Biochemistry, PGD Food & Nutrition Security

Staff Development Fellows Ms N Ndlovu Ms I Matiashe Ms P Kauro Mr A Mugari Mrs Chinofunga Mr T Jobho Mr D Mugadza Miss R Tshalibe Technician Mr V Hove BSc General (UZ,Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BEd in Family and Consumer Sciences BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Food Science (MSU, Zim)

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Lecturers Chairperson of Department Mr C T F Murewi MSc Mathematics (UZ), BSc (Hons) Mathematics (UZ), BSc General [Mathematics and Physics](UZ);

38

PostGrad Diploma in Meteorology (BMTC, Melbourne, Australia) Dr E Chigidi Phd Mathematics (University of Botswana), MSc Mathematics (UZ), BSc (Hons) Mathematics (UZ), BSc General (Mathematics and Statistics) UNISA, BEd Mathematics (UZ), T1 Mathematics (Gweru Teachers College) MSc Operations Research (NUST),BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim), Diploma in Education (Gweru Teachers College, UZ) MSc in Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography (Mzuzu University, Malawi; BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim) MSc Statistics, BSc (Hons) Mathematics (UZ) Bsc (Hons) Stastics, UZ, Msc Strategic Management (CUT) BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim) Msc Operations

Mr W F Charumbira -

Mr W D Govere

Mr P T Chinofunga Mrs L Gonzo -

Ms C E Mashiri Research, (NUST) Mrs P Mukwembi

BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim), Msc Industrial Mathematics, NUST, Diploma in Education (Belvedere Technical Teachers College, UZ) BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim) Msc Operations Research (NUST)

Mrs S Maposa

Staff development fellows Ms E Matare Mr M Mashasha MSc Mathematics, BSc (Hons) Mathematics.(MSU) BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim)

39

Ms M H Pfupajena Mr V Mlilo Mr F Chipepa -

BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim) BSc (Hons) Mathematics (MSU, Zim)

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Chairperson of Department Vacant Senior Secretary Ms G Wangayi Lecturers Prof. A Chawanda BSc (Hons) Physics (UZ), MSc Applied Physics (UZ), Ph.D (University of Pretoria), NID Computer Sciences (Harare Polytechnic), Diploma in International Marketing and Management (ICM-UK) BSc, Grad CE, BSc (Hons) MSc (UZ) BSc (Hons) NUST, MSc (NUST) Diploma in Secretarial Gweru Polytechnic

Mr V E Gora

Mr B Siachingoma Assistant Lecturers Mr F Mazunga Mr V Mazheke Mrs Z Mugabe Technicians Mr G Manjengwa Mr H Mafukidze -

BSc (Hons) Physics (MSU) BSc (Hons) Physics (MSU) BSc (Hon) Physics (UZ)

BSc (Hons) Physics MSU BSc (Hons) Physics MSU

40

DEPARTMENT OF SURVEYING AND GEOMATICS Chairperson of Department Mr D Njike BSc (Hons) Engineering: Surveying UZ, PG Dip LGIS, MSc, LGIS (UZ)

Lecturers Mr C Paradzayi BSc (Hons) Surveying and Geomatics UZ, Msc GIS, UTC Bsc(Hons) Surveying and Geomatics,MSU, Msc GIS, ITC BSc Gen (UZ) P.G Dip. LGIS (UZ), MSc LGIS (UZ)

Ms M Shoko

Mr L T Senderayi Assistant Lecturers Mr P Maunga Mr T Mapurisa Ms T Muparari

BSc (Hons) Surveying andGeomatics (MSU) BSc (Hons) Surveying and Geomatics BSc (Hons) Surveying and Geomatics MSU,MBA,(MSU) BSc (Hons) Surveying (UZ) BSc GES (ZOU) Dip. Surveying, Dip (IT) BSc (Hons) Surveying and Geomatics(MSU)

Mr R T Mapamula Mr P Nyamhute

Mr P Muchechetere Senior Technicians Mr F Dewa -

BSc (Hons) Surveying (UZ)

41

FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Executive Dean Mr C N Gwatidzo MA IR and Human Resources (Keele University) Diploma in Labour Studies (Ruskin College Oxford UK), Certificate of Higher Education (The Open University UK).

Deputy Dean Mr S Mhlahlo Assistant Registrar Ms S Kembo Senior Secretary Mrs S Matongo National Diploma in Secretarial Studies (Gweru Polytechnic College) BSc Honours in Media and Society Studies (MSU) BA (Hons) MA, PGDE, Cert. TESL (RIHE) London, UK

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Chairperson of Development

Mr S Jerie Senior Lecturers Mr V Madebwe MEPP (UZ) Mrs C Madebwe -

BA(GEO UZ) BA Hons (UZ) Grad CE. MEPP (UZ)

BA Geology, (FBC Siera Leone), BSc Special Hon,

BA Geology (FBC, Seira Leone) MSc Pop Studies (UZ)

42

Lecturers Mr K Shoko BSc in Geology Agro -Climatology (UBLC) MSc (UZ) BA Hons in Geo (UZ) MEPP (UZ) PGDE, FETD, BA Hons in Geo, MEPP (UZ) BSc Ed(Cuba) BA Special Hons, MEPP (UZ) BA (Social Studies) Athens State College (USA), Msc Pysical Geo (Indian University USA), Post Graduate Studies(The Johns Hopkins UniversityGeomorphology/Hydrology (USA)

Mr T Marambanyika Mr V T Mutekwa MrM Matsa -

Mr C Mutsiwegota -

Temporary Full Time Lecturer Ms W Kusena MSc in Ecological Resources Management (MSU), BSc Geography and Enviromental Studies (MSU)

Technicians Miss K Zimwara BSc Hons Information Systems (MSU) BSc Geography and Enviromental Studies (MSU)

Mr K C R Muringaniza Senior Secretary Ms I Gumi -

Diploma in Office Administration IAC Educare College, Diploma in Secretarial Administration LCCI ZEDCO College

DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Chairperson Ms C Hungwe MSc Sociology and Social Anthropology (UZ) BSc Sociology Honours (UZ)

43

Senior Secretary Ms P Takawira Lecturers Dr. L Maunganidze Mr C N Gwatidzo PhD Sociology & Social Anthropology, BSc (Soc) MA (IR & HUman Resources), Keele; Diploma in Labour Studies (Russia, Oxford) MSc Human Resource Management (MSU), B Comm Management Human Resource Mgt (ZOU) Dip In Industrial Relations Relations (UZ). MSc Human Resource Management (MSU), BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU), Diploma in Personnel Management (IPMZ) BSc Polad (UZ) MSc HRM (MSU) IPMZ Labour Relations Dip. HND Secretarial Studies (Gweru Poly)

Ms R Mwanza

Mrs M Mahapa

Mrs V Chirasha

Mr P Sibanda Mr D Mumbire

BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU) MSc HRM BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU) MSc HRM BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU) MSc HRM

Miss T E B ShangahaidonhiTeaching Assistants Mr K Muzariri Miss T Nyanhete Mr M Bhebhe Mr F Ncube -

BSc (Hons), HRM (MSU) BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU) BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU) BSc (Hons) HRM (MSU)

44

DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNANCE STUDIES Chairperson Mr S Chakaipa BA (Hons) (Ur), Grad Ce (Ur), MBA (University of Birmingham, UK)

Lecturers Mrs V Makanza Ma International Development Studies (Bradford UK), Bachelor of Administration (UK) Certificate in Planning and Appraisal of Rural Development Projects., Certificate in Planning with Women for Development (University of London) Certificate in ProjectPlanning, Implementation, Management, Communication Extensions. BSC Honours in Politics and Administration (UZ) Post Graduate Diploma in Health Service Management (Harare Poly), Diploma in Personnel Management (IPMZ), Master of Public Administration (UZ) Masters in Business Administration (MSU) BSc Geography and Environmental Studies (ZOU),Diploma in Forestry (Zimbabwe College of Forestry) Certificate in Rural Development (Domboshawa) Master in Business Administration (MSU), Bachelor of Social Work (UZ) Degree in Political Science (UZ) Masters in Development Studies (MSU), Certificate in Recruitment and Selection (IPMZ), Certificate in Introduction to Personnel Management (IPMZ) BSc (Hons) Politics in Administration (UZ), Diploma in Personnel Management (IPMZ), Post Graduate in

Mr H Mabika

Mrs N Rajah

Mr P Banga

Mr A F Chikerema

Mr E Mutema

45

Health Services Management (Harare Polytechnic), MSc Human Resource Management (MSU) Ms A Bosha Miss K Matsika Ms M P Kanjere Mr V Chakunda BComm Business Management (MSU), MBA (MSU) BSc (Hons) in Political Science (UZ) B Comm Business Management (MSU), MBA (MSU) BSc Local Governance Studies (MSU)

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA AND SOCIETY STUDIES Chairperson of Department Mr Z E Mugari BA (ZOU), PGD in Media and Communication, MA Communication and Media Studies (UZ), Cert in Education (UZ)

Senior Lecturer Mr P Mandava BA English and Communication Studies (UZ), PGD Dip Media and Communication Studies (UZ), MA Communication and Media Studies (UZ) PhD in Cultural and Media Studies (KZN) MA Communication and Media Studies(UZ)BA Gen(UZ), PGD Media and Communication and Media Studies (UZ)

Dr N A Mhiripiri

Lecturers Mr O Ndoro Higher Diploma-Electronics and Television Production (North London Polytechnic, UK) MA Journalism Studies (CARDIFF University, UK) BSc (Hons) Media and Society Studies (MSU), MSc in Media and Society Studies (MSU)

Ms L Taruva

46

Mrs T Ndawana

MSc in Media and Society Studies (MSU), Post Graduate Diploma in Media and Society Studies (MSU) BA English and Communication Studies (ZOU), Diploma in Education (UZ) MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU), Post Graduate Diploma in Media Society Studies (MSU), BA English and Communication Studies (ZOU), Certificate in Education (UZ) MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU),BSc Media and Society Studies (MSU) BA English and Communication Studies Degree (ZOU), Post Graduate Diploma in Media and Society Studies (MSU), Master of Science in Media and Society Studies (MSU), NC in Computer Studies (Gweru Polytechnic College. MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU), Postgradute Diploma in Media and Society Studies (MSU), BA Media and Society Studies (ZOU), Diploma in Education (UZ) MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU), BSc (Hons) Media and Society Studies (MSU) MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU), Postgraduate Diploma in Media and Society Studies (MSU), BA English and Communication Studies (ZOU) Certificate in Education (UZ) MSc Media and Society Studies (MSU) PGD Media and Society Studies (MSU) M.ED Leeds (UK) Grad CE (UZ) BA General (UR)

Ms B Muromo

Ms P Mushuku

Mr C Masuku

Mr A Chibuwe

Mr N Mapuwei

Mr P Moyo

Mr E Shoko

47

Teaching Assistants Mr L Ncube Technician Mr T Mhlanga -

BSc (Hons) Media and Society Studies Degree (MSU)

BSc (Hons) Computers Science (MSU), Telecommunications and Electronics Engineering (City and Guilds)

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC AND MUSICOLOGY Chairperson of Department Mrs T Shoko MEd (Music) UZ BED (Music) UZ,Certificate in Education(UZ)

Lecturers Mr P Matiure Mr C Chipendo Bed Music UZ, MA UKZN Med (Music) UZ, BEd (Music) UZ, Dip. (Ethnomusicology) ZMC Certificate in Education (UZ) BSc Music and Musicology (MSU), MA

Ms P Butete Teaching Assistants Mr Machafa

BED (Music) UZ, Dip. Education Music UZ, Dip. Comp. Science HEXCO, HEXCO, Dip. Training Mgnt IPMZ, ABRSM Grade 5

Theory of Music Mrs K Manhire BSc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) BEd (Music) UZ, Dip. In Education, (Music) UZ, Dip. Training Mgnt IPMZ

Mr W Maguraushe -

48

Mr S Mutemererwa -

BSc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) Dip Education in Education (UZ). BSc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) BSc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) Dip. in Education, Hillside, NC (Music) Zim College of Music. ABRSM Grade 5 Theory of Music. BSc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) BSc (Hons) Edu. Mgnt Technikon B.Mus (Hons) MusicTechnology (UP), BA Ed (AU), Certificate Ed (UZ) BSc Hons. Music and Musicology (MSU) Dip Edu. (UZ) (MSU). Dip Education (UZ) Bsc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) Diploma in Edu (UZ) Bsc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU) Diploma in Edu (UZ) Bsc Hons Music and Musicology (MSU)

Mr P Bajila Mrs A Viriri

Mr E Chikomo

Mr R Muranda

Mr G Chambwera

Mr T Mutengo

Mrs C Nombembe

Ms V Chamisa Technician Mr A Mutavati Secretary

Dip Telecom and Electronics Engineering (T2)

Ms M Mapfanyangira -

Diploma in Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICS AND PUBLIC MANAGEMENT Chairperson of Department Dr M Chingono BSc (Hons) (UZ), MSc (UZ),MPhil (University of Cambridge), DPhil (University of Cambridge)

49

Mr W Mudyanadzo Mr P Chigora Teaching Assistants Mr. T Mude Mr S Moyo -

BSc POLAD (Hons), MPA (UZ) BSc POLAD, MSc International Relations (UZ)

BA (Development Studies) BA (Development Studies)

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Chairperson of Department Ms F Ngwenya MSc Edu. Psychology, BSc Psychology Hons. T2a Sec. Trs. Certificate, Certificate in Systematic Counseling.

Lecturers Mrs J Mutambara Mr J Mtemeri MSc Clinical Psy UZ, BSc Hons. Psychology, (UZ) Med Psy (MS), BSc Counseling (ZOU) Dip. in Education. MSc HRM (MSU) BSc Counselling (ZOU). Civil Service (HND) Law (UZ) ND Business Management Gweru.

Mr E Mawere

Teaching Assistants Mr Matiya Mr G Mupedziswa Mrs N Ncube Miss S Nkiwane Mr E Dera MSc Clinical Psy. (UZ) BSc Hons. Psychology (UZ) BSc Hons. Psychology (MSU) BSc Hons. Psychology (ZOU) BSc Hons. Psychology (MSU) BSc Hons. Psychology (UZ)

50

Mr Maphosa Mr M N Maseko

BSc Hons.Psychology (ZOU), Certificate in Education BSc Hons. Psychology . (UZ)

VICE CHANCELLORS OFFICE Vice-Chancellor Professor N M Bhebe Personal Assistant Ms T Ntabeni Secretarial Course (Commercial Career College), Dip Mktng, Sales and PR BA (UBLS) PhD (London)

Pro-Vice-Chancellor Professor R J Zvobgo BA (Hons) MA (Dehli) MPhil (JNU) PhD (Edin UK) Grad CE (Zim) Certificate in Education and Admin (Toronto)

Personal Assistant Mrs C Mugwamba Diploma in Secretarial Studies (LCCI)

Assistant to the Vice Chancellor Mrs I Mangoma Administrative Assistant Vacant Office Orderly Miss P Mututu Ms S Chinamo BSc Sociology (UZ) MBA (MSU)

51

INFORMATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICE A/Director Ms S Tirivanhu BSc Economics (UZ) MSc Strategic Management and Corporate Governance (MSU), Diploma in Personnel Management (IPMZ)

Administrative Assistant Mr R Nyango Secretary Mrs R Porter BA (Hons) English and Communication (MSU)

ND in Secretarial Studies (Gweru Technical College)

Work Related Learning Office Director Mr S D Gumbo

T2A Cert BA (Gen) University of Rhodesia, Diploma TED MED (Ibadan)

Secretary Ms P Mutumwa ND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES Director Information Technology Services Mr L Dandira Secretary Ms T Dzumbunu HND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO) BSc Hons Computer Science MSU

Deputy Director Hardware Ms M Mativenga BSc Hons Computer Science, MSc Information Systems (MSU)

52

Deputy Director Software Mr T Mukute Chief Technician Mr F Mwabvu Mr O Gukushu Mr M Mandinika Software Developers Mr R Mutengwa Mr B Takawira Mr G Mashasha Mr B Temba Miss T Mashakada Miss T Rushwaya Technicians Mr S Marime Mr R Manyemba Mr F Chinyasa Mr F Bejamin Mr M Vela BSc Computer Science MSU BSc Computer Science MSU Information Systems MSU BSc Computer Science MSU Journey man In Electronics and Computer Studies BSc Computer Science MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU) BSc information Systems (MSU) BSc Information System (MSU) BSc Hons Computer Science MSU

Mr G Gora

53

Miss M Masunda Mr T Ruvinga

BSc Computer Science MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Information Systems MSU BSc Computer Science MSU

Miss M Chirimumimba Mr P B Ncube Mr I Mushati Mr F Jamba Mr C Sithole Mr T Kashanu -

WORKS AND ESTATES Director of Works and Estates Mr L T Kanengoni Senior Secretary Mrs S Dokotera Deputy Director Mr J Mapetere NC in Plumbing (Further Education Exam Board Zim), Certificate in Metal Work, Certificate in Site supervision (Crown Agents Manpower Development Services) Private Secretarial Diploma (Topflight)

Site Manager Vacant Acting Transport Manager Mr O Rajah Class 1 Motor Mechanics (Manpower Development)

54

Transport Officer Mr C Mashangu Certificate in Transport and fleet Management, Diploma in Stores Management and Stock Controlling (COPD), ND in Marketing (HEXCO)

Clerk of Works Vacant Security Department Chief Security Officer Mr P B Ndiweni ZRP Police Training Certificate in Police Law, Certificate in Training Methods, Certificate in Human Resources Management, (GTC) Diploma in Business Studies (HEXCO) Certificate in Strategic Management (UZ)

Secretary Ms E Muchesa -

REGISTRY DEPARTMENT Registrar Mr E Mupfiga Personal Assistant Mrs C Kokayi Director Secretariat Mrs S Masuku Public Relations Diploma (LCCI), Pitman Secretarial Qualifications, BSc HRM (MSU) Pitman Secretarial Studies (Pitman) BSc Sociology (UZ) MSc HRM (Manchester, UK)

55

Mr D Nemaramba Chief Secretary Miss S Marime

Administrative Assistant - BA (MSU) MA (MSU)

NC Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

HUMAN RESOURCES SECTION Deputy Registrar Senior Secretary Mrs W Masunungure Assistant Registrar(s) Ms H Dube BSc HRM, MSc Strategic Management and Cooperate Governance (MSU) Diploma in Personnel Management (IPMZ), Diploma in HIV/Aids Management and Counseling (CDS), Diploma in Project Designing, Monitoring and Evaluation (CDS), Diploma in NGO Management and Administration (TDI) BSc Hons Psychology (UZ), MSc HRM (MSU), ND in Secretarial Studies (Topflight) Vacant

Mr A Mudzingiri

Administrative Assistants Mrs A Munhande Mr M Mawombera Mr H Masukume Data Capture Clerk Mr C Bundo Miss T Joni ND HRM - (HEXCO) ICDL, Certificate in Healthy, Safety and Welfare, Diploma in Education (Hillside), BSc HRM (MSU) BSc HRM (MSU) BSc HRM (MSU)

56

DEPUTY REGISTRAR (ACADEMIC AFFAIRS) Deputy Registrar (Academic Affairs) Mr B M Taguta Chief Secretary Ms S Nkala Diploma in I R. (UZ), ND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO) B Admin (University of Rhodesia) MSc I R (UZ)

POSTGRADUATE OFFICE Director Professor D Z Moyo -

BSc (Hons), MPhil, PhD, (UZ)

Administrative Assistant Ms K Machisa BSc Media and Society Studies (MSU) STUDENT RECORDS AND REGISTRATION Senior Assistant Registrar, Student Records & Registration Mr N Shava CE, B. Ed. (UZ), MBA (MSU) Senior Secretary Ms C Masukume Ms T Sigogo

HND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO) HND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

ADMISSIONS AND ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Senior Assistant Registrar, Admissions and Academic Affairs Mr I Gumbo CE, B Ed. (UZ), Secretary Ms E Munyanyi Data Entry Clerk Mrs C Pande

ND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

NC Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

57

EXAMINATIONS OFFICE Examinations Officer Mrs L Shava -

Secretarial Studies YWCA (Nhambuliko Commercial College)

Senior Administrative Assistant Mr I Sifile Mpesi BA General (UZ) Graduate Certificate in Education (UZ) Administrative Assistant Mrs M Chivavava Chief Secretary Mrs E Chiriseri Secretary Mrs G Hombarume

BSc Psychology (UZ)

HND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

Advanced Secretarial (Pitman)

REPROGRAPHIC SECTION Acting Reprographic Technician Mr O Manjonjo Technical Assistant Mr P Dimingo

CENTRAL RECORDS DEPARTMENT Senior Assistant Registrar Mr G L Gudo BA General, Post Graduate Diploma in Education (Fourah Bay College)

Records Supervisor Mr L Matonhodze Diploma in Marketing (IMM), Diploma in Records Management and Information Science (HEXCO), Certificate in Records Management (ZIPAM)

58

CLEANING SERVICES Director Cleaning Ms F Takura BCom Business Management, MCom Strategic Management and Corporate Governance (MSU), Dip Hotel Operations and Management (British College of Professional Management)

Administrative Assistant Miss A Takundwa MAIN RECEPTION Receptionist/ Typist Ms S Masaraneyi Ms M Chigonga Records Clerk Mr L Pondiwa Diploma in Record Management and Information Science (Min of Higher and Tertiary Education), Certificate in Records Management (ZIPAM) BSc Local Governance Studies (MSU)

BURSARS DEPARTMENT Bursar Mr P Kutyauripo Chartered Certified Accountant (ACCA), MCom Accounting (MSU)

Personal Assistant Mrs B Njanji HND Office Management, ND Lecturship (HEXCO)

Deputy Bursar -Planning and Control

59

Mr D Zvidzayi

HND Acconunting (HEXCO), BCom Finance (NUST), MBA (MSU)

Chief Secretary Ms E Mupoperi Receptionist and Computer Studies, ND Secretarial Studies

Deputy Bursar Accounting and Finance Mr V T Japu HND Accounting (HEXCO), BCom Accounting (MSU) level 1 ACCA

Chief Secretary P Dimairho HND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO)

Deputy Bursar -Projects Mr T A Chigwaza Chief Secretary Mrs P Mlilo ND Secretarial Studies (HEXCO) B Tech Accounting (UZ), Part C CIS, MBA (MSU)

Procurement Manager Mr F F Mazwi HND Purchasing and Supply (HEXCO), Certificate in Imports and Exports (ICM LONDON), MBA (ZOU)

Assistant/ Senior Assistant Bursars Ms M Mavingire (Planning) Ms R Marivadze (Faculties) BCom Accounting (MSU) BCom Business Management / Finance (MSU), level 1 ACCA BCom Hons Accounting (Finance and Accounting) (NUST), Level 1 ACCA, Executive

Miss Y Kanda

60

Certificate Investment and Portifolio Management (UZ) Mr C Bhebe Bachelor in Business Administration (Student Accounts) (AZALIAH UNIVERSITY USA), MBA (MSU) ND in Accounting (HEXCO), BCom Management/ Finance (MSU) Bcom Finance (NUST), MBA (MSU) HND Accounting (HEXCO), BCom Accounting (MSU)

Mr C Dhokotera (Payables) -

Mr M Paraffin (Projects) Mr G Shumba (Salaries)

Administrative Assistants Mrs T Chigwaza Bcom Business Management /(Management Accounts)Finance (MSU) BCom Business Management (MSU) BA in Finance and Accounting (SOLUSI) BSC Hons in Applied Accounting (Non Current Assets) Degree(Oxford Brooks University) BCom Business Management/(Research Board) Finance (MSU)

Mr W Manganda (Services) Mr C Gozho (Receivables) Mr J Satande -

Mr C Gapare

Chief Accounting Assistant Ms M Msimanga HND Accounting, ND Education (Student Accounts) (CUT) CIS Part B, Certificate in Bookkeping, Certificate in Computers, Certificate in Business Administration, Certificate in meetings (LCCI)

Ms M Mutangi

61

Mr L Sitsha (Stores)

HND Accounting (HEXCO)

Accounting /Senior Accounting Assistant Mr C Chipandambira Mrs N Makaza Miss C Gedion Diploma in Accounting (HEXCO) (Cashiering) Diploma in Accounting (ZAAT) ND Accounting (HEXCO) (Student Accounts) ND in Business Bookkeeping and Accounts (HEXCO) NID Secretarial Studies (HEXCO) ND Accounting, ND Tech Vocational Education (HEXCO) ND Accounting (HEXCO)(Non Current Assets)

Ms R Makonya (Cash Books)-

Mrs R Chidhindi (Debtors) Mr A Chiwara (Payables) -

Mr J Dongijena

Mr H Musa (Non Current Assets) - ND Accounting (HEXCO) Mr S Masunda (Salaries) Buying /Stores Assistant Mr M Muchemwa (Buying)HND Purchasing and Supply, HNDMarketing Management, ICDL (HEXCO) HND Purchasing and Supply (HEXCO) ND Purchasing and Supply(HEXCO) ND Purchasing and Supply (HEXCO) - HND Accounting (HEXCO)

Mr M Chatikobo (Stores) Mr M Makacha (Stores) Mrs L Madambi (Stores) Senior Secretary Ms A Tichaurawa -

Diploma in Office Administration (IAC)

62

LIBRARY Librarian Mrs N P Macheka MSc in Library & Information Science (NUST), BA Media Studies (ZOU), HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly)

Deputy Librarian Mr F Masunungure MSc in Library & Information Science (NUST), BA in English & Communication Studies (ZOU), HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Public Relations (Harare Poly)

Personal Assistant Ms S Mukwarami HND in Office Management (Gweru Poly), Diploma in Technical & Vocational Education (Gweru Poly), ND Secretarial Studies (Gweru Poly), NC in Secretarial Studies ( Gweru Poly)

Sub Librarian Mr E Tasikani MSc in Library & Information Science (NUST), BA in Library & Records Management (UNAM), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly)

Senior Assistant Librarian Mr T Tsuro Bachelor of Library & Information Science (Hons) (UNISA)

63

Senior Assistant Librarian Mr A Makandwa MSc in Library & Information Science (NUST), BA in Media Studies (ZOU), ND in Public Relations (Harare Poly), NC in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly)

Senior Assistant Librarian Mr E Makeke BSc in Psychology (ZOU), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly)

Systems Analyst Mr P Chigwagwa BSc Hons in Physics (MSU)

Library Administrative Assistant Mr E Poswo BA in Media Studies (ZOU), HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) BSc in Psychology (ZOU), Diploma in Adult Education (MSU), Diploma in HIV/AIDS Management & Development Studies (CDS), NC in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly)

Mr A Nyakurerwa

Chief Library Assistant Mr R Masimbiti HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) Bachelor of Commerce in Marketing (ZOU) HND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly)

Mr C Chuma

Mr H Tokwe

64

Senior Library Assistant Grade 1 Mr M K Mafa ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly) ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly) ND LIS (Hre Poly), Diploma in Adult Education (MSU) ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly), ND in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly) ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly), NC in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) ND in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) ND Records Management (Gweru Poly), NC Records Management (Gweru Poly)

Ms M Makwarimba Mrs K Tokwe Mr M Chinyemba Ms E Mangundu Mr TMuseke -

Mr M Mujuma Mr E Magombedze

Binder Mr T Moyo Certificate in Preservation (Indiana University, USA)

Senior Library Assistant Grade 2 Ms F K Mnyama Certificate in Library & Information Science (City & Guilds) NC in Library & Information Science (Bulawayo Poly) NC in Library & Information Science (Joshua Mqabuko Nkomo Poly), NC Information Technology (Joshua Mqabuko Nkomo Poly) NC Records Management (Gweru Poly) NC Records Management (Gweru Poly) NC Records Management (Harare Poly)

Ms S Manyaya Ms F Mudavanhu

Mrs E Matsa Ms E Chigiji Mr M Nyakurerwa

65

Ms F Jeke

NC in Library & Information Science (Joshua Mqabuko Nkomo Poly) NC in Records Management (Gweru Poly) NC in Records Management (Gweru Poly) ND in Records Management (Gweru Poly), NC in Records Management (Gweru Poly) ND in Library & Information Science (Hre Poly), NC in Library & Information Science (Harare Poly) NC in Records Management (Gweru Poly) NC in Records Management (Gweru Poly) NC in Records Management (Kwekwe Poly)

Ms H Kucherera Ms L Chikwembe Ms G Madhuyu

Mr D Gwatiramba

Mr K Matangi Mr T Magwati Ms N Munyoro

66

FACULTIES AND TEACHING DEPARTMENTS FACULTY OF ARTS Department of Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies Department of African Languages and Culture Department of English and Communication Department of Historical Studies Department of Development Studies Department of Film and Theatre Arts Studies Department of Theology and Religious Studies Communication Skills Centre FACULTYOFCOMMERCE Department of Accounting Department of Banking and Finance Department of Business Management Department of Economics Department of Entrepreneurship Department of Insurance and Risk Management Department of Marketing Management Department of Retail Management Department of Tourism and Hospitality Management Graduate School of Business Leadership FACULTY OF EDUCATION Department of Adult Education Department of Applied Education Department of Educational Foundations, Management and Curriculum Studies Department of Educational Technology Gender Studies Centre

67

FACULTY OF LAW Department of Private Law Department of Procedural Law Department of Public Law FACULTY OF NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENTANDAGRICULTURE Department of Agricultural Economics and Development Department of Agronomy Department of Horticulture Department of Lands and Water Resources Management Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Department of Biological Sciences Department of Chemical Technology Department of Computer Science Department of Food Science and Nutrition Department of Information Systems Department of Mathematics Department of Physics Department of Surveying and Geomatics FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Department of Geography and Environmental Studies Department of Human Resource Management Department of Local Governance Studies Department of Media and Society Studies Department of Music and Musicology Department of Psychology Department of Politics and Public Management

68

HISTORICAL NOTE Devolution The idea of a University in the Midlands dates back to the foundation of the National University of Science and Technology when Gweru, which was identified as a possible site for a second university campus, lost its bid to Bulawayo and the Province of Matebeleland. Two other opportunities to host institutions of higher learning (the Open University and the Catholic University) were also missed by the Midlands Province, when the two universities went to Harare instead. It was in the midst of such disappointments that two initiatives gradually converged to give birth to what has since become the Midlands State University. His Excellency the President Robert Gabriel Mugabe, on the nudging of the provincial political leadership of the Midlands, acceded to the idea of a national university being built in the Midlands and announced that at two provincial rallies held at Gokwe and Matanga growth points. The Presidents declarations coincided with the Ministry of Higher Education and Technologys policy of devolution, which was aimed at expanding access to higher education by converting teachers and technical colleges into degree granting institutions. These colleges would offer Bachelor of Education and Bachelor of Technology degree programmes. In line with the devolution policy, the then Minister of Higher Education and Technology, the Hon, Dr S.I Mudenge appointed in October 1995 the Committee on the Devolution of Bachelor of Education and Bachelor of Technology Degree Programmes, which was chaired by Professor C.J Chetsanga to investigate the feasibility of upgrading teachers and technical colleges into degree granting places. The Committee recommended that Gweru Teachers College spearhead the process, followed by Masvingo and Chinhoyi Teachers Colleges and that Gweru starts by offering Bachelor of Education degrees. The next Minister of Higher Education, Hon. Dr I.M.C Chombo set up in June 1996 another committee chaired by Prof. H.A.M Dzinotyiwei to advise on the details of getting degree programmes going at Gweru Teachers College. The Dzinotyiwei Committee recommended that the college should offer BA-Education, BSc Education and B. Com- Education degree programmes under some special relationship with the University of Zimbabwe for four years before becoming an independent and fully fledged university. A third committee of professionals chaired by Dr R.J Zvobgo, the Principal of Gweru Teachers College

69

made the final recommendations on the initial staffing needs and degree programmes. These recommendations laid basis on which the first degree students were enrolled for Bachelor of Commerce with Education and Bachelor of Science with Education degrees offered by the University of Zimbabwe through the Faculty of Educations Department of Teacher Education. Establishment of the University In the meantime, although the devolution policy inaugurated an irrevocable process of bringing university education to the Midlands, there was a strong feeling, especially in the Province, that what was being done did not quite amount to the Presidents promise of a fully fledged state university in the province. Responding to these feelings, but without losing sight of constraints imposed on Government by declining national funds, the Minister of Higher Education and Technology transformed the devolution project at Gweru into Zimbabwes third state university by means of the State University in the Midlands Act of April 1999. The new University, whose name was later changed to the Midlands State University, was to be initially housed at the Gweru Teachers College premises. The mandate of the institution was contained in its broad objectives which are the advancement of knowledge, the diffusion and extension of arts, science and learning, the preservation, dissemination and enhancement of knowledge that is relevant for the development of the people of Zimbabwe through teaching and research and, so far as is consistent with the objectives, the nurturing of the intellectual, aesthetic, social and moral growth of the students at the University. Council The University Act provided for governance made up of the Chancellor, who is the President of the Republic of Zimbabwe, a Council, Vice Chancellor, Pro Vice Chancellors and Senate. To immediately manage the implementation of the Act, the Government, through the Ministry of Higher Education and Technology, appointed an inaugural Council with the following 21 members drawn from all walks of life and professions:

70

Mr C F Dube Vacant Mr W S Muringani Mr W Chidhakwa Mr G.G Nhemachena Mr W P Channon Dr R F Wutaunashe Mrs A S Kamba

Dube Manika and Hwacha, as Chairperson Vice Chairperson Zimbabwe National Water Authority Managing Director of the Export Processing Zone Town Clerk of the City of Gweru Makwiro Platinum Harare Medical Practitioner Former Director of the National Archives and member of the Public Service Commission District Administrator, Chinhoyi Production Director of the National Breweries and Chairperson of the Liquor Undertaking Board Director of Lands MSU Vice-Chancellor MSU Pro-Vice-Chancellor National Railways of Zimbabwe

Mr C Shumba Dr M S D Mutopo

Dr V Hungwe Prof N M Bhebe Prof R J Zvobgo Mr C S Nziramasanga

Vice Chancellor and Pro-Vice Chancellor In consultation with the Minister of Higher Education and Technology, Dr I. Chombo, and with the approval of the President and Chancellor of the University, Cde R.G Mugabe,the inaugural Council appointed a distinguished academicand historian, Professor Ngwabi Bhebe, as the first Vice-Chancellor with effect from December 1999 and a renowned educationist, Professor Rungano Zvobgo, as Pro-Vice- Chancellor in January 2000.

71

Campus Site Although the new University is currently using facilities of the former Gweru Teachers College, Batanai Complex in Senga and the Senga Institute of Manpower Planning and Development , a new campus is being developed to accommodate the Midlands State University. The site originally offered by the City of Gweru had to be abandoned in deference to the Zimbabwe National Army, who are using it as a training ground. The University has now been granted 164 hectares of State land by the Vungu Rural Council. This land stretches westwards from the former Gweru Teachers College and lies between Senga Primary School and the Senga Institute of Manpower Planning and Development. In addition it has acquired 188.6ha of land where the current Tel One Learning Centre is built, where more facilities will be put up to aid on teaching and learning. Academic Programmes and Vision of the University The first task for the Council and its Vice-Chancellor designate was to come up with proposals for academic programmes, which in turn would provide a basis for drawing up a university budget, staff recruitment and student admissions. It was also necessary to have a provisional working vision and mission statement for the new institution, which would be refined and concretized in due course in consultation with all the institutional and national stakeholders. Such a vision envisaged a ten-faculty university whose principal mission was to train human resources innovatively and to generate through original and applied research scientific knowledge, which would substantially contribute to the social and economic development of Zimbabwe. The vision also has in sight a modern university whose delivery methods aim at breaking down traditional boundaries between vocational training and the academic teaching using semesterised modular systems to allow the student as the major client to participate in the formulation and management of his/ her own programme; and above all at exposing the student to work related learning in order to apply theoretical principles and knowledge to real work situations. Against this background Council adopted on the 25th November 1999 Proposed Academic Programmes of eight faculties with the proviso that the Vice-Chancellor investigates the feasibility of adding the Faculty of Law. The Faculties which were provisionally approved with their cognate departments were:

72

Faculty of Architecture, Art and Design Department of Architecture Department of Design and Technology Department of Fashion and Textiles Department of Visual and Performing Arts Faculty of Commerce and Information Systems Department of Accounting Department of Business Studies Department of Insurance Department of Tourism Studies Department of Economics Faculty of Education Department of Adult Education Department of Curriculum and Arts Education Department of Educational Administration Department of Educational Foundations Faculty of Engineering Department of Chemical and Production Engineering Department of Environmental Engineering Department of Industrial/Management Engineering Department of Solar and Renewable Energy Engineering Department of Structural Engineering Department of Surveying Faculty of Social Sciences Department of Human Resource Management Department of Social Counselling and Social Work Department of Media and Society Department of Nursing and Health Care Department of Sport, Culture and Leisure Faculty of Natural Resources Management Department of Ago-Business

73

Department of Agro-Meteorology Department of Horticulture Department of Forestry Department of Game and Wildlife Management Department of Water Resources, Arid and Semi-Arid Agriculture Faculty of Sciences Department of Biology Department of Chemistry Department of MathematicsDepartment of Physics Department of Computer Science and Information Systems Faculty of Arts Department of African Language Studies Department of Economic and Social History Department of English Department of Geography The same Council meeting deliberated on that programmes were feasible to start with in the year 2000 taking into account the following factors. a. b. c. The short time available for planning and recruitment of staff before the opening of the University; The shortage of funds The facilities available at the Gweru Teachers College

The Council finally settled for those programmes that would require least investment in teaching equipment and specialized buildings; that could be easily taught at Batanai and Gweru Teachers College and which would complement and strengthen the teaching of the programmes initiated by Government at Gweru Teachers College in association with University of Zimbabwe. Basically, the decision meant that the majority of the programmes would be the Gweru Teachers College-UZ ongoing ones with a few new ones added to give a start to the University. The decision too involved some minimal reorganisation of existing academic structures primarily in order to separate pedagogical professional training from content disciplines. This helped to

74

clear the way for proper semester/modular planning and teaching and ensured that both the teachers training and the content disciplines would get equal exposure to practical/attachment teaching. The upshod of the decision were the following Faculties and their Departments which constituted the initial offering of the new University: Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences Department of African Languages Department of English Department of Economic and Social History Department Geography and Environmental Studies Department of Human Resource Management Department of Media and Society Studies Faculty of Commerce Department of Accounting Department of Business Studies Department of Economics Department of Tourism and Hospitality Management Faculty of Education Department of Applied Education Department of Educational Foundations and Administration Faculty of Science Department of Biology Department of Chemistry Department of Computer Science and Information Systems Department of Home Economics Department of Mathematics Department of Physics Department of Surveying and Geomatics To obviate wastage of expensive infrastructure, valuable equipment and teaching consumables through disuse and neglect, following the phasing out of diploma

75

programmes at Gweru Teachers College, the University had to bring forward the introduction of the Faculty of Natural Resources Management and Agriculture with the following departments: 1. 2. 3. Department of Wildlife and Livestock Management Department of Land and Water Resources Management Department of Crop Production and Horticulture

Opening of the University The University started its first semester on 27 March 2000 with the following enrolment of students and teaching staff: Under University of Zimbabwe intake Under Midlands State University Teaching Staff Strategic Plan The University has since drawn up its long-term strategic plan. The exercise provided an opportunity to bring together the University community and all the national stakeholders. The Strategic Plan provides a guide and a basis for the development of the institution in terms of the programmes that must be taught; the physical plant, infrastructure and equipment that must be provided; projections of staff and student numbers by programmes; and work out a long-term business plan for the University. True to our motto, Our hands, our minds, our destiny, we rely on ourselves to build a university which is truly instrumental to the development of Zimbabwe. 198 400 70

76

REGULATIONS FOR THE BRIDGING PROGRAMME

1.

PARALLEL DEGREE PROGRAMME PREAMBLE The bridging programme targets both female and male applicants who would normally find it difficult to enroll into the competitive conventional and parallel degree programmes. The programme runs for a semester. Upon successful completion of the bridging programme and governed by their subject combinations, students will be accepted into degree programmes of their choice in the faculties of Arts, Commerce, Natural Resources Management and Agriculture, Science and Technology and Social Sciences. A bridging certificate will be awarded to candidates who would have passed examinations in accordance with the expectations of the faculties concerned.

2.

AIM To give the students confidence, essential skills and knowledge to allow them to equally participate when enrolled in the relevant degree programmes.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should have obtained at least one E at A level and five (5) O level passes including English Language. Applicants with passes in commercial subjects but do not have O level Mathematics may also enter into the programme to have their Mathematics content enhanced. Candidates with relevant diplomas may also be accepted into the bridging programme.

4.

ASSESSMENT Students shall normally take University Examinations at the end of the semester. To be admitted into the examination, the candidate must be

77

registered as a student of the University in accordance with the General Regulations, have satisfactorily completed approved modules of study which require submission of written work, attendance of lectures and any other activities as stated by the bridging programmes office. 5. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Candidates who would have failed will be required to repeat the failed modules. A candidate who has failed the bridging programme twice will be required to withdraw. 6. GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION The following Grading System shall be adopted for all modules in the programme: 75 % 65 % -74 % 60 % -64 % 50 % -59 % 49 % and below 7. BRIDGING MODULES Candidates shall undertake at least one of the following modules depending on the status of subjects studied at A level and the degree programme the candidate wishes to undertake after the successful completion of the bridging programme. 8. CODE MODULE DESCRIPTION European History Since 1789 To 1914 1 2.1 2.2 3 (A) (B) (C) (D) Fail

HIS 001

78

HIS 002 HIS 003 BEFL 001 BACC 001 BBM 001 EC 001 BMT 001 BCT 001 BIO 001 BPH 001 MT 001 BLWR 001 BAGRO 001 BAGRO 002 BEC 011 BEC 012

African Histories Since State Formation History of Zimbabwe English as a Foreign Language Accounts Management of Business Economics Introduction to Mathematics Chemistry Biology Physics Mathematics Principles of Soil Science Introduction to Agricultural Statistics Plant Biology and Genetics Introduction to Practical Criticism Introduction to Literature In English

MODULE SYNOPSES HIS 001 EUROPEAN HISTORY SINCE 1789 TO 1914 The module focuses on European History from the French Revolution and highlights how this revolution did not affect France only but the rest of Europe. The module is an analysis of whether the French Revolution served the purpose or it was a complete

79

failure at that time. The module covers the French Revolution which focuses on the declaration of the rights of man, Napoleon and his rule policy which affected the whole of Europe as he conquered the whole of Europe under France, effects of his continental system, downfall of Napoleon and the restoration of old order, the Bourbon monarch in France, Loui the 18th and how he tried to be a moderate ruler adhering to principles , the Congress system and the rise of the New State which was shaped by the Revolution. HIS 002 AFRICAN HISTORY SINCE STATE FORMATION The module provides students with a general survey of social and economic aspects of African society from the origins of agriculture to the present. Themes covered include state and stateless societies, early states in central and Southern Africa, Mfecane in the history of central and Southern Africa, slave trade, colonisation, colonial rule, resistance to colonial rule, 2nd World War in African history, colonial economy and the liberation of Africa. HIS 003 HISTORY OF ZIMBABWE The module traces historical developments in Zimbabwe across three broad places: pre-colonial period, colonial and post colonial period. In the pre-colonial phase, students are exposed to debates on state formation and the controversies surrounding the founders of Great Zimbabwe. The modes of production of these states are also examined. The phases raps up by examining factors leading to the collapse of these states and the coming in of the white settlers. The colonial phase exposes the basis of the colonial economy and its impact on the indigenous Africans. The underdevelopment of the peasant sector is captured, while at the same time the roots for African discontentment leading to the war of liberation should also be emphasised. The post colonial deals with the socio-economic and political developments since 1980. Issues of pertinence here include the land issue, structural adjustments programme and political counteraction beginning from around the end of the 1990s. Issues of governance and human rights are also examined. BEFL 001 ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE The module seeks to teach English Language to students whose mother tongue is not English. The purpose of the module is to produce international students who will

80

be proficient in English Foreign Language (EFL) so that they are able to pursue university level studies. Competence involves the application of knowledge and communication skills in the performance of a varied range of daily activities which include listening, reading, speaking and writing most of which may be routine and predictable. BACC 001 ACCOUNTS The module aims at bridging the candidates knowledge in the principle areas of financial accounting and cost management accounting. It provides the missing link in the following areas: double entry concepts relating to sole traders, companies and known trading organisations; the preparation of company accounts, their analysis and interpretation ;correction of errors by means of control account and the suspense accounts ;evaluation of stock and its impact on profitability ;the production cost statement and cost related issues leading to the objectives of cost management and cost related issues leading to the objectives of cost and management accounts. The cost and management issue embraces the following: product cost determination under full costing and marginal costing; C-V-P analysis and the Break-Even-Concept; sensitivity analysis. Other topics include standard costing, variance competition and analysis, budgeting and Capital Investment Appraisal. BBM 001 MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS This module is geared towards the enhancement of students understanding of the principles and practices of management for advanced level students as a critical area of study around which other management modules will revolve. Appreciation of the dynamic nature of management and the application of theory in real organisations will form the pillars of the course. EC001 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS This module introduces students to basic Economic principles. It seeks to prepare them for studies in Economics related programmes particularly in the faculty of Commerce. Topics in Microeconomics include: the basic economic problem, theories of demand and supply, consumer behaviour, Production and the theory of distribution In Macroeconomics the course includes: national income accounting, international trade, exchange rates, balance of payments, money and the price level, employment

81

as well as economic growth and development. BMT 001 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS The module covers the following aspects: general arithmetic, indices and logarithms, basic processes of algebra, equations and formulae equations, simultaneous equations, sets, probability, statistics, consumer arithmetic and matrices. BCT 001 CHEMISTRY The module covers physical chemistry, inorganic chemistry and organic chemistry under the following topics :Stoichiometry, Electrochemistry, Equilibria, Reaction Kinetics, Periodic Table, Group 2,Group IV, Group VII, Hydrpcarbons,Halogen deratives, Hydroxy compounds,Carbonyl Compounds, Carboxylic Acids, Polymerisations and Derivatives. Practicals are done on PhysicalChemistry and Inorganic Chemistry. BIO 001 BIOLOGY BRIDGING The aim of the module is to give students an overview of animal and plant biodiversity and to equip them with basic concepts in genetics, molecular biology and ecology. To achieve this objective the module has been divided into the following topics: research methods and Laboratory techniques in biology, diversity of plant life, diversity of animal life, genetics and ecology. BPH 001 PHYSICS The module covers the following: mechanics, waves, thermal physics, electricity and magnetism, magnetic fields and modern physics. MT 001 MATHEMATICS This is an introductory module to the following aspects: calculus, linear mathematics, probability and statistics. BLWR 001 PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE The module covers the aspects of Soil definitions and functions; soil formation; soil classification; soil physical characteristics such as texture and structure; soil

82

chemistry; soil moisture; soil profiling; soil erosion studies and soil sampling. It also covers practical aspects of soil sampling and soil profile identification and soil moisture content determination. BAGRO 001 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS The module is an introduction to statistics, measures of dispersion, measures of central tendency, binomial distribution, poison distribution, t- distribution, test: one sample, two sample, chi square distribution, correlation and regression analysis. BAGR0 002 PLANT BIOLOGY AND GENETICS Plant Biology: Structure of the eukaryotic cell; function of different organelles; membrane structure including modifications e.g transport across membranes; Tissue organisation in various plant organs; Basic plant anatomy and morphology, Tissues of the plant body and their functions; Plant growth and development.Genetics: Mitosis and meiosis; Mendelian genetics and the chromosome theory of heredity; Mutation and variation; Genetic material: DNA, RNA and their structure; Genetic code; Transcription; translation and Gene structure and function. BEC 011 INTRODUCTION TO PRACTICAL CRITICISM This module aims to encourage and develop as fully as possible an informed appreciation of and enjoyment of literature beyond mere identification and discussion of formal aspects of poems, prose passages and drama extracts. The student will be required to pay critical attention to the interaction of content and form in an organised, clear and direct manner. By the end of the study the student should be able to go beyond mere comprehension and paraphrasing of content, and be able to comprehend, analyze and judge a text. BEC 012 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE IN ENGLISH The module aims to make students develop skills of reading critically, enjoying various genres of literature and appreciating what they read. The main focus is to give a general introduction to students to the various ways in which Zimbabwean, African, European and American writers have reacted to their historical, socio economic and political realities.

83

GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS OF THE MIDLANDS STATE UNIVERSITY

1.

PREAMBLE

1.1

The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. The Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, replace or cancel any of the academic regulations. No student who has started a programme following one set of regulations shall be set at a disadvantage by a regulation or regulations subsequently adopted. There shall be Special Regulations for each Faculty which shall be subject to approval by the Senate and which shall include provision for admission to Programmes, Subjects and Modules within the Faculty and schemes of examinations for these Programmes. No student may register for modules with another University without the approval of the Senate. The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Special Faculty Regulations. Detailed syllabuses for subjects/modules in the subject will not form part of the General Academic Regulations or Special Faculty Regulations but will be submitted to the appropriate Faculty Boards for approval. In these regulations the following shall be used as defined:-

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

Programme a plan of study, lasting over a specific period, which leads to a degree, diploma or certificate;

84

Level a prescribed period of study normally made up of two semesters at the end of which decisions determining issues of progression are made. Semester a prescribed period of study normally made up of 15 weeks including 12 weeks of teaching, one week mid-semester break and two weeks of examinations. Subject a discipline or field of study in which a student may take a major or minor component or his/her programme; Module for purposes of teaching and examinations a subject may be divided into one or more components called modules. Project a defined practical assignment, which is separately examinable. Work Related Learning a prescribed period of practical experience in a relevant industrial/commercial/professional or community setting. Continuous Assessment prescribed assignments to be completed within a specific period and forming part of a module. Carry Over means carryover modules from previous semester level to the subsequent level. Retake means redo module(s) failed in a previous semester within the same level. Discontinue means that the candidate must discontinue from the programme in which he/she has failed. Such students will be free to apply for admission /transfer into a different programme and his/her application will be considered through the normal admission procedures. Withdraw means the student must withdraw from the University. Once withdrawn the student may not apply for admission until a period of four successive semesters has elapsed.

85

Aegrotat a degree offered on concessionary terms after one has failed to sit for examinations due to illness or other unavoidable intervention of a force majeure nature. Supplement means rewrite module(s) failed with marks in therange of 4049%
MODULE CONTACT TEACHING HOURS/WEEK CONTACT TEACHING HOURS/SEMESTER EXAMINATION DURATION

One (1) credit module Two (2) credit module Three (3)credit module Four (4) credit module

1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours

12 hours 24 hours 36 hours 48 hours

1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4hours

1.9

The Registrar shall maintain a schedule of programmes and modules and their codes for use in computerized student records. These codes shall be alpha numeric.

2.

PROGRAMMES 2.1 The University may offer programmes for undergraduate Bachelors Degree at General and Honours levels. GENERAL DEGREES A General degree require the study of a degree of modules over six to eight semesters. The programme shall include work related learning, which shall normally be done during the third level or as prescribed by the Special Faculty Regulations.

2.2

86

Students may select modules from a number of options in accordance with provisions in the Special Faculty Regulations. Normally one or two modules will be identified as major modules to be studied throughout the programme, with up to five modules being studied as minors, each for two, three, or four semesters. 2.3 HONOURS DEGREES 2.3.1 The structure of the Honours Degree Programmes shall be prescribed in the Special Faculty Regulations. These structures may vary with the particular requirements of different faculties and departments, but all Honours Programmes shall normally contain the following elements:

2.3.1.1 One or more major modules shall be studied over at least six or eight semesters. Honours degrees shall normally include a period of work related learning during the third level. Modules in the Honours degrees shall be studied intensively and progressively (i.e. studies in the fifth to eighth semester assume prior knowledge of the modules studied from the first to the fourth semester). They shall be taught and examined at the level requiring a greater depth and breath of knowledge and understanding than expected of modules in general degrees programmes. 2.3.1.2 A candidate for the Honours degree shall normally be required to complete a project or dissertation within his/ her programme of study and this work may be based on the tasks and research performed during Work Related learning. 2.3.1.3 The combination of modules within the Honours Programme shall be prescribed so as to focus on specific

87

topics and to disallow a wide choice of disparate options.

2.3.1.4 One or more subsidiary Subjects/Modules may be studied at the General level within the Honours Programme but assessment in these modules will not contribute to the final classification of the degree awarded or will be assigned a light weighting in the overall calculations of the final marks. Normally 60% of the modules taken in the Honours degree will be in the Major subject(s). 2.3.1.5 The following are in the General and Honours Degree Programme offered by the University. FACULTY OF ARTS 1. 2. Bachelor of Arts in African Languages and Cultural Honours Degree Bachelor of Arts in Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies Honours Degree. Bachelor of Arts in English and Communication Honours Degree. Bachelor of Arts in History and Development Studies Honours Degree. Bachelor of Arts in Religious and Theological Studies Honours Degree. Bachelor of Arts in Development Studies Honours Degree Bachelor of Arts in Film and Theatre Arts Honours Degree Bachelor of Arts in History Honours Degree

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, ART AND DESIGN 1. 2. Bachelor of Arts in Architecture Bachelor of Arts in Art and Design

88

FACULTY OF COMMERCE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Honours Degree. Bachelor of Commerce in Banking and Finance Honours Degree. Bachelor of Commerce in Business Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Economics Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Entrepreneurship Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Insurance and Risk Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Marketing Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Retail Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Tourism and Hospitality Management Honours Degree

FACULTY OF EDUCATION 1. Bachelor of Education Degrees (Bed) 2. Post-Graduate Diploma in Education(PGDE) 3. Post-Graduate Diploma in Tertiary Education FACULTY OF LAW 1. Bachelor of Laws Honours Degree

89

FACULTY OF NATURALRESOURCES MANAGEMENTAND AGRICULTURE 1. Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture in Agricultural Economics and Development Honours Degree Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture in Agronomy Honours Degree Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture in Horticulture Honours Degree Bachelor of Science and Natural Resources Management and Agriculture in Land And Water Resources Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture in Livestock and Wildlife Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture General Degree

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Bachelor of Science in Biological Science Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Chemical Technology Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Computer Science Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Information Systems Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Food Science and Nutrition Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Physics Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Telecommunications Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Surveying and Geomatics Honors Degree

90

FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 1. Bachelor of Science in Geography and Environmental Studies in Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Human Resource Management Honours Degree Bachelor in Science in Local Governance Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Media and Society Studies Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Psychology Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Music and Musicology Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Sport and Leisure Management Honours Degree Bachelor of Science in Social Counselling and Social Work Honours Degree Bachelor of Science Politics and Public Management Honours Degree

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry For normal entry candidates should: a) have satisfied the general requirements as prescribed below; and have satisfied the special requirements for entry into the particular programme chosen; and have passed English Language at O level with a C or better for all programmes have passed Mathematics at O level with a C or better for the Faculty of Science and Technology, Faculty of Natural

b)

c)

d)

91

Resources Management and Agriculture and the Department of Geography and Environment Studies and attained a Grade E OR better in Mathematics for all other programmes. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Passes in at least 5 subjects at Ordinary level and at least two subjects at Advanced Level or their equivalents. The following are acceptable to the University: Ordinary Level Passes or Equivalent Ordinary Level of the Associated Examinations Boards GeneralCertificate of Education Ordinary Level of the Cambridge School Certificate Ordinary Level of the University of Londons General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level of the Zimbabwe School Examinations Council Advanced Level Pass or Equivalent Advanced Level of the Associated Examinations Boards General Certificate of Education; Advanced Level of the Cambridge Higher School Certificate; Advanced Level of the University of Londons General Certificate of Education; Advanced Level of the Zimbabwe School Examinations Council 3.1.2 General Subject Provisions Subjects must have been chosen from the approved list below and restrictions against combination overlapping must have been observed.

92

3.1.3

Approved Subjects for Admission Purposes Subjects approved by the Zimbabwe School Examinations Council and/or the Associated Examinations Board; and/or the Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate and/or the London Certificate of Education:-

Level OA O Accounting Accounts

OA Accounts, Principles of OA Ancient History A Ancient History and Literature

OA Applied Mathematics O OA OA OA OA O OA OA OA Applied Statistics Art Arts Crafts Bible Knowledge Biology Bookkeeping Botany Business Management Business Studies

93

OA OA OA A OA O A O A A

Chemistry Commerce Computer Studies Computing Science Divinity Drama and Theatre Arts Economics and Political Studies Economic and Political Affairs Economic and Social History Economic Geography

OA Economic History O Economic Principles

OA Economics A O O O Electronic Systems Electricity and Electronics Elementary Physiology Elements of Sociology

OA Engineering Drawing OA Engineering Science O English Language

OA English Literature

94

Environmental Biology

OA Environmental Studies OA Fashion and Fabrics OA Food and Nutrition OA French O O O O French Literature French Studies General Mathematics General Papers (Use of English)

OA General Principles of English Law O General Science

OA Geography OA Geology A O
Government and Politics/Political Studies

Government, Economics and Commerce

OA Health Science OA History OA History, Ancient O O History and Appreciation of Music Home Economics

95

OA Human Biology OA Law OA Mathematics A O O Mathematics, Applied *Metal Work *Metal Engineering

OA Music OA Ndebele OA Physical Science OA Physics OA Physics with Chemistry OA Political Studies OA Portuguese O Principles of Economics

OA Psychology OA Religious Studies O Rural Biology

OA Shona OA Social Science OA Sociology OA Statistics

96

*Survey

OA Technical Drawing O *Woodwork

OA Zoology *Not more than one subject indicated above by an asterisk may be recognized for the purpose of satisfying Ordinary Level requirements. Senate on the recommendation of the Registrar may accept other subjects and other Examining Boards. 3.1.4 Restrictions against the combination of overlapping subjects. In the selection of subjects for the purpose of satisfying the general requirement subjects listed under column A in the table below cannot be counted with corresponding subjects listed under column B. COLUMN A Accounting Art Biology Chemistry COLUMN B Accounts, Principles of Accounts, Bookkeeping History of Art Rural Biology, Botany, Zoology, General Science Physical Science, Physics with Chemistry, General Science Geography, Environmental Studies Economic Principles, Commerce Human Biology Sociology

Economic Geography Economics Elementary Physiology Elements of Sociology

97

Engineering Drawing Environmental Studies General Mathematics General Science Geography

Technical Drawing Geography Mathematics Physics, Physical; Physics with Chemistry Economics Geography

Government and Political Studies Government and Politics Health Science Mathematics Human Biology Pure and Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics; Applied Mathematics Physics with Chemistry, Chemistry, General Science, Physics Physics with Chemistry, Physical Science, General Science Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics Mathematics Sociology Human Biology 3.1.5 Faculty Requirements For admission to a particular programme of studyand/or for subject/modules within the programme there may be specific restrictions on the choice of subjects in the general requirements and/or additional requirements concerning

Physical Science

Physics

Pure and Applied

Social Science Zoology

98

entry. Such additional requirements shall be prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. 3.2 Special Entry The following persons may apply for Special Entry and for permission to proceed to a first degree with exemption from the whole or part of the normal entry requirements:3.2.1 A person who has obtained a degree of this or another University or degree awarding Institution. 3.2.2 A person who has obtained from a University or an Institution of similar status, academic qualifications (other than degrees) acceptable to Senate. A person who has obtained an appropriate number of subjects at an approved examination and has subsequently passed an intermediate or equivalent examination at a University acceptable to Senate; 3.2.3 Students who qualify under this regulation for Special Entry may apply to the Senate to be exempted from certain modules and examinations. Permission may be given to complete the programme for a Bachelors degree in less than the normal required period provided that no student shall be allowed direct entry to the final level of any programme. 3.2.4 Students who apply for admission under this regulation may be required to attend interviews and/or special tests at the University to determine their suitability for admission to Bachelors degree studies. 3.3 Mature Entry Persons who are at least 25 years of age for males and 23 years for females on the first day of the academic year in which admission is sought and who are not eligible for entry under the Normal or Special Entry Regulations may apply for Mature Entry provided that:

99

3.3.1 Applicants must have passed at least five approved O Level subjects including English Language and Mathematics (or equivalents) and must have demonstrated potential suitability for University studies by virtue of their attainments and/or relevant work experience. 3.3.2 Normally, applicants should have completed their full-time school or college education at least five years before the start of the academic year in which admission is sought. 3.3.3 Applicants who wish to be considered under the Mature Entry provisions may be required to attend interviews and/or special tests at the University designed to assess their command of the English Language, numeracy and reasoning ability and general suitability for admission to the Bachelors degree studies. 3.3.4 Applicants who have previously attended Mature Entry tests and/or interviews without success will not be considered for admissions under this form of entry unless in the intervening period they have acquired additional qualifications and/or experience. 3.4 Submission of Applications 3.4.1 Applications must be submitted on the Official Application for Admission Form. 3.4.2 The closing dates for receipt of application forms for Normal Entry shall be advertised by the Registrars Office each year. Late applicants may be considered upon payment of the prescribed late application fee. 3.4.3 The closing date for Special Entry and Mature Entry applications shall also be advertised by the Registrars Office.

100

3.5

General Provisions 3.5.1 Every student must satisfy the University that he/she has adequate command of the English Language. New students may be required to undertake a test in English proficiency set by the University, upon registration for a Bachelors degree studies. 3.5.2 Students admitted under the Special Entry provision may be exempted from this requirement. 3.5.3 A student may not register simultaneously for more than one programme at the University without the permission of the Senate. 3.5.4 Registration will take place in accordance with the arrangements prescribed each year through the Registrars Office. 3.5.5 A students registration shall not be confirmed until he/she has filled the requirements for payment of fees.

3.5.6 Normally, no student shall be admitted to any programme or any module more than two weeks after its commencement. Any exception to this regulation must have the written endorsement of the Chairperson of the Department and the Dean of the Faculty concerned and will be subject to approval through the Registrars Office. 3.5.7 Students who enter o r return to the University late shall not be entitled to specific tuition. 3.5.8 Such students shall be liable to pay late registration fees, unless the Registrar has given permission for such late registration. 3.5.9 A student registered for a module is expected to attend all classes prescribed for such module. Where tutorials, seminars, fieldwork,

101

vacation work and practical sessions are prescribed a student is required to attend and complete any assignment set. 3.5.10 If a student is unable to attend classes for health reasons for longer than 72 hours, he/she must notify the appropriate Faculty Officer as soon as possible and submit certification in support thereof by a medical practitioner registered in accordance with the Medical, Dental and Allied Health Professions Act. For absence on grounds other than health reasons, prior permission from the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairperson of the Department concerned shall be necessary. 3.5.11 After taking due consideration of the academic progress of the student, the Senate may require or allow a student originally registered for one programme or subject to register for another programme or subject on the completion of either the First Semester or Second Semester of the programme for which he/ she is registered. 3.5.12 Normally, no programme shall commence with fewer than five students. 3.6 Refund of tuition fees 3.6.1 A student who leaves the University before the end of the session for which he/she has been admitted shall need to give a proper notice in writing to the Registrar and may upon written application to the Bursar, obtain a refund on tuition fees. 3.6.2 Refund of the tuition fees to student who has chosen to withdraw from programmes shall be done as follows: (a) before the end of the first week of a particular semester 100% between the second semester week and the fourth week of a particular semester 60%

(b)

102

(c)

between the firth week and the eighth week of a particular semester 40% from the ninth week onwards 0%

(d)

3.6.3 Registration fees are non-refundable. 3.7 Deferment of Studies 3.7.1 A student who wishes to defer his/her studies for whatever reason should: 3.7.1.1 complete deferment of studies forms in triplicate. 3.7.1.2 submit completed forms to the Chairperson of Department and Dean of Faculty for approval. 3.7.1.3 submit deferment forms to the Bursars Department (Student Accounts Section) for noting. 3.7.1.4 submit signed deferment forms in triplicate to the Student Records and Registration Office. 3.8. The student should make sure that the deferment process is completed before leaving the University. Upon return to the University, resumption of studies forms should be completed and submitted to the Chairperson, Dean, and Bursars Department for approval. Students who fail to complete this process will be deemed to have attended lectures and their student accounts will be debited with fees for the respective semester. No retrospective authorisation will be allowed. Fees will be charged pro rata for the taught period on deferment. Results for all students who deferred during theirsemester shouldindicate that the student deferred.

3.9

3.10 3.11 3.12

103

4.

STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES The duration of Bachelors Programmes shall be prescribed by Faculty Regulations. Each programe shall be divided into levels 4.1 A level shall include two teaching semesters, each consisting of not less than 15 weeks (including a mid- semester break). At the end of the second semester of a level, decisions determining issues of progression shall be made. The possible combination of modules within a subject shall be in accordance with the Faculty Regulations and shall be subject to approval by the Chairperson(s) of the Department(s) and the Deans(s) concerned.

4.2

5.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 5.1 All Bachelors degrees shall be classified in the following classes: First Class, Upper Second Class, Lower Second Class, Pass. The following Grading and Degree Classification System shall be adopted for all Modules and programmes: 75% 65%- 74% 60%-64% 50%-59% 40%-49% 39% and below 1 2.1 2.2 3 Fail Fail (First Class) (Upper Second Class) (Lower Second Class) (Pass) (Supplementable)

5.2

6.

ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES FOR BACHELORS DEGREE 6.1 Normally, evaluation shall be based on continuous assessment as well as University Examinations. Unless otherwise approved by the Senate,

104

continuous assessment will contribute between 25%and 50% of the overall assessment. 6.2 Each department shall determine which items of continuous assessment and practical work will be included in the continuous assessment and shall define the relevant weighting to each item of continuous assessment or practical work. Each department will inform maintain written records of each students performance in these elements of continuous assessment items incorporated in continuous assessment may include assignments, tests, essays, fieldwork, laboratory work and projects or any other as shall be determined by the department concerned. Students shall normally take University examinations at the end of each semester as prescribed in the Special Faculty and/or Departmental Regulations. External Examiners shall be appointed to moderate all University Examinations (except Supplementary/special examinations). All matters relating to the conduct of University examinations shall be the responsibility of the Registrar. To be admitted to any University examinations, a candidate must:6.6.1 be registered as a student of the University in accordance with the General Academic Regulations; have satisfactorily completed approved modules of study at the University. Satisfactory Completion of modules may require submission of written work, attendance at lectures, seminars, tutorials, work related learning placement, sandwich modules, and any other activities as stated in the Faculty and Departmental Regulations.

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.6.2

6.7

Exclusion from a University Examination shall require the authority of the Senate.

105

6.8

The Examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination and/or write a special examination. Candidates studying Midlands State University degree programmes will be required to have attained a minimum of 136 credits acquired during their period of study in order to graduate. These are subject to Faculty and Departmental specifications.

6.9

7.

DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATESRESULTS 7.1 The Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Boards of Examiners shall determine results. Departmental Panels of Examiners shall compromise all full-time lecturing staff in that Department, the External Examiner(s) and, where appropriate, as determined by the Departmental Panel, part-time and/ or teaching assistants for the module/subject concerned. Faculty Boards of Examiners shall comprise the Dean and Deputy Dean of the Faculty, the Chairperson of each Department and the External Examiner(s) for the Department plus one other member of the Department nominated by the Departmental Panel from each Department involved in the subject for that examination. The Departmental Panel of Examiners shall: 7.4.1 agree, for each candidate on marks in terms of percentages, for continuous assessment, for the University examinations and overall marks (combining the continuous assessment and University Examinations marks) in modules and, where required, in terms of the Faculty Regulations, in subjects. Recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners whether a candidate should pass or fail the relevant module(s) taken. Departmental Boards or Panel of examiners will meet at the end of the semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates.

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.4.2

7.4.3

106

7.4.4

Departmental Boards or Panel of examiners will meet at the end of the second semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by a candidate and to make recommendations to Faculty Boards on issues of progression by students to the next level. In the case of repeat students, the board may however make a recommendation to withdraw a student at this stage; Where subject/module prizes are available for award, make recommendations to the Faculty Board at the end of the second semester of a level for the award of these prizes.

7.4.5

7.5

The Faculty Board of Examiners shall:7.5.1 consider the recommendations of the Panels of Examiners and recommend to Senate an overall result for each candidate and any other conditions as may deem appropriate, meet at the end of the first semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates. meet at the end of the second semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates and to make recommendations to senate on issues of progression by students to the next level. In the case of repeat level students,the Faculty Board may have however, make a recommendation to withdraw or discontinue a student at this stage;

7.5.2

7.5.3

7.5.4. make recommendations to the Senate at the end of the Second Semester of a level with regard to the award of prizes, which may be available for candidates within the programme.

7.6

In determining results, all Departmental Panels of Examiners and Faculty Boards of Examiners shall have regard to all special requirements as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. Such regulations may require

107

candidates to satisfy the examiners in the continuous assessment and University examinations separately or in aggregate. 8. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AMID PROCEEDING IN A PROGRAMME 8.1 Students progress automatically from semester one to semester two at each level with the exception of special cases which would have been approved by Senate e.g. cases of students applying for deferment of studies. Each Scheme of Examinations shall indicate which modules must be passed before a candidate may be allowed to proceed to a subsequent level of the programme (or portion thereof). Normally a student shall not be allowed in a subject without having passed the previous formal examination(s) in that subject and having satisfied the entire prerequisites for proceedings in that subject as may be specified in the Special Faculty Regulations.

8.2

8.3

8.4

A student who passes sufficiently well in one level in aggregate may be permitted to proceed to a subsequent level carrying a module or modules subject to the provisions of the Special Faculty Regulations.

9.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS 9.1 A candidate who fails to satisfy the Examiners in terms of these General Academic Regulations and Special Regulations may be required by Senate to:a) b) c) write supplementary examinations retake proceed to the next level of the programme carrying one or more modules from a proceeding level

108

d) e) f) 9.2

repeat discontinue withdraw

Special Examinations 9.2.1 The Senate may allow a candidate to write a special examination where extenuating circumstances exist. Students affected by extenuating circumstances may apply to their Faculties within one week from the missed examination for their claims to be considered. faculties would consider students claims and make recommendations to the Academic Board. A student may claim that extenuating circumstances have contributed materially or significantly to: a) b) c) 9.2.5 poor performance in any formally assessed work. absence from examinations or other assessment event. failure in examinations or other assessed work.

9.2.2

9.2.3

9.2.4

Valid extenuating circumstances shall normally be: a) circumstances which are unexpected, significantly disruptive and beyond a students control and which may have affected his/her academic performance. an illness or serious accident at the time of an assessment or in the period leading up to a formal assessment.

b)

109

c)

severe emotional or mental stress at the time of an assessment or immediately before an assessment or e.g. through bereavement, social, matrimonial family problems, experience of assault, robbery or other traumatic event, eviction/homeless in unavoidable circumstances, unavoidable involvement in legal proceedings. other factors totally outside the students control ,e.g. for part time students, unforeseen and essential work commitment, unforeseen decisions taken by the company or practice which prevent them from completing their assignment (in both these circumstances, a letter from the employer must be supplied)

d)

9.2.6

Evidence in support of claims must be in the form of an original document (not a photocopy) written and supplied by an appropriate third party giving details of the circumstances with dates and if possible stating how students assessment has been affected. Third party should be a person who knows the student in a professional capacity and can give a first-hand account of the circumstances. Acceptable evidence of extenuating circumstances shall include: a) a medical certificate issued at the time of the illness, specifying the nature of the illness and the dates affected and confirming that this is the doctors own diagnosis. It is not sufficient for the doctor to write a letter stating that the student saw him/her and claimed to be sufficient from stress etc. a letter from Student Counselling Services a letter from solicitor; summons to attend court; an eviction notice; a report from a police officer;

9.2.7

b) c)

110

d) e)

death certificate (that is, of a close relative) a letter from a transport official confirming serious unforeseen disruption to transport or a letter from a member of University staff confirming absence of other group members due to the same disruption;

f)

a report from the invigilator (if the student falls ill during an examination) outlining the extenuating circumstances together with medical evidence if appropriate.

9.2.8

Students affected by extenuating circumstances shall be allowed to sit for a special examination within five (5) weeks after the regular examination. Special examinations shall be assessed in the same way as regular/sessional examinations.

9.2.9

9.3

Supplementary Examination 9.3.1 Senate may allow a candidate (second level second semester or final level second semester students only) to write a supplementary examination to enable him/her to pass a module of a programme in terms of the Special Faculty Regulations. Normally supplementary examinations shall be written at the end of the programme by a student who fails with a supplementable mark during the last semester of the programme in line with the Special Faculty Regulations. To be eligible for supplementary examination in a module a student must obtain a supplementable mark of at least 40% in the overall assessment.

9.3.2

9.3.3

111

9.3.4

Where supplementary examinations have been allowed the examiners will not incorporate continuous assessment in the determination of the result for the supplementary examination. Supplementary examinations shall be marked as Pass or Fail and the overall maximum mark awarded in a supplementary examination shall be 50%. If a student is required to write a supplementary examination this fact and the results obtained in the supplementary examination in terms of Pass or Fail should be recorded on the official transcript of his/her academic results. Where a dissertation or project is prescribed in any programme, candidates shall be informed in advance of the deadline of submission of such dissertation or project. Unless the Academic Board has granted prior permission for an extension of this deadline any candidate who fails to meet this submission deadline shall normally fail the dissertation or project. In such cases, on the recommendation of the Examiners, candidates may be permitted to resubmit the dissertation or project at a later date, normally within three months of the original submission deadline. Unless otherwise determined by Senate, the maximum mark allowed for such work should be 50%.

9.3.5

9.3.6

9.3.7

9.4

Retake See definition of terms (subsection 1.8).

9.5

Carry Over 9.5.1 The number of modules carried from the previous level to the subsequent level may be limited by the Special Faculty Regulations. For all levels other than the Work Related Learning Level, the maximum number permissible under this provision shall not

9.5.2

112

exceed 25% of the number of modules normally scheduled in a particular level of a programme.

9.5.3

For the Work Related Learning level, students may only carry modules from the previous level of the programme.

9.5.4

Normally where a prerequisite is involved a candidate will be required to pass it before taking higher modules.

9.5.5 Students carrying over modules will be re-examined at the next regularly scheduled examinations, normally taken at the next semester examinations. 9.5.6 Students may be required by the Senate to undertake continuous assessment with the carry over modules. This assessment will then be taken into account in the usual way in determining the overall assessment.

9.6

Repeat 9.6.1 A candidate, who is not proceed to the subsequent level of the programme but has passed at least 50% of the modules in that level of the programme, may be allowed to repeat failed modules. Repeat failed modules will be allowed in cases where a candidate has passed 50% of the modules in that level of the programme but cannot proceed to the next level. In such cases the student will be allowed to retain credits for the passed modules. Repeat a level means repeat all modules of the level. This will apply to candidates who will have failed more than 50% of the modules taken in that level. In this case candidates will be

9.6.2

9.6.3

113

required to repeat all modules both passed and failed modules in that level. 9.7 Discontinue 9.7.1 A candidate who passes less than 25% of the modules in the level of a programme will be required to discontinue.

9.8

Withdraw A candidate who: (a) (b) has failed the same level of the programme twice, or has failed two different programmes will be required to withdraw.

10.

WORK RELATED LEARNING 10.1 Programmes at the University shall normally include at least ten months of supervised Work Related Learning during the third level. In exceptional cases periods of Work Related Learning maybe prescribed by the Special Faculty Regulations. Assessment of the work related learning will be carried out in accordance with the following regulations:10.2.1 To obtain overall pass, a student must pass the Academic Supervisors Assessment Report the Employers Assessment Report and the Work Related Report (where Applicable).

10.2

10.2.2 A student who fails Academic Supervisors Assessment Report and the Employers Assessment Report will be required to repeat the level. 10.2.3 A student who fails the Work Related Learning Report (where applicable) but has passed the Academic Supervisors Assessment Report may be allowed to re-submit the work

114

related learning Report within two (2) months from then date of publication of results, unless otherwise determined by Senate. The maximum mark allowable for such referred work is 50%. 10.2.4 The Academic Supervisors Assessment Report mark and the Employers Assessment Report shall be determined by the Departmental Panel of Examiners from the marks awarded by the work Related Learning Supervisors and the Academic Supervisors. 10.2.5 Two copies of the Work Related Learning Report (where applicable) in a format approved by the Faculty must be submitted to the Department within three weeks before the end of the level. 10.2.6 A student who fails to meet the date for submission of the Work Related Learning Report (where applicable) will normally be considered to have failed the report. 10.2.7 The General Regulations on repeat, discontinue and withdraw shall apply to Work Related Learning. 10.3 A student who fails the Work Related Learning level shall not proceed to the next level of the programme.

11.

APPEALS 11.1 Any candidate who having failed to satisfy the Examiners, is required to withdraw from the University or to discontinue from a programme, has a right to appeal against the decision. A committee shall be set up by Senate to consider such an appeal. Any candidate who wishes to lodge an appeal against withdrawal or discontinue must do so in writing to the Registrar within twenty one (21) days after the publication of the Examination results.

11.2 11.3

115

11.4

On appeal, the candidate must state clearly the grounds of the appeal. Where a candidate is appealing on medical grounds, a medical practitioner registered in terms of the Health and Allied Professions Act must substantiate the medical grounds in writing. Any other evidence, which the candidate wishes to submit in support of his/her case, must be lodged with the written appeal. The Registrar will refer all punctually submitted appeals submitted in time to the Termination of Studies (Appeals) Committee. The Appeals Committee will consider as legitimate grounds for appeal new evidence of mitigating circumstances (except mere lack of diligence or other fault on the part of the student), which was not previously available to the Examiners. Extenuating circumstances of a force majeure nature which explain and are directly relevant to the students academic performance and which he/she could not reasonably have been expected to have foreseen or avoided will be considered. The Committee will be empowered to hear an appellant orally and seek such information and evidence, as it may consider pertinent. No right to oral hearing is conferred upon appellants and the University will not reimburse any expenses incurred by an appellant in making a personal appearance before the Committee. The Committee shall make recommendations on each case, as it deems appropriate. Its recommendations shall be submitted to Senate for approval, or to the Academic Board or the Vice Chancellor on behalf of Senate for consideration.

11.5

11.6

11.7

11.8

11.9

11.10 All re-mark requests will not be entertained unless directed by Senate. However, a student who has been given a withdraw or a discontinue decision may appeal in writing to the Registrar within twenty-one days after the publication of the examination results.

116

12.

AEGROTAT PROVISIONS 12.1 If a candidate, having completed a substantial component of his/her programme, is prevented by serious illness or other sufficiently substantiated cause, from completing the prescribed requirements for that level of the programme, he/she may be deemed by Senate to have satisfied the Examiners for that level upon the recommendation of the Board of Examiners concerned and upon such other conditions as Senate may decide, provided that:12.1.1 the candidate will not normally be exempted from presenting a thesis or a dissertation where such is prescribed; 12.1.2 the award of the Aegrotat Degree shall be without classification. 12.2 Where a student qualifies for an Aegrotat Degree, he/she may opt instead to write special examination in order that an overall grade may be determined and formally credited to the student. Application for such an option must be submitted to the Registrar in writing not later than four weeks before the scheduled examinations. Senate may require any candidate, irrespective of his/her programme or Faculty whose examination performance has been adversely affected by sufficiently substantiated circumstances of force mejeure nature to write a special examination at a future date, normally not later than months after the date of the last examinations missed. In such circumstances, unless otherwise stipulated by the Senate, the mark obtained in the special examination will be counted in the overall assessment for the purpose of degree classification. Exceptionally, Senate on the recommendations of the Academic Board of Examiners may permit such special examinations for candidates in respect of the performance in a supplementary examination. In such circumstances, the mark obtained in the special supplementary examination must be treated in accordance with Regulation 9.3.5.

12.3

12.4

117

12.5

A candidate who wishes to be considered for an aegrotat degree must apply in writing together with written substantiation for his/her case, to the Registrar within ten days of the end of the University examinations for the programme concerned. A certificate from a medical practitioner registered in terms of the Health and Allied Professions Act must support appeals that are submitted on medical grounds. A candidate who is awarded an aegrotat degree may not re-enter the examination for the same degree, but shall be eligible to apply to proceed to an appropriate higher degree

12.6

13.

PLAGIARISM 13.1 Plagiarism is the unacknowledged use of another persons material or ideas. As such, plagiarism is an academic offence in the sense that theft is in ordinary daily life. Recommendations on the severity of the penalty shall be determined by the appropriate Departmental Board or Board of Examiners. Cases of plagiarism shall be handled in the following manner:Minor Cases of Plagiarism 13.3.1 First Offence: in the case of plagiarism being discovered in a piece of work such as an essay or laboratory report or dissertation the student shall get a Chairpersons warning but shall be given an opportunity to re-do and re-submit an acceptable piece of work after one week and shall be awarded a maximum mark of 50%. 13.3.2 Second Offence: The student shall get a Deans warning and shall be awarded a mark of zero. 13.3.3 Third Offence: Senate shall take disciplinary measures such as suspension or expulsion of the student who will have been awarded a mark of zero.

13.2

13.3

118

13.4

Major Cases of Plagiarism 13.4.1 In the case of plagiarism being discovered in a project at end of the semester that candidate shall be denied the opportunity to resubmit the project. 13.4.1.1The new project shall be submitted not later than two consecutive semesters after discovery of the offence. 13.4.1.2 The new project shall be awarded a maximum mark of 50%. 13.4.2 In the case of plagiarism being discovered in a project for the second time and after re-submission, a mark of zero shall be awarded and recorded, and Senate shall take disciplinary action either to suspend or expel the student.

14.

MISCONDUCT AT EXAMINATIONS Subject to Ordinance 2, (the Rules of Student Discipline Ordinance) any candidate found using unauthorized materials, including electronic gadgets or attempting to obtain information from other candidates or their papers, or otherwise guilty of misconduct during the examination may be disqualified not only in the examination, but in the whole examination, and further disciplinary action may be taken by the University.

15.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS 15.1 The Registrar shall be responsible for the publication of the results of the University examinations as approved by Senate. Queries on examination results shall be entertained within fourteen days from the date of publication of results.

15.2

16.

ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT On leaving the University each student may obtain, on application to be Registrar, one copy of formal transcript of his/her complete academic record at the University.

119

17.

AWARD OF DEGREE The award of degree and diplomas shall be subject to the approval by University Council. Candidate completing the requirements for such awards will be entitled to receive formal certificates of the University, bearing the University seal and signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar confirming the award.

120

GENERALACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMAS, MASTERS DEGREES BY CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREES AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREES.

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these Regulations. The Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, repeal, suspend or replace any of these Regulations. A student who has the power to exempt any student from any of the Regulations. A student who has started a programme of study following one set of Regulations shall not be affected by Regulations for each faculty which shall be subject to approval by the Senate and which shall include provision for admission to programmes. The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations. Every student, by the act of registering, agrees to abide by all the rules, regulations and policies of the University and of the relevant Faculty and Department. Students shall be held liable for contravening any of these regulations. In these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described:-

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7 1.8

Programme A plan of study lasting over a period of time, which leads to the award ofa diploma or degree of the University.

121

Level A prescribed period of study. Semester A prescribed period of study normally made up of 15 weeks including 12 weeks of teaching, one week mid-semester break and two weeks of examinations. Subject A field of study offered by the Department Module A separately examinable component within a subject. Project A defined practical assignment, which is separately examinable. Work Related Learning A prescribed period of hands-on practical experience in a relevant industrial, commercial/professional or community setting. Continuous Assessment Prescribed assignment to be completed within a given period and forming a part of a module. Carry Over Means carryover modules from previous level to the subsequent level. Retake Means redo modules(s) failed in a previous semester within thesame level.

122

Aegrotat A degree offered on concessionary terms after one has failed to sit for examinations due to illness of other unavoidable interventions of a force majeure nature. Credit An educational award which in accumulation with other educational awards leads to the award of a degree/diploma certificate. One credit shall be defined as follows: one hour lecture, one hour tutorial, one hour practical session (of two to three hours) or six hours of fieldwork per week for a semester. The implications of the above on examinations, duration of examination papers and the allocation of credits per module. MODULE TEACHING CONTACT CONTACT TEACHING TEACHING HOURS/WEEK HOURS/SEMESTER 1 HOUR 2 HOURS 3 HOURS 4 HOURS 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.1 The MPhil and DPhil degrees are Post-Graduate degrees carried out primarily through supervised research work but may include an element of coursework Studies may be pursued on a full-time or part-time basis. The degrees may be offered in all Faculties and Departments. Fields of study or research are determined by Senate on the recommendation of the Department and Faculty concerned. 12 HOURS 24 HOURS 36 HOURS 48 HOURS EXAMINATION DURATION

ONE (1)

1 HOUR 2 HOURS 3 HOURS 4 HOURS

2.2 2.3

123

3.

FACULTY REGULATIONS There shall be Faculty and Departmental Regulations, which shall be read in conjunction with the General Post-Graduate Regulations. Specific restrictions on the choice of subjects and additional requirements may be prescribed in the Faculty Regulations.

4.

Post-Graduate Degrees and Diplomas The University may offer the following higher degrees and diplomas: 4.1 4.2 Post-Graduate Diploma Master of Arts, Master of business Administration, Master of Education, Master of Science, (MA/MBA/Med/MSc) by coursework. Master of Philosophy (MPhil). Doctor of Philosophy (DPhil/PhD)

4.3 4.4 5.

APPLICATION 5.1 Application forms for the various programmes shall be obtainable from:

Admissions and Academic Affairs Office Midlands State University P Bag 9055 Gweru Zimbabwe 5.2 The completed application forms for the Post-Graduate Diploma and the Masters by continuous assessment must be returned to the Admissions and Academic Affairs Office together with a tentative title and, where required, an abstract of the candidates study. For the MPhil, DPhil and PhD programmes there is no deadline for the submission of applications.

5.3

124

Applications for MPhil and DPhil should be returned to the Postgraduate Studies Office (PGO) together with the Research Proposal. MPhil and DPhil applications shall be considered by the relevant department and Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. 5.4 Applications shall be considered in the first instance by the Head of Department in consultation with the teaching staff of the Department in which the candidate wishes to study.

6.

ADMISSION TO POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMMES 6.1 The Head of Department shall satisfy himself/herself on the suitability of the candidate and the availability of the resources, both material and human, for the successful completion of the candidates work. Where an interview or a qualifying examination is required for determining the form of interview or qualifying examination and appoint at least two of the teaching staff of the Department to administer the interview or examination. The Head of department shall submit in writing to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee a statement on the suitability or otherwise of each applicant. The Academic Board/Senate shall be presented with a list of all candidates who satisfy the conditions for admission as stipulated in section seven (7) for the Board to decide which candidates may be offered admission.

7.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FORADMISSION 7.1 Post-Graduate Diplomas and Masters Degrees by continuous assessment To be admitted to a course leading to the award of a Post-Graduate Diploma or a Masters Degree, a candidate must have obtained a good

125

first degree (at least a second classlower division) in an appropriate field of study at Midlands State University or any other approved University. Further admission requirements for the specific programmes are indicated below. 7.2 Master of Philosophy Degree Normally, applicants must have obtained an appropriate honours degree in the First or Upper Second Division. 7.3 Doctor of Philosophy Normally, a two-year Masters Degree in the relevant field will be required or transfer of registration from the MPhil to DPhil. 8. THE THESIS 8.1 A thesis for the MPhil or DPhil degree must make a significant and substantial contribution to knowledge or practice and afford evidence of originality. The thesis shall be written in English and the presentation must be satisfactory. It must be suitable for publication either as submitted, in an abridged or modified from.(this section to be removed) The thesis shall consist of the candidates own account of his/her research. It may describe work done in conjunction with other person(s) provided that the candidates shall state clearly his/her contribution in the investigation and that his/her statement shall have been certified by the supervisor(s). Any already published work of the candidate may be included in the thesis, if such information is relevant to the subject matter of the thesis. A candidate shall not be permitted to submit as his/her thesis, a thesis for which a degree has been conferred in this or any other university, but a candidate shall not be precluded from incorporating work which

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

126

he/she has already submitted for a degree in this or another university provided that he/sheshall indicate on his/her form of entry and also in his/her thesis any work which has been incorporated. 8.6 Three typed or printed copies of the thesis shall be submitted to the Postgraduate Studies Office. The size shall be standard A4 paper except for drawings and maps on which no restriction is placed. Where the thesis is typed, only one side of the paper shall be used with a margin of 5cm on the left hand side of the paper. After the thesis has been approved, it must be bound in standard form Art Vellum or cloth; overcast; edges uncut; lettered boldly upback in gold (0.5-1,25cm) degree; date and name; before the award of the degree is published by the Registrar. Four bound copies must be presented to the University. Copies of the thesis that has been accepted for the award of the degree shall be distributed as follows: A top copy shall be deposited in the university Library One copy shall be presented to the Department, and The third copy shall be given back to the candidate. The fourth copy shall be kept by the PGO. 9. EXAMINATION 9.1 THESIS 9.1.1 Not later than six months before the date when the candidate proposes to enter for the examination by thesis, a candidate shall submit the final title of his/her thesis for approval to the Postgraduate Studies Office. After the title of the thesis has been approved, it may not be changed except either permission of the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee acting on the advice of the Supervisor(s).

8.8

127

9.1.2

The minimum period after which the thesis may be submitted after registration of the candidate shall be two years (full time) and the maximum, three years (part time) for MPhil and a minimum period of three years (full time) and maximum of five years (part time) for the DPhil programme. A panel comprising not less than three examiners shall be appointed by the PGO on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee to examine the thesis submitted for the degree. The panel shall consist of at least two External Examiners and one Internal Examiner. A separate report, duly signed, shall be submitted by each Examiner to the PGO in respect of the thesis submitted for the degree. The examiners reports on the thesis shall indicate as comprehensively as possible whether or not the candidate demonstrates a good general knowledge of the particular field of learning within which the subject of his/her thesis falls; whether or not the presentation of the candidates material is satisfactory; and whether or not the thesis meets the requirements of the degree. If a thesis submitted for a degree is judged to be inadequate the Examiners may recommend to the PGO that the candidate be permitted to resubmit it in a revised form within twelve months. If a thesis submitted for a degree is passed subject to correction, the condition is to resubmit the corrected thesis within nine months.

9.1.3

9.1.4

9.1.5

9.1.6

9.2

ORAL EXAMINATION 9.2.1 Upon receipt of examined theses, the Departmental Chairperson in consultation with the PGO and Department shall arrange for an oral examination (viva voce). The student shall

128

be given in writing 1 month notice of the pending examination. An oral examination shall be chaired by the Chairperson of the Department and shall also include 2 examiners, 1 senior academic in the department and 1 senior academic nominated by the Dean of the Faculty, Deputy Registrar (Academic), Director of Research and Postgraduate Studies and the administrator PGO. The student shall either pass, fail or be asked to resubmit the thesis. 9.2.2 If a candidate for a degree fails to satisfy the Examiners at the oral examination, the panel may recommend to the PGO that the candidate be permitted to re-present the thesis and submit to a further oral examination within a period, specified by the panel. The fee for re-entry shall be half the normal entry fee.

10.

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 10.1 A candidate registered for a two-year Masters or DPhil degree may be allowed to pursue part of his/her studies outside the University provided that: He/she has spent at least two semesters since registration He/she is able to satisfy the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee that he/she will have access to suitable facilities for his/her work; and Finally, he/she will be available to his/her supervisors from time to time for discussion of his/her work. In the case of a candidate who transfers from a Masters registration, the previous period of study may be counted toward the minimum residence requirement. The Academic Board or Senate may, on recommendation from the appropriate Faculty Higher Degrees Committee, exempt a candidate who is employed/studying as a research officer in a recognised research institution in or outside Zimbabwe or as a

129

lecture in a university in Zimbabwefrom the whole or part of the minimum residence requirement stipulated in the preceding paragraphs, provided that a candidate so exempted will be available from time to time to his/her supervisor for discussion of his/her work. 11. STRUCTURE OF SEMESTER Shall be as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations 12. SUPERVISION OF POST-GRADUATE STUDIES A supervisory committee and supervisor are required in all Faculties, Schools and Institutes of the University. 12.1 A Faculty Higher Degrees Committee made up of at least three Senior Members shall be set up in each Department, School or Institute Offering Graduate courses. The function of the committees shall be to: 12.1.1 Help the students select courses and, in consultation with the supervisory committee, formulate their theses topics; 12.1.2 Recommend theses supervisors to the Department; 12.1.3 Submit to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee through the Head of Department a progress report on each student at the end of each semester. 12.1.4 Review and make proposals for the overall development of PostGraduate programme in the Department. 12.2 A Faculty Higher Degrees Committee shall be set up in each Faculty, School or Institute of the University.

13.

REGISTRATION 13.1 The PGO and Admissions office writes successful MPhil/DPhil amd Msc/MA candidates respectively to complete the registration process by paying fees and obtaining identity cards.

130

13.2

For a student to obtain credit in any course he/she must be properly registered for that course. The student shall plan his/her course in consultation with the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. A student who fails to register at the time designated for registration by the University shall forfeit his/her right to register for the semester. No student shall normally be permitted to register by proxy.

13.3

14.

DURATION OF STUDY PROGRAMMES 14.1 The following shall normally be the duration for the completion of the post-graduate diploma and higher degrees:
MINIMUM PERIOD MAXIMUM PERMITTED DURATION (Including registration)

PROGRAMME

POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA Full-Time Part-Time 2 Semesters 4Semesters 18 Months 30 Months

MA/MBA/Med/MComm/MSc Full-Time Part-Time MPhil Full-Time Part-Time PhD Full-Time 2 Years 4Years 2 Years 3Years 4 Years 6Years 3Semesters 4Semesters 4 Semesters 5Semesters

DPhil

Min

Max

131

Full-Time Part-Time 14.2

3 4

4 6

Re-registration: upon the expiry of the permitted study period of a two-year Masters and PhD degree,(remove) a student who has still not been able to complete the programme may be allowed to re-register for an additional one year only to complete the programme on the following terms: 14.2.1 Such a student shall complete the requisite registration forms, stating clearly the reasons for his/her inability to complete the programme within the approved period. 14.2.2 The candidates supervisor(s) shall also indicate clearly the reasons for the delay. 14.2.3 The head of the relevant Department/Institute/School shall forward the application with his/her recommendations to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee for its consideration, with a copy to the PGO. 14.2.4 The Faculty Higher Degrees Committee shall make recommendations to the Senate. 14.2.5 The Senate shall then decide on each application presented to it by the requisite Faculty Committee. 14.2.6 There is No extension to re-register.

14.3

A student who is unable to complete his/her study programme within the maximum permitted duration, including re-registration, shall lose all credits accumulated and his/her candidature cancelled.

15.

PROGRAMME OF STUDY 15.1 Each student is required to pursue a prescribed programme of study under the direction of a supervisor, who shall be a member of the academic staff of the University in the appropriate discipline. Normally, one or more Association Supervisors, either from within or from outside

132

the University, will also be appointed. If the major part of the students research programme is being conducted at an institution outside the University, an Associate Supervisor at the institution shall, where possible, be appointed. 15.2 The appointment of all MPhil/DPhil supervisors shall be made by the PGO on the recommendations of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. The supervisors shall report on each students progress at least twice a year to the appropriate Department Board and/or to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. Students must maintain regular contact with the supervising department and may be required to attend for certain periods at the University as directed by their approved supervisor(s). No break in the normal continuity of study will be permitted, except by permission of the senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. If a student who is doing continuous assessment as component of the degree is unable to attend scheduled coursework sessions for health reasons or other reasons for longer than 72hours, he/she must notify the appropriate Department through his/her supervisor as soon as possible and where the absence is due to health reasons, submit documentary evidence in support thereof by medical practitioner registers in accordance with the Health and Allied Professions Act. A full-time student may be engaged in teaching at the University, Provided that the total demand made by teaching duties does not exceed eight hours of work, per week, including preparation and marking. A student who is employed outside University, or a staff member employed in the University for more than eight hours per week, other than on the research programme for which he/she proposes to be registered, may normally be accepted for registration only on a part time basis.

15.3

15.4

15.5

15.6

15.7

133

15.8

If a student does not begin his/her studies for MPhil or DPhil within one calendar year from the date of approval of his/her application for registration, such approval shall lapse, and he/she must re-apply to the University if he/she still desires to proceed. Students may be required, as part of their Programme, to complete elements of continuous assessment to enhance their research studies, provided that such continuous assessment shall amount to not more than 25% of the minimum period allowed for the full Programme. The prescription of any continuous assessment element shall require the approval of the Senate on the recommendation of the Departmental Committee through the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee concerned. Where such continuous assessment is prescribed, the Department concerned must ensure that the student is informed in writing of the precise requirements for satisfactory completion of the continuous assessment and it shall maintain written records of each students performance in such continuous assessment for report in due course to the Board of Examiners.

15.9

16.

INTERRUPTION OF STUDY PROGRAMME A student registered for the Post-Graduate programme may not break his/her programme of study for more than two consecutive semesters without the approval of Senate on the recommendations of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee.

17.

TRANSFER FROM MPhil TO DPhil A student registered for the MPhil degree may apply, after completion of not less than nine months, if his/her supervisor so recommends, for permission to transfer his/her registration and to proceed to the DPhil. The application must be accompanied by awritten recommendation from the supervisor and must be submitted through the PGO to the Senate. The length of further study, if any, which he/she will be required to pursue for the DPhil will be prescribed.

134

18.

TRANSFER FROM DPhil TO MPhil A student registered for the DPhil, who wishes to proceed instead to the MPhil, may, if his/her supervisor so recommends, apply for permission to transfer his/her registration and to proceed to the MPhil. The application must be accompanied by a written recommendation from the supervisor and must be submitted through the PGO to the Senate. The length of further study, if any, which he/she will be required to pursue for the MPhil will be prescribed.

19.

STUDY PROGRAMME FOR POST-GRADUATE DEGREES BY CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT The total study programme for the Post-Graduate Diploma and Masters Degree shall comprise: 19.1 19.2 19.3 Core Modules Prescribed Electives (to be defined by Department) Long Essay/Dissertation/Thesis

20.

THESIS/DISSERTATION TOPIC AND SUPERVISION 20.1 The Head of Department and members of his/her Graduate Studies Committee shall, in respect of each student, work out the course programme, approve a dissertation or thesis area and propose a Supervisory Committee and /or Supervisor for the candidate. In the case of a candidate who is allowed to pursue part of his or her studies outside Zimbabwe, the Head of Department shall be required to propose, as well, a suitable person to be appointed as an external supervisor. For an MPhil/MBA/MPA/LLM Degree, the thesis topic and the membership of Supervisory Committee and /or the name ofthe Supervisor shall be submitted at the beginning of the first semester of the second year to the Senate.

20.2

135

20.3

For a Doctorate Degree, the thesis topic and the membership of the Supervisory Committee and /or the name of the Supervisor shall be submitted not later than six months after the commencement of the programme to the PGO for approval by Senate.

21.

GRADING SYSTEM 21.1 Student performances in a module shall be graded as follows: Numerical Marks%/Grades Interpretation 80-100 70-79 60-69 50-59 Below 50 21.2 1 2.1 2.2 3 Fail

DIPLOMA/DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Numerical Marks%/Grades 80-100 70-79 50-69 Below 50 Interpretation Distinction Merit Pass Fail

21.3

Continuing: A grade Y (for Continuing) shall be awarded at the end of a Semester to any student who is taking a module, which continues into the next semester. Non-Completion of Module 21.4.1 A grade 1 (for incomplete) shall be awarded to a student who is unable to complete a course for the reasons adjudged by the Faculty Board as acceptable. Such a student shall be expected to complete the module the very next time it is offered.

21.4

136

21.4.2 A Grade X shall be awarded to a student who is unable to complete a course for reasons adjudged by the Board of Examiners as unacceptable. 22. DISQUALIFICATION 22.1 A grade Z denotes Disqualification from an examination as a result of an examination malpractice or offence, and shall be awarded whenever it is established that a candidate had attempted to gain an unfair advantage in an examination. A candidate awarded a grade Z may be barred from taking a University Examination for a stated period, or indefinitely, or may be expelled from the University. A grade Z may be awarded only by the Board of Graduate Studies.

22.2

23.

ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATIONS 23.1 A student shall attend all such lectures, tutorials,seminars and practical work and undertake all other activities and assignments as are approved by the University. Each Department shall, with the approval of Senate, determine the requirements for the modules they offer. A student who does not fulfil the requirements for any module shall not be allowed to take the examination for that module. A student who breaks his/her studies for more than two consecutive semesters without the approval of the Senate shall normally be deemed to have lost any accumulated credits. Such a student may be allowed to re-apply for admission to the University. A student who wishes to interrupt his/her study programme shall apply in advance to the Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee through the Head of Department and Dean of the appropriate Faculty, stating reasons why he/she wants to interrupt his /her study programme. Permission must duly be granted before he/

23.2

23.3

23.4

137

she leaves the University. The decision of the Senate shall be communicated to the applicant by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 24. CODIND AND NUMBERING OF MODULES All Post-Graduate diploma and higher degree modules shall have letter and number codes beginning with the three letters signifying a Department or Subject, followed by a three-digit number in one of the following levels: Post-Graduate Diploma Modules MA/MSc/MPhil 25. 600-699 700-799

MINIMUMAND MAXIMUM WORK LOAD PER SEMESTER 25.1 Full-Time Study A full time student shall be required to carry a minimum work load of 12 credits per semester and a maximum of 18 credits per semester. 25.2 Part-Time Study A part-time student shall be required to carry a work-load below the minimum prescribed for full-time students and shall also be required to complete the post-graduate programme with the specified period.

26.

MODULE CREDIT REQUIREMENTS FOR POST-GRADUATE STUDIES The following are the minimum and maximum credits that the registered student is required to earn to graduate: 26.1 Post-Graduate Diploma Modules Long Essay/Project Total 24-36 credits 6 credits 30-42 credits

138

26.2

One-Year Masters Degree Modules Seminar Dissertation Total 24-36 credits 3 credits 12 credits 39-51 credits

26.3

Two-Year Masters Degree (By continuous assessment) MBA/ MPA/MA/Med/MComm First Years Modules Second Years Long Essay Total 24-36 credits 24-36 credits 6 credits 58-78 credits

26.4

Two-Year Masters Degree (By Thesis)MPhil/LLM/ MBA/MPA) Course Work Seminar Presentation (1) Semina Presentation (2) Thesis Total 24-36 credits 24-36 credits 3 credits 30 credits 60-72 credits

In addition to 26.1-26.4 above, each Department is free to design its Post-Graduate Programme so that the total number of credits required for graduation do not exceed the maximum by more than six (6). 27. DPhil DEGREES DPhil programmes are not assigned credits. 28. FEES 28.1 Fees for tuition, residence and examination shall be paid at rates prescribed by the Senate from time to time.

139

28.2

No candidate shall be admitted to an examination unless he/she has discharged obligations owed to the University including payment of the appropriate tuition, residence and examination fees.

29.

REGISTRATION FOR EXAMINATIONS 29.1 Registration for a University examination shall require endorsement of the Registration Form by the Head of the Department to the effect that the candidate has pursued satisfactorily the approved programme(s) of study in each of the subjects offered over the prescribed period. A candidates registration shall not be valid unless it is so endorsed. Endorsement as in (29.1) shall be withheld is a candidate is not deemed to have followed satisfactorily the approved programme of study. In the event of the withholding of an endorsement, the Head of Department shall request the appropriate Faculty Board to confirm the action taken, and subsequently communicate to the Senate for a final decision. In any case, a student who is absent for a cumulative period of 21 days from all lectures, tutorials, practical work and other assignments prescribed for any programme in any semester, shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the programme. Such a student shall not be permitted to sit for the semester examination(s).

29.2

29.3

30.

STUDENT IN GOOD STANDING A student in good standing at the end of the first semester, shall be one who obtains a mark of 50% or better in at least half of the credits registered for in the first semester and a minimum of 24 credits at the end of the second semester.

31.

REPEATING MODULES/SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION FOR AFULL TIME STUDENT 31.1 If a candidate fails all his or her modules at the end of the first semester, he or she shall be asked by the Registrar to withdraw from the University

140

because such a student cannot obtain the total number of credits required by the end of the second semester. 31.2 If after the first semesters examination, a candidate fails to obtain half of the number of credits registered for, he or she shall be asked to withdraw from the University, unless it is ascertained that it is possible for the candidate to obtain, at the end of the second semester, the minimum number of credits required to pass. If a candidate obtains the minimum number of credits required but fails in not more than two core modules, he or she can proceed to the second year, but must pass all such core modules before obtaining the degree. If a candidate fails to obtain the minimum number of credits required by the end of Semester, he or she shall be asked by the Registrar to withdraw from the university. Such a candidate may apply, within one month after notification of the examination results, to supplement the failed modules as a part-time student.

31.3

31.4

32.

ONE-YEAR PROGRAMMES For all one-year Post-Graduate programmes a candidate may bepermitted to supplement failed modules when offered next.

33.

DEFEREMENT OFEXAMINATION 33.1 On grounds of ill-heath: A student, who has satisfied all the requirements but is unable to take the main (end of semester) examinations on grounds of ill health, shall, on application to the registrar, and on provision of a Medical Certificate issued or endorsed by the University Medical Officer, be allowed to defer the semester examinations, and shall be allowed to take them at the next offering.

141

Subsequent application for deferment, on grounds of ill health, shall be subject to a Medical Certificate issued by a properly constituted Medical Board. 33.2 On grounds other than ill-health In cases of deferment on grounds of other than ill-health, the appropriate Dean shall invite the applicant for an interview and advise the University as appropriate. It shall be the students responsibility to satisfy the University beyond reasonable doubt why he/she wishes to defer the examinations. 33.3 In all cases of deferment of examinations, the applicant(s) shall obtain written responses from the Registrar before leaving the University.

34.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 34.1 The examination shall consist of written papers and such practical work/long essay/dissertation as may be prescribed by departmental regulations. 34.1.1 The dissertation shall consist of not more than 20 000 words and must be submitted not earlier than 9months and not later than 12months from the date of registration (in the case of a part-time student not earlier than twenty-one months and not later than twenty-four months). The result of the dissertation shall be declared together with that of the writtenexamination at the end of the second semester. 34.1.2 A candidate may also be examined orally on the substance of his/her dissertation.

35.

MPhil (THESIS OPTION) 35.1 The examination shall consist of written papers and such practical work/long essay/thesis as may be prescribed.

142

35.2

The thesis shall be submitted not earlier than 18months and not later than 36 months from the date of registration (in case of a part-time student, not earlier than 33 months and not later than 48 months). In addition, a candidate may also be examined orally on the substance of his/her thesis.

36.

DPhil 36.1 A DPhil thesis shall normally be submitted not earlier than 3 years and not later than 5 years (full time) from the date of registration. In addition, a candidate who is presenting a thesis shall be notified at least thirty (30) days before the pending oral examination.

36.2

37.

ENTRYTO EXAMINATION 37.1 For a student to be admitted in the examination he/she should be fully registered. A candidate who is presenting a thesis shall give notice of presenting the thesis at least thirty (30) days before the thesis is presented.

37.2

38.

SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION OR THESIS 38.1 A candidate shall submit the title of his/her dissertation or thesis for approval to the appropriate Faculty Board not less than six months before the completion of the thesis/dissertation. After the title of the dissertation or thesis has been approved, it may not be changed except with the permission of the Senate on the recommendation of the Department and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. 38.2 After completing his/her programme of study, the candidate shall submit to the Faculty Board through the Head of Department a dissertation or thesis which shall comply with the following:

143

38.2.1 Each copy of the thesis/dissertation shall be signed by the candidate and the Supervisors/Supervisors/Supervisory Committee. 38.2.2 The greater portion of the work submitted must have been done subsequent to the registration of the student as a candidate for a Masters or a PhD degree. 38.2.3 The dissertation or thesis shall normally be written in English and the presentation must be satisfactory. 38.2.4 A thesis submitted for an MPhil or a DPhil Degree shall consist of the candidates own account of his/her research. There shall be a declaration to the effect that the thesis/research undertaken under supervision. It may describe work done in conjunction with the candidates Supervisor provided that the candidate states clearly his/her share in the investigation and that written or published in the joint names of two or more persons shall not, normally, be accepted as a thesis. Work done conjointly with persons other that the candidates Supervisor shall be accepted as a thesis in special cases only; in such cases, the approval of the Faculty Board and of the Senate shall be required. 38.2.5 A thesis submitted for an MPhil or a DPhil degree must be suitable for publication either as submitted or in an abridged form. A thesis for the DPhil degree must make a significant and substantial contribution to knowledge. 38.2.6 Every candidate shall present an abstract of his/her dissertation or thesis comprising not more than one page, which shall be attached to each copy of the dissertation or thesis, submitted to the University. Such abstracts shall, in every case, be written in English and typed or printed in single line spacing. 38.2.7 A thesis/dissertation submitted for the Post-graduate Diploma/MA/MSc/MPHIL/PhD/ DPhil degree must normally range between the following:

144

Arts MPhil MA Post-Graduate Diploma DPhil Social Sciences MPhil MA Post-Graduate Diploma DPhil 20 000 - 40 000 words 15 000 20 000 words 15 000 20 000 words 40 000 60 000 words 150 pages 150 pages 120 pages 200 pages

Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Post-Graduate Diploma MSc MPhil DPhil 250 pages maximum (Excluding bibliography, photographs appendices e.t.c) Science and Technology MSc MPhil DPhil 150 pages maximum 150 pages maximum 250 pages maximum 15 000 - 20 000 words 15 000 20 000 words 150 pages maximum

145

A candidate shall not be permitted to submit a dissertation of thesis for which a degree has been conferred in this or any other University, but a candidate shall not be precluded from incorporating work that he/she has already submitted for a degree in this or in another University, provided that he/she shall indicate on his/her dissertation or thesis any work which has been so incorporated. 39. EXAMINERS AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS 39.1 WRITTEN MODULES A panel comprising not less than two Examiners of whom at least one shall be an External Examiner shall be appointed by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee to Examine written modules in respect of both the post-graduate diploma and the Masters degree programmes. 39.2 DISSERATATION/THESIS 39.2.1 Masters Degree: A panel comprising not less than three Examiners including one External Examiner shall be appointed by the Academic Board on the recommendation of the Faculty Board and the Senate to examine a dissertation or thesis submitted. 39.2.2 DPhil Degree; A panel comprising not less than four Examiners shall be appointed by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board to examine a thesis submitted. The Panel shall consist of at least two External and two Internal Examiners. 39.2.3 A report, duly signed, shall be submitted by each Examiner to the Faculty Board in respect subject of his/her dissertation or thesis falls; whether or not the presentation of the candidates material is satisfactory; and whether or not the dissertation or thesis meets the requirements of the degree for which it is submitted.

146

39.2.5 If a dissertation or thesis submitted should seem to be of insufficient merit, the Examiners may recommend to the Board of Graduate Studies that the dissertation or thesis be referred and the candidate be permitted to re-submit it within three months in the case of a Graduate Diploma or MA/MBA/Med/ MSc, nine months in the case of an MPhil, or twelve months in the case of a DPhil. 39.3 PASS AND REFERRAL The Faculty Board shall review the recommendations of the examiners. Where all three examiners pass the thesis, the Board shall normally decide to pass it. Where one examiner fails a thesis, the Board shall review the nature of the failing grade and decide whether to pass, refer, or fail it. A Masters thesis failed by more than one examiner shall fail. Similarly, a doctorate thesis failed by more than two examiners shall fail. If a dissertation or thesis submitted for a Masters or DPhil degree is passed subject to correction, the condition is to re-submitthe corrected dissertation or thesis within three months in the case of a Masters or six months in the case of a DPhil. 39.4 ORAL 39.4.1 A candidate who submits a thesis for a DPhil degree shall be examined orally. For this examination, a panel comprising not less than three members including, normally, one internal examiner of the thesis and at least one External Examiner of the thesis shall be appointed by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee and the Faculty Board. The Chairperson of this panel must be a person other than the candidates supervisor. 39.4.2 A candidate who submits a dissertation or thesis for a Masters Degree may be examined orally if, in the opinion of the Examiners,

147

such an examination is necessary for the confirmation of their assessment of the thesis. For this examination, a panel comprising not less than three of whom, normally not less than two shall be Examiners of the thesis, shall be appointed by Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board. The Chairperson of the panel shall be a person other than the candidates supervisor. 39.4.3 If a candidate for the MPhil/ DPhil degree fails to satisfy the Examiners at the oral examination, the panel may recommend to the Faculty Board that the candidate be permitted to represent the dissertation or thesis and submit to a further oral examination within a period not exceeding (six) 6 months specified by the panel. The fee on re-entry shall be half the normal entry fee. 39.5 DECLARATION OF RESULTS The results of the written modules of the Post-graduate diploma and Masters Examination shall not be declared until a candidate has submitted his/her dissertation. The results of the written modules of the MPhil examination, however, may be declared before the submission of the thesis. 39.6 REVIEW OF WRITTEN EXAMINATION 39.6.1 A candidate who is not satisfied with the results of a University Examination affecting him/her may request a review by submission of an application to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) upon payment of a review fee. 39.6.2 An application for a review shall be submits to the Dean of Graduate Studies not later than 21 days after release of the said results and shall state the grounds for review. 39.6.3 An application entered on a candidates behalf by a person other than the aggrieved candidate himself/herself shall not be entertained.

148

39.6.4 No action shall be taken on an application which is submitted outside the time stipulated in 39.5.2. Review shall not proceed unless the review fee fully paid. 39.6.5 If it emerges an application entered on a candidates behalf by a person other than the aggrieved candidate himself/herself shall not be entertained. 40. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION 40.1 Not later than three months before the date of submission of the thesis, a Head of Department may, in consultation with the Supervisor and Faculty Higher Degrees Committee of his/her Department, recommend to the Faculty Board that no grounds of: 40.1.1 Inadequate progress with research, or 40.1.2 Failure to fulfil Departmental requirements pertaining to the DPhil degree or two-year Masters Degree, a candidate who is registered for the DPhil should be permitted to supplicate for the MPhil degree should permitted to supplicate for the MA Degree. For avoidance of doubt, the student may apply in writing to the Head of Department for this concession. 41. PRESANTATION OF DISSERTATION OR THESIS 41.1 Three typed or printed copies of the dissertation or thesis, using standard A4 paper, shall be submitted to the University through the Head of Department. Where the thesis is typed, only one side of the paper shall be used with margin of 5cm on the left-hand side of the paper shall be used with a margin of 5cm on the left-hand side of the paper. After the dissertation or thesis has been approved, it must be bound in standard form Art vellum or cloth; overcast; edges uncut; lettered boldly up back in gold (0.5 to 1.25cm degree, date, name), before the award of the Degree is published by the Registrar. A thesis which consists of collection of excerpts or a single pamphlet must be bound in a similar cover.

149

41.2

The candidate may submit, as subsidiary matter in support of his/her candidature any printed contributions to the advancement of his/her subject which he/she may have published independently or jointly, or any other supporting material. In the event of a candidate material from joint work, he/she shall be required to state fully his/her own contribution. Four copies of a dissertation or thesis that has been accepted for the award of a Masters or a DPhil degree shall be distributed as follows: 41.3.1 The top copy shall be deposited in the University Library 41.3.2 The second copy shall be deposited in the Department 41.3.3 The third copy shall be returned to the candidate. 41.3.4 The fourth copy shall be kept at the PGO

41.3

42.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS 42.1 Results of examinations taken at the end of each semester shall normally be published by the Registrar before the commencement of the following semester. A result slip indicating the students performance in the examination shall be made available to the student.

42.2

43.

AWARD OF DEGREE 43.1 A Post-Graduate Diploma or Higher degree appropriately designated shall be awarded to a candidate who has been properly admitted to the University, has followed the approved programme of study over the period, and has fulfilled both the University and Faculty/Departmental requirements. The result of an examination held for the award of a Post-Graduate Diploma or Post-Graduate Degree shall be laid before the Senate for approval. Thereafter, the Post-Graduate Diploma or Degree shall be

43.2

150

conferred under the seal of the University upon each successful candidate. 44. CANCELLATAION OF AWARD Notwithstanding previous confirmation of an award of a degree as and presentation of a diploma, senate may at anytime cancel an award, even with retrospective effect, if it becomes known that: 44.1 44.2 44.3 A candidate had entered the University with false qualifications, or A candidate had impersonated someone else, or A candidate had been guilty of an examination malpractice for which a Grade Z would have been awarded, or That there are other reasons that would have led to the withholding of confirmation of the award in the first place. In any such event, the decision of Senate shall be published on the University Notice Board and the candidate notified. Such cancellation and the reasons for it shall be entered on the candidates transcript. 45. TRANSCRIPT OF ACADEMIC RECORD All the end of a students programme, the University shall, on the payment of an appropriate fee, issue to the particular student a complete transcript of his/ her academic record. This transcript shall be marked Student Copy and shall record all modules attempted and all results obtained.

44.4

151

FACULTY OF ARTS
FACULTY REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS, MASTERS DEGREE BY CONTINUOUS ASSESMENT, MASTERS OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREES AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREES

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. These regulations are in respect of programmes for the following Bachelor of Arts degrees offered by the Faculty of Arts: Bachelor of Arts in African Languages and Culture Honours Degree (HAFL) Bachelor of Arts in Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies Honours Degree (HACHMS) Bachelor of Arts in English and Communication Honours Degree (HENG) Bachelor of Arts in Development Studies Honours Degree (DSH) Bachelor of Arts in Development Studies Honours Degree (DSH) Visiting Bachelor of Arts in History Honours Degree (HIH) Bachelor of Arts in Film and Theatre Arts Studies Honours Degree (HTAS)

1.2

152

Bachelor of Arts in Theology and Religious Studies Honours Degree (HTRS) Bachelor of Arts in Theology and Religious Studies Honours Degree (HTRS) Visiting 1.3 1.4 Post Graduate Diploma in Development Studies (PGDDS) The Faculty of Arts also offers the following Masters programmes: Master of Arts in African Languages and Culture (MAFL) Master of Arts in African and Diasporan Literature (MAADL) Master of Arts in Applied English Linguistics (MAAEL) Master of Arts in African History (MAAH) Master of Arts in Development Studies (MADS) Master of Arts in International Affairs (MAIA) Master of Arts in Archaeology, (MARC) Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies (MCHS) Master of Arts in Museum Studies (MMUS) The appropriate Degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved programme of study. 1.5 The Communication Skills Centre offers the Basic Communication Skills module which is compulsory to all Level 1students across all faculties. To this end the 4 credit module CS101 is listed along with all level 1 semester1 programme structures in all departments. The Communication Skills Centre also offers the Extended Communication Skills (CS102) module which is compulsory to all Level 1 students in the Faculty of Arts As such the 4 credit module is

1.6

153

listed along with all level 1 semester 2 programme structures in all departments in the Faculty of Arts. 2. DEFINITION OF TERMS Refer to Section 1.8 of the General Regulations. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for admission to an undergraduate degree programme in the Faculty of Arts, a student must satisfy the general entry requirements as specified in General Regulations and the specific Department Regulations. Eligibility for admission will be established by satisfying the said regulations and requirements of respective departments, but eligibility will not guarantee admission. A high level pass in the specified subjects is necessary, and students with prior experience plus relevant passes normally have an advantage to admission. 3.2 Special Entry 3.2.1 Special entry will normally be considered for a student with strict adherence to the requirements of the General Regulations. The respective Faculty departments will normally have the prerogative to consider and examine the academic capabilities of students who apply for admission under special entry provisions.

3.1.2

3.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

3.4

Visiting School Undergraduate Degree Programmes

154

In order to qualify for entry to the Visiting School programme offered by the Faculty of Arts, a candidate must in addition to satisfying the minimum entry requirements described under the general regulations and Faculty regulations have completed A Levels, relevant Diploma(s) or their equivalent(s) as may be prescribed by the Departmental Regulations for such Visiting School degree programmes. 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 A student may include in his/her programme, modules offered by other Faculties up to a total of ten modules. A students selection of modules of a degree programme is subject to the approval of the Executive Dean and the Chairpersons of all the relevant departments and to the following conditions: 4.2.1 the student shall register for at least ten modules per level at any time during the academic year, the module combination is feasible in terms of the timetable, a student may change his/her registration for modules to be taken in the first two weeks of the semester, and a student may apply for exemptions during the first four weeks of the semester.

4.2

4.2.2 4.2.3

4.2.4

4.3

The Departmental Board responsible for a programme may designate, in the special Departmental Regulations for the programme certain modules as core modules for that programme. Core modules are the modules, which are considered to be essential for qualification in a particular programme. A department shall not designate more than six modules as core modules per level. Credit Transfer Refer to Section 4.4 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations

4.4

155

4.5

The dissertation shall constitute eight (8) credits. Each candidate is required to submit a dissertation of at least forty five pages, font 12 with double spacing on a topic related to his/her area of study and approved by the dissertation supervisor. 4.5.1 Candidates shall be required to submit three typed and bound copies of the dissertation, one for assessment purposes, the other shall be deposited in the Department library and the last copy for the University Library. The copies of the dissertation should be submitted at a date to be determined by the Departmental Board of which students shall be notified. After a dissertation has been submitted and marked a student may be required to defend it before the Departmental Board of Examiners. The highest mark that may be awarded for a dissertation submitted after due date shall be 50%.

4.5.2

4.5.3

4.6

A dissertation that attains a failure mark within supplementable range may be resubmitted within three months after the publication of results.

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Overall assessment shall normally be based on continuous assessment and final examinations. Continuous assessment requirements may vary from programme to programme. Continuous assessment shall account for twenty five percent (25%) and not more than fifty percent (50%) of the overall assessment. Department shall determine which items shall be included in the continuous assessment and shall define the relevant weight of each item. To be admitted for examinations a candidate must:

5.2

5.3

5.4

156

5.4.1

be a registered student of the University in accordance with the General Regulations,

5.4.2 have satisfactorily attended and completed the approved modules of study, 5.4.3 have written assignments and tests that constitute continuous assessment,

5.4.4 have attended and participated in seminar, tutorials practical classes, work placements and other activities as stated in the Departmental Regulations, and 5.4.4 have satisfactorily covered modules of which at least 60% of them must be offered in the respective honours degree programmes they are registered.

6.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 6.1 Students shall progress automatically from semester one to semester two at each level with the exception of special cases that would have been approved by Senate that is cases of students applying for deferment of studies. The Faculty Board of Examiners shall meet at the end of the first semester of the level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates and considered by the Departmental Boards. In the case of repeat level students, the Faculty may, however, make recommendation to withdraw or discontinue the student at this stage. The Faculty Board shall meet at the end of second semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by the candidates and make recommendations to Senate in issues of progression by students to the next level. For a student to proceed from one level to the other he/she must have passed at least eight (8) modules.

6.2

6.3

6.4

157

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Academic Regulations

9.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 9.1 To be awarded an Honours degree a student must pass all core modules at all levels and must have accrued at least 136 credits. The classification of all modules and degree programmes shall be as stated in Section 5 of the General Academic Regulations.

9.2

10.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS Refer to Section 11.10 of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

DEGREE WEIGHTING 11.1 All academic levels shall be considered for purposes of degree weighting. The weighting shall be 25% for each of the four levels.

158

DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURE REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OFARTS AFRICAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURE HONOURS DEGREE (HAFL)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The guiding philosophy of the Department of African Languages and Culture at Midlands State University is that African Languages are a rich storehouse of the African peoples social consciousness and their practical cum- cultural appreciation of the world. The major objective of the department is to bring to the limelight the potential contribution of African Languages, African Culture, Worldview, Values and Philosophy of life to the development of the African society and the world at large.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The Department ;of African Languages and Culture, in line with the motto of the Midlands State University Our hands, Our minds, Our destiny seeks to produce a graduate who will be able to: 2.1 2.2 fuse together theoretical concepts and practical applications, recognize the dignity of labour by utilizing the hands-on-approach in solving the pressing challenges in society, be an entrepreneur and an employer rather than an employee, value indigenous African languages and the cultural values they carry, and

2.3 2.4

159

2.5

define not only his/her destiny but also that of others by cherishing the African value systems, which will free the African society from the tentacles of neo-colonialism.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 Students who graduate with a degree in African Languages and Culture are likely to work as: editors in publishing and media organisations, language planners and policy makers, translators, research personnel in government and non-government organisations, teachers and lecturers, cultural officers, court interpreters, broadcasters for radio and television, producers, directors, actors and scriptwriters in theatre and film industries.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry 4.1.1 To qualify for normal entry a candidate must have obtained at least 5 O Level passes or the equivalent, including English Language and an African Language. The candidate must have obtained a pass at A Level in an African Language and at least any one relevant Humanities subject.

4.2

Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations.

4.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 5.2 Each examination paper shall be three hours long. A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per Semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from one academic level or semester respectively.

160

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Normally, evaluation shall be based on continuous assessment as well as examinations. Continuous assessment shall contribute 25% and examinations shall contribute 75% of the overall assessment. A student who fails to submit two thirds of the continuous assessment shall not be permitted to write the examination.

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations.

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

9.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 9 of the Facultyof Arts Regulations.

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

11.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty of Arts Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

NB: The electives may be chosen from within the department or from other departments. Level 1 Semester 1 CODE HAFL 101 MODULE DESCRIPTION Introduction to African Languages and Literature CREDITS 4

161

HAFL 102 HAFL 103 HCS 115 CS 101

Phonetics and Phonology Speech Styles and their Social Context Introduction to InformationTechnology Communication Skills

4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 HAFL104 HAFL105 HAFL106 HAFL108 CS102 Trends in Contemporary African Poetry Morphology and Syntax Developments in Orthography Introduction to Name Studies Extended Communication Skills 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 HAFL 201 HAFL 202 HAFL 206 HAFL 207 GS 201 Language, Culture and Development Theories of Literature and Criticism Drama for Development Childrens Literature Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 HAFL 203 HAFL 204 HAFL 205 Research Methods in Languages, Literature and Culture Translation and Interpretation Studies African Traditional Literature and Philosophy 4 4 4

162

HAFL209 HAFL 212

Psycholinguistics HIV/AIDS and Culture in Zimbabwe

4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 HAFL 301 HAFL 302 HAFL 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 3 Core Modules +2 Electives HAFL 401 HAFL 402 HAFL 407 HAFL 408 HAFL 409 Dialectology Developments in Lexicography African Cultural Heritage and Tourism Culture and Counseling Studies Heritage and Cultural Management Studies 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 (Add at least 2 electives) HAFL 403 HAFL 404 HAFL 406 Electives HAFL 107 Introduction to Computers 4 Dissertation Trends in Contemporary African Novel Culture and Sustainable Development 8 4 4

163

HAFL 208 HAFL 210 HAFL 211 HAFL 405 HAFL410

Creative Writing Language Policy and Planning Theoretical Foundations of Heritage and Culture Studies Trends in Contemporary African Drama Oral Media and Communication in Africa

4 4 4 4 4

NB Not all electives will be on offer in any given year. Electives on offer will depend on availability of teaching staff. 13. MODULE SYNOPSES

HAFL 101 Introduction to African Languages Literature This module introduces the students to the study of aspects of various forms of Literature in African Languages and their sub-divisions. Special emphasis will be placed on historical development of genres and appreciation of their strengths and limitations. Focus will be on narrative fiction, poetry and drama. HAFL 102 Phonetics and Phonology The module introduces and further gives an in-depth study of a number of concepts that the students will need for describing speech sounds and for analyzing various speech sounds. The module analyses speech sounds in terms of their places and manners of articulation: permissible and non-permissible sequences etc. HAFL 103 Speech Styles and their Social Context The module focuses on the sociolinguistics of language which is a crucial areas of study of speech styles and their social contexts. It is geared towards demonstrating that effective communication can only be realized by recognizing the importance of both social linguistic variables in any given event. HCS115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science

164

CS101 Basic Communication Skills The module is aimed at assisting students to achieve full academic potential through equipping them with the necessary communication skills essential for their degree studies. HAFL 104 Trends in Contemporary African Poetry The module uses selected anthologies to make an in depth study of oral and written poetry as a type of creative art. The study will entail an examination of the various interpretations of poetry, its style and function. The module also seeks to discuss and critically evaluate African poetry in the context of pre-colonial, and post-colonial era. HAFL 105 Morphology and Syntax The module on morphology and syntax deals with the study of language from the level of a morpheme up to the sentence. The morphology part of the module focuses on phrases and clauses. Syntax is at a much higher level in that it deals mainly with the stringing together or concatenation of words, phrases and clauses. HAFL 106 Developments in Orthography The module is essentially a historical review of the writing systems in African Languages. The work of early missionaries in compiling orthographies for Bantu Languages is reviewed. The module also seeks to explore and critically evaluate the strengths and limitations of current orthographies for Bantu languages. CS102 Extended Communication Skills The module is aimed at creating in students an awareness of skills of thinking personal organization and language use necessary for academic success as well as expose students to business writing skills that make professional communication endurable and enjoyable

165

HAFL107 Introduction to Computers This module is provided for all those who are not familiar with computers. It is an introductory module which aims to equip students with basic computer skills. Students will be taught the basics of working with a computer as well as the use of common software packages. At the end of the module, students should be able to use the internet and process language documents using the computer. HAFL 108 Introduction to Name Studies The module introduces name studies within the field of linguistics. It seeks too show the numerous research possibilities in the study of names. It leads students through the history of name studies and current trends. It also seeks to expose the students to functions and significance of names in different cultural and social contexts. HAFL 201 Language, Culture and Development This module seeks to evoke scholarly debate on the role of local languages and culture in addressing developmental issues in the country. As a core it will also introduce students to some aspects of traditional African philosophy, word view and how these can be incorporated into the mainstream of cultural development. HAFL 202 Theories of Literature and Criticism The module introduces the students to the study of critical appreciations of literature as a creative reproduction of reality. Focus is on the study of works of art and that of testing and assessing the strengths and limitations of each critical theory in addressing the historical, social, political and ideological dimensions of art itself. HAFL 203 Research Methods in Languages, Literature and Culture This module introduces the student to the essentials of research in African Languages and Culture. The module seeks to prepare students for the Honours dissertation and the Work Related Learning Report. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies.

166

HAFL 204 Translation and Interpretation Studies Generally, translation is the interpretation of information from one language (SL) to another (TL). This module seeks to explore the theories of translation, the limitations and the application of these theories of translation to African languages. One of the major questions to be addressed by this module is do we translate word units or the sense contained in a complete sentence? This module seeks to examine the gains and losses encountered in the process of translation. HAFL 205 African Traditional Literature and Philosophy This is a study of African oral culture, through an examination of the peoples oral art forms. Major thrust of the module is on tales, rituals, cults, proverbs, riddles, praises, traditional dances, songs, myths, legends, registers, beliefs etc. HAFL 206 Drama for Development The module is primarily a theoretical study of drama and its role in national development. Focus will be on literary drama, television, radio and stage drama as modes of articulating developmental issues. HAFL 207 Childrens Literature This module introduces the students to the skills of writing childrens literature. It also provides the student with an opportunity to use his/her imagination in creating art for children as opposed to adult literature. HAFL 208 Creative Writing The module offers the students an opportunity to use their imaginations and observation of their surrounding in creating work of art, eg short stories, poems plays etc. HAFL 209 Psycholinguistics Different issues pertaining to the study of the relationship between language and the mind are dealt with in this module. Some of the aspects to be covered include: the nature and function of languages, language acquisition theories and theories of

167

comprehension. The application of these theories to specific African languages will also be explored. HAFL 210 Language Policy and Planning This module introduces students to language policy formulation and implementation in Zimbabwe. It also defines scopes of language planning and models of planning languages. HAFL 211 Theoretical Foundations of Cultural and Heritage Studies This is an introductory module to the broader discipline of heritage and culture studies. The module is historical in its approach in that it seeks to trace the development of heritage and culture as a discipline. Some of the issues covered in this module include cultural-anthropologies, cultural relativists, neo-liberals and modernists. The controversies surrounding the discipline of heritage and culture, the gaps in existing literature on the subject as well as challenges for heritage and culture are also covered in this module. Overall, the module seeks to empower the students with a solid conceptual approach to the study of African heritage and culture. HAFL 212 HIV/AIDS and Culture in Zimbabwe The module examines the consequences of HIV/AIDS on the traditional support network of young and older persons in Zimbabwe. It will critically analyze the cultural and social-economic factors associated with high risky sexual behavior in our country. Also a cultural approach to information, education and communication programmes on sexual behavioral change will be sought so that students prepare themselves for a better tomorrow. HAFL 401 Dialectology The module seeks to provide the student with some knowledge of African dialects and how the different dialects are related to each other. The module is comparative in nature as it seeks to highlight the cognate equivalent of linguistics elements from related dialects.

168

HAFL 402 Developments in Lexicography The module covers such aspects as the guiding principles in making dictionary entries, the different approaches to headword selection, defining formats and lemmatization. It is in this module that considerations on what to define in a dictionary are explored, that is, do we define the word (signifier) or the concepts being in a referred to (the signified)?. Students will also have the opportunity to review dictionaries complied for different African languages with the view of establishing the guiding principles behind the compilations. HAFL 403 Dissertations The dissertation will be expected to be between 9 000 and 10 000 words, or 45 to 50 pages of font 12 with double line spacing and it should be in the area of African Languages and Culture. HAFL 404 Trends in Contemporary African Novel The module examines theories of the novel as a literary genre in its historical context. Students are expected to identify sensibilities and literary productions of each author in the context of development in African Languages literature as it relates to political and socio-economic of cultural values. HAFL 405 Trends in Contemporary African Drama This module uses selected texts to make an in-depth study of drama as creative art. It is demanding in terms of the theories of drama, comparative analysis and texts analysis. HAFL 406 Culture and Sustainable Development The module is a study of culture which should be perceived not only as development of the arts related activities or as protection and socialization of the cultural heritage, but as everything associated with humanity and human development. HAFL 407 African Cultural Heritage and Tourism This module seeks to explore the role of African Cultural heritage in tourism development. Thus, such issues as the commoditization of heritage and culture and

169

their implications for sustainable development are covered in this module. Overally, the module seeks to critically look at the role and place of African cultural heritage in the ongoing academic discourses on sustainable tourism development. HAFL 408 Culture and Counselling Studies This module examines theories of counseling and qualities of counselors. Counseling ethics and approaches used to counsel youths and adults are also discussed. HAFL 409 Heritage and Cultural Management Studies This module focuses on the entire spectrum of environment functions and its influence on the existence and development of cultural-heritage resources in the environment. The essence of this module is to ensure the utilization of cultural-heritage resources in the environment. HAFL 410 Oral Media and Communication in Africa The module is a study of oral media in Africa. Emphasis will be placed on the traditional forms of communication and how they have contributed to the development of new methods of communication. In a nutshell, the module aims to conscientise the students that media did not come with the print and electronic but was a phenomenon which already existed in Africa.

170

MASTER OF ARTS IN AFRICAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURE (MAFL)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Master of Arts Degree in African Languages and Culture (MAFL) is an eighteen-month programme offered on a full time basis. The programme intends to equip students with an advanced understanding of the African linguistic and cultural landscape. The Department believes that unless African Languages and cultures are promoted meaningfully, development will remain elusive in Zimbabwe.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The programme aims to equip students with relevant linguistic and cultural theories to tackle practical problems in this area in Africa. The major objective of this programme is to produce students who will have the practical know-how and skill to advance African languages and culture in a meaningful way.

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants to this programme should normally hold an Honours Degree in a relevant field (African Languages, Linguistics, Cultural Studies, English) with a good honours degree may be considered for entry. The Department may, at the discretion of the Departmental Board, require an applicant to attend a pre-admission interview or examination to satisfy itself of the candidates ability to complete the programme applied for. Eligibility will not guarantee admission.

171

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 Each module offered at M.A carries six (6) credits. (Refer to Section 26 of the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees. The total number of credits required for the Master of Arts shall be at least 48. Examinations will normally be taken at the end of each semester for each module on the dates to be advised by the University Examinations Office. To be admitted to any of the examinations of the degree,the student must: be registered for the degree with the Midlands State University in accordance with the General Regulations for students, have attained continuous assessment marks, and have attended at least 80% of the lectures offered in the module for which the examination is to be sat.

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.4.1

4.4.2 4.4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Overall assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and formal examinations Assignments related to the objectives of the programme will be set. These may include, but not limited to essays, group presentations, tests and reports. A candidate who fails to fulfill continuous assessment requirements may be barred from sitting for examinations. Examinations 5.4.1 Examinations shall normally be written at the end of the semester

5.2

5.3

5.4

172

5.4.2

Each module shall include in its mode of assessment a written examination which is, at most, three (3) hours long.

5.5

In determining marks for modules, weighting shall be as follows: Continuous assessment Examinations 50% 50%

6.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Students shall retain credits for modules passed. All module work must be completed before registering for the dissertation.

7.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS See Section 4.2 of the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees

8.

DEGREE STRUCTURE 8.1 Full time programmes which shall be three semesters in duration shall be structured as follows:

Level 1 Semester 1 Core Modules Code MAFL 701 Module Description Zimbabwean Literature in Relation to African & Diasporan Literature Culture and Sustainable Development Language Planning and Policy in Africa Credits

6 6 6

MAFL 702 MAFL 703

Elective Modules MAFL 704 Translation and Interpretation Studies 6

173

MAFL 705 MAFL 706

Comparative Bantu Phonology History and Theory of Literary Criticism

6 6

Level 1 Semester 2 Core Modules MAFL 708 MAFL 709 MAFL 715 Corpus Linguistics African Oral Literature and Culture Advanced Research Methods in Languages, Literature and Culture 6 6

Elective Modules MAFL 707 MAFL 710 MAFL 711 MAFL 712 MAFL 713 MAFL 714 The Novel in African Culture Comparative Bantu Morphology and Syntax Semantics and Pragmatics Terminology Theories of Language Learning Theoretical Foundations of Heritage and Culture Studies 6 6 6 6 6

Level 2 Semester 1 MAFL 870 9. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MAFL 701 Zimbabwean Literature in Relation to African and Diasporan Literature. This module is a survey of the background to the development of Zimbabwean literature as a literary form and as a document of culture. It focuses on appropriate

174

Zimbabwean works to debate the changing cultural, historical and philosophic relations which define literary production in modern Zimbabwean societies in relation to diasporan literatures. The appreciation of poetry focusing on the works of well known poets drawn from various cultural backgrounds will be studied. The study of drama as both a literary form and as a theatrical experience shall be done. MAFL 702 Culture and Sustainable Development The module is a detailed study of culture. Students are taught how to promote cultural approaches to sustainable development, the development of capacity building programmes and the promotion of programmes with respect to biodiversity conservation, geo-sciences and geo-ecology, land resources management using culture. MAFL 703 Language Planning and Policy in Africa This module examines deliberate efforts to promote African culture especially by African governments through legislature. Any serious development initiatives cannot afford to ignore the necessity of both language and cultural planning and policy in Africa. MAFL 704 Translation and Interpretation Studies This module surveys the field of translation and interpretation studies and the practice of translation as a profession, which is guided by standards and ethics. It introduces the methodological approaches and procedures in rendering a text into another language. It focuses on the analysis of the text structure and discusses the different approaches to text analysis. The module develops creative interpretive skills by addressing key topics such as public speaking, sight interpretation and discourse analysis. It also examines the use of information technology in translation, the development and limitations of machine translation and the use of translation memory. MAFL 705 Comparative Bantu Phonology This module is a study of language origins and change in Bantu languages especially in the field of phonology. The emphasis is clearly on Bantu diachronic linguistics. It clarifies the linguistic situation in Zimbabwe by looking into the languages of Southern

175

Africa. Language families are discussed at great length focusing on the two major languages families that constitute the linguistics mosaic of multilingual Zimbabwean Languages. MAFL 706 History and Theory of Literary Criticism. This module aims at developing the techniques of formal appreciation and criticism of literary works. Focus shall be on practical application of concepts developed from an appreciation of literary texts, focusing on fictional works drawn from various geographical and cultural backgrounds. The module introduces students to the philosophical and artistic ideas and theories found in African literature of which Zimbabwe is a part. It is a survey of modern critical methods, from its origins in modern scientific thought, to the specific interpretative strategies for the study of literary texts as defined by the romantic aesthetic and moral traditions. MAFL 707 The Novel in African Culture Students shall study novels whose protagonists experience traditional life in the village as well as modern life in the cities or abroad. For a better understanding of these novels, we shall read non-fictional texts on African literature, history and society. MAFL 708 Corpus Linguistics This module covers the following topics: history, theoretical issues, key concepts and applications of corpusbased analysis; different types of corpora and issues involved in compiling a corpus; applications of corpora in applied linguistics; corpus annotation issues and techniques; introduction to using concordance software for concording and making wordlists; forming queries; interpreting concordance line and applications of corpora in language teaching. MAFL 709 African Oral Literature and Culture The module provides the reason and relevance of poetry in the African Society Theories on the origin of folklore and cultural approaches to the study of oral literature are studied. Application of these approaches to the selected body of African folktales is done. The module analyses praise poems and clan praises in their historical and stylistic context.

176

MAFL 710 Comparative Bantu Morphology and Syntax Detailed elements of Bantu morphology and syntax are examined and compared with other African languages. Students will learn to demonstrate their understanding of the relationship of grammatical categories and their functions in the Bantu sentences; their ability to work logically through the process of analyzing a sentence; their understanding of the application of accepted linguistic theory to syntactic data; their understanding of specific language concepts effectively, by both oral and written means; their ability to work effectively in groups sharing tasks equally and recognizing and managing their own skills and weaknesses. MAFL 711 Semantics and Pragmatics Detailed analysis of pragmatics (with discussion of deixis, presupposition, implicature, speech act and relevance theory); the relationship between semantics and pragmatics, the interface between syntax and pragmatics and the interaction between sociolinguistics and pragmatics will be studied. MAFL 712 Terminology This module examines concepts and principles of term creation or formation. Topics in this module include: dimensions of terminology, corpus based terminology and terminology management. Strategies of term creation shall also be examined including borrowing, compounding, de-iphonisation, paraphrasing and others. The interface between terminology and translation studies and lexicography shall be studied. MAFL 713 Theories of Language Learning The module examines the different perspectives on language learning/acquisition. The main focus will be on the behaviourist and cognitive theories. The module also focuses on the sequence and processes of languages acquisition. The question to keep in mind is how can the knowledge of childrens language acquisition help us to contribute towards the development of our society? A significant portion of the time shall be devoted to second language learning processes examining a variety of factors that have been thought to be related to second language acquisition.

177

MAFL 714 Theoretical Foundations of Heritage and Cultural Studies The module is historical in its approach in that it seeks to trace the development of heritage and culture as a discipline. Some of the issues covered in this module include critique of the existing schools of thought on heritage and culture which include cultural anthropologists, cultural relativists, neo-liberals and modernists. MAFL 715 Advanced Research Methods in Languages, Literature and Culture The module provides training at an advanced level in a range of research methods. It equips students with advanced research skills in languages, literature and cultural studies. The major concerns of the module comprise qualitative/quantitative distinction, critical versus administrative research, the nature of social reality, research methodology, the analysis and presentation of qualitatively collected data. MAFL 870 Dissertation The dissertation is be expected to be between 15 000 to 20 000 words, or 150 pages of font 12 with double line spacing and it should be in the area of African Languages and Culture.

178

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY, CULTURAL HERITAGE AND MUSEUM STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ARCHAEOLOGY, CULTURALHERITAGEAND MUSEUM STUDIES HONOURS DEGREE (HACHMS)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2.

PREAMBLE 2.1 The vision of the department is to contribute towards the education and training of professionals, university education, national capacity building of countries in the Southern Africa Development Community in fields modular packages to meet specific demands of students and organizations.of cultural and natural heritage The department is conceived as a catalyst for developing partnership between academic centres and professional organizations at all levels from international to local, with an emphasis on strengthening regional centres for capacity building.

2.2

3.

AIMS 3.1 The department seeks to develop and maintain a global network of professional and collaborating organizations and centres. It is also committed to the production of educational and training modules and to make such educational materials available in different formats, including multimedia, to the public, professionals and other tertiary institutions.

3.2

179

3.3

The department hopes to achieve this vision through the study of and research in African and global heritage and culture, African and world prehistories, historical archaeologies, museums and cultural institutions and

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry 4.1.2 A candidate must have obtained at least five O Level passes including English Language, and History. A pass in Mathematics at O Level will be an added advantage. A candidate must also have obtained a pass in History at A level and at least ONE of the following subjects or their equivalent: Shona, Ndebele, Geography, or Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Computer Science

4.1.3

4.2

Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations

4.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

CAREER PROSPECTS The degree programme prepares students for career options in museums, cultural heritage, global heritage and non-governmental organizations, cultural development planning, and government departments.

6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 The degree programme shall consist of 136 credits with at least 60 percent of these coming from the department under which the degree will be conferred.

180

6.2

The degree programme offers core and elective modules at each level. 6.2.1 At each level, with the exception of level 3, a student shall register for 6 core modules and 4 elective modules from other departments within the faculty and outside the faculty. Normally, where a prerequisite module is involved, a candidate shall be required to pass it before taking higher modules. Each module offered in the department shall carry a total of 4 credits. A dissertation shall be worth two modules and carry a total of 8 credits. Work Related Learning shall be examined in three modules with a total of 40 credits. During Work Related Learning, the student shall continue to observe the regulations of Midlands State University and also abide by the rules of the place where one is placed. Students may be required to attend oral examinations for certain modules offered in the degree programme. Dissertations shall be assessed by examiners appointed the Departmental Board of Examiners. The dissertation shall be between 9000 to 10000 words.

6.2.2

6.2.3

6.2.4

6.2.5

6.2.6

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 For each module, expect for Work Related Learning, the final mark shall be determined by a combination of continuous assessment and examination marks. Continuous assessment shall normally constitute 25% of the final examination mark, while the formal examination constitutes 75%. Archaeology field work and laboratory practice, museum practice and cultural heritage management projects shall constitute 50% of continuous assessment.

7.2

7.3

181

7.4

A student who fails the final assessment for Work Related Learning but has passes the continuous assessment component may be allowed to resubmit his or her work within two months and be re-assessed. The maximum mark allowable for such referred work is 50%. A student who fails to meet the required date for submission of the final report will normally be considered to have failed the final level. In the case of dissertation, the final mark shall be weighted as 50% for continuous assessment (presentation of the project) and 50% for the final project. To be admitted to university examinations, a candidate must have completed approved modules of study, including all continuous assessment. Attendance of lecturers, tutorials, laboratory practical sessions, approved field work components of certain modules count towards admission of a candidate to the university examinations.

7.5

7.6

8.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Academic Regulations.

9.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 5 of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

12.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

182

13.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE NB. In each semester, candidates must register for three core modules from their respective degree programme and elect any two modules from within the department or any approved equivalent from other departments in the faculty or outside the faculty.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code CHS 101 ARC 112 MUS 101 Module Description Introduction to Cultural Heritage Studies African Prehistory Introduction to Theoretical and Practical Museology Collection Management Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Credits 4 4

4 4 4 4

MUS 104 CS 101 HSC 115

Level 1 Semester 2 Code MUS 110 ARC 101 Module Description Introduction to Archiving Introduction to Theoretical and Practical Archaeology Management of Archives Documentation of Cultural Property Prehistory of Southern Africa Extended Communication 4 Credits 4

4 4 4 4

MUS 112 CHS 104 ARC 113 CS 102

183

Level 2 Semester 1 CHS112 ARC 204 MUS 202 GS 201 SVG 109 Conservation of Cultural Property Prehistory of Zimbabwe Conservation of Museum Collections Introduction to Gender Studies Basic Principles and Applications of Surveying 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 MUS203 MUS204 MUS206 ARC111 Archival Administration Preservation and Conservation of Archives Museum Communication Research Methods in Archaeology 4 4 4 4

Level 3 WORK RELATED LEARNING ARC 301 ARC 302 ARC 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 ARC 404 CHS 411 Archaeological Laboratory Methods Heritage Management and Sustainable Development Management of Information Centres Museum Visitor Studies 4

4 4 4

MUS 401 MUS 402

184

MUS 414

Curatorship

Level 4 Semester 2 ARC 403 Archaeology and Geographic Information Systems Heritage Interpretation and Presentation Visual and Fine Arts Dissertation

4 4 4 8

CHS 401 MUS 413 ARC 420 13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

CHS 101 Introduction to culture Heritage studies The module examines the broad aspects of culture and development, management of cultural and natural resources, heritage policies and legislation. ARC 112 African Prehistory The development of human societies, from the foragers of the Early to Middle Pleistocene, through gathers and hunters of the Middle, Late and Terminal Pleistocene, and the Holocene, are examined. Human technological achievements during the past 2-3 million years are presented and the student of African prehistory is given the opportunity to deconstruct the notion which has always presented pre-moderrn humans as undeveloped, background and uncivilized. The module concludes by surveying the development of metallurgy and agriculture in Africa, leading to the emergence of complex societies in some regions. MUS 101 Introduction to Theoretical and Practical Museology The module exposes students to the various theories on the role and functions of museums.

185

MUS 104 Collection Management The module exposes students to case studies of countries with a long tradition of artifact management. CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations HSC 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Faculty of Science and Technology MUS 110 Introduction to Archiving The module provides students with a solid foundation in archival studies and understanding of why societies cultures, organizations and individuals create and keep records. ARC 101 Introduction to Theoretical Archaeology Students are introduced to the basics of archaeological date: artifact, feature, structure, site, groups of sites and the cultural landscape. The conceptualization of these structures of archaeological data is taken as the basis for detailed archaeological theory taught to subsequent modules. To appreciate the value of archaeology in Zimbabwe, local, regional and African examples are used as case studies. MUS 112 Management of Archives The module examines principles and practices archivists use to facilitate all aspects of archival work. CHS 104 Documentation of Cultural Property The module examines case studies of heritage legislation in South Africa and Zimbabwe.

186

ARC 113 Prehistory of Southern Africa This module compares and contrasts the archaeological traditions in Southern Africa, with a particular focus on Zambia, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Botswana and South Africa. It assess the level of archaeological development in each of these countries in terms of research done, the archaeological infrastructure, public education with regards to the past, and the use of the past in shaping the present and future. A brief survey of cultural heritage management practices in each of the countries will give the students an idea of current and future trends in fields allied to archaeology and need to strike relevance with the past. CS102 Extended Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations CHS 112 Conservation of Cultural Property The module examines issues involved including the legal frameworks in which conservation and restoration are conducted ARC 204 Prehistory of Zimbabwe This module examines the wide range of archaeological evidence found in Zimbabwe with a bias towards Stone Age sequences. These are presented essentially as archaeological remains, but also as pre-colonial towns representing historical and complex developments within the Zimbabwe Culture. The module also examines how the present has been inspired by this rich archaeological past. MUS 202 Conservation of Museum Collections The module focuses on principles that enhance appreciation of the value of national collections be they movable or immovable and their conservation GS201 Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies SVG109 Basic Principles and Applications of Surveying Refer to the Department of Surveying and Geomatics

187

MUS 203 Archival Administration The module highlights the administration and management styles employed in both private and public archival institutions with a diachronic perspective. MUS 204 Preservation and Conservation of Archives Students are introduced to the context of preservation and conservation in the documentation centers. The module exposes students to the challenges encountered in preservation planning. It also examines the role ad importance of aspects such as storage, disaster planning, reformatting in the preservation of various media of documentary heritage. MUS 206 Museum Communications The module explores how museums speak to the people, communicating their functions and their role in society. ARC 404 Archaeological Laboratory Methods Building up on archaeological fields surveys and excavations, the module explores museum as repositories of raw archaeological data and site databases for use by archaeologists for purposes of research. Drawing on examples of research done on the basis of museum collection, the module attempts a critique of the methodologies involved, the implication on sampling, and the research questions that normally arise from such approaches. CHS 411 Heritage Management and Sustainable Development The module promotes the study of cultural approaches to sustainable development, capacity building and respect of bio diversity conversation. MUS 401 Marketing Museums and Archives The module prepares students to understand the importance of using information obtained from the two types of institutions and how this may be presented for public benefit. MUS 402 Visitor Studies

188

The module explores the concept of user and tourist and their differences. It focuses on the exploration of the history and current status of research and evaluation studies in archives and other cultural and educational settings. MUS 414 Curatorship The module examines all curatorial processes, including designing a collections policy, ethics of collecting and the roles of ICOM, ICOMOS etc in managing collections or heritages. These collections range from artifacts from archaeological field research, crafts and or objects of art. Issues of preservation, conservation and exhibition designing will also be explored. ARC 403 Archaeological Geographic Information Systems The module examines the use of computers in archaeology, from data structuring to data processing and presentation using complex hardware and software including Geographical Information Systems (GIS) and muti media CHS 401 Heritage Interpretation and Presentation The module examines regional and global trends in the area of heritage presentation and interpretation from museum exhibitions and displays to the use of heritage in matters relating to the reinterpretation of the past often misrepresented during colonial times. MUS 413 Visual and Fine Arts The module examines the nature and the production processes of visual and fine arts and the role of museums and galleries of collecting these as collections. It also explores the influence of culture and how it may be presented, curated and marketed for public consumptions. A line will be drawn regarding the relationship between fine and visual arts and their importance as forms of heritage. ARC 420 Dissertation The dissertation will be 15 000 to 20 000 words based on wide research in the field of Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies

189

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OFARTS IN ARCHAEOLOGY DEGREE (MARC)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Arts Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Master of Arts in Archaeology Degree is a four semester block release programme aimed at widening the students knowledge base in the field of Archaeology and equipping them with the requisite skills.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The general objectives are to: 2.1 promote high conceptual and inquisitive skills in archaeological issues. develop competencies within specialist archaeological areas. generate interest for research in archaeology.

2.2 2.3 3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 Master of Arts in Archaeology degree programme is designed to enhance the competencies of graduates in the fields of human culture research, museum curation, cultural organisation management, environmental management, heritage consultancy, parks and wildlife management and university lectureship.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

190

4.1.

To be eligible for the programme, an applicant must have a good first degree in any of the following: (1) (2) (3) (4) Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies History and Culture Anthropology, Ethnography, African Languages and Culture Visual or Fine Arts, Art History, Art Curatorship or approved equivalent from any recognised university

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The degree programme shall be four semesters with residential contact time each semester. The programme consists of core modules, electives and a dissertation. Students will study a total of twelve 4 credit modules plus a dissertation worth 12 credits. To pass, a student is required to accumulate a minimum of 60 credits.

5.2

5.3

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Continuous Assessment Continuous assessment shall comprise of at least two assignments and shall constitute 40% of the final mark. 6.2 Examinations. Candidates will be required to sit for a four hour examination in each module. The examination mark shall constitute 60% of the final mark.

191

6.3

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined. Dissertation Refer to Section 8.0 of the General Academic Regulations.

6.4

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in that level.

9.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations

11.

DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MARC 701 MARC 702 MARC 703 MARC 704 African Archaeology Interpreting Ceramics Research Methods and Publications Human Origins Credit 4 4 4 4

192

Level 1 Semester 2 MARC 706 MARC 707 Spatial Analysis in Archaeology Archaeology of Late Pleistocene and Holocene Hunter-Gatherers Geographical Information Systems in Archaeology 1 4

4 4

MARC 709

ELECTIVE MODULE, CODES AND TITLES

Module Code Description MARC 705 Anthropological Theory and the Philosophy of Rock Art Theoretical Approaches in World Archaeology

Credits 4 4

MARC 713

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Museum Studies. Level 2 Semester 1 MARC 711 MARC 712 MARC 714 Rock Art of Africa Archaeology and Ethnicity Archaeometallurgy: Mining and Extractive Technology 4 4 4

ELECTIVE MODULE, CODES AND TITLES Module Code MARC 708 MARC 710 Description Rock Art Management Geographical Information Systems in Archaeology II Credits 4

193

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Museum Studies. Level 2 Semester 2 MARC 820 12. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MARC 701 African Archaeology This module seeks to promote a theoretical understanding amongst students which will facilitate new and more appropriate approaches to the archaeology of the African continent. This will ensure that students are equipped with a broad-based theoretical outlook, enabling them to re-evaluate past approaches in African Archaeology, and improving their awareness of the related major themes. Aspects to be analysed include; the archaeology of hominid evolution in Africa; societies and urbanism; the timing and growth of agriculture and socio-economic interaction during the Holocene. MARC 702 Interpreting Ceramics This module will examine the development of pottery studies in archaeology, emphasising on the various aspects involved in pottery studies, that is, pottery production, trade and consumption, and group identities. Students will analyse the technology of pottery making, from clay selection up to firing. The module will also examine the practice and purpose of diverse approaches involved in the processing, classification and interpretation of pottery. MARC 703 Research Methods and Publications The main aim of the module is to help students acquire the technical and practical skills for research purposes. Students would examine how research methodology is applied to address issues that flow from theory and to appreciate that there are common themes among the various methodological approaches that are utilized in Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies. Among issues that will be

194

addressed through readings, presentations and discussions are: the nature and scope of archaeological, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies research, the nature of research questions and the design of research programs to address those questions. MARC 704 Human Origins The module seeks to examine the origins of modern humans in Africa as well as the cognitive implications of the new genus of Homo on cultural characteristics. The first dispersal of Homo outside of Eastern Africa will be modelled, that is, the colonization of the rest of the continent and the so-called out of Africa hypothesis. The module also seeks to establish the behavioural characteristics of humans in Africa giving a full description of the sedimentary and litho-stratigraphic record of the Rift Valley and Southern Africa where evidence of modernity has been documented. MARC 705 Anthropological Theories and the Philosophy of Rock Art This module seeks to examine theory and method in rock art studies. The module has a global focus, drawing on examples of the history and development of interpretative frameworks for rock art from around the world. It also seeks to examine both informed and formal approaches to rock art interpretation and consider anthropological as well as art historical theories. Issues relating to dating and chronology challenge the application of some of these approaches. MARC 706 Spatial Analysis in Archaeology This module provides a working knowledge of the statistical theory and methods used to comprehend spatial patterns, for example, the distribution of settlements across a landscape or densities of artefacts across a site or region. Students learn the fundamental differences between spatial and non-spatial analysis, the design of appropriate sampling strategies for fieldwork, Geo-statistical methods, predictive modelling through logistic regression and more spatially-sensitive versions (e.g. geographically-weighted regression) as well as the multi-scalar analysis of point patterns (e.g. K functions and related methods). More specifically, it addresses issues, techniques and research agendas such as the psychology of spatial representation, space syntax, landscape phenomenology, catchment analysis, Geographic Information Systems, cognitive maps and fractal mathematics.

195

MARC 707 Archaeology of Late Pleistocene and Holocene HunterGatherers This module examines key issues in human origins and development from the emergence of modern humans (ca.150,000 BP) until their transition to food production (ca. 12-6,000 BP). It involves a comparative study of the archaeological records from Africa, Western Asia and Europe. It critically examines some of the key issues in human ecology and behavioural evolution from the emergence of cognitivelymodern humans in the early Upper Pleistocene until the beginnings of food production in the Terminal Pleistocene and early Holocene. The module reviews contemporary debates on issues such as the emergence of biological and behavioural modernity in Africa, the adaptations of hunter-gatherers to the harsh environmental conditions of the last glacial in Europe, the analysis and interpretation of Upper Palaeolithic cave-art, the emergence of food-storing, semi-sedentary hunter-gatherer communities in Africa and the Near East. MARC 708 Rock Art Management This module explores the intellectual as well as the practical challenges faced by those who manage rock art. The module, centres on the development and implementation of a management plan for a single rock art site or a group of sites in a given landscape. A section of the module focuses on the more technical aspects to rock art management such as the methods of recording and documenting rock art, the conservation measures that are available to arrest natural destructive processes and the measures that have proven effective in the control of human agents. MARC 709 Geographical Information Systems in Archaeology I This module introduces the principles of archaeological GIS, the techniques used to acquire, manage and visualise spatial data, as well as the most frequently used analytical tools. Students should acquire the necessary skills required for a complete GIS workflow from data acquisition up to data analysis thus ensuring cartographic output (map production). Students should be theoretically informed about marketleading GIS software and, and should be able to analyse and interpret spatial

196

information, from the use of advanced spatial statistics, to more agent-centred computational models, to understandings of how humans make use of the spaces around them. MARC 710 Geographical Information Systems in Archaeology II This module builds on the prerequisite module Geographic Information Systems in Archaeology so as to provide students with a theoretical grounding and practical experience for GIS in archaeology. There is a strong emphasis on the manipulation of raster data and we consider interpolation techniques, landscape geomorphometry, view-shed analysis, cost surface analysis, hydrology, as well as 2.5D, 3D and temporal modelling. The module will make use of a wide range of both commercial and Open Source software, including ArcGIS, Autodesk Map 3D, GRASS, Idrisi, Landserf and TauDEM. Great emphasis will be placed on comparative analysis of different algorithms and software implementations thus particularly benefiting those who wish to use GIS primarily in an analytical capacity. MARC 711 Rock Art of Africa This module considers rock art interpretation as it is applied within Africa. It provides an overview of the principal rock art traditions of the continent examining the San art of southern Africa, the schematic rock art zone of central Africa, the eastern African art in Tanzania, the celebrated art of Tassili and the surrounding area of the Sahara desert. The module uses the rock art of Africa to raise issues of debate that revolve around the recognition of style, sequence, composition, symbols and symbolism, the judging of relationships between figures, the application and relevance of ethnography, the role of gender, the rock surface as a context, shamanism, vision experience, neuropsychology, polysemy, multivocality and art and agency. MARC 712 Archaeology and Ethnicity The module seeks to create awareness on the aspect of ethnic identities of the makers of the archaeological records from the past such as stone tools, crude earthenware vessels and stone walled structures. On successful completion of this module a student should have a detailed knowledge of anthropological and archaeological approaches to ethnicity and identity, developing the capacity to critically evaluate

197

archaeological interpretations that link material culture to ethnic groups. Students should also be familiar with the major social theories relating to ethnicity and group identity using a range of archaeological and anthropological case-studies which explore the expression of ethnic identities in Zimbabwe and other African Countries. MARC 713 Theoretical Approaches in World Archaeology The module aims to review the recent history of archaeological ideas and to examine key general themes in current archaeology from a theoretical and comparative perspective. This module will provide a firm methodological foundation for archaeological interpretation, as well as a global perspective on the discipline. Set readings and case-studies will be used to evaluate the analytical processes developed by different schools of archaeological thought, and the range of approaches currently available in studying material culture, social complexity and differentiation, concepts of agency, and long-term cultural change. Students will have an understanding of current theoretical debates across a broad range of archaeology thereby enhancing their ability to formulate their own theories. MARC 714 Archaeometallurgy: Mining and Extractive Technology The module gives students a fundamental understanding of the basic chemical and metallurgical processes relevant to the primary production of metal, including ore reduction, slag formation, alloying and refining. On successful completion of this module students should have acquired an in-depth understanding of the fundamental physical principles of metallurgy at a level sufficient to undertake guided research in ancient metallurgy, e.g. for their MA thesis. While copper/bronze and iron/steel take centre stage as the most important metals, less common metals and alloys such as gold and zinc will also be addressed with examples drawn from Zimbabwe and other African countries. MARC 820 Dissertation All students are expected to write a dissertation of about 150 pages which is the result of an individual research project undertaken during the course. This can be on any approved topic relevant to the degree and to the taught components selected. Students are assigned a Supervisor to guide the main stages of the work.modular packages to meet specific demands of students and organizations.

198

REGULATIONS FORTHE MASTER OF ARTS IN CULTURALHERITAGE STUDIES DEGREE (MCHS)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Arts Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies degree is a four semester block release programme aimed at widening the students knowledge base in the field of Cultural Heritage Management and equipping them with the requisite skills.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The general objectives are to: 2.1 promote high conceptual and inquisitive skills in Cultural Heritage issues. develop competencies within specialist Cultural Heritage areas. generate interest for research in Cultural Heritage.

2.2 2.3 3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 Students of Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies degree programme have career opportunities in a wide range of institutions and organisations (private and public) dealing in human culture research, museum curation, cultural organisation management, environmental management, heritage consultancy, parks and wildlife management and university lectureship.

199

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 To be eligible for the programme, an applicant must have a good first degree in any of the following: (1) (2) (3) (4) Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies. History and Culture. Anthropology, Ethnography, African Languages and Culture. Visual or Fine Arts, Art History, Art Curatorship, Art History or approved equivalent from any recognised university.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The degree programme shall be four semesters with residential contact time each semester. The programme consists of core modules, electives and a dissertation Students will study a total of twelve 4 credit modules plus a dissertation worth 12 credits. To pass, a student is required to accumulate a minimum of 60 credits.

5.2 5.3

5.4 6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Continuous Assessment Continuous assessment shall comprise of at least two assignments and shall constitute 40% of the final mark. 6.2 Examinations Candidates will be required to sit for a four hour examination in each module. The examination mark shall constitute 60% of the final mark.

200

6.3

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined. Dissertation Refer to Section 8 of the General Academic Regulations.

6.4

7.

FAILURE TO SATIFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in that level.

9.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Not all electives will be offered in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff.

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MCHS 701 MCHS 702 Managing Archaeological Sites Approaches to Conservation Credit 4 4

201

MCHS 703 MCHS 704

Research Methods and Publications Funding Strategies for Museum Projects

4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MCHS 705 MCHS 706 Marketing Cultural Heritage Legal and Administrative Frameworks in Cultural Heritage Management 4

4 4

MCHS 708 Contemporary Museological Challenges ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Module Code Description MCHS 707 Museums and Multimedia

Credits 4 4

MAARC 712 Archaeology and Ethnicity

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Archaeology or Master of Arts in Museum Studies. Level 2 Semester 1 MCHS 709 MCHS 711 MCHS 712 Rock Art of Africa Antiquities and the Law Cultural Heritage Management Planning Process 4 4 4

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Module Code Description MCHS710 MMUS712 Rock Art Management History of Art and Cultures of Zimbabwe Credits 4 4

202

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Archaeology or Master of Arts in Museum Studies. Level 2 Semester 2 MCHS820 12. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MCHS 701 Managing Archaeological Sites

This module seeks to introduce students to the preservation and public presentation
of Archaeological sites. It explores different approaches to valuing heritage, the aims and principles of conservation, the history of restoration theory, heritage legislation and charters and the influence of past interventions on present-day perceptions of the past. MCHS702 Approaches to Conservation The module seeks to give students the theoretical context in which modern day conservation and management of immovable cultural heritage in Sub-Saharan Africa is situated. This would ensure that students develop a better understanding of the major principles and concepts of conservation and their evolution. Students will also understand the relevancy of utilising these principles and concepts in the decisionmaking process for the management and conservation of immovable cultural heritage. MCHS703 Research Methods and Publications The main aim of the module is to help students acquire the technical and practical skills for research purposes. Students would examine how research methodology is applied to address issues that flow from theory and to appreciate that there are common themes among the various methodological approaches that are utilized in Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies. Among issues that will be

addressed through readings, presentations and discussions are: the nature and scope of archaeological, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies research, the nature of research questions and the design of research programs to address 203

those questions. This module also provides students with the skills of proposal construction
MCHS704 Funding Strategies for Museum Project This module provides students with basic skills and guidance regarding the drafting of museum/gallery research grant applications. It also covers application processes in order to encourage and develop the submission of high quality and well planned project proposals. Students should also understand the implication of funding strategies on the fulfilment of museum objectives. MCHS705 Marketing Cultural Heritage The main objective of this module is to ensure that students develop a better understanding of the various aspects of marketing heritage places. This module also seeks to introduce students to the process of packaging, promotion and utilisation of heritage places sustainably. At the end, students should have a better understanding of the various methods of marketing cultural heritage places and their possible implications in the management of such places. MCHS706 Legal and Administrative Frameworks in Cultural Heritage Management The main objective of this module is to introduce participants to the legal and administrative aspects of conservation and management of cultural heritage. The module will also contextualise the administration of cultural heritage within the legislative systems. Students should be able to understand the basic components of heritage legislation and the relationship between heritage legislations and other types of legal and administrative frameworks. This module also involves the evaluation of contemporary legal and administrative framework in use in Africa, MCHS707 Museums and Multimedia digitisation in museums and to exploit its potential. It also sees to provide an understanding of the changes that information and communication technology is bringing about to museums, the This This module seeks to provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to imaginatively use, work with and manage new media

204

andopportunities it presents and how museums can take advantage of it. The module explains why digitisation is important for museums, and deals with the practicalities of multimedia, information and technology. MCHS708 Contemporary Museological Challenges The module discusses transformation and the consequent redefinition of the Museological object, New Museology movement and contemporary museum activities in the light of politics of globalisation. It also analyses how a change in mentality and the new relations of gallery institutions/discipline specialists and other professionals within the museum affect Museology both as an academic discipline and profession. MCHS709 Rock Art of Africa The module makes a consideration of rock art interpretation as it is applied in an African context. It provides students with an overview of the principal rock art traditions of the continent, examining the San art of Southern Africa, the Schematic rock art zone of central Africa, the East African art from Tanzania, the celebrated art of Tassili and the surrounding area of the Sahara desert. This module will also use the rock art of Africa to raise issues of debate that revolve around recognition of style, sequence, composition, symbols and symbolism, the judging of relationships between figures, the application and relevancy of ethnography, the gender, the rock surface as a context, shamanism, vision experience, neuropsychology, polysemy, multivocality, art and agency. MCHS710 Rock Art Management This module explores the intellectual as well as the practical challenges faced by those who manage rock art. The module also centres on the development and implementation of a management plan for a single rock art site or group of sites. A section of the module focuses more closely on the technical aspects to rock art management such as methods of documentation of rock art, conservation measures that are available to arrest human and natural destructive processes and the solutions that have been realised in the context of other rock art sites.

205

MCHS711 Antiquities and the Law This module examines legislation that has been enacted as both national and international levels in attempts to protect cultural heritage from pillage, with particular emphasis on UNESCO conventions. The module intends to provide students with an acute awareness to the looting from archaeological sites of cultural property which are then sold on antiquities markets, an understanding of the operation of the illegal art markets and providing a solid grounding for evaluating the relevant legal instruments that exist to protect the cultural heritage. MCHS712 Cultural Heritage Management Planning Process The module seeks to develop among student, the necessary skills for the development of simple, appropriate and realistic management plans for tangible and/ intangible cultural heritage. Students should be able to work on the development of management plans for selected sites. This module will also involve hands-on site management planning exercises involving the local communities. MCHS 820 Dissertation All students are expected to write a dissertation of about 150 pages which is the result of an individual research project undertaken during the course. This can be on any approved topic relevant to the degree and to the taught components selected. Students are assigned a Supervisor to guide the main stages of the work.

206

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSEUM STUDIES DEGREE (MMUS)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Arts Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Master of Arts in Museum Studies Degree is a four semester block-release programme aimed at widening the students knowledge base in the field of Museum Studies and equipping them with the requisite skills.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The general objectives are to: 2.1 promote high conceptual and inquisitive skills in Museum Management issues. develop competencies within specialist Museum Studies areas. generate interest for research in Museum Studies.

2.2 2.3 3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 Students of Master of Arts in Museum Studies degree programme have career opportunities in a wide range of institutions and organisations (private and public) dealing with human culture research, museum curation, cultural organisation management, environmental management, heritage consultancy, parks and wildlife management and university lectureship.

207

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 To be eligible for the programme, an applicant must have a good first degree in any of the following: (1) (2) (3) (4) Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies. History and Culture. Anthropology, Ethnography, African Languages and Culture. Visual or Fine Arts, Art History, Art Curatorship, Art History or approved equivalent from any recognised university.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The degree programme shall be four semesters with residential contact time each semester. The programme consists of core modules, electives and a dissertation. Students will study a total of twelve 4 credit modules plus a dissertation worth 12 credits. To pass, a student is required to accumulate a minimum of 60 credits.

5.2

5.3

5.4 6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Continuous Assessment Continuous assessment shall comprise of at least two assignments and shall constitute 40% of the final mark. 6.2 Examinations. Candidates will be required to sit for a four hour examination in each module. The examination mark shall constitute 60% of the final mark.

208

6.3

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined. Dissertation Refer to Section 8 of the General Academic Regulations.

6.4

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in that level.

9.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the Provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

11. DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MMUS 701 MMUS 702 MMUS 703 MMUS 705 Museum History, Purpose and Function Museum Management Research Methods and Publication Museum Legislation and Law Credit 4 4 4 4

209

Level 1 Semester 2 MMUS 706 MMUS 709 MMUS 707 Museum Collections Management Museum Exhibitions and Interpretation Museum Communication and Education 4 4 4

ELECTIVE MODULES Module Code Description MMUS 708 MARC 712 Museums and Multimedia Archaeology and Ethnicity Credits 4 4

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Archaeology. Level 2 Semester 1 MMUS 710 MMUS 711 MMUS 712 Museums and Global Issues History of Art and Cultures of Zimbabwe Museum Marketing and Quality Control 4 4 4

ELECTIVE MODULE, CODES AND TITLES Module Code Description MMUS 704 MCHS 708 Museum Project Management Contemporary Museological Challenges Credits 4 4

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Archaeology. MMUS 707 Museum Communication and Education 4

210

ELECTIVE MODULES Module Code Description MMUS 708 MARC 712 Museums and Multimedia Archaeology and Ethnicity Credits 4 4

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Archaeology. Level 2 Semester 1 MMUS 710 MMUS 711 MMUS 712 Museums and Global Issues History of Art and Cultures of Zimbabwe Museum Marketing and Quality Control 4 4 4

ELECTIVE MODULE, CODES AND TITLES Module Code Description MMUS 704 MCHS 708 Museum Project Management Contemporary Museological Challenges Credits 4 4

Other electives may be selected from the module offerings of the Master of Arts in Cultural Heritage Studies or Master of Arts in Archaeology. Level 2 Semester 2 MMUS 820 12. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MMUS701 Museum History, Purpose and Function

211

The module examines how museums and museum theories have evolved, their role in contemporary societies and how they operate within the context of heritage management. It also explores the philosophy of museums in the service of the general public. The module will also help students evaluate how such development trends have shaped the appreciation of material culture as presented through museum exhibitions. MMUS702 Museum Management The module examines the basic and contemporary principles of museum management in general through evaluation of management theory and practice of museums/galleries in particular. This module also presents the museum as a business venture that is governed by contemporary business ethics and not only a traditionally docile organisation Students would be encouraged to make assessments of practical case studies in order to promote awareness of contemporary administrative challenges and inspire a sense of innovation in solving these problems. Topics to be covered include strategic planning, ethics and governance, membership and marketing. MMUS703 Research Methods and Publications The main aim of the module is to help students acquire the technical and practical skills for research purposes. Students would examine how research methodology is applied to address issues that flow from theory and to appreciate that there are common themes among the various methodological approaches that are utilized in Archaeology, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies. Among issues that will be addressed through readings, presentations and discussions are: the nature and scope of archaeological, Cultural Heritage and Museum Studies research, the nature of research questions and the design of research programs to address those questions. MMUS704 Museum Project Management The module heightens students awareness towards formulation and management of projects relevant to Museums/Galleries. Participants will learn about what changes when one goes from doing the work to managing the project. This would be achieved through group discussion on project management tools, planning, negotiating on behalf of the project, project monitoring and evaluation for effectiveness and efficiency. Project management styles are also explored giving insights on how to build on strengths for effective project teams.

212

MMUS705 Museum Legislation and Law This module presents a thorough examination of the legal frameworks which guide the operations of museums with special emphasis on regional and international laws governing museums and museum operations. Highlight on reality versus practicality of these legislations and laws will also be made through practical analysis of contemporary museum/galleries taking special attention to developing countries. Topics to be covered would include debates on legislations and law, issues of illicit trafficking of cultural objects and how they vary in public and private museums. MMUS706 Museum Collections Management The module acquaints students to the theory of museum collection development, ethics in collecting, collections care, accountability and access. The module addresses the issue of designing and implementation of collections policies, establishing and managing collections; collection management procedures and systems, documentation of collections, records preservation, collections access and storage and responsibilities of a museum registrar. MMUS707 Museum Communication and Education The module examines museum practice as vehicles of effective and efficient dissemination of information between the museum and the audience through the artefact or art collection about matters that relate to past and contemporary societal concepts. It also evaluates the effectiveness of such educative roles of both the museum and exhibitions in relation to both traditional and contemporary cultures. MMUS708 Museums and Multimedia The module seeks to provide students with the knowledge and the skills needed to imaginatively use, work with and manage new media and digitisation in museums and to exploit its potential. It also seeks to provide an understanding of the changes that information and communication technologies is bringing about into museum; the opportunities it presents; and how museums can take advantage of it. The module explains why digitisation is important to museums, and deals with the practicalities of

213

multimedia, information and technology as a tool that can enhance access to information about collections to the general public. MMUS709 Museum Exhibitions and Interpretation The module empowers students with skills of curatorial research, presentation, documentation and laboratory research methods for the benefit of the public. It also presents the aspect of museum publication as a follow up to curatorial or laboratory research. This module also focuses on the development of interpretive museum exhibitions including theory, planning, research, methodologies, design, construction, installation; and the application of new technologies re-brand themselves to cater for the diversity of needs whilst the same time, promoting a good corporate image. MMUS 820 Dissertation All students are expected to write a dissertation of about 150 pages which is the result of an individual research project undertaken during the course. This can be on any approved topic relevant to the degree and to the taught components selected. Students are assigned a Supervisor to guide the main stages of the work.

214

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISHAND COMMUNICATION REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION HONOURS DEGREE (HENG)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Department of English and Communication at the Midlands State University is guided by the philosophy that Literature and Communication are key factors in the promotion of political, socioeconomic and cultural consciousness, and hence development. The thrust would be on the historical and cultural experiences of Africa and the Diaspora, as well as world literature, communication theory and practice. The degree programme is organized around two areas of study namely: 1.3.1 Literature in English, with special emphasis on Literature in English of Africa and the African Diaspora and Linguistics and Communication.

1.2

1.3

1.3.2 2.

OBJECTIVES The degree programme is designed to achieve the following objectives: 2.1 to teach literature in English, Linguistics and Communication, emphasizing their interdependence, theoretical and practical aspects,

215

2.1

to arm students with analytical tools to enable them to study any literary text or poem, to enable students to see the link between literature and society, to make students better communicators both orally and in writing, and to prepare students for the real world of work by exposing them to different modules,

2.2 2.3 2.4

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Arts English and Communication, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum conditions as prescribed under the General Regulations for English and Mathematics must have passed Literature in English at A level with at least grade C. 3.2 Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations 3.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the programme are qualified to seek employment in areas including but not limited to: publishing, public services, non-governmental organisations and communication-oriented fields, such as public relations and teaching.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Bachelor of Arts English and Communication Honours Degree is a full time degree programme. Normally, the programme is completed over 8

216

semesters(4 years) comprising of three (3) levels of formal classroom work at Level 1, 2 and 4, and a Work Related Learning period of not less than ten (10) months during Level 3. 5.2 Each student is required to earn at least 32 credits at each of Levels 1, 2 and 4, and 40 credits at Level 3. At least 60% of the modules studied must be from the specific Honours programme pursued by the student. The awarding of degrees shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. In each semester of Level 1, 2 and 4, a student normally takes three core modules and two elective modules from any other department (s). Not all modules listed in these Regulations are on offer every semester. Modules studied at other universities are credited at the discretion of the Department and Academic Board. Students are required for BAEH 470 to submit the Honours Dissertation by the date determined by the Department. The Dissertation is worth 8 credits. Conditions governing carryover and repeating of modules are stipulated in the General Regulations Supplementary examinations may be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

6.

ASSESSMENT Overall assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and formal examinations.

217

6.1

Continuous Assessment Assignments related to the objectives of the programme shall be set. These may include essays, problem sets, tests and reports. Candidates who fail to fulfill continuous assessment requirements may be barred from sitting for the examination.

6.2

Examinations 6.2.1 Examinations shall normally be written at the end of each semester. Each module will be examined by a paper which is, at most 3 hours long. In determining marks for modules, weighting is normally as follows: Continuous Assessment Examinations 30% 70%

6.2.2

6.2.3

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

9.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Sections 6 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

10.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 9 of the Faculty Regulations.

218

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations

12.

HONORARY DEGREES The Department of English may award the following degrees honoris causa: Doctor of Fine Arts (D.F.A) Doctor of Humane Letters (L.H.D) Doctor of Letters (L.H.D)

13.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

NB* denotes core modules Level 1 Semester 1 Code BAEH 102 BAEH 103 BAEH 109 HCS 115 CS 101 Module Title Trends in Literature Introduction to Communication Introduction to Linguistics Introduction to Information systems Basic Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BAEH 104 BAEH 106 BAEH 110 Linguistics and Literature English for Specific Purpose Zimbabwean Literature 4 4 4

219

CS102

Extended Communication Skills

Level 1 Elective Modules (offered in either semester) BAEH 101 BAEH 107 BAEH 108 Trends in Linguistics Computers in Language and Literature Gender Issues in Language and Literature 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BAEH 206 BAEH 202 BAEH 204 GS 201 BAEH216 Discourse Analysis Introduction to African Literature Language Policy and Planning Introduction to Gender Studies Research Methods in Literature Language and Communication 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BAEH 201 BAEH 212 BAEH 213 Second Language Acquisition Theories of Literature Caribbean Literature 4 4 4

Level 2 Elective Modules (offered in either semester) BAEH 203 BAEH 205 BAEH 208 BAEH 210 Speech and Drama Rhetoric Stylistic Variation and Register Literature, Language and Media 4 4 4 4

220

BAEH 211 BAEH 214 BAEH 215 BAEH 217

Linguistic Theories Literature and Popular Culture Contrasting Images of Africa Introduction to Textbook Writing, Editing and Evaluation Advanced Textbook Writing, Editing and Evaluation Public Relations Communication

4 4 4

BAEH 219

4 4

BAEH218

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning BAEH 301 BAEH 302 BAEH 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 BAEH 412 BAEH 418 BAEH 419 American Literature Advanced English Literature Occupational Discourses 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BAEH 402 BAEH 417 1BAEH 470 Regional Literature Images of Women in Literature Dissertation 4 4 8

221

Level 4 Elective Modules (offered in either semester) BAEH 403 BAEH 404 BAEH 406 BAEH 407 BAEH 408 BAEH 409 BAEH 411 BAEH 413 BAEH 415 14 Teaching English as a Second Languages Creative Writing Bilingualism Shakespeare and Chaucer Reading Competence Childrens Literature Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics Language Across the Curriculum Course Design 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSIES

BAEH 101 Trends in Linguistics The module gives an overview of the most prominent models for the analysis of the structure and use of language development during the 19th and 20th centuries. BAEH 102 Trends in Literature The module gives a historical development of literature and discusses different genres as they have developed in different regions. BAEH 103 Introduction to Communication The module discusses the nature of communication from the point of view of literature and linguistics through the study of theories of communication.

222

BAEH 104 Linguistics and Literature The module explores how the ideas of linguistics may be applied to literary criticism. BAEH 106 English for Specific Purposes The module examines the use of English in such areas as academia, law, medicine and business. BAEH 107 Computers in Language and Literature The module examines how the use of computers enhances the study of linguistics and literature. BAEH 108 Gender Issues in Language and Literature The module examines how the use of computers enhances the study of linguistics and literature. HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations. CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. CS102 Extended Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. BAEH 109 Introduction to Linguistics The module is an introduction to principal areas of modern linguistics, including phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and sociolinguistics. BAEH 110 Zimbabwean Literature The module is an introduction to leading works of Zimbabwean literature using relevant literary theories.

223

BAEH 201 Second Language Acquisition The module is an introduction to leading ideas in the study of how second languages are acquired. BAEH 202 Introduction to African Literature The module is an introduction to leading works of literature produced throughout the African continent using relevant literary theories. BAEH 203 Speech and Drama The module is a practical introduction to the principles of acting. BAEH 204 Language Policy and Planning The module examines issues in the study of language policy and planning, including language choice and multilingualism. GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies. BAEH 205 Rhetoric The module examines the effective use of persuasive language using relevant linguistic theories. BAEH 206 Discourse Analysis The module examines the analysis of linguistic units larger than the sentence, including conversational structure, speech acts and the ethnography of speaking. BAEH 208 Stylistic Variation and Register The module examines variation in speaking styles and registers within individual languages using relevant linguistic theories.

224

BAEH 210 Literature, Language and Media The module examines the effective use of language in visual, audio and written media. BAEH 211 Linguistic Theories The module is an introduction to current linguistic theories in the core linguistic areas of phonology, morphology and syntax. BAEH 212 Theories of Literature The module examines a variety of literary theories as applied to selected texts. BAEH 213 Caribbean Literature The module is an introduction to leading works of literature produced in the Caribbean region of the African Diaspora using relevant literary theories. BAEH 214 Literature and Popular Culture The module applies literary theories to works of popular culture. BAEH 215 Contrasting Images of Africa The module compares and contrasts how Africa is portrayed in selected works of literature and other media using relevant literary theories. BAEH 217 Introduction to Textbook Writing, Editing and Evaluation The module aims at equipping students with the essential theoretical skills in textbook production. Focus shall be on market research, commissioning, product development, project management, quality control and product promotion. BAEH218 Public Relations Communication This module focuses on the theoretical and practical elements of Public Relations Communication.

225

BAEH 219 Advanced Textbook Writing, Editing and Evaluation This is a practical module meant to equip students with practical skills in the production of textbooks. Emphasis will be placed on practical skills that include : editing, typesetting, scanning and placement of illustrations or artwork and other desktop skills required for creating camera ready copy. BAEH 402 Regional Literature The module examines leading works of literature from a selected region using relevant literary theories. BAEH 403 Teaching English as a Second Language The module examines a variety of techniques for teaching English to second language learners. BAEH 404 Creative Writing The module is a practicum in skill required in creative writing. BAEH 406 Bilingualism The module surveys leading ideas in the study of bilingualism using relevant theories. BAEH 407 Shakespeare and Chaucer The module is an in-depth examination and comparison of the works of these two authors using relevant theories. BAEH 408 Reading Competence The module surveys techniques for developing reading competence using relevant theories. BAEH 409 Childrens Literature The module surveys the genre of childrens literature using relevant theories.

226

BAEH 411 Sociolinguistics and Psycholinguistics The module examines issues in the study of sociolinguistics and psycholinguistics using relevant theories. BAEH 412 American Literature The module examines leading works of North and/or South American literature using relevant literary theories. BAEH 413 Languages Across the Curriculum The module surveys how English is used differently in a variety of academic disciplines using relevant theories. BAEH 415 Course Design The module examines course design from a linguistic point of view, with special emphasis on multilingual situations. BAEH 417 Images of Women in Literature The module examines how women are portrayed in selected works of literature using relevant theories. BAEH 418 Advanced English Literature The module examines leading works of authors from the British Isles using relevant literary theories. BAEH 419 Occupational Discourses This module continues the study of English for Specific Purposes begun in BAEH 106. BAEH 470 Dissertation The dissertation will be expected to be between 9 000 and 10 000 words, or 45 to 50 pages of font 12 with double line spacing and it should be in the area of English and Communication.

227

MASTER OFARTS IN APPLIED ENGLISH LINGUISTICS DEGREE (MAAEL)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The MAAEL degree programme aims at equipping students with the skills needed to apply the insights of contemporary linguistic theories to problems encountered in the analysis and use of English.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 To equip students with research and analytical skills in the various fields of Applied English Linguistics, such as language teaching and language in the workplace. To prepare students to solve problems related to the use of English in the current globalized world. To conscientise students on the relationship between linguistic theory and linguistic practice.

2.2

2.3

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted into the programme an applicant must normally have a good honours degree in English/Linguistics.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The Master of Arts in Applied English Linguistics Degree (MAAEL) is studied through taught modules with continuous assessment and examinations will be offered at the end of each semester, and an examinable dissertation.

228

4.2

Normally, the programme is completed over a period of eighteen (18) months comprising of two semesters of taught modules and continuous assessment) spreading over twelve (12) months and six (6) months dedicated to research work (dissertation) Each student is required to earn thirty six (36) credits in the taught component of the programme, and twelve (12) credits in the research component. Students may select any combination of modules on offer to satisfy the requirements of the degree Each module contains material equivalent to forty eight (48) hours contact time. The Departmental Higher Degrees Committee shall assign dissertation/ thesis supervisors to students.

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Overall assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and formal examination. Continuous Assessment Assignments related to the objectives of the programme will be set. These may include, but not limited to, essays, group presentations tests and reports. A candidate who fails to fulfill continuous assessment requirements may be barred from sitting the examination. 5.3 Examinations Examinations shall normally be written at the end of each semester. Each module will be examined by a paper which is at most, three (3) hours long. In determining marks for modules, weighting will be as

5.2

5.4

5.5

229

follows:Continuous assessment Examination 6. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Students will retain credits from modules passed. All module work must be completed before registering for the dissertation. 7. PUBLICATIION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 42 of the General Regulations. 8. REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS 8.1 No requests for remarks of examinations shall be entertained unless Senate directs such requests. However, a student who has been given a withdraw decision may appeal against such a decision to the Registrar, in writing, within 21 days after publication of examination results 30% 70%

8.2

10.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 80% -100% 70%-79% 50%-69% 0%-49% Pass with Distinction Pass with Merit Pass Fail

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

230

MAAEL701

Phonetics and Phonology of English

6 6 6

MAAEL702 Syntax and Semantics of English MAAEL703 Theories of Second Language Acquisition Plus one elective Level 1 Semester 2 MAAEL704 Genre in English MAAEL705 Discourse Analysis of English MAAEL706 Teaching English as a Second Language Level 2 Semester 1 Plus one elective MAAEL870 Dissertation

6 6 6

12

The remaining modules necessary to complete the credit requirements of the degree are drawn from the elective modules on offer in any particular semester. Electives: MAAEL707 Variation and Standardization in English MAAEL708 Sociolinguistics of English MAAEL709 Psycholinguistics of English MAAEL710 Theories of Bilingualism 12. MODULE SYNOPSES 6 6 6 6

MAAEL 701 Phonetics and Phonology of English

231

This module surveys the phonetics and phonology of English with reference to relevant morphology within the framework of current linguistic theories. MAAEL 702 Syntax and Semantics of English This module explores the syntax and semantics of English with reference to relevant morphology within the framework of current linguistic theories. MAAEL 703 Theories of Second Language Acquisition This module is an introduction to current theories of how second languages are acquired and learned and methods in second language acquisition research. MAAEL 704 Genre in English The module outlines and differentiates a wide range of genres in English, ranging from professional and occupational genre to literacy genres. Particular attention is paid to the formal and functional defining features of various genres and how linguistic form is used to encode linguistic function. MAAEL 705 Discourse Analysis of English The module examines current theories of discourse analysis and pragmatics with specific reference to how these theories may be applied to English. MAAEL 706 Teaching English as a Second Language This module surveys current theories and methodologies in the area of teaching English as a second language. MAAEL 707 Variation and Standardization in English This module examines variation in a selection of the varieties of English used worldwide in areas including, but not confined to, phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics. Also considered is the relation of variation to standardization.

232

MAAEL708 Sociolinguistics of English This module analyses current theories and research methodologies within the area of sociolinguistics. Topics include, but not confined to, phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics. Also considered is the relation of variation to standardization. MAAEL709 Psycholinguistics of English This module explores current theories and research methodologies within the area of psycholinguistics. Topics include, but are not restricted to first language acquisition, language impairment, and aspects of neurolinguistics. MAAEL710 Theories of Bilingualism This module surveys aspects of bilingualism, including, but not restricted to, bilingual speech communities, code-switching, code-mixing, language maintenance and bilingual education. MAAEL 870 Dissertation The dissertation is be expected to be between 15 000 to 20 000 words, or 150 pages of font 12 with double line spacing and it should be in the area of Applied English Linguistics

233

MASTER OFARTS IN AFRICAN AND DIASPORAN LITERAURE (MAADL)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The MAADL degree programme aims at produce postgraduate students with an informed historical and cultural consciousness for the development of the Arts.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 To teach African and Diasporan literature in English with emphasis on historical, cultural and ideological leanings. To arm students with research and analytical skills in the field of literature and cultural studies. To prepare students for higher intellectual pursuits by exposing them to various literary theories, critical theories discourses and paradigms.

2.2

2.3

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A good honours degree in the field of Literature.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The Master of Arts in African and Diasporan Literature (MAADL) is studied through taught modules with continuous assessment and examinations will be offered at the end of each semester, and an examinable dissertation.

234

4.2

Normally, the programme is completed over a period of eighteen (18) months comprising of two semesters of taught modules and continuous assessment) spreading over twelve (12) months and six (6) months dedicated to research work (dissertation/ thesis writing). Each student is required to earn thirty six (36) credits in the taught component of the programme, and twelve (12) credits in the research component. Students may select any combination of modules on offer to satisfy the requirements of the degree Each module contains material equivalent to forty eight (48) hours contact time. The Departmental Higher Degrees Committee shall assign dissertation/ thesis supervisors to students.

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Overall assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and formal examination. Continuous Assessment Assignments related to the objectives of the programme will be set. These may include, but not limited to, essays, group presentations, tests and reports. A candidate who fails to fulfill continuous assessment requirements may be barred from sitting the examination. 5.3 Examinations 5.3.1 Examinations shall normally be written at the end of each semester. Each module will be examined by a paper which is, at most, three (3) hours long.

5.2

5.3.2

235

5.3.3

In determining marks for modules, weighting will be as follows: Continuous assessment Examination 30% 70%

6.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Students will retain credits from modules passed. All module work must be completed before registering for the dissertation.

7.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 42 of the General Regulations.

8.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS 8.1 No requests for remarks of examinations shall be entertained unless Senate directs such requests. however, a student who has been given a withdraw decision may appeal against such a decision to the Registrar, in writing, within 21 days after publication of examination results

8.2

9.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 80% -100% 70%-79% 50%-69% 0%-49% Pass with Distinction Pass with Merit Pass Fail

10.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1: Code Module Description Credits

236

Core Modules for semester 1 MAADL701 Post Colonial Cultures of Encounter and Settlement in Africa MAADL702 Themes and Perspectives In American Literature MAADL704 Critical Theory from Enlightenment to Modernity Core modules for semester 2 Level 1 Semester 2 MAADL703 Language Ideology and Gender in Literature MAADL709 Autobiography and Identity Core module for Semester 3 Level 2 Semester 1 MAADL870 Dissertation Electives MAADL705 Development Theories, Strategies and Issues inTheatre MAADL706 Literature in a Changing Society MAADL707 Carribean Literature and Ideological Thought MAADL708 Mediating Southern African Identities MAADL710 Literature and Film 6 6 6 6 6 12 6 6

6 6 6

NB: The elective modules necessary to complete the credit requirements of the degree are drawn from elective modules on offer in any particular semester. 12. MODULE SYNOPSES

237

MAADL701 Post Colonial Cultures of Encounter and Settlement in

Africa The module examines a range of literary texts from Africa and its thrust will be to interrogate the often traumatic processes of post colonial encounter and settlement. MAADL702 Themes and Perspectives In American Literature The module examines African-American and white American literary texts. Its focus will be on the history, experiences and culture of the American people. MAADL703 Language, Ideology and Gender in Literature. The module focuses on how language and ideology are critical areas of contestation in gender discourse. Texts will be selected on how they represent the different cultural, historical and ideological perspectives on gender issues. MAADL704 Critical Theory from Enlightenment to Modernity The module aims to study and critically interrogate critical theory and modes of perception that constructed Africa as the other in relation to the west. MAADL705 Development Theories, Strategies and Issues in Theatre The module focuses on the role of theatre in social development. Areas to be examined in the main include development theories and critical strategies and issues in theatre.

MAADL706 Literature in a Changing Society The module examines the critical role of literature as an agent of social change and barometer for developments in society. The thrust of the module will be on the revolutionary nature of literature. MAADL707 Caribbean Literature and Ideological Thought The module discusses the literal response of people in the Caribbean Diaspora. Focus will be on peculiar experiences in the Caribbean Islands which are engendered by geography, colonialism, indentureship as well as history and slavery.

238

MAADL708 Mediating Southern African Identities The module investigates how Southern African identities have been shaped historically and in the present by claims of location, tradition, nationhood, literary imagination and culture. MAADL709 Autobiography and Identity The module traces shifts in self conception and self representation. It looks at a diverse range of texts from around the world and will consider key questions raised in the theories of autobiography and literary theories in general. MAADL710 Literature and Film The module focuses on literature, film and ideology as critical areas of contestation in cultural discourse. MAADL870 Dissertation The dissertation is be expected to be between 15 000 to 20 000 words, or 150 pages of font 12 with double line spacing and it should be in the area of African and Diasporan Literature NB : NOT ALL MODULES WILL BE ON OFFER EVERY SEMESTER

239

DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEVELOPMENT STUDIES HONOURS DEGREE (DSH)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These Regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Department of Development Studies is concerned with economic, social and political changes in Africa, in particular, and the world in general, the major policy challenges they pose and the various institutions or agencies of development. The Departments modules are relevant to the changing, Afro-centric approaches to development in the 21st Century. The modules on offer are multi- and interdisciplinary. Visiting School The Bachelor of Arts Honours in Development Studies- visiting school is a six semester, honours degree programme designed for undergraduates in the Department of Development Studies. The programme offers core modules and optional modules. The programme incorporates a 10-12 months work related learning period which will run concurrently with the second level of studies.

1.2

1.3

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The Department provides a supportive environment for both theoretical and applied approaches, and for open, critical debate of

240

leading development issues both in Zimbabwe and abroad. It offers students the opportunity to design an individual, cross-disciplinary programme of study of selected topics in development. Above all, it seeks to engage students intellectually and professionally in the critical issues. Specifically, the programme will increase opportunities to access education for those that are currently employed in development relevant field. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 In order to qualify for acceptance to the Bachelor of Arts in Development Studies HonoursDegree, a candidate must have obtained the following qualifications, 5 O level passes including English Language or better. A pass at A Level in at least two of the following subjects: History, Geography and any other, Diploma holders working in development related field.

3.2

Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Academic Regulations

3.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Academic Regulations.

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS 4.1 The degree programme prepares students for career options in administrative or research positions with public, private or nongovernmental organisations. Students can also find employment in development planning or with international and regional organisations such as the United Nations, the World Bank, International Labour Organisation (ILO), the African

241

Union (AU), Southern African Development Community (SADC) or government development agencies. The programme prepares students for work in government ministries, particularly those in charge of issues of labour, gender, children and the youth, agriculture, financial institutions, and other economic and social services. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The degree programme offers pre-requisite, core/compulsory and elective/optional modules. At least four of the modules registered per semester should be from within the programme. Normally, where a prerequisite module is involved, a candidate will be required to pass it before taking higher modules. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments, in line with the concept of Flexible Packaging. Each module is worth four credits except the dissertation which is worth eight (8) credits and to graduate one has to attain a minimum of 180 credits.

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Overall assessment shall consist of continuous assessment and formal examinations. To be admitted for formal examinations, a student must have satisfied continuous assessment requirements for all approved modules of study. In the case of a dissertation, the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine a mark for each student based on the presentation to a panel of the Departmental Board of Examiners and improvements done to the final version of such dissertation, submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board.

6.2

6.3

242

6.4

Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of a semester in which the module is completed. The final mark will be weighted as 25% for continuous assessment and 75% for examination.

6.5

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations. PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 for the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

11.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 CODE MODULE DSH111 DSH112 DSH113 DSH114 DESCRIPTION Introduction to Development Studies Research Methods for Development Introduction to Gender Studies State and Politics in Developing Countries CREDITS 4 4 4 4

243

DSH115 HCS115 CS101

Constitutionalism in Africa Introduction to Information Technology Basic Communication Skills

4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 DSH116 DSH121 DSH122 DSH123 DSH124 DSH125 Level 2 Semester 1 DSH211 DSH126 DSH212 DSH213 DSH214 DSH215 GS201 Level 2 Semester 2 Political Economy in Zimbabwe since 1890 Community Health Demography Migration and Development NGOs and Civil Society in Africa Disaster Management Peace and Security Studies in Africa Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Economics of Development Development Theories and Strategies Agriculture and Development Multilateral Institutions and Development Developing Economies Famines and food security 4 4 4 4 4 4

244

DSH 220 DSH 221 DSH222 DSH223 DSH224

Counseling and Development Human Rights and Democracy in Africa Project Management, Monitoring and Evaluation Basic Financial Management for Development Practitioners Rural Development in Zimbabwe

4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1& 2 Work Related Learning DSH301 DSH302 DSH303 Work-Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 DSH 411 DSH 412 DSH 413 DSH 4I4 Gender and Development in Africa Children and Development in Africa International Relations Environmental Change and Development 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 DSH 421 DSH 422 DSH 423 DSH 425 International Law Financial Institutions and Development in Zimbabwe Peace, Conflict and Development Dissertation 4 4 4 8

245

13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

DSH 111 Introduction to Development Studies The module introduces students to the discipline of development studies, addressing major theories and themes that have shaped the discipline over time. It begins with classical theories, examining their contribution to growth and development of economies. DSH 112 Research Methods for Development The module provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to develop and conduct research. DSH 113 Introduction to Gender Studies The module introduces students to gender concepts, theories of feminism as well as various roles and status of women in African societies. DSH 114 State and Politics in Developing Countries The module provides a general overview of the state and politics in developing countries. DSH 115 Constitutionalism in Africa The module seeks to examine theories and practice of constitutionalism in different African countries. The module also makes conceptual and normative inquiry into the linkages between constitutionalism, rule of law and democracy. DSH116 Economics of Development The Module examines dominant classical and neo-classical theories of economic development. The Module also looks closely at factors and processes that underpin growth and development. DSH121 Development Theories and Strategies The module examines dominant theories of development and measurement of development

246

DSH122 Agriculture and Development The module locates the centrality of agriculture in promoting development. It will review questions surrounding the agrarian issue and other related agricultural issues that are critical in shaping development. DSH123 Multilateral Institutions and Development The module examines the role and activities of leading international institutions in the development of nations of the world. DSH124Developing Economies This module examines the performance of economies of countries of the Developing World since colonial rule. DSH 125 Famines and Food Security This module examines and considers a variety of aspects of the problems of famine and food insecurity, both from the perspectives of affected people and agencies attempting to prevent, relieve or mitigate famine HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Science and Technology. CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. CS102 Extended Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Faculty of Education Regulations

247

DSH 126 Community Health This moduleexposes students to issues of health as an intergral component of development. It demonstrates that an ill health community is not likely to facilitate a sustainable development. It also exposes students to epidemics and pandemics such as HIV/AIDS and how such pandemics rob communities of human capital. DSH211 Political Economy in Zimbabwe since 1890 The module covers the foundations of Zimbabwes political economy from colonial period to the present. DSH 212 Demography, Migration and Development The module is designed to give the students the necessary analytical skills to understand demographic and population dynamics of the contemporary world. DSH 213 NGOs and Civil Society in Africa This module focuses on the role of non-governmental organisations and civil society in African economies and the implications on governance and development in Africa. DSH 214 Disaster Management The module sets out to explore the occurrence of disasters and how they can be contained. The module will deepen knowledge about disasters and related policy, management and relief practices in developing countries. DSH 215 Peace and Security Studies in Africa The module starts from the premise that peace and security are matters of life and death for the whole of humanity and that peace and development are inextricably intertwined. DSH 220 Counseling and Development The module dwells on key aspects of counseling that are critical in different institutional and organizational environments and also affecting people of different ages.

248

DSH 221 Human Rights and Democracy in Africa The module examines notions of democracy and human rights as well as controversies and dynamics of the democracy and human rights debate in Africa. The module introduces the main concepts for the analysis of democracy and human rights such as accountability, consensus, legitimacy, social justice, human dignity, diversity, tolerance, pluralism, civil society, sovereignty, gender etc. DSH 222 Project Management, Monitoring and Evaluation The module provides a solid foundation in the concepts, tools and techniques of project management, monitoring and evaluation. Other critical aspects of the project cycle will be surveyed. DSH 223 Basic Financial Management for Development Practitioners The module introduces the key accounting and financial concepts and surveys the theoretical and analytical foundations of current policy debates relating to financial sector policy and management in developing countries. DSH 224 Rural Development in Zimbabwe Key issues addressed by the module include models of rural development, communal leadership, gender equity, land and agrarian reforms, infrastructural development, environmental conservation and sustainable development. It also grapples with issues of devolution and decentralization of services and power DSH 301Work-Related Learning Report DSH 302 Academic Supervisors Report DSH 303 Employers Assessment Report DSH 411 Gender and Development in Africa This module addresses the main debates on gender and development. Topics covered include a survey of conceptual approaches to gender; central themes like the emergence of Women In Development (WID) and Gender and Development (GAD)

249

as new perspectives in development studies, development policies, as well as an appraisal of prospects for gender-awareness planning in Africa DSH 412 Children and Development in Africa The module discusses the growth and development of the African Child. DSH 413 International Relations The module addresses relations between nations across the globe, in areas of trade and economic cooperation in general; scientific, technical and cultural exchange; diplomatic ties and military alliances. Emphasis is on North-South relations DSH 414 Environmental Change and Development odule will focus on the implication of environmental change on development. DSH 421 International Law The module seeks to expose students to the dynamics of public international law. DSH 422 Financial Institutions and Development in Zimbabwe The module deals with the role of financial institutions like commercial banks, building societies, and insurance companies in the development of various sectors of the Zimbabwean economy. DSH 423 Peace, Conflict and Development The module seeks to expose to students aspects of peace building, conflict transformation, post war reconstruction, mediation, rehabilitation, reconciliation and healing and people centred participatory development. DSH425 Dissertation This is a paper of between 15 000 -20 000 words in the area of development studies.

250

REGULATIONS FOR THE POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (PGDDS)

1.

TITLE OF THE PROGRAMME 1.1 The title of the programme is Post Graduate Diploma in Development Studies. These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

1.2

2.

PREAMBLE The Post-Graduate Diploma in Development Studies is a three semester blockrelease programme structured to meet the developmental needs of Zimbabwe, the region and beyond. It intends to equip students with both theoretical and practical skills that are relevant to development institutions and organizations.

3.

OBJECTIVES 3.1 The general objectives are that at the end of the programme students should be able to: Demonstrate knowledge that links development theoriesand practice. Analyse in a critical and informed way in understanding of developmental issues at national, regional and international levels. Formulate and conduct researches that promote people- centered development at community, national and international level.

3.2

3.3

3.4

251

3.5

Develop skills that enable them to realize the changing demands coming from the dynamic global world. Develop skills to develop and manage new projects through the participation of target population. Interpret critically a mass of information from different sources on the problems of development.

3.6

3.7

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS FOR DIPLOMA IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (DDS) Diploma in Development Studies graduates have career opportunities in a wide array of institutions and organisations which include the following: Mainstream development organisations and agencies, Social research organizations, Non-Governmental Organisations, Self Employment such as Consultancy, International Governmental Organisations, Donor Agencies and Government Ministries and Departments.

5.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Normal Entry 5.1.1 For normal entry a candidate should: 5.1.1.1 have satisfied the universitys General Academic Regulations and, 5.1.1.2 have a pass in English Language and Geography at O level, and 5.1.1.3 have a good first degree in Development related discipline. 5.2 Special Entry

252

5.2.1

Other degree holders shall be eligible for admission at the discretion of the Departmental Board

6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 The Post Graduate Diploma in Development Studies is a block release programme. Normally, a student will be required to complete the programme in not less than one and half years from the date of first registration. The programme offers pre-requisite, core/compulsory and elective optional modules. Each module is worth four credits except the project which is worth eight (6) credits.

6.2

6.3

6.4

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Examinations, which shall normally be written at the end of each semester, comprise three-hour papers for theoretical modules. Continuous assessment includes tests and assignments. A student is normally required to attain 100% attendance of tutorials.

7.2 7.3 8.

WEIGHTING 8.1 8.2 Examinations contribute 75% towards the final mark of a module. Continuous assessment contributes 25% towards the final mark of a module.

9.

Marking Scheme and Diploma Classification 9.1 The following marking scheme shall apply for all modules: Range of Marks Classification

253

80 - 100 % 70 - 79 % 50 - 69 % 0 - 49 % 10. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Distinction Merit Pass Fail

Level 1 Semester 1 Code DDS601 DDS602 DDS603 DDS604 DDS605 Elective DDS606 Managing Environmental Change 4 Module Description Introduction to Development Studies Research Methods for Development Trends and Contemporary issues in World Development Gender and Development Disaster Management Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 Core Modules DDS611 DDS612 DDS613 DDS614 Electives DDS615 Famines and Food Security 4 Rural Policies, Livelihoods and Development Non Governmental Organisations and Civil Society Financial Management for Development Practitioners Development Management Techniques 4 4 4 4

254

DDS616

Human Rights, Social justice and Development

Level 2 Semester 1 DDS610 11. Project 6

MODULE SYNOPSES

DDS601 Introduction to Development Studies The module introduces students to the discipline of development studies, addressing major theories and themes that have shaped the discipline over time. DDS602 Research Methods for Development This module will introduce students to the logic and parameters of the research process, and the relevance of both qualitative and quantitative data and evidence DDS603 Trends and Contemporary issues in World Development The module provides critical insight in the tendencies, problems and challenges of development and an awareness of the importance of power relations and the conflicting character of the development process. DDS604 Gender and Development The module examines attempts to measure the gender dimension of development outcomes. DDS605 Disaster Management The module addresses basic questions such as why are disasters a development issue? The module reviews the institutional arrangements and financing mechanisms of disaster management systems, and identifies the role of national and local actors in the processes related to risk assessment, mitigation and financing. DDS606 Managing Environmental Change

255

The module examines main approaches to environmental management that are regulatory and market-based. DDS611 Rural Policies, Livelihoods and Development The module surveys the theory and practice of rural livelihoods, policies and transformation. DDS612 Non Governmental Organisations and Civil Society This module examines the paradox at the centre of globalisation, particularly the main issues in the debate about the meaning, extent, and consequences of globalisation DDS613 Financial Management for Development Practitioners The module seeks to provide an understanding of the financial management role within the organisation. DDS614 Development Management Techniques This module covers the main elements of preparation management and evaluation of development projects, with examples taken from social, environmental and natural resource development areas. DDS615 Famines and Food Security This module offers the opportunity to examine and consider a variety of aspects of the problems of famine and food insecurity, both from the perspectives of affected people and agencies attempting to prevent, relieve or mitigate famine DDS616 Human Rights, Social Justice and Development The module helps to frame relevant problems that arise in particular economic, social, cultural or religious contexts, and leads into deeper analysis of such problems. DDS610 Project The project is 15000 to 20000 words and is based on a wide research in the area of study.

256

MASTER OF ARTS IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (MDS)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Arts Regulations and General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees offered by Midlands State University. The Master of Arts in Development Studies is structured to meet developmental needs of Zimbabwe, the region and beyond. It intends to equip students with both theoretical and practical skills that are relevant to development institutions and organisations. Students may register on full time basis (3 Semesters) or part-time basis (4 Semester).

1.2

2.

OBECTIVES 2.1 The programme is for students interested in careers in contemporary development issues. The programme aims to develop the sound conceptual, analytical and critical skills that are required in dynamic and complex modern development contexts.

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 To be enrolled into the programme, prospective students should be having a good honours degree in History and Development studies Other degree holders shall be eligible for admission at the discretion of the Departmental Board

3.2

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The number of modules taken by any student from outside the department may be restricted. The offering of elective modules depends on the availability of staff and/or teaching loads of available staff.

4.2

257

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Examinations, which shall normally be written at the end of each semester, comprise three-hour papers for theoretical modules. Continuous assessment includes tests, essays and seminar paper presentations. Failure to meet deadlines shall be taken to mean failure to carry out assigned work. A student is normally required to attain 100% attendance of lectures.

5.2

5.3

5.4 6.

DEGREEWEIGHTING 6.1 6.2 Examinations contribute 75% towards the final mark of a module. Continuous assessment contributes 25% towards the final mark of a module.

7.

MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION 7.1 The following marking scheme shall apply for all modules: Range of Marks 80- 100 % 70- 79 % 50 - 69 % 0 - 49 % 7.2 Classification Distinction Merit Pass Fail

Students shall earn at least 48 credits to be allowed to graduate.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 8.1 Students will retain credits for modules passed.

258

8.2 All module work must be completed before registering for the dissertation. 9. DEGREE STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 CODE MODULE DESCRIPTION CREDITS

Core Modules MADS 701 MADS702 MADS703 MADS704 Electives MADS705 MADS706 International Processes of Change and Development Development Accounting and Finance 6 6 Theories and Strategies in Development and Change Gender and Development Rural Policies and Development Research Methodologies for Development 6 6 6 6

Level 1 Semester 2 Core Modules MADS707 MADS708 MADS709 Electives MADS710 Human Rights, Social Justice and Development 6 Governance, Globalization and Civil Society Development Management Techniques Conflict Management for Development Practitioners 6 6 6

259

MADS711 MADS712

Famines and Food Security Managing Environmental Changes

6 6

Level 2 Semester 1 MADS870 Dissertation 12

10. MODULE SYNOPSES

MADS 701 Theories and Strategies in Development and Change The module examines dominant paradigms and theories of development and change. MADS 702 Gender and Development The module begins by examining attempts to measure the gender dimension of development outcomes. MADS 703 Rural Policies and Development The module surveys the theory and practice of rural policies and transformation. MADS 704 Research Methodologies for Development This module will introduce students to the logic and parameters of the research process, and the relevance of both qualitative and quantitative data and evidence. MADS 706 International Processes of Change and Development The module examines the origins and development of the post-war order and the globalisation debate. MADS706 Development Accounting and Finance The module introduces the key accounting and financial concepts and surveys the theoretical and analytical foundations of current policy debates relating to financial sector policy and management in developing countries.

260

MADS707Governance, Globalization and Civil Society This module examines the paradox at the centre of globalisation, particularly the main issues in the debate about the meaning, extent, and consequences of globalisation. MADS 708 Development Management Techniques This module covers the main elements of preparation, management and evaluation of development projects, with examples taken from social, environmental and natural resource development areas. MADS709 Conflict Management for Development Practitioners This module explores peace processes in contemporary conflicts, applying theoretical ideas about conflict and conflict resolution to a number of case studies drawn from international, internal and environmental conflicts. MADS710 Human Rights, Social Justice and Development The module helps to frame relevant problems that arise in particular economic, social, cultural or religious contexts, and leads into deeper analysis of such problems. MADS 711 Famines and Food Security This module offers the opportunity to examine and consider a variety of aspects of the problems of famine and food insecurity, both from the perspectives of affected people and agencies attempting to prevent, relieve or mitigate famine MADS 712 Managing Environmental Changes The module examines main approaches to environmental management that are regulatory and market based. It provides students with knowledge of environmental regulations and law and environmental economics.

261

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY HONOURS DEGREE(HIH)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The Department of Historical Studies is concerned with economic, social and political changes in Africa, in particular, and the world in general.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The Department provides a supportive environment for both theoretical and applied approaches, and for open, critical debate of leading historical issues worldwide. It builds on the strengths of a range of disciplines and programesavailable to students through the Universitys concept of Flexible Packaging. Above all, it seeks to engage students intellectually and professionally in the critical historical issues pertinent to the needs of the 21st Century.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 For normal entry into the Department of Historical Studies, for candidates wishing to pursue HIH, candidates must satisfy the normal entry requirements specified in the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. In so doing must satisfy the following requirements;

262

must have obtained at least five O Level passes or the equivalent, including EnglishLanguage, and History. Must have obtained a pass in History at A Level and at least ONE of the following subjects or their equivalent: Economics Geography Political Economy Sociology Literature in English Shona Ndebele 3.1.2 Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Academic Regulations 3.1.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Academic Regulations. 4. CAREER PROSPECTS 4.1 One will be able to pursue a variety of career options in adminstration and public leadership, civil services, foreign affairs, media, archivists and other heritage management organisations, consultancy in International Affairs, researchers and lectureship in tertiary institutions.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Bachelor of Arts History Honours is a full-time degree programme.

263

Normally, a student will be required to complete the programme in not less than four years from the date of first registration. 5.2 At the Third Level of the degree programme, Honours students go on Work Related Learning for 10-12 months The degree programme offers pre-requisite, core/compulsory and elective/optional modules. At least four of the modules registered per semester should be from within the programme. Normally, where a pre-requisite module is involved, a candidate will be required to pass it before taking higher modules. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments, in line with the concept of Flexible Packaging. Each module is worth four credits except the dissertation which is worth eight (8) credits and to graduate one must attain a minimum of 176 credits.

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Overall assessment shall consist of continuous assessment and formal examinations To be admitted for formal examinations, a student must have satisfied continuous assessment requirements for all approved modules of study. In the case of a dissertation, the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine a mark for each student based on the presentation to a panel of the Departmental Board of Examiners and improvements

6.2

6.3

264

done to the final version of such dissertation, submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. 6.4 Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of a semester in which the module is completed. The final mark will be weighted as 25% for continuous assessment and 75% for examination.

6.5

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREE WEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

8.

9.

10.

11

Level 1 Semester 1 Code HIH 111 HIH 112 HIH 113 HIH 114 Module Description Research Methods in History Themes in African History Imperialism and Development Economy and Society in Zimbabwe to 1890 Credits 4 4 4 4

265

HIH 115 HCS 115 CS 101

Introduction to Gender Studies Introduction to Information Technology Basic Communication Skills

4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 HIH 121 HIH 122 HIH 123 HIH 125 HIH 124 CS 102 Economy and Society in Zimbabwe since 1890 Europe 1789-1914 Southern Africa to the Minerals Revolution Urbanization and industrialization Gender Studies in Africa Extended Communication Skills 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 HIH 211 HIH 212 HIH 213 HIH 214 HIH 215 HIH 216 HIH 217 Southern Africa since the Minerals Revolution Central Africa to Independence Western Europe since World War I West Africa to Independence USA since 1860 Historiography and Historical Methods Contemporary Europe 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 HIH 221 Demography, Land and Agrarian Studies in Africa 4

266

HIH 222 HIH 223 HIH 224 HIH 225 HIH 231

Labour and Capital in Africa Latin America and the Caribbean North Africa and the Middle East Eastern Africa to Independence China since the Communist Revolution

4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning HIH 301 HIH 302 HIH 303 Work-Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 HIH 411 HIH 412 HIH 413 HIH 414 HIH 415 Race, Class and Ethnicity in Africa Comparative Slavery Dynamics of Nationalism Developments in Eastern Europe since 1917 Indigenous Knowledge Systems in Africa 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 HIH 421 HIH 422 HIH 423 Religion and Society in Africa Africa in the 21st Century World Affairs since 1945 4 4 4

267

HIH 425

Dissertation

12.

MODULE SYNOPSES

HIH 111 Research Methods in History This course is an introduction to research methods for students studying history. It is aimed at acquainting the student with some major aspects of the discipline and its practice. HIH112 Themes in African History The module provides students with a general survey of social and economic aspects of African society from the origins of agriculture to the present. Themes covered include state formation; long distance trade; mercantile capital; slave trade; European imperialism, colonial administrative systems, colonial development policies, and African reactions; the impact of Christianity and Western education; growth of African nationalism and the struggles for independence. HIH 113 Imperialism and Development The module provides students with a crucial understanding of Imperialism and its link with development since the last quarter of the 19thCentury. It introduces and equips students with concepts and knowledge of various theories of imperialism, the underdevelopment of Latin America, Asia and Africa, importance of Egypt in the colonization of Africa, colonial exploitation, types of colonial administration as well as a deeper understanding of neo-colonialsim as it operates today. On completing this module, students should be able to understand the link between current conflicts in developing nations with imperialism. They should also be in a position to appreciate various way in which imperialism is manifesting itself. HIH114 Economy and Society in Zimbabwe to 1890 This module is a survey of Zimbabwes social and economic developments since the Early Iron Age, and then examines the origins

268

and socio-economic structure of the early and later Shona states and ends with a discussion of Nguni conquests of the 19th Centrury and the period of Treaties and Concessions with white settlers. HIH115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations HIH121 Economy and Society in Zimbabwe Since 1890 The module covers the period from the establishment of colonial rule to the present. HIH 122 Europe 1789-1914 The module surveys the history of Europe from the French revolution of 1789 to the beginning of World War I. HIH 123 Southern Africa to the Minerals Revolution The module addresses pre-colonial societies, as well as the various socio-economic relations between such groups as the Khoi Khoi, the Bantu, white settlers and the slaves at the Cape. HIH124 Gender Studies in Africa The module introduces students to gender concepts, theories of feminism as well as various roles and status of women in African societies. HIH 125 Urbanisation and Industiralisation The module is a survey of the preconditions, institutions and processes that shaped industrialisation and urbanisation.The module begins with an examination of precolonial urban development and indigenous industries in selected regional case

269

studies. It will also analyse the role of the colonial state in urbanisation and industrialisation, with focus on foreign capital and import-substitution industrialisation and the role of indigenous capitalism and indigenisation strategies. HIH 211 Southern Africa since the Minerals Revolution The module discusses the period since the Minerals Revolution in Southern Africa, including the Rand Revolt; the establishment of South African industry including the South African military industrial complex; apartheid and South Africas relations with the BLS and other neighbouring countries; and the struggle for self-determination. The module also discusses social and economic development in the Southern African sub-region including such countries as Namibia, Mozambique, Angola, Malawi, Zambia and Zimbabwe. HIH 212 Central Africa to Independence This module surveys the development of Central African societies from Early Iron Age to Independence. HIH214 West Africa to Independence The period covered by this module stretches from the origins of agriculture in West Africa to the attainment of independence in the 20th century. HIH 215 USA since 1860 This module is a survey of socio-economic developments in the USA since the end of Civil War (1861-65). HIH 221 Demography, Land and Agrarian Studies in Africa The module examines pre-colonial and colonial agricultural systems as well as colonial land policies.

270

HIH 222 Labour and Capital in Africa The module discusses relations between the state, labour and capital in Africa during and after the colonial period, in both the private and public sectors of the economy. HIH 223 Latin America and the Caribbean This module covers a wide range of topics that include pre-conquest Latin American societies such as the Inca Empire of Peru and the Aztecs of Mexico as well as precapitalist economies. HIH 224 North Africa and the Middle East The module surveys developments in the area stretching from Morocco in the West to Iran in the East and from Turkey in the North to Yemen in the South. HIH 225 Eastern Africa to Independence The module begins with a discussion of the peopling of East Africa by the Khoisan, Cushitic, Semitic and Bantu populations, the rise of agriculture and pastoralism, trade with the Swahili and the maritime culture of the Indian Ocean. It also discusses the establishment of colonial rule and subsequent colonial socio-economic structures. It ends with a discussion of the struggle for independence. HIH 231 China since the Communist Revolution The module grapples with the political, economic and social developments that obtained in China in the aftermath of the Communist Revolution. WORK RELATED LEARNING HIH 301 Students Work-Related Learning Report HIH 302 Academic Supervisors Assessment Report HIH 303 Employers Assessment Report HIH 411 Race, Class and Ethnicity in Africa

271

This module examines the complexities of modern debates on race, class and ethnicity, and their critique. HIH 412 Comparative Slavery The module compares the status of slaves in various societies around the world, beginning with domestic slavery in indigenous African societies, proceeding to a discussion of the causes, nature, volume and economics of the Trans-Atlantic slave trade HIH 413 Dynamics of Nationalism The module traces the rise of nationalism in Europe, the Americas, Asia and Africa. It examines various struggles towards national self-determination, the challenges of nation building, and the crisis of the nation-state in the 21st Century. HIH 414 Developments in Eastern Europe since 1917 This module traces the foundations of the modernisation of Russia that facilitated its hegemony over the subcontinent. HIH 415 Indigenous Knowledge systems in Africa The module covers Indigenous Knowledge Systems (IKS) in African Development HIH 421 Religion and Society in Africa The module focuses on the crucial role played by religion in thedevelopment of African societies and institutions. HIH 422 Africa in the 21st Century This module examines the dynamics of African politics and economies since attainment of Independence, focus in specifically on development strategies, economic and

272

political arises and possible solutuons to the various problems encountered by the post-colonial African State. HIH 423 World Affairs Since 1945 The modules surveys the global transformation that has occured since 1945. HIH 425 Dissertation This is a paper of between 15 000 - 20 000 words based on wide research in the area of study.

273

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OFARTS IN AFRICAN HISTORY DEGREE (MAAH)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The Master of Arts in African History is for students with an undergraduate honours background in History and Development Studies. The programme is for students interested in careers in academic field, heritage management institutions, development and humanitarian organisations The programme aims to develop sound conceptual, analytical and critical skills that are required to succeed in the field of African History.

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be enrolled into the programme, prospective students should be holders of a good Honours degree in History /and Development Studies and Economic History

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.1 The number of modules taken by any student from outside the department may be restricted. The offering of optional modules depends on the availability of staff and/or teaching loads of available staff.

2.2

274

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Examinations, which shall normally be written at the end of each semester, comprise three-hour papers. Continuous assessment that includes, assignments, tests and projects. Failure to meet deadlines shall be taken to mean failure to carry out assigned work. A student is normally required to attain 100% attendance of tutorials and lectures.

5.2 5.3

5.4

6.

CREDITS 6.1 6.2 Students shall earn at least 48 credits to be allowed to graduate. Marks for the first two semesters of the programme have equal contribution to the overall and final degree classification. Marks for the dissertation equals to 8 credits. To successfully complete the programme a student must pass all the core modules.

6.3 6.4.

7.

DISSERTATION Refer to Section 20 of the General Regulation

8.

WEIGHTINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 8.1 8.2 Examinations contribute 75% towards the final mark of a module. Continuous assessment contributes 25% towards the final mark of a module. For a dissertations assessment, a viva contributes 25% while the marking of the submitted copy contributes 75% to the final mark of the module.

8.3

275

9.

MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION Range of Marks 75 - 100 % 65 - 74 % 50 - 64 % 0 - 49 % Classification Distinction Merit Pass Fail

10.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 10.1 10.2 Students will retain credits for modules passed. All module work must be completed before registering for the dissertation.

11.

DEGREE STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

Core Modules MAAH 701 MAAH 702 MAAH 703 Electives MAAH 706 MAAH 705 Historiography of Zimbabwean History Environmental History of Africa 6 6 Research Methods in African History Issues in African History Before 1900 Political Economy of Colonialism in Africa 6 6 6

276

Level 1 Semester 2 Core Modules MAAH 706 MAAD707 Political Economy of Independent Historical Dimensions to Human Rights and Governance in Africa Historiography of African Diaspora 6

6 6

MAAH 708 Electives MAAH709 MAAH710

Peace and Strategic Studies in Africa Africa in the Contemporary World

6 6

MAAH711

Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Development in Africa

Level 2 Semester 1 MAAH870 12. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MAAH 701 Research Methods in African History The module examines the sources (e.g. oral, written, archaeology and also Internet) and methodology and theories (e.g. Marxian, neoclassical, hegemonic, political economy and political ecology, gender and feminist theories). The module intertwines the traditional and modern liberal forces in the examination of the African historiography from ancient to present day times. It examine the Afro centric and other approaches to African History and philosophy of African History. MAAH 702 Issues in African History Before 1900

277

The module examines the major themes in African history before 1900. MAAH703 Political Economy of Colonialism in Africa The module considers the political and economic systems of colonial and imperial Africa. MAAH704 Historiographical Issues in Zimbabwean History The module examines the study of the writing of Zimbabwean History. It surveys major issues in the history of Zimbabwe. MAAH 705 Environmental History of Africa The module examines the physical ecology of Africa, taking Africa as a holistic unit. MAAH706 Political Economy of Independent Africa The module examines the major political, social and economic themes of Independent Africa. MAAH707 Historical Dimensions to Human Rights and Governance in Africa The module takes a historical analytic approach to the concept of human rights and democracy in Africa. MAAH708 Historiography of African Diaspora The module considers wider social, economic and political issues of the African Diaspora, such as Atlantic Slavery and Slave Trade, history of African-AmericanCaribbean societies (including such issues as the Civil Rights Movement), modern day African Diasporas such as Nigerian Diaspora and Zimbabwean Diaspora MAAH709 Peace and Strategic studies in Africa The module considers the broad subject of military, conflict and warfare, and peace theories and practice in Africa.

278

MAAH710 Africa in the Contemporary World This module examines development strategies in Africa since independence; it considers the key elements of the development process and assesses the options for the future. Comparisons are drawn with other areas of the developing world. MAAH711 Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Development in Africa The module considers Indigenous Knowledge Systems (IKS) in African Development. MAAH 870 Dissertation The Dissertation is 150 pages based on a wide research in the area of study.

279

MASTER OFARTS IN INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS DEGREE (MAIA)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Master of Arts in International Affairs is a one and half-year blockrelease programme structured to meet the developmental needs of Zimbabwe, the region and beyond. It intends to equip students with both theoretical and practical skills that are relevant to International development institutions and organizations.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The programme is for students interested in careers in contemporary international affairs. The programme aims to develop the sound conceptual, analytical and critical skills that are required in dynamic and complex modern development contexts.

2.2

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 International Affairs graduates have career opportunities in a wide array of institutions and organisations which include the following Government Ministries and Departments, International Governmental Organisations, Donor Agencies, International Non Governmental Organisations, Mainstream development organisations and agencies and Self Employment such as Consultancy

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 To be enrolled into the programme, prospective students should be having a good honours degree in International Studies, History, Development Studies, and Political Science.

280

4.2

Other degree holders shall be eligible for admission at the discretion of the Departmental Board

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The number of modules taken by any student from outside the department may be restricted. Not all modules offered by the department are open for shopping by students registered in other departments.

5.2

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Examinations, which shall normally be written at the end of each semester, comprise three-hour papers for theoretical modules. Continuous assessment includes tests and essays. Failure to meet deadlines shall be taken to mean failure to carry out assigned work. A student is normally required to attain 100% attendance of lectures.

6.2 6.3

6.4 7.

WEIGHTING 7.1 7.2 Examinations contribute 75% towards the final mark of a module. Continuous assessment contributes 25% towards the final mark of a module.

8.

MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION 8.1 The following marking scheme shall apply for all modules: Range of Marks 80- 100 % 70- 79 % Classification Distinction Merit

281

50 - 69 % 0 - 49 % 9. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Pass Fail

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Core Modules MAIA701 Research Methods I: Research Design and Qualitative Analysis Theories of International Relations International Political Economy and Policy Studies International Institutions Module Description Credits

6 6 6 6

MAIA 702 MAIA 703 MAIA 705 Electives MAIA 705 MAIA 706

Development Cooperation Global Security

6 6

Level 1 Semester 2 Core Modules MAIA 711 MAIA 712 MAIA 713 MAIA 714 Research Methods II: Quantitative Analysis Foreign Policy Analysis Zimbabwes International Relations International Governance 6 6 6 6

282

Electives MAIA 715 MAIA 716 Global Environment International Law 6 6

Level 2 Semester 1 MAIA 870 10. Dissertation 12

MODULE SYNOPSES

MAIA 701 Research Methods I: Research Design and Qualitative Analysis The aim of the module is to give students the tools to conceptualize their theses in terms of research questions and design, methodology, data collection and qualitative analysis. MAIA 702 Theories of international relations This module provides students with some of the foundations of international relations as an analytical field of research.

MAIA 703 International political economy and policy studies The module is concerned with understanding the interaction between political actors and economic forces in the international system. MAIA 705 International institutions The module serves to analyse the political theory of international institutions and to increase understanding of the contemporary policy issues surrounding the work of International institutions. MAIA 705 Development cooperation The goal of the module is to enable students to view development problems from a number of viewpoints in order to find more effective strategies for change.

283

MAIA 706 Global security The module aims to ground students in the central theoretical and practical aspects of global security. MAIA 711 Research Methods II: Quantitative Analysis The module provides a general overview of quantitative research methods in social science research and a more intensive focus on survey research methods. MAIA 712 Foreign Policy Analysis The module examines a variety of alternative theoretical models of how states formulate and implement their foreign policies. MAIA 713 Zimbabwe/s International Relations The module surveys Zimbabwes international relations, identifying key theoretical foundations, key actors, and the overall making of foreign policy.

MAIA 714 International governance The module examines aspects of the structures and processes of global governance, especially within the UN system, and also of regional governance in groupings. MAIA 715 Global environment The module provides a comprehensive overview of the major issues, ideas, institutions, and interests that make up the global politics of the environment. MAIA 716 International law The module explores the key issues in international law. MAIA 870 Dissertation This is a thesis of at least 150 pages that is based on a wide research in the area of study.

284

DEPARTMENT OFTHEOLOGYAND RELIGIOUS STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES HONOURS DEGREE (HTRS)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Department of Theology and Religious Studies is concerned with contributing to the development of knowledge in the African context. It demonstrates the relevance of Theology and Religious knowledge to development. It responds to economic, social and political changes that have affected religious institutions and agencies of development. Visiting School The department also offers visiting school studies in Theology and Religious Studies. The programme incorporates a 10 - 12 months work related learning period which runs concurrently with the second level of studies.

1.2

1.3

2.

PREAMBLE 2.1 There are new challenges emerging from increasing secularism at local, national and international level, in both rural and urban areas which require new perspectives from theologians. These problems require new philosophical insights, deep scholarly research to inform the different religious communities and give the new interpretations of the different religions in a global village.

285

2.2

The programme will take a multicultural approach where diversity and tolerance of other religions will be emphasized. This programme becomes more important in the light of social and cultural upheaval in wake of globalization, rapid development in information technology and urbanisation. The proliferation of new perspectives in theologies has created new challenges for the mainstream religious institutions and how they have to manage these changes.

2.3

3.

OBJECTIVES to provide well-trained mentors for the different religious institutions nationally and regionally. 3.1 to provide leadership for theological education through consultancy and support services to communities in need of collaboration with other theological institutions. to facilitate research and publication in African theology and methodology to stimulate collaboration among existing theological institutions. to initiate theological and religious initiatives that addresses the many challenges of the world such as war, HIV/AIDS, famine and environmental change.

3.2

3.3 3.4

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Theology and Religious Studies graduates will have career opportunities in Religious institutions, NGOS, the public sector, the uniformed forces, welfare institutions, universities, private sector.

286

5.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Normal Entry For normal entry into the BA Theology and Religious Studies programme candidate should have an A level pass in Divinity and any one of the following, History, Sociology, Shona, Ndebele, Economics, Accounts, Literature in English and any other relevant subject in the Humanities. 5.2 Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations. Candidates must have acquired a Diploma in Theology from a recognized theological institution acquired normally in not less than 18 months and at least 5 subjects at O level or its equivalent. 5.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations

6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. Bachelor of Arts Religious Studies and Theology is a full-time degree programme. Normally, a student will be required to complete the programme in not less than four years from the date of registration. At the Third Level of the degree programme, students go on Work Related Learning for 10-12 months.

6.2

6.3

287

6.4 6.5

The degree programme offers pre-requisite, core and elective modules. At least four of the modules registered per semester should be from within the programme. Normally, where a prerequisite module is involved, a candidate will be required to pass it before taking higher modules. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments, in line with the concept of Flexible Packaging. Each module is worth four credits except the dissertation which is worth eight (8) credits.

6.6

6.7

6.8

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Overall assessment shall consist of continuous assessment and formal examinations To be admitted to examinations, a student must have satisfied continuous assessment requirements for all approved modules of study. In the case of a dissertation, the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine a mark for each student based on the presentation to a panel of the Departmental Board of Examiners and improvements done to the final version of such dissertation, submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of a semester in which the module is completed. The final mark will be weighted as 25% for continuous assessment and 75% for examination.

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.5

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 8 of the General Academic Regulations and section 6 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

288

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations.

10.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 9 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

12.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of The Faculty of Arts Regulations.

13. NB.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE *Denotes elective modules **Denotes a module with a prerequisite

Level 1 Semester 1 Credits HTRS 101 HTRS 102 HTRS 103 HTRS 104 CS101 HCS115 Jesus and the New Testament Introduction to the Old Testament Introduction to Religious Studies and World Religions African Traditional Religions Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology 4 4 4 4 4 4

289

Level 1 Semester 2 HTRS 105 HTRS 106 HTRS 108 *HTRS 109 *HTRS 110 CS102 Introduction to Christian Theology Philosophy of Religion Themes in Christian History and Thought Introduction to HIV/AIDS ministry in Zimbabwe History of Christianity in Africa Extended Communication Skills 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 HTRS 201 HTRS 202 HTRS 203 *HTRS 212 *HTRS 208 Pauline Writings Islam: Africa Social Ethics Religious Perspective on Sexuality, Marriage and Family New Religious Phenomena: Growth of Independent Churches and Tele Evangelists Fundamentalism and Religion in the 21ST Century Biblical Greek Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

*HTRS 209 *HTRS 213 GS 201

Level 2 Semester 2 HTRS 204 HTRS 205 Theology of Development The Bible in an African Context 4 4

290

HTRS 206 HTRS 207 *HTRS 210

Theology and Gender Studies The Great Themes of the Old Testament Research Methods in Religious Studies and Theology Religious Education

4 4

4 4 4

*HTRS 211

**HTRS 214 Biblical Hebrew Level 3 Work Related Learning HTRS 301 HTRS 302 HTRS 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report

15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 HTRS 401 HTRS 402 HTRS 403 *HTRS 404 *HTRS 410 *HTRS 411 African Christian Theology Church and Social Transformation Religion and the Media Christian Leadership History of Spirituality and Mysticism Religion and Society in Africa 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 HTRS 405 HTRS 406 Counseling and Theology Religion, Conflict, Peace and Development 4 4

291

HTRS 408 *HTRS 412

Dissertation Themes in African Religions and New Religious Movements

13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

HTRS 101 Jesus and the New Testament The module will introduce students to the study of the New Testament and the diverse portrayals of Jesus of Nazareth. The students will focus on these two main questions; who was Jesus? Why is He Important? HTRS 102 Introduction to the Old Testament and the Pentateuch The module will introduce students to the study of the Old Testament; its social, religious and literary settings, including the canon of the Bible. The module will focus on equipping students with tools for biblical interpretation and ability to analyze relevant texts in the light contemporary religious development in Africa. HTRS 103 Introduction to Religious Studies and World Religions The module will examine the various theories and underlying concepts in the study of the beliefs and practices of such world religions as Religions of Africa, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism and Islam. This will help the students to appreciate and understand other religions while getting to know their own religion better. HTRS 104 Introduction to African Traditional Religions The module will discuss the understanding and development of African Traditional Religions. The module will focus on the religions of Africa, themes, rites of passage, beliefs and religious practices of selected African communities. It shall attempt to encourage an understanding of the contribution of African Traditional Religions to religious syncretism amongst African Moslems and Christians.

292

HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science. CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty Regulations. CS102 Extended Communication Skills Refer to Faculty Regulations. HTRS 105 Introduction to Christian Theology The module will introduce students to fundamental doctrines in theology like; Revelation, Faith, Scripture, Tradition, the Triune God, Revelation, Salvation, Eschatology, and to contemporary issues in theology like inculturation, peace building, gender and development in Africa. HTRS 109 Introduction to HIV/AIDS ministry in Zimbabwe The module examines the consequences of HIV/AIDS and the churchs response to this pandemic. The module will focus on the care and intervention programs, development of life skills, support networks and behaviour change while critically analyzing the cultural and socio-politico-economic factors associated with high risk sexual behaviour. HTRS 108 Themes in Christian History and Thought The module will attempt to give a brief overview of some themes in Christian history and thought from the Early Church to contemporary issues in Christian thought and practice. The module will try to cover themes that have particular reference to ministry in Africa; Early Church, Patristic Theology, Ecumenical Councils, Scholastic Theology, Reformation, Protestantism, Missionary Movement, Evangelical Movement, Pentecostalism and Fundamentalism

293

HTRS106 Philosophy of Religion People have died or have been killed in the name of religion. Religion is not a matter of intellectual persuasion or conviction, religion touches the very core of a person. It demands conviction, commitment and sacrifice. In this module we will discuss and reflect on the philosophical theories guiding the study of religious inquiry and quest for meaning. *HTRS110 History of Christianity in Africa The module surveys the History of Christianity in Africa from the Church of Alexandria to the rapid growth of African Christians in the 19th century with advent of colonialism and Independence of most African states HTRS 201 Pauline Writings The module will examine Pauline Literature in the context of the Greco-Roman world and the Early Christian community that occasioned the letters in the light of a developing Pauline theology. HTRS 202 Islam: Africa The study of Religions in Africa will not be complete without an in-depth study of Islams, beliefs and doctrines, as one of the major religions in Africa. The module will discuss the historical development of Islam and the challenges of contemporary Muslims in Africa. HTRS 203 Social Ethics The module will examine ethical theories from a philosophical, religious and theological perspective, and encourage students to develop an ethical approach based on sound humane principles of ethical responsibility. This module will provide a framework for understanding moral experience in the light of religious faith and offer the students opportunities to reflect and understand the various dimensions of moral experience through an analysis of concrete cases.

294

HTRS206 Theology and Gender The module introduces students to gender concepts, theology of feminism as well as various roles and status of women in the Bible and in our African context. Topics to be covered include the role of women in Bible, ordination of women, impact of education and urbanization, womens struggle for emancipation and participation in Church life. HTRS204 Theology of Development The module introduces students to the discipline of development studies, addressing major theories and themes that have shaped the discipline overtime. It begins with classical theories, examining their contribution to growth and development of economies. The module also addresses major themes in development discourses such as the global millennium goals, including globalization and its impact on development of poor societies of the world, gender equity; notions of democracy; good governance and human rights; health; the environment and community development in the context of Christian teaching and social theology. HTRS 205 The Bible in An African Context The module will discuss the reception and influence of the Bible within an African context, and related issues on language, interpretation and translations and the impact of Bible on African institutions such as marriage, polygamy, faith healing and rites of passage and other contemporary issues. HTRS 207 Great Themes in the Old Testament Students will be introduced to various themes in the Old Testament such as creation, liberation, covenant, sacrifice, gender, word of God, inspiration. The module will invite students to reflect on these themes and their applicability to contemporary African issues. *HTRS 208 New Religious Phenomena: Growth of Independent Churches and Tele- Evangelists This module investigates the development and growth of African initiated Churches and the rise of tele-evangelists through satellite broadcasts. The module will focus

295

on different methods of evangelization of the 16th Century and the 19th Century and contemporary challenges of the post modern and globalization that have given rise to this new religious phenomenon. *HTRS209 Fundamentalism and Religion in the 21ST Century The 21st century has seen the growth of religious fundamentalism. The module will reflect on the beginnings of fundamentalism in Islam and Christianity and its impact on the believer and society as a whole while addressing issues of intolerance, terrorism, exploitation, gospel of prosperity, in light of the Gospel values of tolerance, care and concern for the marginalized. *HTRS 210 Research Methods in Religious Studies and Theology This module will focus on imparting basic research methodology and techniques such as conducting field investigation, social analysis, administering questionnaire and interpreting the findings in an academic manner. *HTRS 211 Religious Education The module tries to equip students in acquiring and developing strategies for teaching of religious education in various settings. The module will examine theories of religious and moral development and the underlying theological concepts of teaching religious education. *HTRS 212 Religious Perspective on Sexuality, Marriage and Family The module will discuss and reflect on sexuality, marriage and family, drawing from examples in the Bible and theology, while reflecting on contemporary writings. The module will cover these related subjects, premarital sex, sexuality and human development, marriage preparation, homosexuality, pornography, polygamy or extramarital affairs, faithfulness, and divorce. It shall attempt to determine what the churchs response should be.

296

*HTRS 213 Biblical Greek The module will introduce students to Biblical Greeks basic vocabulary and grammar and enables students to use advanced scholarly commentaries. The acquisition of language skills will be helpful for future graduate work. **HTRS 214 Biblical Hebrew The module will introduce students to Biblical Hebrews basic vocabulary and grammar and enable students to use advanced scholarly commentaries. The acquisition of language skills will be helpful for future graduate work. GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in their social interactions. Topics covered include, Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, and Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the course in order to graduate. HTRS 401 African Christian Theology The module will discuss the emerging theologies of Africa in relationship to the historical and contemporary issues in African Christian Theology such as African Christologies, inculturation, black theology, and ecumenism in Africa. The students will be invited to study and reflect on the work of some African theologians such as Bujo, Nyamiti, Magesa, Mugambi, Moyo, Muzorewa, Tutu. HTRS 402 Church and Social Transformation The module will focus on emerging theologies of transformation and the need for local churches to be self-empowering, self sustaining and self-sufficient. The module will look at the following topics, Liberation Theology, Black Theology, Feminist Theology, Theology for Development and theories of Social Analysis in order to assist marginalized communities for strategic community action for capacity building.

297

HTRS 403 Religion and the Media This is a practical and introductory module aimed at equipping students with basic skills required in the production of print media, radio, television and the internet with particular emphasis on how religion is reported in the Media. The module will focus on media ethics, role of the media, Freedom of expression and censorship, production of media products, effective communication, and critical analysis of media products. *HTRS 404 Christian Leadership The module investigates the extent to which the Bible provides the basis for Christian leadership. The students will reflect and analyze how these models and principles of leadership in the Bible could transform the conceptions of leadership in Africa. The module will also seek to empower students by discussing and reflecting on contemporary theories of management, with particular focus on Church institutions, Welfare institutions, Humanitarian and Development Agencies. *HTRS 410 History of Spirituality and Mysticism This module will examine the historical development of spirituality and mysticism and its role in transformation of the church. The students will be invited to study and reflect on the works of some mystics and spiritual writers like; Teresa of Avila, John Chrysostom, Ignatius of Loyola, Henri Noumen, Thomas Merton, Evelyn Underhill. Desmond Tutu, Mother Teresa. *HTRS 411 Religion and Society in Africa The module focuses on the crucial role played by religion in the development of African societies and institutions. Topics to be covered include Islamic, Christian and African Traditional religions, and how these influenced the development of African Societies overtime. HTRS 405 Counselling and Theology The module will introduce students to pastoral counseling, while focusing on the care of the sick, marriage guidance, bereavement, grief and loss. The students will be

298

encouraged to draw from traditional forms of counsel and guidance and their applicability to Christian pastoral care. HTRS 406 Religion, Conflict, Peace and Development The module will look at aspects of peace building, conflict transformation, post war reconstruction, mediation, rehabilitation, reconciliation and healing and people centered participatory development. While using biblical sources of sustainable peace building and exploring the theological bases for a just war theory and pacifism and show how effective Christian non violence can meet the multiple challenges of African conflict situations. *HTRS412 Themes in African Religions and New Religious Movements The module seeks to analyze themes that arose in African initiated Churches as a response to the various brands of Christianity and the contemporary themes that have made them an attractive alternative brand to Christian churches. The students will examine their impact on the history of the Church in Africa.

299

DEPARTMENT OF FILM AND THEATRE ARTS STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN FILM THEATRE ARTS STUDIES HONOURS DEGREE (HTAS)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Universitys General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate and Postgraduate degree programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Department of Film and Theatre Arts Studies is concerned with all the performing arts with special reference to African Theatre, in particular, and the world in general. It has the capacity, not only to develop student and staff productions to the best of international standards, but to create performances and exhibitions that bring a wider range of intellectual, cultural and historical interests onto the proscenium, holding them up to both a local and a world audience.

1.2

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS Acting, directing, scenic designing, lighting and stage management, as well as being producers, editors of dramatic performances. In addition graduates can also become teachers and lecturers in educational institutions.

3.

OBJECTIVES 3.1 To provide a supportive environment for both theoretical and applied approaches, and for open, critical debate on the role of performing arts issues worldwide. (i.e.To provide a teaching, rehearsal and performance space for realizing the union of theory and practice). To engage students in the creative and critical practices of performance and screen studies in a comprehensive and

3.2

300

broadly-based manner within a collaborative and rigorous learning environment. 3.3 To equip graduates personally and educationally for a variety of careers and their further development by realizing their creative potential and developing their critical faculties and transferable skills. To foster creativity and research skills that will deepen and extend knowledge of performance and screen studies in theory and in practice both within and beyond the curriculum. To develop and advance theoretical, critical and creative aspects of performance and screen studies.

3.4

3.5

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry 4.1.1 For normal entry into the Department of Theatre Arts Studies (HTAS) candidates must satisfy the normal entry requirements specified in the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. In so doing must satisfy the following requirements; Must have obtained at least five O Level passes or the equivalent, including English language, and an African language. Must have obtained a pass in English literature or an African language at A Level and at least ONE of the following subjects or their equivalent:Economics, Geography, Divinity, Sociology or History. In addition to the above, the Department may have auditions in order to test a students engagement with theatre and acting at national/local level. Evidence of a real commitment to acting and a long-standing interest in acting and theatre and knowledge

4.1.2

4.1.3

301

of a range of theatrical forms and genres will be an added advantage. 4.2 Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Academic Regulations 4.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Academic Regulations. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Bachelor of Arts. Honours in Theatre Arts Studies is a full-time degree program. Normally, a student will be required to complete the programme in not less that four years from the date of first registration. 5.2 At the Third Level of the degree program, Honours students go on Work Related Learning for 10-12 months The degree program offers pre-requisite, core/compulsory and elective/ optional modules. At least four of the modules registered per semester should be from within the Department. Normally, where a prerequisite module is involved, a candidate will be required to pass it before taking higher modules. Students can include in their program of study modules offered by other departments in line with the concept of Flexible Packaging. Each module is worth four credits except for the Dissertation which is worth eight (8) credits.

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

302

5.8

Work Related Learning shall be examined in three modules with a total of 40 credits.

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Overall assessment shall consist of continuous assessment and formal examinations. To be admitted for formal examinations, a student must have satisfied continuous assessment requirements for all approved modules of study. Continuous assessment includes written assignments and/or tests, seminar presentations and theatre practicals. In the case of a dissertation, the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine a mark for each student based on the presentation to a panel of the Departmental Board of Examiners and improvements done to the final version of such dissertation, submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of a semester in which the module is completed. The final mark will be weighted as 25% for continuous assessment and 75% for examination.

6.2

6.3

6.4

6.5

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GUIDELINES Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations.

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

303

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer To Section 11 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

11.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty of Arts Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description HTAS 101 HTAS 102 HTAS 103 CS 101 HCS 115 Theory and Trends in African theatre Origins and History of theatre Uses of theatre Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 HTAS 104 HTAS 105 HTAS 106 HTAS 107 CS 102 Acting Community Theatre in Zimbabwe Practical Drama 1 Theatre as Multimedia Communication Extended Communication Skills 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 (4 core modules + an elective) HTAS 201 HTAS 202 HTAS 203 Theories and Trends in Western Theatre Play Production and Directing Practical Drama 2 4 4 4

304

HAFL 206

Drama for Development

Level 2 Semester 2 (4 core modules + an elective) HTAS 204 HTAS 205 HTAS 206 HTAS 207 Script Writing Stage Craft Research Methods in Theatre Arts Comparative Theatre Studies in Africa 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 Work Related Learning HTAS 301 HTAS 302 HTAS 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 ( 5 core modules ) HTAS 401 HTAS 402 HTAS 403 HTAS 404 HTAS 405 Theatre, Society and Ideology Choreography and Dance Production Theatre and Cultural Studies Theories of Managing Institutional Theatre Theatre and Globalisation Studies 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 ( 3 core modules + Dissertation) HTAS 420 HTAS 406 HTAS 407 HTAS 408 Dissertation Text, Performance and Communication Gender Issues in Theatre Theatre in Education 8 4 4 4

305

Electives HTAS 108 HTAS 109 HTAS 110 HTAS 208 HTAS 209 HTAS 409 HTAS 411 Children Drama Communication Skills for Specific Purposes Radio, Television Drama and Filming HIV/AIDS and Theatre in Africa Theatre for Development Oral Media and Communication Practical Drama 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

NB: Not all electives listed above will be on offer in a given year. Electives on offer will depend on availability of teaching staff. 12. MODULE SYNOPSES

HTAS 101 Theory and Trends in African Theatre This module deals with various theories about the nature, origins and functions of theatre in African society. It also looks at trends in African theatre, focusing on African childhood play, music, dance and ritual, and African comedies of the colonial and post-colonial eras. HTAS 102 Origins and History of Theatre The module provides students with studies in the origins and history of theatre and performance art. It considers eras such as Classical, Medieval, Renaissance, Realist, Contemporary, or Experimental Avant-Garde in the Western tradition and the origins and history of theatre and performance expressions of Africa, African-Americans, Oceania, Indigenous peoples, Asia, Latino or Native America. HTAS 103 Uses of Theatre This module examines the uses to which theatre is put. It looks at theatre as a powerful tool of communication used to conscientise society on various social,

306

economic, cultural and political issues. Theatre will be considered as a form of entertainment and a strategy for change, development and empowerment. The interface between theatrical performance as a life-affirming force on the African continent and the challenges posed by the HIV/AIDS pandemic will be examined, and students will be expected to do at least three (3) case studies of countries chosen from the African continent. HTAS 104 Acting This course will continue the development of physical, emotional, and imaginative awareness as it applies to acting. The methods of creating character, text analysis, and performance techniques will be emphasized. Students will also be introduced to different styles of acting and improvisation. Material may focus on classic or contemporary drama or original creations and will include scene and monologue study and presentation. HTAS 105 Community Theatre in Zimbabwe This module acquaints students with the emergence of community theatre groups in Zimbabwe. Students will be expected to familiarize themselves with colonial cultural institutions like NTO, Reps Theatre etc and the role they played in the life of the nations. A comparative analysis of the colonial cultural institutions and the community theatre groups emerging in the post colonial era will be done. Students are also expected to acquaint themselves with the work of Zimbabwe Association of Community Theatre (ZACT) and to compare the work of community theatre in Zimbabwe with the work of other international organizations with similar goals and functions. Relationship with government and NGOs, challenges and achievements, sustainability and strategies for the future, are aspects to be considered as well. HTAS 106 Practical Drama 1 This module offers a practical actor training which emphasises the creation and production of new theatre and embraces a multicultural and multi-disciplined methodology. Students will take classes and workshops in voice, movement, dance, acting (including script-based work, storytelling and devised work), improvisation and devising skills. They will explore the expressive potential of the voice and body

307

through observation of the natural world, space, poetry, paintings and people. The year culminates in several performance projects, including devised verbatim work and classic comedy. HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Faculty of Science and Technology CS101 Basic Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. CS102 Extended Communication Skills Refer to Faculty of Arts Regulations. HTAS 201 Theories and Trends in Western Theatre Students will explore theories and trends that underpin various modes of acting in increasingly evolved performance contexts particularly in Western theatre. They will work on acting projects in a diverse range of styles including clown, realism, mask and tragedy. As they progress through the course, the collaborative working structures will become more complex and they will work creatively with theatre practitioners from other disciplines. HTAS 202 Play Production and Directing The module presents the principles and working methods of directing and producing theatre, performance, and inter-media expressions. Emphasis will be on the development of skills required to bring a text or idea to presentation. Areas of focus will include imagination and conception, image and metaphor, analysis, planning, developmentrehearsal process, and production. HTAS 203 Practical Drama 2 This advanced innovative pathway offers a practical actor training which emphasises the creation and production of new theatre and embraces a multicultural and multi-

308

disciplined methodology. Students will take classes and workshops in voice, movement, dance, acting (including script-based work, storytelling and devised work), improvisation and devising skills. They will explore the expressive potential of the voice and body through observation of the natural world, space, poetry, paintings and people. The year culminates in several performance projects, including devised verbatim work and classic comedy HTAS 204 Script Writing The module teaches students script writing of dramatic texts and/or ideas of performance. Focus may be placed on the conventions required for the theatrical performance of dramatic texts and/or the explorations of putting performance theory into practice and historical context. In consultation with the instructor, the student will develop a study and work plan appropriate to their interests. HTAS 205 Stage Craft Explores acting fundamentals and techniques used in theatre/performance. Material may focus on classic or contemporary drama or original creations. An introductory course focused on the application of practical skills of creating theater and performance. HTAS 206 Research Methods in Theatre Arts This module introduces students to research methods useful in the studying of Theatre Arts. It is aimed at acquainting student with some major research methodological aspects of the discipline and its practice. These researching skills will assist students preparation for their dissertations. HTAS 207 HIV / AIDS and Theatre in Africa The module sensitizes students to the dangers of HIV/AIDS through performances. It will go on to explore the role of theatre in curbing the spread of HIV and AIDS and how the adaptation of classical themes in modern African theatre should be done. The influence of African expressionism through theatre in response to the deadly pandemic and the philosophical and technological innovations of modern African theatre would closely examined.

309

Work Related Learning HTAS 301 Work-Related Learning Report HTAS 302 Academic Supervisors Report HTAS 303 Employers Assessment Report HTAS 401 Theatre, Society and Ideology Students will be immersed in lectures, discussions, and performances designed to explore artistic, philosophical, ideological and psychological dimensions of the theatrical experience. Topics may include analysis of scripts that mirror reality from society, the nature of the theatre compared to the other performing arts, and the nature of popular entertainments that either affirm or challenge the status quo. HTAS 402 Choreography and dance production The module explores the fundamental concerns of the performers art: relaxation, concentration, movement, voice production, space and expression. Designed to provide a detailed overview of all aspects of technical theatre, encompassing lighting, sound, set, props, and costume procedures, construction, and design. Practical work will reference theatre history and the theoretical foundations of technical theatre. HTAS 403 Theatre and Cultural Studies This module will enable students to define theatre and culture, theatre as culture and culture in theatre. Use production/text theories also known as the critical theory and audience reception analysis to discuss and critique the link between theatre and culture. Describe how theatre can reflect different cultural practices, e.g. global and local cultures. Students should also be able to critique the commercialization and commodification of theatre as a reflection of mass culture. HTAS 404 Theories of Managing Institutional Theatre This module introduces students to principles / approaches / theories of theatre management as an a business institution. The module describes the dual function of theatre as cultural institution and business venture. Emphasis will be placed on (1)

310

understand theatre as business, (2) the marketing of theatrical products in both live and recorded performances. (3) Sourcing funds for theatre development. (3) Grooming performers for dramatic performances and (4) establishing the link between theatre and other institutions. HTAS 405 Theatre and Globalization Studies The module introduces students to intercultural studies. Define the concept of globalization and convergence of culture. Link theatre studies to the concept of globalization. Discuss the pros and cons of the impact of globalization to local theatrical productions. Suggest ways in which positive attributes of globalization can be harnessed to improve local theatrical productions. HTAS 406 Text, Performance and Communication The course inculcates textual analysis and performance skills that students will learn like; self-motivation, self-discipline, and critical thinking. Students are expected to maintain a rigorous code of professional conduct throughout the course - a crucial part of their training for the industry. They will receive a firm foundation in acting (voice, movement and performance), and will go on to specialise in one of the strands above. HTAS 407 Gender Issues in Theatre The module introduces students to gender concepts, theories of feminism as well as various roles and status of women in African societies and theatre in particular. Topics covered include aspects of pre-colonial, colonial and postcolonial gender ideologies, female domesticity, women and wage labour, female struggles for space and acceptability in the urban sector, achievements of independence, violence against women, the role of womens organisations, and female struggles for emancipation and empowerment HTAS 408 Theatre in Education This module looks at theatre in the field of education. It examines a whole range of theatrical performances there are in Africa that engage young Africans. It will deal with childrens theatre in education written by adults for them to perform.

311

Complementary to this is the amount of theatrical performances by students in high schools, colleges and universities. This module also requires students to acquaint themselves with the activities in the education system such as drama festivals and the use of drama across the curriculum in the classroom. HTAS 420 Dissertation This is a project of between 15 000 -20 000 words, based on wide research with the assistance of a supervisor. The research should give evidence of independent enquiry and familiarity with the literature of Performing Theatre Arts. Its weight is equivalent to that of two core modules. The dissertation should be presented to a panel of the Departmental Board, which determines its score

312

FACULTY OF COMMERCE FACULTY REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

1.

Introduction 1.1 The Faculty of Commerce regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees of the Midlands State University hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Faculty of Commerce offers the following Undergraduate degree Programmes at Honours level; Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Hounors Degree (HACC) Bachelor of Commerce Banking and Finance Hounours Degree (HBF) Bachelor of Commerce Business Management Honours Degree (HMAN) Bachelor of Commerce Economics Honours Degree (HECON) Bachelor of Commerce Entrepreneurship Honours Degree (HENT) Bachelor of Commerce Insurance and Risk Management Honours Degree (HIRM) Bachelor of Commerce Marketing Management Honours Degree (HMRK) Bachelor of Commerce Retail Management Honours Degree (HRET)

1.2

313

Bachelor of Commerce Tourism and Hospitality Management Honours Degree (HTHM)

1.3

The Faculty of Commerce also offers the following Masters programmes: Master of Commerce in Accounting Master of Commerce in Economics Master of Commerce in Strategic Management and Corporate Governance Master of Commerce in Marketing Strategy Master of Commerce in Tourism and Hospitality Management Master of Business Administration Executive Master of Business Administration

2.

Entry requirements 2.1 Normal Entry 2.1.1 To be admitted into the programmes of the Faculty of Commerce, a candidate must have satisfied minimum requirements for entry to degree studies at the Midlands State University as stipulated in the General Regulations for undergraduate degrees. For entry to all Faculty of Commerce programmes the student must have passed Mathematics and English at Ordinary level with at least a C or better. The Faculty of Commerces departments may further specify special requirements as entry qualifications.

314

2.1.2 Visiting School Undergraduate degree programmes 2.1.2.1 In order to qualify for entry into the Visiting School programme offered by the Faculty of Commerce, a candidate must, in addition to satisfying the minimum entry requirements prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, have completed ALevels, the relevant Diploma(s) or their equivalent(s) as may be prescribed by the Departmental Regulations for such Visiting School Degree programme. 2.2 Special and Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.2 and 3.3 of the General Academic Regulations. 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS 3.1 Non-Core Module A non-core module is not compulsory but highly encouraged. A student is also encouraged to pass a non-core module. A studentcan graduate when he/she meets the required number of credits even if he has failed some non-core modules. 3.2 Elective Module/Optional Module It is a module of which a student shops around from other faculties/ departments of the University. Pursuance of the module is subject to availability of staff and approval by the respective department. 3.3 Pre-requisite Module It is a compulsory module that must be passed before a candidate is allowed to register for a related subsequent module.

315

3.4

Research Project/Dissertation It is a defined practical assignment, which is separately examinable. It is related to independent studies or investigations. The investigation should be related to a particular topic within a module or subject. A student under the direction and supervision of a member of academic staff or an approved specialist undertakes the research project.

3.5

Field Trip A field trip is an excursion undertaken by a student(s) outside the University campus. The field trips should be undertaken under the supervision of Academic and/or Technical Staff of the University. It may last for a part of a day or more. The field trip forms part of the studies.

3.6

For the definitions of level, semester, honours programme subject, module, core module, work related learning, continuous assessment, retake, carry over, repeat, discontinue, withdraw, special examination, aegrotat. Refer to Section 1.8 of General Regulations.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The Bachelor of Commerce Honours degree programmes are normally studies over four levels and shall normally include a period of Work Related Learning during Level Three. The Visiting School programme which caters for part time students who are in fulltime employment is studied over three levels, which are taught periods. The Work Related Learning for the Visiting School programme will run concurrently with the second level. The period that students are at their work places during the second level (outside the one week per month during the semester when the students attend lectures at the University) shall constitute the Work Related Learning.

4.2

4.2.1

316

4.3

The Special Departmental Regulations shall prescribe the total number of modules per programme per semester, and the degree structures. In level Four (Level Three for Bachelor of Commerce Visiting School), each student shall be required to write a Research Project/Dissertation on a chosen subject or topic within his/her field programme of study and this work may be based on tasks and research performed during the Work Related Learning period. It is a process of crediting a student with the module(s) already passed in programmes similar or equivalent to the one on offer. The student may be exempted from studying such modules. However, the student has to apply for the credit transfer. In his/her application the following should be attached: (a) (b) A transcript of the module(s) to be credit transferred. A synopsis of the module(s) from the University/College where the module was attained. A support letter from the Registrars Office of the institution where the module(s) were attained.

4.4

4.5

(c)

4.6

The respective Departmental Boards will sit and assess applications for credits transfers and would recommend accordingly to Senate.

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Evaluation of students shall normally be based on continuous assessment as well as formal university examinations that are held at the end of each semester. 5.1.1 Continuous Assessment will account for 30% of the overall assessment.

317

5.1.2

Final examination accounts for 70% of the overall assessment. Departments shall determine which items will be included in the continuous assessment and shall define the relevant weighting to each item.

5.1.3

5.2

To be admitted to the examinations, a candidate must; 5.2.1 be a registered student of the University in accordance with the General Regulations. have satisfactorily attended and completed the approved modules of study. Satisfactory completion of modules shall require submission of all written assignments and tests that constitute the continuous assessment. have attended and participated in seminars, tutorials and practical classes, work-related placement and other activities as stated in the Departmental Regulations.

5.2.2

5.2.3

6.

WORK RELATED LEARNING Refer to Section 10.2 of the General Regulations.

7.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 7.1 Students shall progress automatically from semester one to semester two at each Level with the exception of special cases that would have been approved by Senate, i.e. cases of students applying for deferment of studies. 7.1.1 The Faculty Board of Examiners shall meet at the end of the first semester of the level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates and considered by Departmental Boards. In the case of repeat level students, the Faculty Board may however, make a recommendation to withdraw or discontinue the student at this stage.

318

7.1.2

The Faculty Board shall meet at the end of the second semester of a level to ratify the marks obtained by candidates and make recommendations to Senate on issues of progression by students to the next level. For a student to proceed from one level to the other, he/she must have passed at least eight (8) modules.

7.1.3

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERAL GUIDELINES 9.1 Honours degree programmes in the Faculty of Commerce shall normally include at least ten months of supervised Work Related Learning during the third level. The Visiting School Programme will have the Work Related Learning period running concurrently with the second Level of the programme. The departments shall normally source Work Related Learning placements for students and the Faculty Office shall provide the necessary administrative assistance. Whilst on Work Related Learning, students shall be supervised by an Academic Supervisor who shall visit the students at least once during the Work Related Learning period. A student who changes/moves from an organization that has been approved by the Department/Faculty to another organisation without the approval of the Department/Faculty shall be penalised by having 25% deducted from the final Work Related Learning mark that he/she would have obtained.

9.2

9.3

9.4

9.5

319

10.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS Refer to Section 11.10 of the General Regulations

11.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 11.1 To be awarded the degree, a student must pass all core modules at all levels and must have accrued at least 140 credits. The classification of all modules and degree programmes shall be as stated in Section 5 of the General Regulations.

11.2

12.

DEGREE WEIGHTING 12.1 The results for Levels 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall be given equal weighting as follows: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 12.2 25% 25% 25% 25%

For the Visiting School Programme the weighting shall be as follows: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 33% 33% 34%

320

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ACCOUNTING HONOURS DEGREE [HACC]

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and General Academic Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Honours Degree is a very competitive degree programme. Graduates of Bachelor of Commerce Honours Degree can be employed as Financial Accountants, Management Accounts, Credit Controllers, Auditors, Company Secretaries, Administrators, Investment Managers, Teachers/Lecturers, Financial Advisors, Tax Consultants, etc.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Honours Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum conditions as prescribed under the General Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained a pass in A Level Accounting and any of the following A Level subjects: Mathematics; Economics, Management of Business, Computing [Computer Studies]

321

3.1

To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Accounting Honours Degree (Visiting School) programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum conditions prescribed under the General Regulations must have:

either: A Higher National Diploma or National Diploma (complete qualification) in Accounting, Business Studies, Public Sector Accounting, Diploma in Education or any equivalent tertiary qualification or: at least two (2) passes in relevant A Level subjects and at least two (2) years working experience in the relevant field with proof of employment 3.2 Special Entry 3.2.1. Candidates who have successfully completed a Higher National Diploma in Accounting or have obtained equivalent qualifications may apply for direct entry into Level 2 of the degree programme, subject to availability of places. 3.2.2. Candidates admitted under regulation 3.2.1 above will normally be exempted from level 1 on a module-by module-basis.

322

3.2.3. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. 3.2.4. Successful completion of Work Related Learning component at level three is compulsory for all candidates. 3.3. Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous semester. Each module is worth four (4) credits except for Work Related Learning Level, which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth eight (8) credits. The department may accept students discontinued from other degree programmes on condition they meet the entry requirements and subject to availability of places.

4.2

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

7.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations.

8.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

323

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section11 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code ACC 107 EC 101 BM 102 BM 105 ACC 109 CS 101 HCS 115 Module Description Accounting Concepts, Principles and Procedures Microeconomics Business Communication Principles of Management Accounting Systems in a Computer Environment Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 ACC 108 ACC 102 BM 105 EC 104 ACC 104 Accounting Reporting Quantitative Analysis for Business Business Law 1 Macroeconomics Practical Accounting Data Processing 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Prerequisites

324

ACC 217 ACC 202 ACC 218 ACC 213

Accounting Reporting for [ACC 107& 108] Companies Tax Law & Practice 1 [ACC 107 & 108] Introduction to Auditing Theory & Audit Practice [ACC 107 & 108] Company Law &Financial Reporting [BM105]

4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Pre-requisites ACC 219 Group Statements, Financial Analysis & the Valuation of Financial Instruments [ACC 107 &108] Tax Law & Practice 11 [ACC 107 &108]

4 4 4 4 4

ACC 212 ACC 214

Introduction to Performing the Audit Process [ACC 107 &108] Cost Accounting & Control Financial Management For Accountants

ACC 215 ACC 216

[EC 101 &104 & [ACC 107 &108]

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 Work Related Learning ACC 301 Work Related Learning Report [ACC 214, 215, 217,218 & 219] ACC 302 Academic Supervisors Report ACC 303 Employers Assessment Report

15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1

325

ACC 409 ACC 410

General & Distinctive Financial Reporting [ACC 217 & 219] Advanced Theory of Auditing & Legal Aspects Concerning Audit Practice [ACC 214 & 218] Management Accounting Techniques as and Aid in Decision-making [ACC 215] Public Sector Accounting & Finance A

4 4

ACC 408

4 4

ACC 405

Level 4 Semester 2 ACC 411 Specific & Group Financial Reporting [ACC 217 & 219] 4

ACC 41

Computer Auditing & the Use [ACC 214 & 218] of the Computer in Performing the Audit Process Dissertation Public Sector Accounting & Finance B

4 8 4

ACC 407 ACC 406

12. MODULE SYNOPSES ACC 102 Quantitative Analysis for Business The purpose of the module is to provide a comprehensive exposition of basic mathematical and statistical concepts that are used in the business world. The main thrust of the module will be on application of statistical tools to business decision making processes. ACC 104 Practical Accounting Data Processing The module provides a detailed understanding of the basic principles of Accounting Software and the implementation of accounting computerized systems. The student is expected to develop analytical and critical abilities through study and use of popular Accounting Packages currently being utilised by the corporate world.

326

ACC 107 Accounting Concepts, Principles & Procedures The module is intended to equip the student with the necessary skills which should enable the student to apply the basic principles of accounting and keep proper records required to ascertain the financial results and financial position of sole proprietors and non-profit organizations, as well as prepare proper books from incomplete records. ACC 108 Accounting Reporting The module builds up on the skills acquired in Acc 107 and concentrates on issues of accounting reporting. The module is intended to prepare students for more advanced studies in financial reporting ACC 109 Accounting Systems in a Computer Environment The module is intended to introduce the student to information technology with emphasis on its significance to accounting. ACC 217 Financial Accounting for Companies The module is intended to enable students to gain knowledge and insight into the drafting of financial statements of companies so as to comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, Chapter 24:03 and International Financial Reporting Standards [IFRSs]. The module also introduces the student to different types of financial instruments and their characteristics. ACC 219 Group Statements, Financial Analysis and Valuation of Financial Instruments The module is intended to equip the student with knowledge and skills required to enable the student to prepare consolidated financial statements of a simple group of companies. By the end of the module, the student should also be able to analyze financial statements in a way useful for decision making and be able to value financial instruments. CS 101 Communication Skills Refer to the Department of Communication skills

327

ACC 202 Tax Law and Practice 1 The module aims at developing in the student knowledge and understanding of the Zimbabwe tax system and its administration on individuals and companies. ACC 213 Company Law and Financial Reporting The aim of the module is to equip the student with a sound understanding of the effects of company law on financial reporting. By the end of the module the student should have mastered the Companies Acts legal provisions on financial reporting. The student should also be able to understand the Zimbabwe Stock Exchange requirements in aiding financial reporting. ACC 215 Cost Accounting and Control The module is meant to provide an understanding of the principles and techniques of Cost Accounting so as to enable the student to develop and apply the knowledge to practical situations relating to cost ascertainment, cost control and the implementation of management policies. ACC 216 Financial Management The module is aimed at equipping the student with the analytical skills required in financial decision-making and in making financial decisions. ACC 218 Introduction to Auditing Theory and Practice The module introduces the student to auditing theory, which includes basic auditing concepts, approaches and generally accepted auditing standards. The module lays a foundation for more advanced studies in auditing at level four [4] ACC 301, ACC 302 and ACC 303: Work Related Learning The modules are meant to enable the student to integrate theory and practice through exposure to an actual working environment. ACC 405 Public Sector Accounting and ACC 406 Finance A and B

328

The aim of the module is to ensure that students gain knowledge and skills relating to accounting for public sector entities in compliance with the requirements of International Public Sector Accounting Standards [IPSASs]. ACC 407 Dissertation A student is required to submit a dissertation of approximately 10 000 words on a topic relating to accounting, or auditing, or finance within a time period as may be prescribed by the department. ACC 408 Management Accounting Techniques as an Aid in Decision-Making. The module builds up on level two Cost Accounting and Control and seeks to consolidate the students knowledge in behavioural aspects of management accounting, covering capital budgeting policies and procedures, performance evaluation, investment appraisals and strategic decision making. ACC 410Advanced Theory of Auditing and Legal Aspects Concerning Audit Practice This module is intended to enable the student to gain insight into aspects of corporate governance, theory of auditing and common law and other legislation of relevance to public accountants and auditors: the Public Accountants and Auditors Act and aspects of the Companies Act. ACC 409 General and Distinctive Financial Reporting ACC 411 Specific and Group Financial Reporting These fourth level financial accounting modules are meant to provide the student with knowledge and skills required to prepare a set of financial statements for a company or group of companies that comply with the requirements of the Companies Act and International Financial Reporting Standards. EC101 Microeconomics 1 EC104 Macroeconomics 1 Refer to the Department of Economics for the module synopsis

329

BM101 Principles of Management, BM102 Business Communication BM105 Business Law 1 Refer to the Department of Business Management for the module synopses. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS OF COMMERCE IN ACCOUNTING DEGREE

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees offered by The Midlands State University. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The Master of Commerce (Accounting) degree at the Midlands State University is a one and half year programme for students with an undergraduate background in accounting. The programme is for students interested in careers in all facets of accounting, including both public and non-public practices. The programme provides an opportunity to obtain a more comprehensive foundation in accounting and added knowledge in specific accounting or business-related areas. 2.1 The programme aims to develop the sound conceptual, technical, analytical and communication skills that are required to succeed in the

330

accounting profession. To this end the programme employs a rigorous case analysis approach, which requires students to exercise their analytical abilities and develop effective verbal and written communication skills. 2.2.1 The programme also aims to instill a deep appreciation and respect for the crucial role of the independent accountant in a free enterprise economy.

3.

ENTRY QUALIFICATION To qualify for entry into the Master of Commerce (Accounting)degree programme a student should have an Honours degree in Accounting with a first class or upper second pass or a professional qualification recognized by the Pubic Accountants (Zimbabwe) (PAAB) plus at least 3 years relevant post-graduate experience.

4.

DURATION The programme shall be completed over tree semesters on a Full-time basis or the equivalent on a part-time basis.

5.

EXAMINATIONS 5.1. 5.2. 5.3. Formal examinations will be held at the end of each semester. For a student to be admitted to the examinations they must have: Satisfactorily attended approved modules of study including submission of required written assignments and sitting for in-class tests. Attended compulsory classes. Participated in prescribed seminars, tutorials and practical classes. Paid the prescribed fees in accordance with the General Regulations.

5.4. 5.5. 5.6.

331

5.7.

Formal examinations will normally be written papers, but in some cases the examiner may test the candidate orally. Coursework shall account for 30% of the overall assessment, while the final examination will account for 70% of the overall assessment. The aggregate pass mark shall be 50%. 5.9.1. The aggregate pass mark will comprise a pass in the final examination and a pass in the continuous assessment.

5.8.

5.9.

6.

SUPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 6.1. A student who fails to satisfy the examiners and obtains a mark less than 50% but not less than 40% may, on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners and subject to the approval of the Senate, be permitted to sit for a supplementary examination(s) in the respective module(s) failed in a particular semester. Overall assessment of the Supplementary examination will not incorporate continuous assessment. Supplementary examinations shall be marked as Pass or Fail and the overall maximum mark awarded in a supplementary examination shall be 50%.

6.2.

6.3

7.

PROGRESSION A student must pass at least three modules in the first Semester in order to proceed to the second semester. 7.1 A student must pass all modules for year one for them to register for the dissertation.

8.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION

332

For purposes of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 [Semesters 1 and 2] Level 2 [Dissertation] 9. MARKING SCHEME The following marking scheme shall be used for all the modules and grading of the degree. 80% -100% 70% - 79% 50% - 69% Below 50% 10. Distinction Merit Pass Fail 50% 50%

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Results lists shall be published in accordance with the provisions of General Regulations.

11.

DEGREE STRUCTURE AND CREDITS

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MACC713 MACC701 MACC702 MACC704 MACC703 Module Description Applied Financial Accounting Financial Statement Analysis Advanced Management Accounting Corporate Laws and Governance Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Credits 4 4 4 4 4

333

Level 1 Semester 2 MACC705 MACC710 MACC706 MACC711 MACC707 MACC708 MACC709 MACC712 Advanced Corporate Financial Reporting Applied Public Sector Accounting Applied Audit and Assurance Public Sector Auditing Strategic Performance Management Strategic Corporate Finance Applied Taxation Public Financial Administration 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

There will be options during the second semester for those students who wish to specialize in accounting relating to public sector organizations. The options will be as follows:

General Accounting Stream Local Government Stream Advanced Corporate Financial Reporting(MACC 705) Applied Public Sector Accounting (MACC 710) Applied Audit and Assurance(MACC 706) Public Sector Auditing (MACC 711) Strategic Corporate Finance(MACC 708) Public Financial Administration(MACC 712) Level 2 Semester 1 4 4 4 4 4 4

334

MACC801

Dissertation

24

12. MODULE SYNOPSES MACC713 APPLIED FINANCIALACCOUNTING The aim of the module is to develop the technical skills acquired in: General financial reporting Distinctive financial reporting Group financial reporting, and Specific financial reporting, at undergraduate level to ensure that students view Financial accounting in its practical and broadest context in this fast changing and complex business environment.

As such, students need to practically and fully understand relevant International Financial Reporting Standards [IFRSs] in the preparation of financial statements. This ensures that the auditing and assurance function is expediently carried out at cost benefit to the entity. MACC 701 FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS The module is designed for those who expect to read, interpret and analyze financial statements. The module adopts a modern approach to the topic of financial statement analysis. Although some attention is devoted to the mechanics of dissecting financial statement analysis, the primary emphasis lies on development of an understanding of the market environment in which the financial information is used. MACC702 APPLIED MANAGEMENTACCOUNTING This module provides a detailed look at the development and use of management accounting information in operational decision settings. The emphasis is on the identification and measurement of cost drivers and the uses and limitations of

335

management accounting information. The concepts and methods are applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. MACC703 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT The module considers strategies that investors can employ to achieve various investment objectives. The primary emphasis is on asset allocation decision and overall management of risk and return characteristics of a portfolio. The module explores many of the more quantitative approaches to portfolio optimization and asset market equilibrium. The module exposes the student to the full scope of the investment management problems by considering investments across all classes of securities. MACC704 CORPORATE LAWS AND GOVERNANCE This module looks at how entities can be managed in a manner that is acceptable to a wide variety of stakeholders. In particular the module aims at equipping the student with an understanding of the application of key aspects of business and commercial and governance issues to business organizations. MACC705 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCIAL REPORTING The module is intended to equip the student with the necessary skills which should enable the student to prepare the financial statements of groups of complex entities which incorporate subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and Special Purpose Entities in accordance with the requirements of relevant company legislation and International Financial Reporting Standards [IFRSs]. On completion of the module the student is expected to be able to evaluate and communicate the impact of current issues and developments in corporate reporting to those who may not have the prerequisite technical expertise. Auditors are primarily concerned with verification of compliance of accounting treatments of financial transactions in the financial statements of an entity with International Financial Reporting Standards. The module aims at equipping the student with the knowledge, skills and competences necessary to carry out the audit of an entity and undertake engagements, having due regard to professional requirements.

336

As such, the module also aims at ensuring that the student becomes well vested with the requirements of the International Standards in Auditing. MACC 707 STRATEGIC PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT The module builds up on Advanced Management Accounting. The module is intended to equip the student with the necessary skills and competencies required to be able to select, integrate and apply the appropriate techniques and approaches to practical performance management problems. MACC 708 APPLIED STRATEGIC CORPORATE FINANCE The emphasis of the module is on combining the skills of investment decisions and financing decisions with the latest financial technology to provide a framework for strategic financial management analysis and decisions. On completion of the module, the student should be able to develop detailed business plans, assess the potential financial risk and advise on suitable risk management strategies for entrepreneurial activities and established entities. MACC 709 APPLIED TAXATION The module addresses advanced issues relating to individual and corporate taxation with particular emphasis on identifying and resolving practical taxation problems. This would require exposure to relevant case law with the intention of making the student an effective tax planner. MACC 710 APPLIED PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNTING The module aims at equipping the student with practical knowledge and skills relating to International Public Sector Accounting Standards [IPSASs] as applied by members of the profession in the preparation of general purpose financial statements of public sector entities. MACC 711 PUBLIC SECTOR AUDITING The aim of the module is to ensure that students can demonstrate the knowledge, skills and competences necessary to carry out the audit of public sector entities and

337

car undertake assurance engagements as laid down by the International Federation of Accountants. MACC 712 PUBLIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT The module ensures that students can demonstrate the knowledge, skills and competences required to manage public sector funds. MACC 801 DISSERTATION There will be two residential sessions during the last semester of the students studies. Session 1: This will be a two weeks residency period intended to introduce the formal development of the students Masters dissertation. During this period the students prior submitted research proposal will be discussed. The emphasis will be on the acceptability of the chosen topic and the adequacy of the background to the study. It is during this residency period that students are expected to successfully complete chapter one and two of their dissertations. The deadline for submission of completed dissertation will be advised to students during this session. Session 2: This is a three days residency period designed to guide students on their chapters three and four. Thereafter further supervision will be per prior arrangements with the relevant mentor. After submission of the completed dissertation, students will be advised as to when they should complete the formal Oral Defence of the Masters Dissertation. REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS DEGREE BANKINGAND FINANCE (HBF)

1.

INTRODUCTION

338

1.1

These regulations should be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with departmental regulations set out below:

1.2

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Bachelor of Commerce Banking and Finance Honours degree provides employment opportunities in the following sectors, Banking Institutions, Finance Houses, Discount Houses, Asset Management Companies, Micro Finance Companies, Financial Analysis, Financial Advisory Services, Investment Management Companies, Credit Guarantee Companies, etc.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Banking and Finance Honours Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level in the following subjects: Economics, Accounting, Mathematics and Management of Business

3.2

Visiting School A three year programme for those already in industry offered on a block release basis. it comprises of 10 - 12 months of work related learning which runs concurrently with the second level of studies. 3.1.2 Mature entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations

339

3.3

Special Entry 3.2.1. Applicants who have successfully completed a Higher National Diploma or Institute of Bankers (I.O.B.Z.) or Advanced Diploma (or equivalent) may apply for direct entry into Level II of the degree programme. 3.3.2 Candidates admitted under regulation 3.3 above will normally be exempt from Level I on a module-by-module basis and similarly from certain level 2 modules.

340

3.3.3

An applicant exempted from certain Level II modules shall be required to register for additional modulesto make up for the full component of Level II.

3.3.4. No student may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. 3.3.5 Successful completion of the Work Related Learning component at Level III is compulsory for all candidates.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1. A candidate is required to register for all modules prescribed for the semester not withstanding the modules, which he/she has been allowed to carry from the previous semester. Each module is worth four (4) credits, except for the Work Related Learning level which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements of the department and subject to availability of places.

4.2.

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION

6.

7.

341

Refer To Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations. 8. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code ACC107 *BF104 EC 101 BM 101 *BF102 CS101 HCS115 Module Description Accounting Concepts, Principles and Procedures Financial Mathematics A Microeconomics Principles of Management Money and Banking Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology C r e d i t 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 Code BM102 ACC108 BF101 Module Description Business Communication Accounting Reporting Financial Mathematics B Credits 4 4 4

342

*BF 103 EC104 *MM101

Management of Financial Institutions Macroeconomics Principles of Marketing

4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Code ACC217 Module Description Pre-requisites Credits

Financial Accounting for (ACC107and ACC108) Companies Corporate Finance A (ACC107, 108,EC101,104) 4 Financial Markets Information Technology Retirement Finance Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4

BF208 BF202 BF203 BF206 GS 201

Level 2 Semester 2 Code *ACC 219 BF201 BF204 BF205 BF207 Module Description Group Statements, Financial Analysis and the Valuation of Financial Instrument Corporate Finance B Banking and Foreign Exchange Banking Law and Practice Research Methods for Bankers Credits

4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and Semester 2: Work Related Learning BF301 BF302 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report 15 15

343

BF302

Employers Assessment Report

10

Level 4 Semester 1 Code BF401 BF402 BF403 BF410 Electives Code BF407 BF408 Module Description Pre-requisites Applied Economics Advanced Corporate Finance (BF208, BF201) Credits 4 4 Module Description Treasury Management Pre-requisites (BF202, BF204) Credits 4 4 4 4

Marketing of Financial Services International Banking and Finance Financial Risk Management

Level 4 SemesterCredits BM405 Strategic Management. BF409 BF405 BF406 Investment and Portfolio Management Bank Lending and Credit Risk Management Dissertation

4 4 4 8

12. MODULE SYNOPSES BF103 Management of Financial Institutions This module provides detailed grounding on management of financial institutions both internal and external management. Topics covered include Financial system and Development, Changes in Financial Structure and Economic development, Efficiency and Problems in Financial Markets, Evolution of Asset and Liability Management,

344

Capital Adequacy, Management of Risks, Lending and Loans Management, Banking Supervision, Bank insolvency; causes and implications. CS 101 Communication Skills Refer to the Department of Communication Skills HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science BF208 Corporate Finance A The module examines corporate decisions pertaining to the utilization of long-term financial resources for the benefit of the ultimate risk takers. It specifically examines the concepts of agency problem, opportunity cost of capital, inflation, risk, value additively, present value, internal rate of return, payback period, accounting rate of return and relates them to the Corporate Capital Budgeting Process. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies BF201 Corporate Finance B This module, which builds on Corporate Finance A, further examines the Corporate Capital budgeting Process valuation in the presence of Leverage, Risk Diversification (CAPM), Dividend Policy, Real Options and Taxes. It also develops the concept of the efficient markets hypothesis (EMH) and its implications for Corporate Finance and approaches to investment analysis. BF202 Banking and Financial Markets This module examines the role played by the Central Bank other banks and financial institutions in a National Economy such as the Zimbabwe Economy. It looks at the role played by the Central Bank in National Fiscal and Monetary policies and the role played by the Central Bank and other Financial Institutions in Financial Markets. It further examines securities generated by the financial markets and how they are

345

priced and traded. The regulations of Financial Institutions and markets are also examined. BF204 Banking and Foreign Exchange The module provides students with a forum for understanding the theoretical and practical issues in foreign exchange markets. It specifically looks at: foreign exchange quotations, foreign exchange transactions, foreign exchange regimes, foreign exchange forecasts, parity conditions in money and forex markets, forex foreign exchange risk management and role played by both the Central and other Banks in the forex market as well as in import and export financing. BF205 Banking Law and Practice This module examines the law and practice relating to Banking in Zimbabwe and at the International level. Specifically, it looks at the law and practice relating to: relationship of banker and customer, accounts of customers, banking instruments, different types of banks, lending, deposits, advances securities, Exchange Controls and bank supervision and control. The student shall be assessed by means of both a written report and continuous assessment carried out by both the work related learning supervisor and academic supervisor. BF206 Retirement Finance This module empowers students with knowledge and skills pertaining to retirement financing which consist of the following: the capital amount required by an individual at retirement to provide an adequate pension; risk profile for a client; the effect of tax on retirement financing and applicable legislation. It also includes a range of retirement concepts, principles and theories. BF207 Research Methods for Bankers The module equips students with the ability to evaluate, analyze, interpret data and writing up a research. It covers the following aspects: Data collection through questionnaires, interviews, focus group discussions etc, Data analysis through

346

various packages such as E-views, SPSS and STATA. It will prepare students for their WRL researches and dissertations in their final year. Other topics include: Probability, Probability Distributions and Descriptive Statistics, Sampling and Estimation, Hypothesis Testing, Correlation Analysis and Regression, Time Series Analysis and Simulation Analysis. BF407 Applied Economics The module sets out to examine (with special reference to developing nations) macroeconomics problems, models, policies and issues at the National and International levels. Both qualitative and quantitative (mathematical economics) approaches to Macroeconomics model building and policy formulation will be developed. The role of supra national organisations such as the world bank, IMF etc. will also be examined. BF401Treasury Management The module will examine concepts, developments and tools used in corporate and investment risk management. In particular, the concepts of value at Risk, Hedging, Pooling and Duration/Immunization will be developed. The role of derivative securities will be explored and the issue of the need for risk management will be debated. BF402 Marketing of Financial Services The module examines the need for marketing by Financial Institutions, and the formulation of marking strategies that take into consideration the special circumstances and problems of financial services. BF403 International Banking and Finance The module examines strategies that both International Banks and Multinational companies pursue in order to maximize returns and minimize risks as they operate or trade globally. The following areas of Banking and Finance at the global level are addressed: International Money and Capital Markets, Asset and Liability Management, Profitability and Liquidity Management, Legal Issues, Syndicated Loans, Parity conditions, Derivate Products, Bank Regulations and Supervision. In addition, the

347

issues of Multinational Capital budgeting performance appraisal and political risk will be explored. BF405 Bank Lending and Credit Risk Management The module seeks to develop the general principles of lending, a structured approach to the evaluation of and decisions on loan applications and skills and strategies for analyzing and managing credit risk respectively. BF408 Advanced Corporate Finance It endeavors to advance students knowledge in corporate finance. The following aspects will be covered: Mergers and acquisitions, corporate restructuring, business and financial risks, private equity or venture capital, corporate financial distress or bankruptcies, structured finance, corporate financial strategy etc. BF409 Investment and Portfolio Management The module sets out to examine Portfolio risk/return/ investor utility relationships using Capital Market Theory, Capital Assert Pricing Model (CAPM) and Arbitrage Privacy Theory (APT). It further, explores the Investment Process, Investment Management Strategies, distinguishing between Strategic Asset Allocation (SAA), Tactical Asset Allocation (TAA) and asset selection strategies. It also examines Investment Performance measures for both Broad Portfolio and Portfolio categories from both a theoretical and practical point of view. BF410 Financial Risk Management The module examines risks faced by the financial institution: market risk, operational risk, and risks in the regulatory environment. Risk management frameworks, policies and implementation systems, in the financial and non-financial corporate sectors. Measuring financial risks and the implications of model risk for their measurement. Portfolio analysis, and the measurement of risks. Measuring risks in detail: market risk and the VaR and CFaR approaches. The management of risks: banks, non-bank

348

financial institutions and non-financial corporations. It also includes infamous risk management disasters, options hedging strategies and interest rate option strategies as well as the future of risk management and the convergence of insurance risk management with financial risk management. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE BUSINESS MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HMAN)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations. The duration of the degree programme shall normally be a minimum of four levels including a period of Work Related Learning in a relevant industrial/commercial setting during the third level.

1.2

1.3

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates for the Bachelor of Commerce Business Management can pursue careers in Marketing, Accounting, Finance, Banking, Entrepreneurship, Investment Planning, Value Chain Management, Purchasing, Administration, Human Resources Management, Stores Management, Retail Management and General Management Consultancy.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry

349

3.1.1

To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Business Management Honours Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements, as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level in the following subjects: Management of Business, Accounting, Economics, Mathematics and Geography To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Business Management degree (Visiting School) programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements prescribed under the General Regulations, must have: Diploma (Institute of Bankers) HND/ND in Business Studies HND/ND in Accountancy HND/ND in Purchasing Diploma in Education Institute of Administration and Commerce (IAC) Institute of Personnel Management (IPMZ)

3.1.2

350

 3.2 Mature Entry

Diploma in Business Administration (ZIM) Any other relevant tertiary qualifications deemed to an equivalent or Passes in relevant A Level subjects and At least two years working experience in arelevant field

Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 3.3 Special Entry 3.3.1 Candidates who have successfully completed a Higher National Diploma in Business Studies or have obtained equivalent qualifications may apply for direct entry into level 2 of the degree programme. Direct entry into Level II of the programme is subject to availability of places. Candidates admitted under regulation 3.3.2 above will normally be exempted from Level I on a module by module basis. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. Successful completion of the Work Related Learning component at Level II is compulsory for all candidates.

3.3.2

3.3.3

3.3.4

3.3.5

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester respectively.

351

4.2

Each module is worth four (4) credits, except for the Worked Related Learning Level, which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements of the department and subject to availability of places.

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the Faculty Regulations.

7.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations.

8.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

352

BM101 BM102 ACC105 EC101 MM101 HCS115 CS 101

Principles of Management Business Communication Financial Accounting for Business 1A Microeconomics Principles of Marketing Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 *BM108 *BM106 BM105 ACC106 *BM107 EC104 E-Commerce Industrial Relations Business Law 1 Financial Accounting 1B Business Statistics Application Macroeconomics 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Code BM203 BM202 Module Description Business Law II Prerequisites (BM105) Credits 4

Small Business Management (BM101, BM102ACC106&105 Human Resources Management (BM101, BM106) Introduction to Gender Studies

4 4 4

BM201 GS201

Options: Finance ACC210 Financial Accounting IIA (ACC105 and ACC106) 4

353

BM207

Managerial Accounting

(ACC105, ACC106 &BM105)

Options:Marketing MM104 MM202 Marketing Management Sales and Marketing Forecasting 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BM204 BM205 BM206 Business Investment Analysis (EC101, BM108) Organisational Behaviour Business Research Methods (BM201) (EC104) 4 4 4

Options:Finance ACC211 BM 208 Financial Accounting for Business IIB Management Appreciation of Taxation 4 4

Options :Marketing MM206 MM210 Consumer Behavior Brand Management 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and Semester 2 Work Related Learning BM301 BM302 BM303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 BM 401 Change Management 4

354

*BM406 BM404

Entrepreneurship Project Management

4 4

Options: Finance BM410 BM411 Financial Management Financial Planning & Control 4 4

Options:Marketing MM404 MM211 Industrial Marketing New Product Development 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BM403 *BM405 BM407 BM 408 Production and Operations Management Strategic Management Dissertation Introduction to Corporate Governance 4 4 8 4

Options: Finance BM 409 Options: MM405 12. Accounting Techniques in Decision Making Marketing International Marketing 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

BM101 Principles of Management The module deals with the history and development of management thought, functions of management, organizational structure, decision making, globalization,

355

leadership and motivation, controlling, budgetary and non-budgetary controls, change management. BM102 Business Communication The module focuses on the development of students ability to communicate effectively and concisely in written, oral and any other forms of communication. It also considers different styles in the use of English in business settings, communication skills, letter writing, note taking, meetings, minutes, summarizing and referencing. BM108 E-Commerce The module considers the benefits of the Internet, Website creation and Management, business to business transactions, e-banking, electronic order purchasing, Automated Teller Machines, Point of Sales, management information systems, electronic transfer of funds, data security. BM105 Business Law The module is an introduction to general principles of law and its interpretation, law of contract, sales, agency, negotiable instruments, insurance, partnership, law of derelict, insolvency and consumer protection. BM106 Industrial Relations The module covers an exploration of the nature of the employment relationship; different pespectives in analysing industrial relations; different perspectives in understanding the worker problem, the role of the state in industrial relations and key issues driving change in industrial relations. BM107 Business Statistics Application This module introduces students to the fundamental concepts of data presentation and analysis in management decision making. The approach will emphasize a practical management problem solving approach using quantitative reasoning skills rather

356

than the theoretical development of statistics. Students should develop quantitative research techniques for research writing. BM201 Human Resources Management The module covers the evolution of the Human Resources Management function; emergence of the Human Resources Management philosophy; similarities and differences between traditional Personnel Management and Human Resources Management; approaches to Human Resources Management; Human Resources models and Human Resource Management in action focusing on strategic integration, commitment, quality, flexibility and team working. BM204 Investment Analysis The module aims to develop an understanding of financial theory of investment as well as its use in the practical world. The course shall revolve around the distinctive themes of information efficiency in financial markets, asset allocation, derivative security markets, and elements of investments, portfolio theory, fixed income securities, security analysis, derivative assets and active asset management. BM202 Small Business Management The module will look at business development, barriers encountered and issues related to marketing, human resources management, pricing, government policies, taxation of businesses. Case studies, visits to business premises and presentations by entrepreneurs will be used to understand the running of small business. The preparation of business plans will also be covered. BM203 Business Law II This module gives a thorough grounding in the regulation of companies by law including statutes and case law. It covers knowledge of the application of statutory and other provisions including a grasp of the administration of companies, floatation of shares, etc. BM 206 Business Research Methods

357

Business research concepts and methods, the traditional and scientific methods, the research process, problem definition, research design, questionnaire construction and administration, sampling basis, sources of research data, collection and interpretation, research application and uses, data presentation and analysis, ethics, and research proposal will be covered. BM 207 Managerial Accounting The module is an overview of the necessity of managerial accounting for management process, evaluation of the influence of globalization on management, managerial accounting systems and application to managerial operations, managerial accounting for management purposes, managerial accounting systems, techniques for application in managerial decisions, analysis of business situations and solving problems. BM208 Management Appreciation of Taxation Taxation of individuals and companies, the basic laws governing taxation and tax payments, make up this module. BM401 Change Management The module focuses on the management of change in organisations. It will also dwell on the types of organisations that are in existence, and how the differing structures impact on change management to include: performance, designing strategies, concept of power, organisational politics, change model, resistance, models for growth and decline, structural forms and the management of change. BM403 Production and Operations Management Topics covered in the module include developing production/operations management strategies, the strategic role and objectives of production/operations, production/ operations management strategies- designing, planning and controlling the production/operations management system, process technology, materials requirements planning, JIT planning and control, quality planning and control, project planning. Improving the production/operations management systems, measuring

358

performance and improvement, maintaining the production/operation system, new challenges, and contemporary issues are also covered. BM404 Project Management The module involves a detailed study of network analysis and project scheduling techniques, project structuring, project finance, hiring and management of personnel, control of materials, monitoring the project, budgeting and project completion. BM405 Strategic Management The module seeks to examine the nature and value of strategic management, the business environment, strategic planning, functional goals and strategies. It also examines strategy implementation, the role of leadership in implementing strategy, resource deployment in implementing strategy, designing organization to implement strategy effectively, control, factors influencing strategy implementation. BM406 Entrepreneurship The module provides students with the tools to identify opportunities, how to screen the various opportunities, developing a business concept, translating ideas into business opportunities, financing a business, growing a business, the management team, harvesting of a business. BM 408 Introduction to Corporate Governance The module seeks to develop an understanding and appreciation of significant corporate governance concepts and issues in the contemporary business world, definition of corporate governance, key concepts associated with best practices, powers and rights of, and relations between directors and shareholders, history of corporate governance etc. BM409 Accounting Techniques in Decision Making

359

The module surveys the application of management versus financial accounting, the role of the management accountant, cost volume-profit analysis, optimum utilization of production factors, relevant cost for unusual decisions, activity based cost accounting stock control and cost planning of network projects.

BM410 Financial Management The module seeks to provide students with knowledge on the determination of financial objectives of business organisations, analysis of financial statements, overview of financial planning, value, risk and return (share, debentures and options), the management of working capital cash, debtors and inventories, investment decisions, financing decisions, optimal capital budgets, dividend theory and policy. BM411 Financial Planning and Control The module seeks to provide students with the knowledge of the cost of capital, budgets, master budgets and subsidiary budgets, budgeted financial statements, zero-base budgets, investment decisions, financing decisions, standard costing, activity based cost management, performance evaluation, measuring profitability, inter-departmental transfer pricing. BM 407 Dissertation Session 1 This is another residency period designed to focus on the Masters Thesis Proposal for approval. During this session the prospectus from the first session will be fine tuned for formal approval. Topics to be covered during this session will focus on literature review, statistical and qualitative tools, data gathering and data analysis approaches, past research and current theory, proposal format requirements, and submission timelines. Session 2 This is another three-day residency period designed to facilitate the dissertation writing process from an approved masters thesis to final submission of the project.

360

Chapters 4 and 5 requirements from the dissertation are explored for content and format. An approved dissertation proposal is required to earn a passing grade this session. Session 3 This is a mentorguided session. It is the last session where the candidate completes the formal Oral defence of the Masters Dissertation and then prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval. An approved dissertation is required to complete this session. REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS OF COMMERCE IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENTAND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DEGREE

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees offered by The Midlands State University. 1.2 The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

2.

OBECTIVES 2.1 The Master of Commerce (Strategic Management and Corporate Governance) degree at the Midlands State University is a two - year programme for students with an undergraduate background in accounting, management, human resources and other equivalent qualifications. The programme is for students interested in careers in all facets of strategic management and corporate governance. The programme provides an opportunity to obtain a more comprehensive foundation in strategic management and added knowledge in specific business-related areas.

361

2.2

The programme aims to develop the sound conceptual, technical, analytical and communication skills that are required to succeed in the strategic management and corporate governance. To this end the programme employs a rigorous case analysis approach, which requires students to exercise their analytical abilities and develop effective verbal and written communication skills.

2.3 The programme also aims at instilling a deep appreciation and respect for the crucial role managers play in a free enterprise economy and ever-changing business environment. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 To qualify for entry into the Master of Commerce (Strategic Management and Corporate Governance) degree programme a student should have a good Honours degree in management, accounting, human resource management and/or other tertiary qualification approved by the Department. Before the commencement of the programme, the department will offer one week bridging module sessions covering the following areas: Financial Accounting, Statistics, Information systems, Management overview and assignment research and presentation

3.2

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS The programme shall be completed over four semesters.

5.

ASSESSMENT

362

5.1 5.2

Formal examinations will normally be held at the end of each semester. For a student to be admitted to the examinations they must have: 5.2.1 Satisfactorily attempted approved modules of study including submission of required written assignments and term papers. Attended compulsory classes. Participated in prescribed seminars, tutorials and practical classes. Paid the prescribed fees in accordance with the General Regulations. Formal examinations will normally be written papers, but in some cases the examiner may test the candidate orally. Continuous assessment shall account for 30% of the overall assessment, while the final examination will account for 70% of the overall assessment.

5.2.2 5.2.3

5.2.4

5.2.5

5.2.6. The aggregate pass mark shall be 50% and the candidate must have obtained at least 50% in the examination. 6. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 6.1 A student who fails to satisfy the examiners and obtains a mark less than 50% or fails the examination but not by less than 40% may, on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners and subject to the approval of the Senate, be permitted to sit for a supplementary examination(s) in the respective module(s) failed in the fourth semester. Overall assessment of the Supplementary examination will not incorporate continuous assessment. Supplementary exanimations shall be marked as Pass or Fail and the overall maximum mark awarded in a supplementary examination shall be 50%.

6.2

363

6.3

No student shall be allowed to sit for more than two supplementary examinations in the final semester.

7.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 7.1 A student must pass eight modules in a level for them to progress to the next level. A student who fails three modules in the level will repeat the failed modules. A student who passes less than 25 percent of the modules in a level will discontinue studies.

7.2

7.3

8.

DEGREE WEIGHTING CLASSIFICATION For purposes of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 Level 2 (Semester 1) 35% 18% 7% 40%

Level 2 (Semester 2 Level 2 (Dissertation) 9. CLASSIFICATION

The following marking scheme shall be used for all the modules and grading of the degree. 80% 70% - 79% 60% - 69% 50% - 59% 40% - 49% 1 2.1 2.2 3 Fail First Class Second Class (upper) Second Class (lower) Pass Supplementable

364

39% and less 10.

Fail

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Results lists shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MBM701 MBM702 MBM703 MBM704 MBM705 Module Description Organisational Behaviour Management Accounting Strategic Management Business Ethics Change Management Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MBM706 MBM707 MBM708 MBM709 MBM710 Production &Operations Management Corporate Financial Management Total Quality Management Learning Organisation Corporate Entrepreneurship 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MBM711 MBM807 MBM801 MBM802 Research Methods Strategic Leadership Systems and Decision Making Corporate Governance 1 4 4 4 4

365

MBM804

Financial Statement Analysis

Level 2 Semester 2 MBM803 MBM805 MBM806 Dissertation Advanced Strategic Management Corporate Governance 2 24 4 4

12. MODULE SYNOPSES MBM 701 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR The module seeks to instruct students on the management of people in an organisation with special emphasis on culture, groups and group dynamics, teamwork, motivation theories and learning organisations. MBM 702 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING This module introduces the basic concepts of managerial accounting for internal decision-making. Major topics included are product costing, emphasizing costing approaches used in todays business environments, relevant costs for decision analysis, variance analysis, divisional performance evaluation, and transfer pricing. MBM 703 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Enables the students to develop, fine tune skills in the analysis of strategic and organisational problems and issues. Business policy is with those aspects general management that have material effects on the survival and success of business enterprises. It will cover the companys vision, external environment, environmental forecasting, internal analysis, objectives, strategy and implementation of strategy. MBM 704 BUSINESS ETHICS This module aims to show that ethics are becoming the defining business issues affecting corporate profits and credibility as well as personal security and the

366

sustainability of a global environment. From price fixing to bribery to toxic waste dumping, companies are engaging in unethical practices and increasing the cost of doing business. It will further look at responses to unethical practices by the government, media, and private watch groups, competitors and employees, and how organisations can be ethical to increase profits. MBM 705 CHANGE MANAGEMENT The aim of this module is to give students a comprehensive and integrated overview of the field of change management or organisational development and to demonstrate that students have developed analytical, diagnostic and intervention skills. MBM 706 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT This module is meant to instruct students on the challenges encountered in the management of production of goods and services, materials requirement planning, queuing theory, factory layout and production systems. An analysis of problems and issues faced by production and operation managers in manufacturing and service industries will also be undertaken. MBM 707 CORPORATE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Includes analytical and decision making approaches to challenges confronting financial management. Areas such as planning, control and financing of current operations, and long term capital commitments, management of cash flows, evaluation of income, production property and expansion, capital budgeting and long term financing. MBM 708 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT The module seeks to highlight the importance of TQM in organisational competitiveness in a global environment and emphasises the concept of continuous learning, and product and services improvements. It will also emphasize on the current trends in this area of study. MBM 709 LEARNING ORGANISATION

367

This module will explore the dynamics of how organisations learn through the empowerment of individuals in the organisation. It goes beyond the incidence of mistakes as a punishable offence and treats these as opportunities to learn and enhance organisational performance. It will also examine the leadership regimes necessary for such organisational learning. MBM 710 CORPORATE ENTREPRENEURSHIP This module seeks to study how entrepreneurship can be fostered in an organisation to make it relevant to a changing business environment and to exploit opportunities in the environment thereby ensuring organisational growth. MBM 711 RESEARCH METHODS The aim of this module is to introduce the formal development of the students master research project. It explains the research process and provides characteristics of a good research project. The module covers topics such as research study methods, impact of the project on profession and society, methods of searching literature, determining the research design, data gathering and data analysis approaches, proposal format requirements and writing up a report. MBM 807 STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP This module emphasizes the role of leaders in the twenty first century organisation and their role in leading strategy formulation and implementation, role modeling, mentoring, training and performance management. MBM 801 SYSTEMS AND DECISION MAKING This module seeks to examine organisations as systems and how activities in one area will affect the others. The tools to be used in decision-making will be examined and how the organisation as a whole can benefit from these approaches. MBM 802 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE This module will examine how corporate entities should be managed in a way that meets the interests of all stakeholders of a corporate business entity. MBM 804 FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS

368

This module is designed for those who expect to read, interpret, and analyse financial statements. The course adopts a modern approach to the topic of financial statements analysis. Although some attention is devoted to the mechanics of dissecting financial statements, the primary emphasis lies on development of an understanding of the market environment in which financial information is used. MBM 805 ADVANCED STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 2 The module will cover strategic issues in public enterprises reform and privatisation management of project, business level strategies, competitive strategy and industry environments, strategies in global environment, corporate strategy, corporate, governance and ethics, implementing strategies, competitive advantage, issues of strategic leadership in the 21st century. MBM 806 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 2 The module would address issues concerned with disclosure and transparency, and owners and stakeholders, Board practices and board procedures, the corporate governance strategy and evaluating strategy delivery and executive directors performance, effective chairing of boards. MBM 803 DISSERTATION The dissertation shall constitute the second semester of level two. Each candidate is required to submit a dissertation of approximately 20 000 words on a topic relating to his/her area of managerial interest and approved in writing by the dissertation supervisor. There will be four graduates seminars during the last semester of the students studies. Session 1 This will be a three-day residency period intended to introduce the formal development of the students masters thesis. Topics to be covered will include research study methods, problem statement, research questions, hypothesis to be tested, samples and populations, the intended impact of the Project on the profession and society. The outcome is a prospectus (Blueprint) that articulates a specific goal and plan that evolves into the learners Masters Thesis proposal.

369

Session 2 This is another residency period designed to focus on the Masters Thesis Proposal for approval. During this session the prospectus from the first session will be fine tuned for formal approval. Topics to be covered during this session will focus on literature review, statistical and qualitative tools, data gathering and data analysis approaches, past research and current theory, proposal format requirements, and submission timelines. Session 3 This is another three-day residency period designed to facilitate the dissertation writing process from an approved masters thesis to final submission of the project. Chapters 4 and 5 requirements from the dissertation are explored for content and format. An approved dissertation proposal is required to earn a passing grade this session. Session 4 This is a mentorguided session. It is the last session where the candidate completes the formal Oral defence of the Masters Dissertation and then prepares and submits the dissertation for University approval. An approved dissertation is required to complete this session. DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ECONOMICS HONOURS DEGREE (HECON)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

370

1.3

The duration of the degree programme shall normally be a minimum of four levels including a period of Work Related Learning in a relevant industrial/commercial setting during the third level.

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS Bachelor of Commerce Economics Honours Degree graduates can be absorbed in some of the following organizations and areas; Financial Institutions, Government Departments, Parastatals, Central Bank, private sector firms, nongovernmental organizations, regional and international organizations, institutions of higher learning, consultancy firms and high schools among others.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Economics Honours Degree programme, a candidates, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level in the following subjects: Economics, Accounting, Mathematics and Management of Business Mature Entry 3.2.1 Over and above the requirements stipulated in the General Regulations, students who get into the Economics Department through mature entry should at least have a B in Ordinary Level Mathematics.

3.2

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1. A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester, respectively.

371

4.2.

Each module is worth four (4) credits, except for the Work Related Learning level which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements of the department and subject to availability of places.

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code EC101 EC102 Module Description Microeconomics 1 Economic Statistics A Credits 4 4

372

ACC105 EC 103 BM101 HCS115 CS 101

Financial Accounting for Business 1A Mathematics for Economists Principles of Management Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills

4 4 4 4 4 Credits 4 4 4 4 4 Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 EC105 BM 105 EC104 ACC106 MM101 Level 2 EC201 EC203 EC209 EC 206 GS201 EC 205 Economic Statistics B Business Law 1 Macroeconomics 1 Financial Accounting for Business 1B Principles of Marketing Semester 1 Macroeconomics II Quantitative Methods Investment Analysis A Prerequisites (EC101) (EC103) (EC103)

Statistical Analysis and Applications Introduction to Gender Studies International Trade Theory and Policy

Level 2 Semester 2 EC204 EC210 EC 402 EC 202 Macroeconomics II (EC104) Investment Analysis B Econometrics A Monetary Economics 4 4 4 4

373

EC 208

Environmental Economics

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 : Work Related Learning EC301 EC302 EC303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EC401 EC409 MM403 EC406 EC408 Microeconomics 111 Econometrics B International Finance Industrial Economics Public Sector Economics (EC201) 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 EC404 EC403 EC 207 EC411 EC405 12. Macroeconomics 111 Managerial Economics Agricultural Economics Dissertation Development Economics MODULE SYNOPSES (EC204) 4 4 4 8 4

EC101 MICROECONOMICS I This module covers the basic economic questions, scarcity and opportunity cost, partial equilibrium analysis of markets, introduction to consumer behavior, productions costs long run and short run, and price and output determination under different

374

market structure; perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, and oligopoly, and the theory of distribution and pricing of factors of production EC102 ECONOMIC STATISTICS A This module introduces the student to the operations of statistics in business. The basic introductory framework includes: nature and scope of statistical enquiry, representation of statistical data, frequency distribution, measure of central tendency and dispersion, data spread and probability theory. The module also helps in decisionmaking and information presentation. EC105 ECONOMIC STATISTICS B The module provides a theoretical and practical approach to decision-making and business forecasting. The topics covered include: hypothesis testing, goodness of fit, linear regression, indexation and time series analysis. The half module forms a strong foundation for the fourth year qualifying course for the programme EC402. EC103 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS A firm understanding and appreciation of mathematics is now of paramount importance for any serious student living in a dynamic world of economics and business. The module seeks to show the relevance of mathematical tools/concepts such as linear algebra, differentiation, integration, and optimization theory in the field of economics. EC104 MACROECONOMICS I The module covers fundamental macroeconomic ideas: definition of macroeconomics, major macroeconomic issues, national accounts, simple theory of national income distribution, national income in an open economy, changes in the demand side, the multiplier process, supply side equilibrium, role of money in macroeconomics, monetary policy, bank rate, open market operations, variable reserve rations, moral suasion, international trade and balance of payment theories, foreign exchange markets. GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES

375

Refer to the Department of Gender Studies EC201 MICROECONOMICS II The module will cover the following major topics: the budget constraint, utility choice, demand, revealed preference, technology, profit maximization, market structures; perfect competition, monopolistic competition, monopsony and oligopoly. EC 203 QUANTITATIVE METHODS It is a pre-requisite for students taking this module to have done basic mathematics for economists. Quantitative methods seek to strengthen the use of mathematics in analyzing and interpreting economic phenomena. The module covers areas like, comparative statistics, optimization theory, difference and differential equations, matrix algebra etc. EC 202 MONETARY ECONOMICS The module explains the nature, definitions and value of money, role of money in economic activity, the nature of financial intermediation, role of financial intermediation, the demand and supply for money; theoretical and empirical issues, monetary policy and money supply control; Zimbabwe monetary policy since 1980, money and inflation, international monetary relations. EC 204 MACRO ECONOMICS II The module reviews national income accounts, consumption theories, investment theory, equilibrium in the goods and money market (IS-LM model) and macrodynamics, balance of payment constraint. EC 205 INTERNATIONAL TRADE THEORYAND POLICY

376

The module covers an understanding of trade theories that form the basis for trade policy analysis. These theories include: classical theories, neoclassical theories and new trade theories. The theory of trade protection, exchange rates and the Balance of Payments are also covered in this module. The policy section covers such topics as terms of trade and economic development, the role of industrial policy in the creation of comparative advantage, trade liberalization in Zimbabwe, the global trading environment, regional co-operation and integration and the role of the WTO in the 21st century. EC 206 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS The module forms an enhanced strong prelude to EC402. It includes the following topics: descriptive statistics, probability theory and probability models, univariate probability distribution, multivariate probability distribution, testing and estimation, sampling distribution, asymptotic distributions, statistic estimation and ANOVA and regressions. EC 207 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS The module looks at definitions of agriculture economics and related ideas, subject matter of agricultural economics, production theory and agriculture, agricultural economics models: household models-decision theory and risk analysis in agriculture, issues of technological change-innovation transfer and diffusion; food policy food security, self-sufficiency; agricultural trade issues drought mitigation and disaster management policies; agricultural policies and incentives with special reference to Zimbabwe. EC 208 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS This module seeks to equip students with skills to utilize the techniques covered in core courses such as microeconomics, macroeconomics and quantitative methods to analyze environmental problems. The module explains the role of environmental economics in the development process in general and in the integrated management

377

of ecological economic systems in particular. It covers topics such as history of environmental economics, sustainable development, environmental accounting and valuation of natural resources. EC 209 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS A The module is designed to cover an understanding of the financial markets, sources and uses of funds in investment, risk-return relationships, the efficiency of capital markets, introduction to securities valuation as well as investment appraisal. EC 210 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS B This module builds from the principles laid down in Investment Analysis A. It covers the taxonomy of debt and equity markets in Zimbabwe, the basic portfolio theory, asset pricing models and an introduction to derivatives markets and securities. EC 401 ADVANCED MICROECONOMICS Topics covered in this module include Game theory: payoff matrix of game, types of games, equilibrium, enforcing cartel and entry deterrence. General equilibrium and exchange: the Edgeworth box, Pareto efficiency, the algebra of efficiency and implications of welfare theorems. Welfare: social welfare functions, welfare maximization, fair allocations, envy and equity, Externalities: smokers and nonsmokers, production externalities, tragedy of commons, automobile pollution. Public goods: when to provide a public good; private provision of public goods, property rights and coarse theorem, the free rider problem. EC 402 AND EC409 ECONOMETRICS A AND B The modules cover univariate and bi-variate analysis and related topics. These include the two variable model, the three variable regression model, specification testing, weaknesses of regression models, general linear model, problems of single equation

378

models and simultaneous equation models. The module content focuses on econometric techniques that provide students with the understanding they need in modern economics. Students will be given an opportunity to use modern statistical packages like STATA, PC Give, E-Views, SPSS and these form part of their methodological toolkit for economic and development research. EC 404 ADVANCED MACROECONOMICS AND POLICY The module considers Zimbabwe macroeconomic history since 1980s, review of national income accounts, closed economy macroeconomics, determination of aggregate demand and aggregate supply, inflation unemployment and the Phillips curve. Components of consumer behaviour models, investment models, money demand and supply, open economy macroeconomics, BOP and the Keynesian analysis, Mundell-Flemming model, monetary approach to BOP (The POLAK Model), Government, money supply and signorage, theory of macroeconomic policy. EC 407 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS The module considers Business Objectives: optimization, The Principle of Margin, Decision Analysis, Demand Measurement and Forecasting, Cost Measurement, Economies of Scale, The Learning Curve, Pricing Policies: Joint Product Pricing, Transfer Pricing, Loss Leaders, Price Discrimination, Public Utility Pricing, Advertising and Promotion Decisions: Dorfman Steiner Theorem, The Advertising Sales Relationship, Corporate Strategies: Vertical Integration, Diversification, Growth and Market Share, The Location Decision, Profit Planning and Control. Game Theory for Managers. EC 405 DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Concepts covered include Industrial, Development and Growth in the 19th Century. The following topics are studied: Economic Growth and Development; Industrialization and Modernization: Agrarian Change and Agricultural Revolutions, Technological

379

Change and Innovation; Infrastructural Developments; Demographic Change, Commercial and Financial Changes. These topics will be examined with reference to Zimbabwe and other developing countries. EC 406 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly: Collusion sealed bid Pricing Cartels. Market concentration. Barriers to Entry. Predatory Pricing. Concentration and Profits. Concentration and Inflation. Monopoly Welfare Loss and Rent Seeking. Price Discrimination. Public Policy Towards Business. Privatization. Competition Policy. Property Rights and Transaction Costs. The Coarse Theorem. The Principal Agent Problem. Ownership and Control. Vertical Integration. Franchising. Exclusive Territories. Exclusive Dealing. Insider Trading. Social Responsibility of Business. EC408 PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS The economic basis for government activity Efficiency markets and Governments, Externalities and Government Policy, Public goods Government expenditure and policy, Budget deficits and the government taxation theory and structure. Taxes on consumption and sales, State and Local Government Finance. State and Local Government Fiscal issues and Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations. ACC105 AND ACC106 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I A AND B Refer to the Department of Accounting MM101 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Refer to the Department of Marketing Management MM403 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

380

Refer to the Depatment of Marketing Management BM101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT, BM105 BUSINESS LAW 1, BM202 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management REGULATIONS FORTHE MASTERS OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS DEGREE (MECON)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate degrees offered by the Midlands State University. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty regulations.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The programme provides an opportunity to obtain a more comprehensive foundation in Economics and added knowledge in specific economic or business related areas. The programme aims to develop the sound conceptual, technical, and analytical and communication skills that are required to succeed in the Economics profession. Students will be expected to exercise their analytical abilities and develop effective verbal and written communication skills.

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To qualify for entry into the Master of Commerce Economics degree programme a student should have an honours degree in Economics, Banking & Finance or related field.

381

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can be absorbed in some of the following organizations and areas; Financial Institutions, Government Departments, Parastatals, Central Bank, private sector firms, non-governmental organizations, regional and international organizations, institutions of higher learning, consultancy firms and high schools among others.

5.

DURATION The programme shall be completed over a minimum of four semesters on a full time block release basis

6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 6.2 Formal examinations will be held at the end of each semester. For a student to be admitted to the examinations they must have:

382

6.3

Satisfactorily attempted approved modules of study including submission of required written assignments. 6.3.1 6.3.2 Attended compulsory classes Participated in prescribed seminars, tutorials and practical classes. Paid the prescribed fees in accordance with the General Regulations. Formal examinations will normally be written papers, but in some cases the examiner may test the candidate orally. Continuous assessment shall account for 30% of the overall assessment, while the final examination will account for 70% of the overall assessment.

6.3.3

6.3.4

6.3.5

6.4 7.

The aggregate pass mark shall be 50%.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 7.1 A student who fails to satisfy examiners and obtains a mark less than 50% but not less than 40% may on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners and subject to the approval of the Senate, be permitted to sit for a supplementary examination(s) in the respective module(s) failed in the final semester of the programme. Overall assessment of the Supplementary examination will not incorporate continuous assessment. Supplementary examinations shall be marked as Pass or Fail and the overall maximum mark awarded in a supplementary examination shall be 50%.

7.2

8.

PROGRESSION A student retains credit for modules passed.

383

9.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION For the purposes of degree classification the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 Level 2 50% 50% (with dissertation carrying weight equivalent to four taught modules)

10.

MARKING SCHEME The following marking scheme shall be used for all the modules and grading of the degree: 80%-100% 70%-79% 50%-69% 40- 49% 39% and less Pass with Distinction Pass with Merit Pass Fail Fail Supplementable

11.

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Results lists shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.

12.

DEGREE STRUCTURE AND CREDITS

Level 1 Semester 1 CORE MODULES Code Module Description Credits

384

MECO701 MECO702 MECO703 MECO704 MECO706 MECO707

Advanced Microeconomics A Advanced Macroeconomics A Advanced Mathematics For Economists Advanced Corporate Finance and Investment A Health Economics A Environmental and Ecological Economics A

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MECO708 MECO705 MECO709 MECO710 MECO711 MECO712 Advanced Microeconomics B Advanced Macroeconomics B Advanced Econometrics Advanced Corporate Finance and Investment B Health Economics B Environmental and Ecological Economics B 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MECO807 Dissertation 32

ELECTIVES (At least two electives from the following list) MECO801 Advanced Public Finance A MECO802 Advanced Agricultural Economics A MECO803 Advanced Monetary Economics A Level 2 Semester 2 MECO807 Dissertation ELECTIVES (At least two electives from the following list) Pre-requisites 32 4 4 4

385

MECO804 Advanced Public Finance B MECO805 Advanced Agricultural Economics B MECO806 Advanced Monetary Economics B 12. MODULE SYNOPSES

(MECO801) (MECO802) (MECO803)

4 4 4

MECO 701 & MECO 708: ADVANCED MICROECONOMICS A & B Recent developments in & links between microeconomic theory and economic policy at micro level. MECO 702 & 705: ADVANCED MACROECONOMICS A & B Recent developments in macroeconomic theory & relationships to economic policy. Modern interpretations of Keynes. MECO 703 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS The module has the Mathematics component and the econometricscomponent. It enriches the students with some economic insights, intuitions and rudimentary understanding of Economics. It allows the students to master beforehand the relevant mathematical tools. This requires the student to command elementary algebra. The course extensively reviews elementary algebra and also treats a number of other rather elementary topics. It also covers calculus for functions, multivariable optimization problems, linear programming, difference and differential equations and optimal control theory. MECO709 ADVANCED ECONOMETRICS Introduces some important tools in modern econometrics and economic statistics including topics in applied econometric time series & topics concerning discrete & limited dependent variable analysis. Strong focus on applied statistical analysis & should be of significant use to advanced level students in their research. Hypothesis testing, linear regression, general linear model, serial correlation, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, dummy variables, limited dependent variables & simple dynamic models. Practical problems are solved using Econometric programs like Microfit, PC Give, Stata, Sharzarm, E-views, Rats or equivalent econometrics packages.

386

MECO704 & MECO 710 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE A & B Advanced theoretical and empirical aspects of corporate financial management and capital market behaviour. It provides students with techniques for evaluating

387

investments on an individual basis and in the context of portfolio. Techniques for analysis investments focus on maximising expected returns while minimising risk. MECO706 & MECO 711 HEALTH ECONOMICS A & B Descriptive and theoretical aspects of health and medical services; demand and supply for health insurance, hospitals, etc; quality v. quantity in services; cost analysis; multiple outputs; evaluation techniques.
MECO707 & MECO 712 ECOLOGICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS A & B

Selected issues such as market failures, externalities, pollution control, species preservation, natural areas, sustainable development, common property resources, global environmental & natural resources, conservation of renewable & non-renewable resources; evaluation techniques. MECO 801 & MECO 804 ADVANCED PUBLIC FINANCE Analysing theories of government growth, optimal taxation, public goods models, externalities. MECO802 & MECO805 ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Discussion of the agricultural household model, agricultural and drought mitigation policies, food security. MECO 803& MECO806 ADVANCED MONETARY ECONOMICS Theoretical topics on exchange rate behaviour & management, current account determination, international capital mobility, effectiveness of fiscal & monetary policies in open economies & select international macro-economic policy issues. MECO807 DISSERTATION PLAGIARISM The University views with the gravest concern the phenomenon of plagiarism and will continue to impose heavy penalties. Plagiarism is the action or practice of taking and using as ones own the thoughts or writings of another (without

388

acknowledgement). The following practices constitute acts of plagiarism and are a major infringement of the Universitys academic values: Where paragraphs, sentences, a single or significant parts of a sentence which are copied directly, are not enclosed in quotation marks and appropriately footnoted; Where direct quotations are not used, but are paraphrased or summarised and the source of the material is not acknowledged either by footnoting or other simple reference within the text of the paper; Where an idea, which appears elsewhere in printed material or film, is used or developed without reference being made to the author or the source of that idea; When a deliberate act of plagiarism is proven, the results of the assignment, exercise or procedure concerned may be annulled and the case referred to the authorities for further action as appropriate. DEPARTMENT OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ENTREPRENEURSHIP HONOURS DEGREE (HENT)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations. The duration of the degree programme shall normally be a minimum of four levels including a period of Work Related Learning in a relevant industrial/commercial setting during the third level.

1.2

1.3

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates for the Bachelor of Commerce Entrepreneurship can pursue careers in Marketing, Accounting, Finance, Banking, Entrepreneurship, Investment Analysis, General Management, Administration and Management Consultancy.

389

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Entrepreneurship Honours Degree programme, a candidates, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level in the following subjects: Management of Business, Accounting, Economics, Mathematics and Geography

3.2 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 3.3 Special Entry 3.3.1 Candidates who have successfully completed Higher National Diploma in Business Studies or have obtained equivalent qualifications may apply for direct entry into Level II of the degree programme.

3..3.2 Direct entry into Level II of the programme is subject to availability of places. 3.3.3 Candidates admitted under Regulation 3.1 above will normally be exempted from Level I on a module-by module basis.

3.3.4. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. 3.3.5 Successful completion of the Work Related Learning component at Level III is compulsory for all candidates.

390

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1. A candidate is required to register for a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester, respectively. Each module is worth four (4) credits, except for the Work Related Learning level which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements of the department and subject to availability of places.

4.2.

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROVISION FOR PASSING All modules are compulsory. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

391

Level 1 Semester 1 Code BM101 BM102 ACC105 EC101 MM101 HCS115 CS101 Module Description Principles of Management Business Communication Financial Accounting for Business 1A Microeconomics 1 Principles of Marketing Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 ENT101 BM106 BM105 ACC106 ACC102 EC104 E- Commerce in Business Industrial Relations Business Law 1 4 4 4 4 4 4

Financial Accounting for Business 1 Quantitative Analysis for Business Macroeconomics

Level 2 Semester 1 ENT 205 BM203 BM201 GS201 ENT201 Entrepreneurship 1 Business Law 2 Human Resource Management Gender Studies Enterprise Risk Management 4 4 4 4 4

392

ENT 202

Family Business Management

Level 2 Semester 2 ENT206 BM205 BM206 ENT 203 ENT 204 Ethics and Corporate Governance Organisational Behaviour Business Research Methods Investment Management Strategic Sourcing 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 ENT301 ENT302 ENT303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 BM401 ENT401 BM404 ENT402 ENT403 Change Management Entrepreneurship Project Management Financial Management Technology and Innovation II 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BM405 BM403 ENT407 ENT405 Strategic Management Production and Operations Management Dissertation Corporate Entrepreneurship 4 4 8 4

393

12.

MODULE SYNOPSES

BM 101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management BM102 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION Refer to the Department of Business Management EC 101 MICROECONOMICS 1 AND EC104 MACROECONOMICS 1 Refer to the Department of Economics BM104 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Refer to the Department of Business Management BM105 BUSINESS LAW 1 Refer to the Department of Business Management GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES Refer to the Department of Gender Studies ENT 201 ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT The objective of this module is to provide a practical and systematic approach to guide Entrepreneurs in examining risks, and design control and risk management processes to monitor and mitigate the impact of these risks on the business and financial viability of the enterprise. It will also include elements of political, legal,

394

investment risk. Students will learn the use of a systematic approach to understand the risks associated with the companys business model, revenue model, resources and capacity, capital and funding structure, management structure and business processes and the techniques to develop a set of key performance indicators that can serve as red flags to monitor and measure risks. ENT 101 E-COMMERCE IN BUSINESS Students should: understand the main technologies behind electronic systems and how these technologies interact; have an understanding of how e-commerce and web based applications are designed, built and implemented. have a knowledge of tools, technologies, concepts and processes, that comprise the technical infrastructure of e-commerce sites and be able to solve problems about site design, hardware and software architecture, and document architecture.

ENT 206 ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Here the student is prepared for a leadership role within organisations through an exploration of the importance of social and moral values in business and management. This exploration takes place at a number of levels. At an organizational level, we look the critical at the role of Board of Directors in shaping and defining of corporate conduct. Finally, at the level of individual, we look at the sorts of dilemmas you are likely to face in seeking to balance and integrate the often conflicting demands of personal and professional life. ENT205 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 1 The module looks at business development, barriers encountered and issues related to marketing, human resources management, pricing, government policies, taxation of businesses. Case studies, visits to business premises and presentations by entrepreneurs will be used to understand the running of small business. The preparation of business plans will also be covered.

395

BM203 BUSINESS LAW II Refer to the Department of Business Management BM205 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR Refer to the Department of Business Management BM206 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS Refer to the Department of Business Management ENT 203 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT The module focuses on the application of financial theory to the issues and problems of investment management. This course is more analytical than usual. Topics will include bond valuation and strategies, stock valuation and strategies, options valuation and strategies, portfolio optimization and asset allocation, the CAPM and the APT, and their implications for investment management. Students learn to either use appropriate software or create their own spreadsheet programs in Excel. ENT 204 STRATEGIC SOURCING This module is designed to create a managerial perspective of the core tasks and challenges required to effectively manage logistical operations and supply chains. It deals with the integration of information and material flows across multiple organizations in the supply chain. By managing functional areas of logistics such as customer service, transportation and order processing as an integrated unit, a firm can gain a strategic advantage in logistics competency and be a strong contributor to successful supply chain management. BM 401 CHANGE MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management ENT 401 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 2

396

The module provides students with the tools to identify opportunities, how to screen the various opportunities, developing a business concept, translating ideas into business opportunities, financing a business, growing a business, the management team, harvesting of a business. BM 404 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management ENT 402 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT The module is aimed at equipping the student with the analytical skills required in financial decision-making and in making financial decisions. ENT 403 TECHNOLOGYAND INNOVATION The goal of managing innovation is to give students a strategic level understanding of innovation, and the ways of stimulating innovations. Emphasis will be on individual creativity, and team creativity. Focus will also be put on how to turn creative ideas into innovations and will cover innovations across abroad spectrum of technology, products, design, service, distribution and operation. BM 405 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management BM 403 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management ENT 407 DISSERTATION A student is required to submit a dissertation of approximately 10 000 words on a topic relating to strategic management, entrepreneurship, investments, and other business related areas as may be prescribed by the department. ENT 405 CORPORATE ENTREPRENEURSHIP

397

This module seeks to study how entrepreneurship can be fostered in an organization to make it relevant to a changing business environment and to exploit opportunities in the environment thereby ensuring organisational growth. ACC 105 FINANCIALACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1A, ACC106 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1B, ACC102 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS Refer to the Department of Accounting MM101 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Refer to the Department of Marketing Management DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HIRM)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

2.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 NORMAL ENTRY 2.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce in Insurance and Risk Management Honours Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum conditions as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty

398

Regulations for English and Mathematics at OLevel, must have obtained a pass in A Level Mathematics and any of the following A Level subjects: Economics Management of Business Accounting 2.2 VISITING SCHOOL (BLOCK RELEASE) To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce in Insurance and Risk Management Honours Degree (Visiting School) programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations, must have any of the following qualifications: A Certificate of Proficiency in Insurance A Certificate of Insurance Practice A Diploma in Insurance An Advanced Diploma in Insurance National Diploma in Business Studies A Higher National Diploma in Business Studies

399

 And:

Any other equivalent tertiary qualification

At least two years working experience in the insurance, risk management and related fields. Proof of employment e.g. letter from employer.

3.1

MATURE ENTRY 3.1.1 For mature entry, besides the 5"O Levels,additional requirements to include at least a Certificate of Proficiency or other diplomas plus two years relevant experience. The department may accept students on condition that they meet the entry requirements, subject to availability of places. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels.

3.1.2

3.1.3 4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester, respectively. Each module is worth four (4) credits except for the Work Related Learning level, which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. Successful completion of Work Related Learning component at Level III is compulsory for all candidates.

4.2

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT

400

Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. 6. FAILURE TO SATISFYTHE EXAMINERS. Refer to Section 9 of General Regulations 7. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of Faculty Regulations 8. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of Faculty Regulations 9. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 Faculty Regulations. 10. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty Regulations. 11. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1Semester 1 IRM101 BM102 EC101 ACC105 HCS 115 CS101 Practice of Insurance Business Communication Microeconomics Financial Accounting for Business 1A Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills

401

Level 1 Semester 2 BF101 ACC102 EC104 ACC106 IRM102 IRM103 Financial Mathematics Quantitative Analysis for Business Macroeconomics Financial Accounting for Business 1B Insurance Law Motor Insurance 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BM101 IRM201 IRM207 GS201 BF208 Principles of Management Risk and Insurance Enterprise Risk Management Gender Studies Corporate Finance A 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 IRM204 IRM205 IRM206 IRM 208 IRM 209 BF201 Life and Health Insurance Property Insurance Pension Scheme Design and Administration Bancassurance Practice Introduction to Advanced Reinsurance Corporate Finance B 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 & 2 Work Related Learning IRM301 IRM302 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report 15 15

402

IRM303

Employers Assessment Report

10

Level 4 Semester 1 IRM408 BF410 MM406 IRM403 IRM404 Applied Reinsurance Financial Risk Management Services Marketing Liability Insurance Insurance Broking 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 IRM405 IRM406 BM406 IRM407 12. Finance and Management Accounts Marine and Aviation Insurance Entrepreneurship Dissertation 4 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

IRM101 PRACTICE OF INSURANCE The module teaches the basic knowledge, fundamental principles and understanding of short term insurance, retirement funds and life assurance. If further focuses on the handling of risk and various aspects of short term insurance, insurance products and associate services, reinsurance, underwriting and policy wordings, claims, information and communication technology, customer service. IRM102 INSURANCE LAW The module focuses on laws applicable to the practice of short term insurance, retirement funds and life assurance in Zimbabwe and Southern Africa, legal principles, contract law, the law of delict and the law of agency, insurance regulation, codes of practice and ethics. IRM103 MOTOR INSURANCE

403

The module deals with principles and features of motor insurance for both personal and commercial use. Scope of cover provided, legal and regulatory considerations, risk assessment, rating and underwriting, claims procedures, hijacking and theft, anti-theft devices, tracking and recovery systems. IRM201 RISK AND INSURANCE The module deals with concepts of risk and risk management, including personal risk management, utility theory, risk identification, analysis and risk control, risk transfer, risk measurement and risk financing, risk pricing, capital adequacy, alternative risk transfer and solvency margins, regulation and supervision. IRM207 ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT Evolution of risk management and enterprise risk management (ERM), Elements of probability, risk and insurance and underlying statistical basis. The context of risk management, corporate strategy and corporate governance, risk identification, assessment and prioritization, risk control and financial, monitoring and review, use of derivatives, and Alternative Risk Transfer (ART). IRM204 LIFE AND HEALTH INSURANCE The module focuses on concepts and principles behind underwriting, assessment and rating in life assurance, retirement funds and health insurance. Development of the life assurance market, cover and life assurance contracts, risk assessment and control, reassurance, policy construction, claims administration, legal and regulatory environments, taxation, information technology. IRM205 PROPERTY INSURANCE General insurance coverage available in both personal and commercial insurance markets. Policy wordings and extensions, underwriting the risk in personal and commercial property, pecuniary (business interruption, bonds and guarantees, fidelity guarantee and credit insurance), construction and engineering insurance, scope of cover and exclusions, claims principles and procedures. IRM206 PENSION SCHEME DESIGN AND ADMINISTRATION

404

Fund types and funding methods, retirement and risk benefits and effects of inflation. The administrative aspects of setting up and running a fund, including the regulatory framework. Insured and self-administered schemes. Social insurance schemes. Effects of mergers and acquisitions, and winding up of funds. IRM 208 BANCASSURANCE IN PRACTICE Development of bancassurance, the principles and practice, its implications to the insurance market and traditional distribution channels, its potential as a tool for gaining competitive advantage. Models in use and classes of insurance products distributed. Opportunities and threats for traditional insurance intermediaries. IRM301, IRM302, IRM303 WORK RELATED LEARNING Provides for an integration of theory and practice, through experiential learning in a real world of work. Industrial attachment report fine-tunes students report writing skills. Student also exposed to real world business practice and ethics. IRM209 INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED REINSURANCE The business of reinsurance, the methods, principles and procedure for placing reinsurance. Underwriting of reinsurance and premium setting. Reinsurance accounting, loss reserves, providing for outstanding claims and unearned premiums. Contract wordings and legal issues relating to reinsurance. The reinsurance market. IRM403 LIABILITY INSURANCE Practical aspects of liability insurance and policy wording. Legal principles, risk and underwriting, employers liability, public and products liability, Directors and Officers liability, professional indemnity liability, third party liability, extensions and exclusions, clauses. IRM404 INSURANCE BROKING The intermediary market, regulation, role of the insurance broker in clients needs identification, selection of insurers, monitoring solvency of other intermediaries, negotiation and placing of business, policy wordings, premium payments and claims, marketing, errors and omissions, the practice of Bancassurance, its opportunities and threat to traditional insurance distribution channels.

405

IRM405 FINANCE AND MANAGEMENTACCOUNTS A more advanced understanding of accounting, finance, taxation, regulation of investments as these relate to the insurance industry. Management accounting, budgetary planning and control, solvency requirements, regulation of (re)insurance, corporate governance. Credit ratings meaning and implications. IRM406 MARINE AND AVIATION INSURANCE Development of marine insurance, the marine insurance market, legal principles, risks and types of cover, the aviation market, classes of aviation business, technical background, underwriting and risk management in the aviation context, aviation claims, space and satellite and aviation future trends. Effect of terrorism and sea piracy. IRM 408 ADVANCED REINSURANCE Specific issues in property, casualty, marine, aviation and life reinsurance and their application to the various forms of reinsurance. Underwriting and transaction of reinsurance business and renewals in these classes of reinsurance. Claims administration. IRM 407 DISSERTATION BM102 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION BM101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT BM406 ENTREPRENEURSHIP Refer to the Department of Business Management ACC102 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS ACC105 FINANCIALACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1A ACC106 FINANCIALACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1B Refer to Department of Accounting

406

EC101 MICROECONOMICS EC104 MACROECONOMICS Refer to the Department of Economics MM406 SERVICES MARKETING Refer to the Department of Marketing Management BF101 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS BF208 CORPORATE FINANCE A BF 201 CORPORATE FINANCE B BF 410 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Banking and Finance HCS115 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Refer to the Department of Computer Science GS 201 INTRODUCTION TOGENDER STUDIES Refer to the Department of Gender Studies CS101 COMMUNICATION SKILLS Refer to Department of Communication Skills DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE MARKETING MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HMRK)

1.

INTRODUCTION

407

1.1

The Departmental Regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Academic Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. The duration of the degree program shall normally be a minimum of 4 levels including a period of Work Related Learning in a relevant industrial/commercial setting during the third level.

1.2

1.3

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Bachelor of Commerce Marketing Management Honours Degree is an excellent springboard for entry in various careers such asDistribution Management, Advertising and Promotions, Expert Marketing, Marketing research, New Product/Service Development, Marketing Strategy, Product Brand Management, Wholesale and Retail Management, Merchandising Personal Selling and Sales Management, Marketing Consultancy and Public Relations.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Marketing Management Honours Degree programme,a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained a pass in O Level Mathematics and any of the following A Level subjects: Mathematics,Economics, Management of Business, Accounting and Geography

3.2

Visiting School (Block Release)

408

To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Marketing Management Degree (Visiting School) programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations, must have: Either:

409

HND/ND in Marketing Management IMM Diploma (Institute of Marketing Management) Diploma Institute of Bankers HND/ND in Business Studies HND/ND in Accountancy HND/ND in Purchasing Management Diploma in Education Institute of Administration and Commerce Diplomas Institute of Personnel Management of Zimbabwe Diplomas Diplomas in Institute of Real Estate Agents Diploma in Business Administration (ZIM) Any other relevant tertiary qualifications

Or And: -

Passes in A Level subjects

At least two years working experience in the relevant field Proof of employment

3.3

Special Entry 3.3.1 Candidates who have successfully completed Higher National Diploma in Marketing Management or have

410

obtained equivalent qualifications may apply for direct entry into Level II of the degree programme. 3.3.2 Candidates admitted under regulation 3.2 above will normally be exempted from Level I on a module-by modulebasis. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. Successful completion of the Work Related Learning component at Level Three is compulsory for all students.

3.3.3

3.3.4

3.4

MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester, respectively. Each module is worth four (4) credits except for the Work Related Learning level, which is worth forty (40) credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements and subjects to availability of places.

4.2

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFYTHE EXAMINERS. Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations

411

7.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to section 8 of the Faculty Regulations GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 the Faculty Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

8.

9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code BM101 MM101 MM102 ACC106 EC101 HCS115 CS 101 Module Descriptions Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Marketing Communication Financial Accounting for Business 1A Microeconomics Introduction to information technology Communication Skills Prerequisites Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BM105 ACC106 ACC102 EC104 MM107 Business Law 1 Financial Accounting 1B Quantitative Analysis for Business Macroeconomics Public Relations management 4 4 4 4 4

412

MM108 MM105

Advertising Strategy Quality Management (Visiting School Only)

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MM104 MM105 MM402 MM203 MM202 GS201 MM107 Marketing Management Quality Management Marketing Research Financial Aspects of Marketing Sales and Marketing Forecasting Gender Studies Public Relations Management (Visting School only) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 MM213 MM210 MM206 MM212 MM209 People Care Management Brand Management Consumer Behaviour Distribution Fundamentals Cost Management Essentials 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning MM300 MM301 MM302 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 BM401 MM403 Change Management International Finance 4 4

413

MM404 MM211 BM406 MM405

Industrial Marketing New Product Development Entrepreneurship International Marketing

4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 MM406 MM410 MM407 BM405 12. Services Marketing Relationship Marketing Project/Dissertation Strategic Management 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

MM101 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Marketing Functions, the environments of marketing, marketing information systems and marketing research, the marketing mix, consumer behaviour, the social responsibility of marketing, public policy with respect marketing practices, a general survey of the marketing methods, techniques, institutions and practices. MM102 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS The promotion mix: advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, publicity and packaging; setting of promotion objectives and deriving the promotion budget; consumer, middlemen and industrial marketing communication, direct marketing, telemarketing; public relations; psychological, cultural and biological factors influencing promotion. MM104 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Policy areas of organisation, marketing environment, and marketing systems, research and information systems, marketing strategy decision areas, product pricing, promotion and distribution, integrated marketing strategy the product life cycles, strategic marketing, marketing measurement and forecasting, distribution cost analysis,

414

control, sales forecasting management, application areas of marketing agricultural production and industrial marketing. MM105 QUALITY MANAGEMENT The module introduces the student to quality management and the quest for best business practices in a changing environment. In todays world, competitive advantage is shifting from mere possession of proprietary knowledge, access to raw materials etc. to a culture of conformance to specifications, conscientious value chain management ad employment and employee training and empowerment. Quality management postulates that one cannot inspect quality into a product doing the right thing correctly, first time all the time attracts the markets attention and buying power. To succeed firms must actively pursue the twin logics of customer-centric and profit-centric thinking. Issues covered include: Inspection, quality control, Quality assurance, Total quality management, the contributions of Joseph Juran, Edward Deming, David Gavin, Phillip Crosby, Kaouru Ishikawa, Armand Feigenbaum, Genichi Taguchi, Det Norske Veritas, and International Standards Organisation. Attention will also be paid to: Quality function deployment, Benchmarking, Quality gaps, Management Commitment, Education and Training, Employee Empowerment, Teamwork and Involvement, Management of change and the search for excellence, Business process reengineering, Quality costs, Scatter Diagrams, Pareto analysis, Ishikawa/Fishbone diagrams, Histogram, Control charts, Check sheets, Stratification, Service surveys. MM107 PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT The module is designed to guide the student in examining the scope, importance and characteristics of public relations in both private and public sectors. The student is shown now to study the elements of public relations, how to develop a Public Relations plan and the role of public relation in crisis and event management. The module will give the students an opportunity to apply their theoretical knowledge to practical situations. MM108 ADVERTISING STRATEGY

415

This module teaches students how to plan, implement, and control advertising programs. The module also explores the link between advertising and other promotional tools. GS201 GENDER STUDIES Refer to the Department of Gender Studies MM 213 PEOPLE CARE MANAGEMENT The module considers the overall significance of reward management, teamwork, employee relations, performance management and other organisational motivational tools in molding profitable organisations. MM 202 SALES AND MARKETING FORECASTING The module aims to cover sales forecasting, projections and consumer behavior in relation to marketing environment. Topics to be covered include: interactions between marketing management and sales management, functions of sales in marketing, sales forecasting techniques the Delphi Approach, Trend Analysis, Cross impact analysis of sales forecasting. MM204 FINANCIALASPECTS OF MARKETING The module aims to explain and illustrate financial techniques, which are relevant to marketing decisions. To achieve this, the module will cover Financial Involvement in marketing, Financial Statements, Financial performance ratios, financial status ratios, valuation ratios, techniques for major financial decisions, Discounting methods, Budgets and forecasts, Financing the plan, Designing control systems; Applications and examples based on marketing mix. MM206 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Understanding the consumer, consumer decision processes, problem recognition and the research process, Evaluative Criteria beliefs and attitudes, Learning and behaviour modification, Information processing, Social and Cultural influences, Purchasing behaviour and diffusion of innovation, consumerism. MM209 COST MANAGEMENT ESSENTIALS

416

Candidates are introduced to the role of costing in the management decision-making. Marketing is both Customer focus without ability to calculate business cost is a recipe for disaster. In addition even if you can make it, you cannot sell it if you cannot price it. Specific issues covered are definition of costs and associated concepts, Cost characteristics, Product costing techniques, Procurements cost, Holding cost, shortage cost, The EOQ model and calculations, Inventory Policy for lost sales. MM210 BRAND MANAGEMENT Definition of brand and the various forms of the brand importance and characteristics of brand Evolution of brand Consumer and Brand Management in business to business, in service organization and in retailing. Building and sustaining powerful and successful brands. Brands Planning and the evolution of brands. MM211 NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Common causes of business failure are loss of patronage to other products and inability to identify and respond to emerging market needs. This module exposes the student to the prudence of conscious product innovation and its potential to create first mover advantage. We also demonstrate the risk associated with new product development. It must be pointed out that New Product Development which is referred to elsewhere as Research and Development, Product Planning etc will be taught as a marketing course to strengthen understanding of the product element of the marketing mix. Issues covered include: New Products Process and Product Innovation Charter, concept generation, problem-based ideation, Analytical attribute Approaches, pretechnical Evaluation, Concept Evaluation systems, Character and Prescreening, Full screen, Financial Analysis, Product protocol, Development Structure, Development Team Management, Design and special Managerial needs, Product use testing, Strategic Launch Planning, Strategic action Dimensions, Implementation of Strategy, Pseudo Sale, Controlled and full sale Launch Control, Public Policy issues. MM212 DISTRIBUTION FUNDAMENTALS The module improves the students knowledge of place or channel management. We present here the techniques available from a marketing perspective of delivering goods and services. We are convinced that with a good grounding in how to produce winning offerings (as gained in NDP and QM), plus product identity knowledge (as obtained from Brand Management), in addition to Pricing and Promotion expertise

417

(as provided in costing fundamentals, Advertising and marketing Communication) etc then profit will be enhanced through prudent channel management. Issues covered include: Scope of distribution channels, Marketing Channels, Channel participants, Channel structures, Channel structure and design, Positioning, Marketing design, Logistics design, Planning, Channel development, Negotiation, Management, Performance measurement, Channel perspectives, Channel dynamics, International channels, Service channels. MM402 MARKETING RESEARCH The module covers the research process, problem definition, research designs, questionnaires construction and administration, sampling bases and sources of marketing data, collection and interpretation of data, research application and uses the relations of market research to functions of the business enterprise, types of marketing research consumer, industrial and service. MM403 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE The Evolution of the International monetary and Financial system. The MNC and its Environment. The Foreign Exchange Market and Foreign Exchange Exposure Management. Management of ongoing Operations. Financing the MNC. Direct Foreign Investment and MNC budgeting. Other issues impacting Multi-Financial Management. MM404 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING Classification of industrial products: Characteristics of the industrial market. Market information; Market planning, Industrial Consumer behaviour Organisational buying decisions, Methods of Distribution, Promotional problems of industrial marketing, buyer-seller relations. MM405 INTERNATIONALMARKETING Introduction to international marketing, scope and challenges of international marketing, international trade concepts and theory, international marketing environments cultural, economic, political, legal, social, and technological environments. International marketing management, marketing intelligence; product, price promotions and distribution policies, regional economic groupings and import/ export procedures.

418

MM410 RELATIONSHIP MARKETING A general survey of the major marketing methods, techniques, institutions and practices, examined from the viewpoint of their effects on the exchange of processes involved in moving goods from producers to ultimate consumers, creation, analysis and maintenance of market. ACC100 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1A, ACC101 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1B AND ACC102 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF BUSINESS Refer to the Department of Accounting BM101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT, BM105 BUSINESS LAW 1, BM405 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENTAND BM406 ENTREPRENEURSHIP Refer to the Department of Business Management HCS115 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, CS101 COMMUNICATION SKILLS Refer to the Departments of Computer Science and Communication Skills respectively REGULATIONS FOR MASTERS OF COMMERCE IN MARKETING STRATEGY (MMRK)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and the General Regulations The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set below.

1.2

2.

AIM The particular focus of the M.Com Marketing Strategy is to enable the manager to operate at a strategic level and manage effectively within a complex and uncertain environment.

419

3.

OBJECTIVES The specific targets of the M.Com Marketing Strategy are to: enable students to gain a broad understanding of the managerial techniques of decision making, enrich the students development and managerial prospects through learning within the context of their own experience, their current and future needs and the needs of their market and society and underline the importance and significance of increased managerial effectiveness and competence and understand the strategic approach.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally have a good honours degree (first or upper second) in Marketing, Business Management or their equivalents or an appropriate professional qualification (e.g. IMM, CIM).

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Registration will take place in accordance with the arrangements prescribed each semester through the registrars Office. A students registration shall not be confirmed until she/he has fulfilled the requirements for payment of fees. A student registered for a module is expected to attend classes prescribed de each module. The programme shall not commence with fewer than ten students. The programme shall be studied over a period of at least three (3) semesters.

6.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION The student is expected to write formal examination at the end of each semester. To be admitted to the examination the candidate must have written all assignments and tests given for the module during the semester. A candidate who fails two modules at the end of the level one may apply repeat and will retain credits for the modules passed and will retain credits for the modules

420

passed. Continuous assessment shall account for 40% of the overall assessment, while the formal examination will account for 60% of the overall assessment. 7. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provision of Section 13 of the General Regulations. 8. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MMRK701 MMRK702 MMRK703 MMRK704 MMRK705 Module Description Marketing Communications Strategies E-Marketing Strategies Corporate Governance and Ethics Corporate Strategy Strategic Quality Management Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MMRK706 MMRK707 MMRK708 MMRK715 Advanced Service Marketing International Marketing Strategies Strategic Relationship Marketing Research Methods 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MMRK809 MMRK814 Marketing Strategy Dissertation 4 8

One elective from the following: MMRK810 Political Marketing Strategies 4

421

MMRK811 MMRK812 MMRK813 MMRK815 9.

Agro-Marketing Marketing of Financial Service International Trade Marketing of Not for Profit Organisations

4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

MMRK701 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS STRATEGIES The aim of this module is to identify the strategic dimensions of marketing communications and to develop a thorough understanding of the role of marketing communications in panning. It will help students appreciate the role of corporate identity and image as well as examine the objectives of corporate communications and the strategies and tactics to achieve them. MMRK702 E-MARKETING STRATEGIES The module analyses the increasing role of the internet and related technologies in pure internet and traditional industries. It further looks at how students can design their own websites and manage its functions to enhance the organizations competitiveness. MMRK703 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND ETHICS Here the student is prepared for a leadership role within organisations through an exploration of the importance of social and moral values in business and management. This exploration takes place at a number of levels. At an organisational level, we look the critical at the role of Board of Directors in shaping and defining of corporate conduct. Finally, at the level of individual, we look at the sorts of dilemmas you are likely to face in seeking to balance and integrate the often conflicting demands of personal and professional life. MMRK704 CORPORATE STRATEGY The module deals with the process of formulating and implementing strategy in modern business enterprises. Cases discussions and class debates challenge students

422

both to develop verbal and interpersonal skills they must have to communicate effectively in the business world, and to analyse markets and to select strategies that allow firms to archive superior long-term performance. MMRK705 STRATEGIC QUALITY MANAGEMENT The module defines the key concepts in quality management and further identifies the quality phases. It also explores how excellence in organisation and delivery of unparallel service can be achieved through people, re-engineering and benchmarking. Costs of non-conformance to quality, costs of quality and quality perceptions will be studied. MMRK706 ADVANCED SERVICE MARKETING The module aims to provide students with a sound knowledge of the nature and special characteristics of services as well as how to manage service quality, productivity and staff. It explains how to position a service organisation and brand including the services marketing mix. It examines the special issues concerning the marketing of services and reflects the particular characteristics of services and the importance of services to a firm. Emphasis is given on the barrier that divide the perception of service quality from customer expectations and to understand the critical that customers use when forming expectations. MMRK707 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING STRATEGIES The aim of this module is to enable students to acquire expertise in applying marketing strategies in countries other than their own and thereby to acquire practice in dealing with international market situations. It promotes an understanding of factors determining the extent to which standardization in strategy implementation is appropriate for success in international markets. It demonstrates the major differences between national and multinational marketing planning and enables students to understand the range of tasks in international marketing strategy. MMRK708 STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPMARKETING

423

The module identifies the need to market products and services to both internal and external customers. It describes and examines ways of developing and maintaining customer relationships. Nano and mega relationships are studied and how they can be used to close the quality gap between what customers expect and what they get. Relationship-based marketing and resulting long-term retention of customers attention leads to significantly improve financial and market performance. Relationship marketing represents a new opportunity for organisations to gain a competitive advantage. MMRK809 MARKETING STRATEGY This module prepares the student to identify and apply appropriate marketing strategies in the dynamic operational environment in order to gain the desired competitive advantage. The marketing mix strategies will be studied and applied to extensive case studies based on real-life situations. MMRK814 DISSERTATION The programme finishes with a supervised dissertation of not less than 15 000 words. This allows the student to explore in-depth subjects of specific interest to her/him and her/his employer. The choice is completely free, limited only by the availability of qualified supervisors. The main requirements of the project are that it should engage with a problem of practical marketing management concern. DEPARTMENT OF RETAIL MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OFCOMMERCE RETAILMANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HRET)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations.

424

1.2

The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations. The duration of the degree programme shall normally be a minimum of four levels including a period of Work Related Learning in a relevant industrial/commercial setting during the third level.

1.3

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Bachelor of Commerce Retailing Honours Degree programme offers students a broad understanding of general management and marketing or finance. Graduates for the Bachelor of Commerce Retailing can pursue careers in Marketing, Accounting, Finance, Banking, Entrepreneurship, Investment Analysis, General Management, Administration and Management Consultancy.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Retailing Honours Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level in the following subjects: Management of Business, Accounting, Economics, Mathematics and Geography To qualify for entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Retail Management (Honours) degree (Visiting School) programme a candidate in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements prescribed under the General Regulations must have:-

3.1.2

Either : Diploma of the Institute of Bankers (IOBZ) HND/ND in Business Studies HND/ND in Accountancy

425

Or And 3.2

HND/ND in Purchasing Management Diploma in Education Institute of Administration and Commerce (IAC) Institute of Personnel Management Zimbabwe (IPMZ) Diploma Diplomas of the Institute of Real Estate Management Diploma in Business Administration (ZIM) Any other relevant tertiary qualifications

Passes in 2 relevant A Level subjects

At least two years working experience in the relevant field Proof of employment

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. Special Entry 3.2.1. Candidates who have successfully completed Higher National Diploma in Business Studies or have obtained equivalent qualifications may apply for direct entry into Level II of the degree programme. 3.2.2 Direct entry into Level II of the programme is subject to availability of places.

3.3.

3.2.3

Candidates admitted under Regulation 3.2 above will normally be exempted from Level I on a module-by module basis. 3.2.4. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. Successful completion of the Work Related Learning component at Level III is compulsory for all candidates.

3.2.5

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

426

4.1.

A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester, respectively. Each module is worth four (4) credits, except for the Work Related Learning level which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who have been discontinued from other programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements of the department and subject to availability of places.

4.2.

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer To Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer To Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

6.

7.

8.

9.

10. 11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

427

BM101 ACC105 EC101 RET 101 HCS115 CS101

Principles of Management Financial Accounting for Business 1A Microeconomics 1 Introduction to Retailing Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BM106 BM105 RET 102 ACC106 ACC102 EC104 Industrial Relations Business Law 1 Retail Planning Financial Accounting for Business 1B Quantitative Analysis for Business Macroeconomics 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BM202 BM203 RET 201 RET202 GS201 BM205 Small Business Management Business Law 2 Retail Buying Retail Merchandising Introduction to Gender Studies Organisational Behavior 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BM204 BM201 RET203 Business Investment Analysis Human Resources Management Marketing Research in Retailing 4 4 4

428

RET204 RET205

Consumer Behavior Public Relations

4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and2 RET301 RET302 RET303 Academic Supervisor Report Work Related Report Employers Assessment Report 1 15 10 5

Level 4 Semester 1 BM401 RET401 BM406 RET 402 RET403 Change Management Retail Brand Management Entrepreneurship Retail Relationship Markrting Transport and Logistics 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BM405 RET 405 RET407 RET404 12. Strategic Management Retail Operations Management Dissertation Promotion and Distribution Management 4 4 8 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

BM101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management BM102 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION Refer to the Department of Business Management

429

EC 101 MICROECONOMICS 1 AND EC104 MACROECONOMICS 1 Refer to the Department of Economics BM105 BUSINESS LAW 1 Refer to the Department of Business Management BM106 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Refer to the Department of Business Management HCS115 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Refer to the Department of Computer Science CS101 COMMUNICATION SKILLS Refer to English and Communication GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES Refer to the Department of Gender Studies RET 101 INTRODUCTION TO RETAILING The nature of retailing: its role and functions; and its economic significance. The value chain. Types of retail outlets and types of ownership. Service retail sector. Types of retailers by product category or service type. Food retailers. Non- store retailing. Current issues in retail. Concentration and the rise of the retail corporation. The home as a consumption space TV and home shopping. Internet shopping. RET 102 RETAIL PLANNING. The module introduces types of retail locations; location and strategy. Site evaluation and selection. Types of shopping centres. Measuring demand. Competition and market potential. Demographic and household trends. Assessing and evaluating competition. Growth strategies: organic growth, acquisitions and mergers; international growth. Understanding the customers and the consumer market. The importance of location. Store layout and space planning. Market selection and location analysis.. Retailer/ supplier relationships- dependency, power and managing cooperative relations. Evolution of retail competition: wheel of retailing; accordion. Retail Life Cycle. Retail

430

theories of location: gravity theory, saturation theory; buying power index. Market demand and supply factors. Measuring trade potential- analog approach, multiple regression analysis, gravity models. Measuring demand buying power index. Site analysis, and selection. Retail premises: owner and rented outlet. Planned and unplanned development. Growth strategies- market penetration/expansion, retail format development, diversification. International growth. Organic growth, acquisition and mergers. Retail locations [CBD, shopping centre, malls]. Forecasting demand and demand density. RET 201 RETAIL BUYING Sourcing decisions. The buying process. International sourcing decisions. Meeting vendors and negotiating price. Supplier analysis: Evaluating suppliers. Maintain partnerships and relationships with vendors. Buyer responsibilities. Product Life Cycle. Sourcing and supplier relationships. Product selection and evaluation. Assortment breadth and depth. Quick Response [QR], Efficient Consumer Response [ECR] and Collaborative Planning Forecasting and Replenishment [CPFR]. Use of modern ICTs. Buying systems:- merchandise budget plans; open-to-buy. Analyzing merchandise performance [ABC analysis, Sell-through analysis, multiple-attribute method]. Category management and the assortment plan. RET 202 RETAIL MERCHANDISING Setting financial objectives. Category management. Assortment planning, display and arrangement. Allocating merchandise to stores. Analyzing merchandise performance. Pricing strategies and practices. Merchandise presentation. Supply chain management. Product life cycle and managing types of products/services. Allocation of merchandise to branches and replenishment plans. Demand forecasting. Responding to customers and competitors. Analyzing merchandise performance. Pricing strategies and practices. Legal issues in pricing. Atmospherics and ambience. Analysis,planning, acquisition, handling and control of merchandise investment. Merchandise mix and constraints [dollar, market, space and turnover]: variety, breadth and depth. Unit stock planning. Store image. Pricing; markdowns and mark-ups. Store environment: visual communication; store planning and layout; store design. Total market potential [future and current].

431

Receiving and handling merchandise. Stock counts FIFO, LIFO. Merchandise display. BM204 BUSINESS INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Refer to the Department of Business Management BM202SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management BM203 BUSINESS LAW II Refer to the Department of Business Management BM205 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Refer to the Department of Business Management BM201 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Refer to Department of Business Management RET 203 MARKETING RESEARCH IN RETAILING This is an introduction to research methods used in retail and marketing including market/marketing research for use by a business entity. The module describes the research process, problem identification, research design and methodology. It also covers the aspects of population, sampling procedures, data collections instruments as well as the presentation and analysis of research data. Identifying sources of literature and writing literature reviews. Students are expected to write research proposals in preparation for their final dissertation. RET 204 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR The retail consumer and consumer characteristics. Buying behavior. Consumer behavior model. Functional and symbolic value. Types of buying decisions. The buying process. Factors affecting the decision process. Segmenting consumer markets geographic, demographic, age and lifestyle; psychological, behavioural and multiattribute. RET 205 PUBLIC RELATIONS

432

Meaning, role, impact and scope of Public Relations. Promoting and protecting corporate image and building corporate brand and products. Public relations vehicles/ tools. Major types of media used. Managing stakeholder relations. Role of Internet and use of modern ITCs. Press relations, product publicity, corporate communications; dealing with legislators, government and others stakeholders. BM401 CHANGE MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of Business Management ENT406 ENTREPRENEURSHIP Refer to the Department of Business Management RET 401 RETAIL BRAND MANAGEMENT What is a brand? Brand equity. Brand name decisions. Brand strategy and positioning. Packaging and labeling. The branding process and brand evaluation. The brand and the consumer. Branding within the retail sector: the store; the retail formula; the retail location and the firm as a brand. Branding and competitive strategy. Brand equity. Brand evaluation and measurement. The branding process and brand evolution. Manufacturer and retail brands. Service brands. Brands and Quality management. Strategic significance of retailer own label brands. Service brands. RET 402 RETAIL RELATIONSHIP MARKETING Building long-term relationships with stakeholders customers, suppliers, distributors, employees, others retailers and agencies. Customer Development Process. Channel members as partners. Retail networks. Customer lifetime value. Target marketing. Brand communication. Pareto principle. Personalizing customer relationships. Total Quality Management. Customer service. Levels of relationship marketing. Loyalty cards and other instruments for creating loyalty. Database retailing. Survey of best practices. Concerns about adverse impact of relationship management. RET 403 TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS

433

Managing facilities, inventory and transportation and communications. Managing costs and service levels. Logistics innovations and the growing role of retailers in managing the supply chain. Centralization and decentralization. Restructuring logistics systems [factory to warehouses and to outlets]. Use of modern ICTs. Shifts in the bargaining power of retailers and suppliers. Retailer supplier relationships. Reverse logistics. Store/distribution centre decisions; pull/push logistics. Warehousing, inventory management, transportation. Integrated logistics management. Channel design decisions. Designing international distribution channels. Connection of channel members. Vertical Marketing Systems [VMS]. Transport management: legislation; carrier options. Maximizing customer service and minimizing costs. RET 407 DISSERTATION A student is required to submit a dissertation of a minimum of 10 000 words on a topic related to Retail or other business related area as may be prescribed by the department. RET 404 PROMOTION AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT Channel levels for products and the service sector. Evaluating channel members. Types of marketing systems. Conflict and cooperation among channel members. Retail logistics warehousing, inventory, transportation planning retail communication programmes. Budgeting for promotions, advertising and publicity. Implementing promotions, publicity and advertising programmes. Types of promotions and advertising. Types of promotion[sales promotion, personal selling, publicity and advertising]. Promotional objectives. Managing advertising, promotions and publicity campaigns. Budgeting the promotion campaign. Methods of communicating with customers. Communication media. RET 405 RETAIL OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT The scope of retail operations management. Product and service retail. Retail Information Systems and competitive strategy. Inventory management. Credit management. Product classifications: durable and non-durable goods. Service operations Management. Consumer Goods classifications: convenience, shopping specialty and unsought goods. Product mix. Retailing strategies for service firms.

434

Service offer, delivery and differentiation. Managing service quality. Service quality models. Identifying gaps [GAPS model knowledge, standards, delivery and communications]. Customer care. Inventory valuations. Retail employment and characteristics. Sales force management and training. Handling different types of customers. Retail services: service quality. ISO 9000 for quality standards documenting, testing products, training employees; quality audits. Retail Information Systems [RIS]: collection, analysis and reporting throughout the chain, region, store, department, merchandise line and SKUs [stock keeping unit]. Sources of information. Reducing price losses shrinkage, shoplifting and thefts. Retail Inventory Management [RIM]. Managing finances. Credit management. BM405 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Refer to the Department of BusinessManagement ACC105 FINANCIALACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1A, ACC106 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 1B, ACC102 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS Refer to the Department of Accounting DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HTHM)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed examinations in accordance with the Faculty Regulations

1.2

435

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS The following are possible areas of employment for the Bachelor of Commerce Tourism and Hospitality Management graduates; Hotel Operations, Tour and Travel Agency, Lodge Management, Services Marketing, National Parks, Museums, Car Hire Companies, Airlines, Destination Marketing, Safari Operations, Conference Management, Civil Aviation, Environmental Organisations and the academic world.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Commerce Tourism and Hospitality Management (Honours) Degree programme, a candidate, in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for English and Mathematics at O Level, must have obtained at least two passes at A level from the following subjects: Mathematics,Accounting, Economics, Management of Business, Geography, Food Science and Computer Science

3.2

Special Entry 3.2.1 Candidates who have successfully completed Higher National Diploma in Tourism and Hospitality or have obtained equivalent

436

qualifications may apply for direct entry into Level 2 of the degree programme. 3.2.2 Candidates admitted under regulation 3.2 above will normally be exempted from Level I on a module-by module basis. No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. Successful completion of Work Related Learning component at Level III is compulsory for all students

3.2.3

3.2.4

3.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

3.4

Visiting School To qualify for the visiting school programme, a candidate in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements as prescribed under the general and faculty regulations for English and Maths at O Level, must have the following: 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 At least 2 A Level passes in MOB and any other commercial subjects OR A National Diploma in Travelling and Tourism or equivalent relevant qualification OR Proof of employment in a Tourism or hospitality organisation General provisions for the four year degree programme apply except for work related learning which runs concurrently with the second level of studies The programme is three years long

3.4.5

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

437

4.1

A candidate is required to undertake a minimum of five (5) modules per Semester unless one is carrying over or retaking certain modules from the previous academic level or semester respectively. Each module is worth 4 credits except for the Work Related Learning Level, which is worth forty (40) credits and the dissertation, which is worth 8 credits. The department may accept students who are discontinued from other programmes on condition they meet the entry requirements and only if places are available at that time.

4.2

4.3

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Academic Regulations and Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Academic Regulations. WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations. GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREE WEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Semester 1 Module Description Introduction to the Tourism and Hospitality Industry Zimbabwe Tourism Geography Credits 4 4

6.

7.

8. 9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Code

THM 101 THM 102

438

EC101 ACC105 BM101 CS101 HCS115

Microeconomics 1 Financial Accounting for Business 1A Principles of Management Communication Skills Introduction to Information Systems

4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 THM104 BM105 EC104 THM105 ACC106 BM102 Sustainable Tourism Management Business Law 1 Macro-economics 1 Principles of Tourism Marketing Financial Accounting for Business 1 Business Communication 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 THM 203 THM201 THM 202 THM 204 BM104 GS201 Portuguese I Food and Beverage Management Rooms Division Management Regional Tourism (THM102) Management Information Systems Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Prerequisites THM 210 THM205 THM 206 THM 207 Portuguese 2 Food and Beverage Preparation & Services Hotel and Institutional Management (THM202) Tourism Operations Management (THM101) 4 (THM203) 4

(THM201) 4 4

439

THM 208 THM 209

Tourism Research Methods Human Resource Management

4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning THM 301 Work Related Learning Report THM 302 THM 303 Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 MM 105 Quality Management THM 402 International Tourism Management

4 4 4 4

THM 406 French 1 BM 205 Organisational Behaviour

Level 4 Semester 2 THM 404 International Hospitality Management THM405 BM405 Dissertation Strategic Management (THM406) (THM208) 4 8 4 4

THM 409 French II

12.

MODULE SYNOPSES

THM 101 INTRODUCTION TO THE TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY An introductory module, which sets the foundation for this Tourism and Hospitality Management Degree Program. The module imparts the basic understanding of the nature, structure, historical development, and economic and social aspects of the tourism and hospitality Industry.

440

THM 102 ZIMBABWE TOURISM GEOGRAPHY Provides a stepping-stone for other modules in the programme. It has been designed to highlight the physical and nature based resources of Zimbabwe and their significant contribution to the success of the tourism industry. THM 104 SUSTAINABLE TOURISM MANAGEMENT This module underpins the importance of cultural and nature-based tourism. It emphasizes the required balanced between tourism business and culture and natural resources. It highlights a destinations distinctive features, natural, cultural, heritage and life styles. THM 105 PRINCIPLES OF TOURISM MARKETING Marketing Functions, the environments of marketing, marketing information systems and marketing research, the marketing mix, consumer behaviour, the social responsibility of marketing, public policy with respect marketing practices, a general survey of the major marketing methods, techniques, institutions and practices. THM 203 & 210 PORTUGUESE I & II These modules are intended to enable students to write and fluently speak Portuguese. Due to the great diversity in the nature and origin of tourists, it is imperative that tourism students be multi-lingual in order to cater for this diversity. These modules will also enable our students to work comfortably in Portuguese speaking countries such as Brazil, Portugal, Mozambique etc. The students will thus become more internationally marketable. THM 201 FOODAND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT A professionally oriented course that introduces students to the structure and organization of the functional areas of the food and beverage department of the hotel including other non-hotel based food and beverage segments. The module will focus on the basic principles of these operations.

441

THM 202 ROOMS DIVISION MANAGEMENT This is a professionally oriented module, which introduces the student to the frontof-house as an integral part of the total operations. Emphasis will be placed on its traditional role as the nerve centre of the hotel as well as its principal operational functions. THM 204 REGIONAL TOURISM Students will study the trends and impacts of tourism in the region, regional cooperation and the role of transnational parks and organizations. THM 205 FOOD AND BEVERAGE PREPARATION AND SERVICE This module is designed to give students first hand practical skills of food and beverages preparation. This practical course is aimed at enhancing the marketability of the student on completion of the degree. It also affords the student the opportunity to apply the theory learnt in the Food and Beverage Management module (THM 201).

THM 206 HOTELAND INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT The module outlines the structure, design and trends in the accommodation sector. It enables the student to have a clear understanding of the management of hotels and other similar establishments such as lodges, guesthouses, hostels etc. THM 207 TOURISM OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT The module is designed to give an insight and understanding of the nature and structure of the tourist resources. It will outline the principles and implications of management and the need for industry co-ordination. THM 208 TOURISM RESEARCH METHODS The major focus of the module will be on the research process, problem definition, research designs, questionnaire construction and administration, sampling, data collection methods and interpretation.

442

THM 209 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT The module seeks to cultivate a critical understanding of concepts, principles and processes of human resource management with particular reference to the Tourism and Hospitality Industry. THM 402 INTERNATIONALTOURISM MANAGEMENT The module provides an overview and introduction to the broad issues of international tourism in terms of policy, tourism development, transportation and hospitality-related services and management implications and interventions. THM 404 INTERNATIONAL HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT The module focuses on the theory, principles and practices of corporate strategy in an international hospitality context. It examines the current trends problems and challenges and considers management implications. THM 406, 407, 409 & 410 FRENCH I & II These modules are intended to enable students to write and fluently speak French. Again, due to the great diversity in the nature and origin of tourists, it is imperative that tourism students be multi-lingual in order to cater for this diversity. These modules will also enable students to work comfortably in French speaking countries. REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF COMMERCE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (MTHM)

1.

PREAMBLE 1.1 These Regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Commerce Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Postgraduate Regulations. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

443

2.

OBECTIVES 2.1 The Master of Commerce degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management is a two-year programme for students with an undergraduate background in Tourism and Hospitality Management and other equivalent qualifications. Through this programme, the M.Com. graduates will acquire in-depth knowledge and advanced competence to strategically operate and or manage key sectors of the tourism and hospitality industry. This programme aims to develop sound conceptual, technical, analytical and communication skills that are required to succeed in the management of tourism and hospitality establishments. To this end, the programme employs a Problem Based Approach which requires students to exercise their analytical abilities. This programme will be offered through the MSU e-learning portal in order to instil a deep appreciation of e-learning as a platform for conveying and receiving academic knowledge.

2.2

2.3

3.

ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 To qualify for entry into the Master of Commerce in Tourism and Hospitality Management degree, a student should have a minimum of a good Bachelor of Commerce Honours degree in Tourism and

444

Hospitality Management or an equivalent qualification. The student should also have a minimum of two years working experience in the industry. 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS The programme shall be completed over a minimum of 2 years and a maximum of four years after which any credits attained by the student maybe lost . 5. ASSESSMENT 5.1 5.2 Formal examinations will be held at the end of each semester. For a student to be admitted to the examinations they must have: 5.2.1 Satisfactorily attempted approved modules of study including submission of required written assignments and term papers. Attended compulsory lectures. Participated in prescribed seminars, tutorials workshops. Paid the prescribed fees in accordance with the General Regulations.

5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4

5.3

Formal examinations will normally be written papers, but in some cases the examiner may test the candidate orally. Coursework shall account for 40% of the overall assessment, while the final examination will account for 60% of the overall assessment. The aggregate pass mark shall be 50% and the candidate must have obtained at least 50% in all the learning activities including the final examination.

5.4

5.5

6.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 6.1 A student who fails to satisfy the examiners and obtains a mark less than 50% or fails the examination but not by less than 40% may, on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners and subject to the

445

approval of the Senate, be permitted to sit for a supplementary examination(s) in the respective module(s) failed in the fourth semester. 6.2 Overall assessment of the Supplementary examination will not incorporate continuous assessment. Supplementary exanimations shall be marked as Pass or Fail and the overall maximum mark awarded in a supplementary examination shall be 50%. No student shall be allowed to sit for more than two supplementary examinations in the final semester.

6.3

6.4

7.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the General Academic Regulations

8.

DEGREEWEIGHTING For purposes of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 Level 2 (Semester 1 and 2) (Semester 1) 38% 19% 43%

Dissertation 9.

MARKING SCHEME Refer to Section 21 of the General Academic Regulations NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Results lists shall be published in accordance with the provisions of General Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

446

MTHM 701 MTHM 702 MTHM 703 MTHM 704

Strategic Destination Marketing Strategic Tourism Planning and Leadership Sustainable Ecotourism and the Communities Tourism and Hospitality Law and Ethics 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MTHM 705 MTHM 706 MTHM 707 MTHM 708 Advanced Food and Beverage Management International Hotel Management MICE Management Advanced Services Marketing 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MTHM 801 Financial Management for Tourism and Hospitality Organizations Strategic Human Resource Management for the Tourism Industry Global Distribution Systems Advanced Tourism and Hospitality Research Methods

MTHM 802

4 4 4

MTHM 803 MTHM 804

Level 2 Semester 2 MTHM 805 MTHM 806 12. Project Management and Local Entrepreneurship Dissertation (MTHM 804) 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

MTHM 701 STRATEGIC DESTINATION MARKETING

447

This module creates a comprehensive and focused management approach to marketing a destination in the domestic and global markets. The increasing role of the internet and cyber-marketing will also be looked at and in this case students will learn how to design and manage their own websites in order to effectively market their organizations. Issues of branding, advertising and public relations will also be addressed. Students will also acquire expertise in applying tourism marketing strategies in countries other than their own. MTHM 702 STRATEGIC TOURISM PLANNINGAND LEADERSHIP Leadership ultimately determines the kind of tourism and hospitality organisations that any tourist destination can have. It thus also determines the quality of services that we deliver to our guests and the quality of life that we also enjoy. This module therefore seeks to impart leadership skills to tourism and hospitality managers so that they can effectively formulate and implement strategies that will continuously improve and sustain their operations. Issues relating to role modeling, mentoring, training and performance management will also be looked into. MTHM 703 SUSTAINABLE ECOTOURISM AND THE COMMUNITIES The aim of this module is to provide students with the knowledge, know-how and skills to manage destinations with a high degree of social, cultural, ecological and/or economic vulnerability, like indigenous communities, traditional rural areas and protected areas. Students will be asked to formulate the outlines of a sustainable tourism development vision as part of an integrated rural development perspective for a region and specify the critical success factors that must be met for the tourism vision to be realized. This approach includes an analysis of the needs and the potential of a region in order to create a sound and feasible future tourism and hospitality perspective for that area.

MTHM 704 TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY LAW AND ETHICS Currently, most students pursuing tourism and hospitality studies at under-graduate level are only being introduced to general business law which is not specific to tourism and hospitality operations. This module therefore intends to fill in this knowledge gap. On ethics, the module will look at ethical issues and practices affecting the industry as these also affect organizational credibility and profits and the long

448

term sustainability of the industry. It will not only look at unethical practices by tourism and hospitality establishments but also by government, media, private watch groups, competitors and employees. Responses to unethical practices and how organizations can be ethical to increase profits will also be looked at. MTHM 705 ADVANCED FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT This module is designed to give students advanced skills in food and beverage management. Special focus will therefore be on food purchasing, costing, stock management.

MTHM 706 INTERNATIONALHOTELMANAGEMENT Foreign ownership of tourism and hospitality establishments is key feature in most tourism destinations. This module therefore focuses on the theory, principles and practices of managing international hotel establishments. It examines the current trends, problems and challenges and considers management implications in the management of these hotels. MTHM 707 MICE MANAGEMENT Today, meetings, incentives, conferences, fairs and events commonly referred to as MICE - make up a substantial part of the tourism business worldwide. Compared to other types of tourism, MICE are often among the most lucrative types of tourism for destination areas. Thats why many destinations exert themselves to have their share of the MICE markets. The general objective of the module therefore will be to understand what is going on in the MICE world. Current trends in the MICE business and the opportunities they can bring along for Southern African countries and Zimbabwe in particular will be looked into. Students will also learn how to plan and manage small and large scale meetings, conferences, fairs and events. MTHM 708 ADVANCED SERVICES MARKETING Perception plays a key role in the provision of the tourism and hospitality product. This module therefore aims at providing students with a sound knowledge of the barriers that divide the perception of service quality from customer expectations and to understand the criteria that customers use when forming expectations. This aspect

449

will be looked into after students have been given some insight into the nature and special characteristics of services as well as how to manage service quality, productivity and staff. Issues relating to positioning and branding of tourism and hospitality services and their relationship to the services marketing mix will also be addressed. In this case students will learn how to build and sustain powerful and successful brands. MTHM 801 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FOR TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT This module brings to the fore, the determination of financial objectives for tourism and hospitality organizations, the selection of appropriate projects to enable the financial objectives to be met and the sourcing of funds to finance the projects. Other areas of focus will include planning, control and financing of current operations, long term capital commitments, management of cash flows, evaluation of income, production property and expansion, capital budgeting and long term financing. The formulation, implementation and evaluation of financial management practices employed by tourism and hospitality management establishments will also be looked into. MTHM 802 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR THE TOURISM INDUSTRY The human resource factor is increasingly becoming the most important factor in the tourism and hospitality industry. This module therefore seeks to equip tourism and hospitality managers with the relevant skills to develop strategies, policies and practices that motivate employees. Special focus will be on how managers can inculcate feelings of employee loyalty and commitment and retain labour in the long run. Issues relating to the current high rate of labour turnover affecting the industry will also be looked into. MTHM 803 GLOBAL DISTRIBUTION Global Distribution systems are certainly driving the tourism and hospitality industry today and will continue to do so well into the future. This module therefore seeks to familiarize students to the various Global Distribution systems. Other computer software packages widely in use in the tourism and hospitality industry today like ACC PAC, CLS, etc. The general introduction to computers that students are exposed

450

to at undergraduate level do not cater for these tourism related packages. These will be the main focus of this module. Students will also acquire computer skills to the equivalent of advanced ICDL in power point, word and excel packages. MTHM 804 ADVANCED TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY RESEARCH METHODS The major objective of this module is to introduce the theories, principles, and methods of conducting qualitative and quantitative research in tourism and hospitality management. Additionally, the course will acquaint students with general issues involved in conducting research, including ethics, validity, reliability, and instrument construction. More depth and scope will distinguish this course from the general introductory research methods that the students will have covered at undergraduate level. MTHM805 PROJECT MANAGEMENTAND LOCAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP Hospitality related ideas can be transformed into achievable business opportunities. One of the key learning outcomes of the later will be the development of a feasible tourism and hospitality related business plan by each student. MTHM 806 DISSERTATION This Module rounds off this program and consists of a supervised dissertation of not less than 20 000 words. It carries the greatest weight compared to the rest of the modules by virtue of it mainly consisting of an in-depth and independent study of a specific area of interest to the student. Only students whose topics will have been approved by the department will be allowed to proceed with the research.

EXECUTIVE MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE PROGRAMME (EMBA)

1.

INTRODUCTION

451

These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations for Postgraduate Studies, hereinafter referred to as the General Postgraduate Regulations. 2. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2.1 Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee Means the Committee comprising of the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce (who shall be the Chairperson) the GSBL Director. All Chairpersons in the Faculty of Commerce, all EMBA Lecturers and the External Examiners. For the definition of Special Examinations, Programme, Level, Semester, Module, Project, Continuous Assessment, Retake, Carryover, Repeat, Withdraw, Aegrotat, Credit, Dissertation refer to Section 1.9 of the General Post Graduate Regulations

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 To be eligible for admission to the EMBA Programme, a candidate must normally: 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 Be at least 35 years of age. Be an Executive of their own business or has been a manager for at least ten (10) years. Hold at least a diploma from a recognized institution in a recognized area of study.

452

3.1.4

Be required to provide two references from reputable people certifying their ability and suitability to undertake the programme successfully.

3.1.5 Undergo an interviewing process that shall be concluded by the Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee. 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 4.2 The EMBA Programme shall normally be studied over a minimum period of two academic levels, on a full time block release basis. There shall be three, one week Block Sessions per semester and each module shall be taught for a total of 36 contact hours except for elective modules which, shall be taught for at least24 contact hours. Dissertations 4.3.1 Each candidate is required to submit a dissertation of approximately 20 000 words on a topic relating to his/her area of managerial interest and approval in writing by the dissertation supervisor.

4.3

4.3.2 Candidates shall be required to submit three hard bound copies of dissertation, one of which shall be deposited in the University Library, the other shall be submitted to the GSBL Office and the last copy should be returned to the student. 4.3.3 4.4 4.5 5. The format for the dissertation shall be provided by the GSBL Office.

Fees for the MBA programme shall be determined by the University Fees Revision Committee from time to time. Fees shall be paid per semester.

ASSESSMENT

453

5.1

Evaluation of students shall normally be based on continuous assessment as well as formal examinations that are held at the end of each semester. Continuous Assessment shall account for 50% of the overall assessment. Final examination shall account for 50% of the overall assessment. Items that should constitute the continuous assessment, and the weighting attached to each item, shall depend on the module in question. With the exception of dissertation, sessional examination shall be conducted in all modules. To be admitted for examinations, a candidate must: 5.6.1 Be a registered student of the University in accordance with the General Postgraduate Regulations.

5.2 5.3 5.4

5.5

5.6

5.6.2 Have satisfactorily attended and completed the approved modules of study. Satisfactory completion of modules shall require submission of all writte assignments and tests and any other work that constitutes the continuous assessment. On project management, this module will lay emphasis on the project cycle and under entrepreneurship, the focus will be on how tourism and 6. PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION 6.1 6.2 7. The Faculty Post graduate Studies Board of Examiners shall meet at the end of each semester to ratify the marks obtained by candidates. A student shall progress automatically from one level to the other.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS

454

7.1

A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners in terms of theMasters in Business Administration Regulations, read in conjunction with the General Post Graduate Regulations, may be required to; Retake module(s) failed in a previous semester. Retake 7.2.1 Students may, subject to the approval of the senate, be allowed to redo module(s) that they would have failed in the previous semester

7.2

8.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS 8.1 No requests for remarks of examinations shall be entertained unless Senate directs such requests. However, a student who has been given a withdraw decision may appeal against such a decision to the Registrar, in writing, within 21 days after the publication of Examination results.

8.2

9.

MODULES CLASSIFICATION 9.1 Students performance in modules for the EMBAprogramme shall be classified as follows: 80%+ 70%-79% 60%-69% 50%-59% 0%-49% 1 2.1 2.2 3 First Class Second Class (Upper) Second Class (Lower) Pass Fail

10.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION The EMBA degree shall be classified as follows: 80%-100% 70%-79% 50%-69% Pass with Distinction Pass with Merit Pass

455

0%- 49% 11.

Fail

DEGREEWEIGHTING In the overall degree classification, all Levels shall be equally weighted as follows: Level One 50% Level Two 50%

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code EMBA 704 EMBA 708 EMBA 706 EMBA 701 EMBA 729 Module Description Organizational Behavior Marketing Management Human Resource Management Financial Accounting Corporate Governance and Business Ethics Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 Code EMBA 811 EMBA 710 EMBA 802 Module Description Change Management Business Research Methods Entrepreneurship Credits 4 4 4 4

EMBA801 Strategic Management Choose one elective Level 2 Semester 1 Code EMBA828 Module Description Leadership

Credits 4

456

EMBA803

Dissertation

Choose one elective Electives EMBA805 EMBA806 EMBA807 EMBA808 EMBA809 EMBA 810 EMBA812 EMBA813 EMBA814 EMBA815 EMBA816 EMBA817 EMBA818 EMBA819 EMBA820 EMBA821 EMBA822 EMBA823 EMBA824 EMBA825 Project Management Investment Analysis and Portfolio Theory International Marketing International Business Management Industrial Organisations Industrial Relations Public Sector Management Auditing Management Accounting Strategic Marketing Services Marketing Production and Operations Management Labour Law Accounting Information Systems International Monetary Economics Managerial Economics Advanced Macroeconomics and Policy Company Law E-Commerce Hotel and Institutional Management 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

457

EMBA826 EMBA827 N.B -

Tourism Operations Management Food and Beverage Management

3 3

At least ten (10) students will constitute a class for elective modules. The electives will be offered subject to availability of expertise.

On project management, this module will lay emphasis on the project cycle and under entrepreneurship, the focus will be on how tourism and 13. MODULE SYNOSPES EMBA 701 Financial Accounting The module deals with accounting principles and conventions. It will attempt to develop accounting skills and enhance appreciation of accounting related information. The main topics include: Record keeping and double entry, the preparation of the profit and lossaccount and balance sheet, profit measurement, valuation of assets, company accounts, legal and regulatory framework, international accounting standards, some aspects of auditing, some aspects of taxation. EMBA 702 Management Information Systems Concepts of systems and organisation, strategic use of information technology computer system resources (computer, hardware, computer software, file and data base management systems). The internet and office communication, applications of information systems to functional business areas, tactical and strategic information systems to business applications, decision support and expert systems, planning and the development of information systems, management of information systems and end user computing, security and ethical issues of information systems. EMBA 703 The Economic Environment The module analyses the economic fundamentals that drive the behaviour of the macro economy. It seeks to explain the behaviour of key macroeconomic variables

458

such as output, employment and inflation. It also analyses the environment in which the macroeconomic policy in Zimbabwe is conducted. EMBA 704 Organisational Behaviour The module analysis the level of organisational behaviour and their management. It looks at the individual, the group and the organisation. It looks at the concept of power and how it is managed in organisations. It also looks at human resources administration, models relating to human productivity, satisfaction, retention and the earning structure in the organisation. It also analysis organisational structures, leadership styles and organisational politics. EMBA 706 Human Resource Management Modern societies require that production, distribution, and exchange be organised in large and complex organisations. One of the key problems of these organisations is the utilisation of labour resources to provide the productive effort needed to achieve the goals of the organisation. In reality an organisation only exists through its people and cannot achieve success without their effort, commitment and loyalty. It is therefore the overall task of Human Resource Management to develop strategies, policies and procedures that will facilitate employee effort, commitment and loyalty. The study of Human Resource Management seeks to achieve the following objectives; To provide students with a thorough grounding in the key areas of human resource management. To explain the basic concepts underpinning the study and practice of human resource management To provide a critical analysis of the practicality and effectiveness of the human resource management approach for any organisation. To compare and contrast the philosophy of human resource management with earlier perspectives on people management. To discriminate between the rhetoric and reality of human resource management.

459

EMBA 707 Financial Management The module is intended to offer the participants the principles and major analytical approaches that are applied in financial management to facilitate decision-making. The module should facilitate the formulation, implementation and evaluation of financial management practices or strategies by businesses within their environments that are dynamic. Having studied the course, students should be equipped with decision-making skills that should enable them to perform completely in an everchanging business environment. EMBA 708 Marketing Management The module aims to equip the student with knowledge of the main concepts and theories of marketing management so as to enable one to perform adequately in any single functional area within marketing. Topics covered include: Marketing concept, Marketing environment, Market segmentation, Marketing planning, Consumer and industrial buying strategies, Product life cycle,Promotion: advertising, sales promotion, personal selling sales management and Public Relations, Pricing, Distribution, Service marketing: People, process management and physical evidence. Marketing ethics, Implementation and control. EMBA 709 Business Statistics This module introduces students to the fundamental concepts of data analysis useful in a management decision-making environment. The approach will emphasize practical management problem solving using quantitative reasoning skills rather than the theoretical development of statistics. This understanding is also intended to assist students to develop a rigorous quantitative research methodology for the research report EMBA 710 Business Research Methods This module will provide an understanding of integrated research methodology which will enable students to undertake a study commensurate with masters level. The module will show how academic theory is developed and will provide research training in the individual components of research design, implementation and reporting. The module will outline the basic steps in the formulation of research questions and the

460

way in which this should be used to derive a data specification and method of data collection. Strengths and weaknesses of different data collection methods will be emphasized and students will be encouraged to develop their own research skills. EMBA 801 Strategic Management The students are initially introduced to the basic concepts, principles and the main analytical approaches that are used in strategic management. The emphasis is on formulation, implementation and evaluation of long term strategies utilized by business organizations. The issues that will be factored in include the environment, the constant flux of society and the strategies required for the management of that flux. Main topics include: the role of analysis and planning, mission, objectives, values, ethics and goals. Also analysed will be issues relating to markets, industries, competitors, stakeholders internal capabilities, value chains, resources and portfolios core and generic strategies, structure, culture and organizational design, strategy evaluation, implementation and control. EMBA 802 Entrepreneurship This module defines entrepreneurship. It relates to developing a business and translating ideas into achievable business opportunities. The main topics include; Environmental Assessment, preparation for a new venture, security of finance, financial control, developing an effective business plan. The other topics are; Capitalisation of business, assessment and evaluation of opportunities, structuring and legal issues related to new businesses, strategic planning for new businesses, domestic regional and global factors influencing entrepreneurship. EMBA 804 Legal Aspects of Business The introductory aspect of the module relates to business and ethics. It explores the interlink between business and ethics, and the extent to which the former should be influenced by the latter. The modules also includes some aspects of: Property law Banking law and Practices

461

Insurance law EMBA 805 Project Management The module involves a detailed study of network analysis and project scheduling techniques. It also includes Projects Structuring, Project Finance, Hiring and management of personal control of materials, monitoring of the project, budgeting and project completion. EMBA 806 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Theory The module examines the principles of portfolio analysis and management. The focus is on the investors perspective of financial theory and practice, including risk, returns, the efficient marketing hypothesis and related modules and their application in portfolio management. It covers the analysis of markets in future, options, swaps and other derivatives and their significance for portfolio management. EMBA 807 I nternational Marketing Formulating and executing global marketing strategy, International marketing planning, Developing and implementer international marketing plans ,The nitty gritty of global marketing analysis, Interpreting international markets, Forecasting international demands, Global competitive dynamics and rivalry, Coping with uncertain global environmental forces. EMBA 808 International Business Management The module explores the objectives of the organizations engaged in international business operations the main topics include the following: International Business Environment, Competition, international trade and investment. The module also looks at the political environment, regulatory issues in the international markets, international companies, foreign investment, transnational enterprises and their relationships with host countries. EMBA 809 Industrial Organisation The module looks at the meaning, measurement and promotion of effective competition as applied to the field of industrial organization. It also includes the behavior of firms

462

facing barriers to entry, contestable markets and the discipline of competition with imports. Game theory is used to understand interactions between firms. EMBA 810 Industrial Relations Conflict of interest is the bedrock of all employee relations. The conflict arises from the fact that the organization on one seeks to achieve maximum profits at very minimal cost while on the other hand the employee seeks to achieve maximum reward (pay benefits e.t.c) at very minimal contribution in terms of his/her labour. This conflict is not always manifesting. It is therefore the task of Industrial Relations managers to manage the employment relationship, which is basically an exchange relationship, with the view to resolving the potential conflict. The study of Industrial Relations seeks to address the question of how organisatios can manage relationships (both individuals and collective) within and between members of the workforce so as to maintain commitment and motivation. The following are therefore the key objectives of the study of Industrial Relations: To outline the varied mechanisms for conducting employee relations. To explain the role of arbitration and industrial tribunal systems in resolving conflict. To understand the role of negotiations and bargaining as approaches to conflict resolution within employee relation.

EMBA 811 Change Management The module focuses on the management of change in organizations. It will also swell on the types of organizations that are in existence, and how the differing structures of these organizations impact on change management. The main topics covered include the following: Performance, design strategies, concept of power, organizational politics, change, renaissance Organisational theory, models of growth and decline, structural forms, organizational and the management of change. EMBA 812 Public Sector Management The module looks at Public Enterprises and Parastatals and how they are managed. The topics include objectives of public Enterprises, functions, government

463

intervention, control and accountability, Performance Appraisals, consumer protection and investments policies. EMBA 813 Auditing The module introduces the students to the main concepts, principles and techniques in auditing. It follows closely the provisions of the companies act (chapter 24:03) particularly those sections that relates to the financial reporting with regards to business entities. It also encompasses the latest auditing techniques and practices as inundated in the international auditing standards and guidelines. It also includes the role of Professional Ethics in the field of auditing. EMBA 814 Management Accounting The module emphasizes on Cost Accounting. The topics includes: Cost analysis, profit planning, cost volume profit analysis, relevant costing, standard costing and budgeting and corporation taxation. It also includes planning and implementation of management policies. EMBA 815 Strategic Marketing The nature of strategic marketing planning, Environmental analysis, Industrial and competitor analysis, Internal analysis, Experience curvy and portfolio analysis,Creating strategic competitive advantages, Developing the strategic marketing plan. Promotional Strategy: Promotional objectives Management of advertising efforts Personal selling Sale promotions Direct marketing Public relations EMBA816 Services Marketing

464

Understanding services and what makes it different to product marketing. Evaluation framework for understanding services organization design and delivery systems. Strategic issues such as services positioning and tools for services marketers. Challenges for senior management improving service quality, retention marketing managing customer relationships. EMBA817 Production and Operations Management Management of products and services,Management of facilities, Management of processes, Management of programmes, Management of people, Evolving Technologies and Approaches. EMBA818 Labour Law This deals with both the statutory aspects and the common law aspects of Labour Law. While the international and regional aspects is incorporated the emphasis is on the Zimbabwean experience since 1980. Main topics include: Jurisprudence, judicial system, a detailed understanding of the Labour Relations Act (chapter 28:01). Collective Bargaining, Collective Job Action, Labour Disputes and their Resolution, codes of conduct, Occupational Health Safety. EMBA819 Accounting Information Systems The module emphasizes on an understanding of Accounting Software, Accounting Computerised Systems and Systems theory. The course also provides an understanding of the processing of Accounting Information and how such information is applied to practical business situations. A study of the course arms the students with the planning and decision making skills. EMBA820 International Monetary Economics This module will cover international aspects of monetary economics namely: Balance of payments, International Liquidity, International Monetary Fund, International Capital Markets and Regional and International Monetary Developments.

465

EMBA821 Managerial Economics This module basically deals with topics that relate with managerial decision making process. Some of the topics deal with business objectives, decision analysis, demand measurement and forecasting, pricing policies, advertising and promotion decisions, corporate strategies and game theory for managers. EMBA822 Advanced Macroeconomics and Policy Theoretical and empirical coverage of the field of macroeconomics in the open economy: Nature and performance of foreign exchange rates forms the nucleus of the course. Monetary integration, international coordination, international debt within the context of globalization and liberalization are examined. EMBA823 Company Law This module deals with companies and how they are related. A detailed understanding of the companies Act Chapter is required. Main topics include: Legal Personal, Promoters, Prospectus, Ultra Vires doctrine, rights and obligations of member, shares and share, capital, dividends, members rights and obligations, directors, judicial management and winding up. EMBA 824 E-Commerce The module looks at computer-based transactions, internationally. It includes EBusiness i.e. the transaction of business via electronic gadgets. It analyses the usage and effect of the internet, Electronic Fund transfers, computer based transactions, consumer responses e.g. as we look at the future, the hole of the computer on business transactions is increasing in importance. EMBA 825 Hotel and Institutional Management Outline the structure and design, and trends in the accommodation sector. The module gives an insight into the management of hotels, lodges, guesthouses, and hostels e.t.c. EMBA 826 Tourism Operations Management

466

The module relates to the nature and structure of tourist resources. It outlines the principles and implications of management and the need for industry coordination. EMBA 827 Food and Beverage Management Outlines the structures, organization and function of the food and beverage department of the hotel. The module analyses the operational aspects of these concepts. MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE PROGRAMME

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the GeneralRegulations for Postgraduate Studies, hereinafter referred to as the General Postgraduate Regulations.

2.

DEFINITION OF TERMS 2.1 Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee Means the Committee comprising the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce (who shall be the Chairperson) the GSBL Director. All Chairpersons in the Faculty of Commerce, all MBA Lecturers and the External Examiners. For the definition of Special Examinations, Programme, Level, Semester, Module, Project, Continuous Assessment, Retake, Carryover, Repeat, Withdraw, Aegrotat, Credit, Dissertation refer to Section 1.9 of the General Post Graduate Regulations.

2.2

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 To be eligible for admission to the MBA Programme, a candidate must normally: 3.1.1 Be at least 25 years of age.

467

3.1.2

Be a holder of at least a good first degree or its equivalent awarded by Midlands State University or any other recognized institution. Be required to provide two references from reputable people certifying their ability and suitability to undertake the programme successfully. Have at least two (2) years relevant working experience. Undergo an interviewing process that shall be concluded by the Faculty Post Graduate Studies Committee.

3.1.3

3.1.4 3.1.5

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The MBA Programme shall normally be studied over a minimum period of two academic levels, on a full time block release basis. There shall be two, two week Block Sessions per semester and each module shall be taught for a total of 48 contact hours except for elective modules which shall be taught for at least 36 contact hours. Dissertations 4.3.1 Each candidate is required to submit a dissertation of approximately 20 000 words on a topic relating to his/her area of managerial interest and approved in writing by the dissertation supervisor. Candidates shall be required to submit three hard bound copies of dissertation, one of which shall be deposited in the University Library, the other shall be submitted to the GSBL Office and the last copy should be returned to the student.

4.2

4.3

4.3.2

468

4.3.3

The format for the dissertation shall be provided by the GSBL Office.

4.4

Fees for the MBA programme shall be determined by the University Fees Revision Committee from time to time.

5.

4.5 Fees shall be paid per semester. ASSESSMENT 5.1 Evaluation of students shall normally be based on continuous assessment as well as formal examinations that are held at the end of each semester. Continuous Assessment shall account for 30% of the overall assessment. Final examination shall account for 70% of the overall assessment. Items that should constitute the continuous assessment, and the weighting attached to each item, shall depend on the module in question. With the exception of dissertation, sessional examination shall be conducted in all modules. To be admitted for examinations, a candidate must: 5.6.1 Be a registered student of the University in accordance with the General Postgraduate Regulations. Have satisfactorily attended and completed the approved modules of study. Satisfactory completion of modules shall require submission of all written assignments and tests and any other work that constitutes the continuous assessment.

5.2

5.3 5.4

5.5

5.6

5.6.2

469

6.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION 6.1 The Faculty Post graduate Studies Board of Examiners shall meet at the end of each semester to ratify the marks obtained by candidates.

6.2 7.

A student shall progress automatically from one level to the other even carrying the modules from the previous level. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS 7.1 A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners in terms of the Masters in Business Administration Regulations, read in conjunction with the General Post Graduate Regulations, may be required to; Retake module(s) failed in a previous semester Retake 7.2.1 Students may, subject to the approval of the senate, be allowed to redo module(s) that they would have failed in the previous semester

7.2

8.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS 8.1 No requests for remarks of examinations shall be entertained unless Senate directs such requests.

8.2

9.

However, a student who has been given a withdraw decision may appeal against such a decision to the Registrar, in writing, within 21 days after the publication of Examination results. MODULES CLASSIFICATION 9.1 Students performance in modules for the MBA programme shall be classified as follows: 80%+ 70%-79% 1 2.1 First Class Second Class (Upper)

470

60%-69% 50%-59% 0%-49%

2.2 3 Fail

Second Class (Lower) Pass

10.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION The MBA degree shall be classified as follows: 80%-100% 70%-79% 50%-69% 0%- 49% Distinction Merit Pass Fail

11.

DEGREEWEIGTING In the overall degree classification, all Levels shall be equally weighted as follows: Level One Level Two 50% 50%

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MBA701 MBA702 MBA703 MBA704 MBA709 Module Description Financial Accounting Management Information systems The Economic Environment Organisational Behavi our Business Statistics Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2

471

Code MBA706 MBA707 MBA708 MBA824

Module Description Human Resource Management Financial Management Marketing Management E-Commerce

Credits 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Code MBA710 MBA801 MBA802 MBA829 Module Description Business Research Methods Strategic Management Entrepreneurship Corporate Governance Credits 4 4 4 4

Electives (Choose Two (2) module(s) MBA804 MBA805 MBA806 MBA807 MBA808 MBA809 MBA 810 MBA811 MBA812 Legal Aspects of Business Project Management Investment Analysis and Portfolio Theory International Marketing International Business Management Industrial Organisations Industrial Relations Change Management Public Sector Management 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

472

MBA813 MBA814 MBA815 MBA816 MBA817 MBA818 MBA819 MBA820 MBA821 MBA822 MBA823 MBA825 MBA826 MBA827 MBA828 MBA830 N.B -

Auditing Management Accounting Strategic Marketing Services Marketing Production and Operations Management Labour Law Accounting Information Systems International Monetary Economics Managerial Economics Advanced Macroeconomics and Policy Company Law Hotel and Institutional Management Tourism Operations Management Food and Beverage Management International finance Operations Research

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

At least ten (10) students will constitute a class for elective modules. The electives will be offered subject to availability of expertise.

Level 2 Semester 2 MBA803 MBA831 Dissertation Business Leadership 12 4

473

MBA805 13.

Project Management

MODULE SYNOSPES

MBA 701 Financial Accounting The module deals with accounting principles and conventions. It will attempt to develop accounting skills and enhance appreciation of accounting related information. The main topics include:Record keeping and double entry, the preparation of the profit and loss account and balance sheet, profit measurement, valuation of assets, company accounts, legal and regulatory framework, international accounting standards, some aspects of auditing, some aspects of taxation.MBA 7 MBA702 Management Information Systems The module considers concepts of systems and organisation, strategic uses of information technology computer system resources (computer, hardware, computer software, file and data base management systems). It also deals with the internet and office communication, applications of information systems to functional business areas, tactical and strategic information systems to business applications, decision support and expert systems, planning and the development of information systems, management of information systems and end user computing, security and ethical issues of information systems. MBA 703 The Economic Environment The module analyses the economic fundamentals that drive the behaviour of the macro economy. It seeks to explain the behaviour of key macroeconomic variables such as output, employment and inflation. It also analyses the environment in which the macroeconomic policy in Zimbabwe is conducted. MBA 704 Organisational Behaviour The module analysis the level of organisational behaviour and their management. It looks at the individual, the group and the organization. It looks at the concept of power and how it is managed in organisations. It also looks at human resources administration, models relating to human productivity, satisfaction, retention and the

474

earning structure in the organisation. It also analysis organisational structures, leadership styles and organisational politics. MBA 706 Human Resource Management Modern societies require that production, distribution, and exchange be organised in large and complex organisations. One of the key problems of these organisations is the utilisation of labour resources to provide the productive effort needed to achieve the goals of the organisation. In reality an organisation only exists through its people and cannot achieve success without their effort, commitment and loyalty. It is therefore the overall task of Human Resource Management to develop strategies, policies and procedures that will facilitate employee effort, commitment and loyalty. The study of Human Resource Management seeks to achieve the following objectives; To provide students with a thorough grounding in the key areas of human resource management. To explain the basic concepts underpinning the study and practice of human resource management To provide a critical analysis of the practicality and effectiveness of the human resource management approach for any organisation. To compare and contrast the philosophy of human resource management with earlier perspectives on people management. To discriminate between the rhetoric and reality of human resource management.

MBA 707 Financial Management The module is intended to offer the participants the principles and major analytical approaches that are applied in financial management to facilitate decision-making. The module should facilitate the formulation, implementation and evaluation of financial management practices or strategies by businesses within their environments that are dynamic. Having studied the course, students should be equipped with

475

decision-making skills that should enable them to perform completely in an everchanging business environment. MBA 708 Marketing Management The module aims to equip the student with knowledge of the main concepts and theories of marketing management so as to enable one to perform adequately in any single functional area within marketing. Topics covered include: Marketing concept, Marketing environment, Market segmentation, Marketing planning, Consumer and industrial buying strategies, Product life cycle,Promotion: advertising, sales promotion, personal selling sales management and public Relations, Pricing, Distribution, Service marketing: People, process management and physical evidence. Marketing ethicsImplementation and control. MBA 709 Business Statistics This module introduces students to the fundamental concepts of data analysis useful in a management decision-making environment. The approach will emphasize practical management problem solving using quantitative reasoning skills rather than the theoretical development of statistics. This understanding is also intended to assist students to develop a rigorous quantitative research methodology for the research report MBA 710 Business Research Methods This module will provide an understanding of integrated research methodology which will enable students to undertake a study commensurate with masters level. The module will show how academic theory is developed and will provide research training in the individual components of research design, implementation and reporting. The module will outline the basic steps in the formulation of research questions and the way in which this should be used to derive a data specification and method of data collection. Strengths and weaknesses of different data collection methods will be emphasized and students will be encouraged to develop their own research skills. MBA 801 Strategic Management

476

The students are initially introduced to the basic concepts, principles and the main analytical approaches that are used in strategic management. The emphasis is on formulation, implementation and evaluation of long term strategies utilized by business organizations. The issues that will be factored in include the environment, the constant flux of society and the strategies required for the management of that flux. Main topics include: the role of analysis and planning, mission, objectives, values, ethics and goals. Also analysed will be issues relating to markets, industries, competitors, stakeholders internal capabilities, value chains, resources and portfolios core and generic strategies, structure, culture and organizational design, strategy evaluation, implementation and control. MBA 802 Entrepreneurship This module defines entrepreneurship. It relates to developing a business and translating ideas into achievable business opportunities. The main topics include; Environmental Assessment, preparation for a new venture, security of finance, financial control, developing an effective business plan. The other topics are; Capitalisation of business, assessment and evaluation of opportunities, structuring and legal issues related to new businesses, strategic planning for new businesses, domestic regional and global factors influencing entrepreneurship. MBA 804 Legal Aspects of Business The introductory aspect of the module relates to business and ethics. It explores the interlink between business and ethics, and the extent to which the former should be influenced by the latter. The modules also includes some aspects of: Property law, Banking law and Practices Insurance law MBA 805 Project Management The module involves a detailed study of network analysis and project scheduling techniques. It also includes Projects Structuring, Project Finance, Hiring and management of personal control of materials, monitoring of the project, budgeting and project completion. MBA 806 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Theory

477

The module examines the principles of portfolio analysis and management. The focus is on the investors perspective of financial theory and practice, including risk, returns, the efficient marketing hypothesis and related modules and their application in portfolio management. It covers the analysis of markets in future, options, swaps and other derivatives and their significance for portfolio management. MBA 807 International Marketing Formulating and executing global marketing strategy International marketing planning Developing and implementer international marketing plans. The nitty gritty of global marketing analysis Interpreting international markets Forecasting international demands. Global competitive dynamics and rivalry. Coping with uncertain global environmental forces. MBA 808 International Business Management The module explores the objectives of the organizations engaged in international business operations the main topics include the following:International Business Environment, Competition, international trade and investment. The module also looks at the political environment, regulatory issues in the international markets, international companies, foreign investment, transnational enterprises and their relationships with host countries. MBA 809 Industrial Organisation The module looks at the meaning, measurement and promotion of effective competition as applied to the field of industrial organization. It also includes the behavior of firms facing barriers to entry, contestable markets and the discipline of competition with imports. Game theory is used to understand interactions between firms. MBA 810 Industrial Relations Conflict of interest is the bedrock of all employee relations. The conflict arises from the fact that the organization on one seeks to achieve maximum profits at very minimal cost while on the other hand the employee seeks to achieve maximum reward (pay benefits e.t.c) at very minimal contribution in terms of his/her labour. This conflict is

478

not always manifesting. It is therefore the task of Industrial Relations managers to manage the employment relationship, which is basically an exchange relationship, with the view to resolving the potential conflict. The study of Industrial Relations seeks to address the question of how organisatios can manage relationships (both individuals and collective) within and between members of the workforce so as to maintain commitment and motivation. The following are therefore the key objectives of the study of Industrial Relations: To outline the varied mechanisms for conducting employee relations. To explain the role of arbitration and industrial tribunal systems in resolving conflict. To understand the role of negotiations and bargaining as approaches to conflict resolution within employee relation.

MBA 811 Change Management The module focuses on the management of change in organizations. It will also swell on the types of organizations that are in existence, and how the differing structures of these organizations impact on change management. The main topics covered include the following:Performance, design strategies, concept of power, organizational politics, change, renaissance Organisational theory, models of growth and decline, structural forms, organizational and the management of change. MBA 812 Public Sector Management The module looks at Public Enterprises and Parastatals and how they are managed. The topics include objectives of public Enterprises, functions, government intervention, control and accountability, Performance Appraisals, consumer protection and investments policies. MBA 813 Auditing The module introduces the students to the main concepts, principles and techniques in auditing. It follows closely the provisions of the companies act (chapter 24:03)

479

particularly those sections that relates to the financial reporting with regards to business entities. It also encompasses the latest auditing techniques and practices as inundated in the international auditing standards and guidelines. It also includes the role of Professional Ethics in the field of auditing. MBA 814 Management Accounting The module emphasizes on Cost Accounting. The topics includes: Cost analysis, profit planning, cost volume profit analysis, relevant costing, standard costing and budgeting and corporation taxation. It also includes planning and implementation of management policies. MBA 815 Strategic Marketing The nature of strategic marketing planning Enviromental analysis Industrial and competitor analysis Internal analysis Experience curvy and portfolio analysis Creating strategic competitive advantages Developing the strategic marketing plan Promotional Strategy Promotional objectives Management of advertising efforts Personal selling Sale promotions Direct marketing Public relations MBA 816 Services Marketing Understanding services and what makes it different to product marketing. Evaluation framework for understanding services organization design and delivery systems. Strategic issues such as services positioning and tools for services marketers. Challenges for senior management improving service quality, retention marketing managing customer relationships. MBA 817 Production and Operations Management Management of products and services Management of facilities Management of processes Management of programmes Management of people Evolving Technologies and Approaches MBA 818 Labour Law

480

This deals with both the statutory aspects and the common law aspects of Labour Law. While the international and regional aspects is incorporated the emphasis is on the Zimbabwean experience since 1980. Main topics include: Jurisprudence, judicial system, a detailed understanding of the Labour Relations Act (chapter 28:01). Collective Bargaining, Collective Job Action, Labour Disputes and their Resolution, codes of conduct, Occupational Health Safety. MBA 819 Accounting Information Systems The module emphasizes on an understanding of Accounting Software, Accounting Computerised Systems and Systems theory. The course also provides an understanding of the processing of Accounting Information and how such information is applied to practical business situations. A study of the course arms the students with the planning and decision making skills. MBA 820 International Monetary Economics This module will cover international aspects of monetary economics namely: Balance of payments, International Liquidity, International Monetary Fund, International Capital Markets and Regional and International Monetary Developments. MBA 821 Managerial Economics This module basically deals with topics that relate with managerial decision making process. Some of the topics deal with business objectives, decision analysis, demand measurement and forecasting, pricing policies, advertising and promotion decisions, corporate strategies and game theory for managers. MBA 822 Advanced Macroeconomics and Policy Theoretical and empirical coverage of the field of macroeconomics in the open economy: Nature and performance of foreign exchange rates forms the nucleus of the course. Monetary integration, international coordination, international debt within the context of globalization and liberalization are examined.

481

MBA 823 Company Law This module deals with companies and how they are related. A detailed understanding of the companies Act Chapter is required. Main topics include: Legal Personal, Promoters, Prospectus, Ultra Vires doctrine, rights and obligations of member, shares and share, capital, dividends, members rights and obligations, directors, judicial management and winding up. MBA 824 E-Commerce The module looks at computer-based transactions, internationally. It includes EBusiness i.e. the transaction of business via electronic gadgets. It analyses the usage and effect of the internet, Electronic Fund transfers, computer based transactions, consumer responses e.g. as we look at the future, the hole of the computer on business transactions is increasing in importance. MBA 825 Hotel and Institutional Management Outline the structure and design, and trends in the accommodation sector. The module gives an insight into the management of hotels, lodges, guesthouses, and hostels e.t.c. MBA 826 Tourism Operations Management The module relates to the nature and structure of tourist resources. It outlines the principles and implications of management and the need for industry coordination. MBA 827 Food and Beverage Management Outlines the structures, organization and function of the food and beverage department of the hotel. The module analyses the operational aspects of these concepts. MBA 828 International Finance This module provides a thorough and detailed study of concomitant flow of international finances. It covers issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Exposure

482

management, Balance of Payments (B.O.P), Approaches to B.O.P adjustments, exchange rates, the determination of a floating exchange rate, financial crisis (debt crisis, banking crisis and currency crisis), the MNC and its environment, direct foreign investment and MNC Budgeting. It also covers other issues impacting on MultiFinancial Management. It enables students to critically understand the complex financial workings of the global economy. The students shall gain an overview of some recent and Historical events in International Finance. MBA 829 Corporate Governance The module seeks to develop understanding and appreciation of significance of Corporate Governance and business ethics concepts and issues in contemporary business world. To this end the module shall attempt to develop a deep understanding of the following:definitions and issues in corporate governance key concepts associated with best corporate governance practice powers and rights of and relations between directors and shareholders financial reporting and auditing, rewards and risk management history of corporate governance

MBA 830 Operations Research On the operations research aspect, the student is introduced to the most useful quantitative decision aids. The main topics include: Decision analysis and sensitivity analysis. Queuing theory, Linear programming, Simulation, Network analysis. Revenue will be placed, where appropriate, on computer models and packages. MBA 831 Business Leadership It is more than ever that organizations are appreciating the relationship between leadership and performance. Leadership ultimately determines the kind of

483

organizations that we have and the quality of life that we enjoy. Thus the module seeks to impact leadership skills to managers for the betterment of the organizations and society at large. FACULTY OF EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees and General Academic Regulations for Post Graduate Diplomas and Doctorate Degrees hereinafter referred to as General Postgraduate Regulations. These regulations are in respect of the following programmes offered by the Faculty of Education: Diploma in Adult Education Bachelor of Adult Education Bachelor of Education (with specialization in the listed areas): African Languages, Accounting, Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, English, Geography, History, Fashion and Textiles and Educational Foundations. In addition to these, the Faculty offers support modules in Introduction to Gender Studies and Educational Technology.

1.2

484

1.3

The Faculty of Education also offers the following Postgraduate Programmes: Postgraduate Diploma in Education Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Education Master of Education in Curriculum Studies Master of Education in Educational Psychology Master of Education in Sociology of Education Master of Education in Educational Management Master of Education in Philosophy of Education Master of Education (with specialisation in the listed areas): African Languages, English, Fashion and Textiles, Geography, History and Mathematics.

1.4

The appropriate degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved programme in accordance with these regulations. The Bachelor of Education degree is for a duration of four semesters of full time study, six semesters on Block Release and eight semesters for honours programmes. The Gender Studies department offers the Introduction to Gender Studies module which is compulsory to all Level 2.1 students across all faculties. To this end, the 4 credit module GS201, Introduction to Gender Studies is listed along with all Level 2 Semester 1 programme structures in all departments.

1.5

1.6

2.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Normal Entry

485

For one to qualify for normal entry to a diploma or degree programme in the Faculty of Education, he/she must satisfy the general entry requirements specified in the General Regulations and must also meet the requirements specified in the following programmes: 2.1.1 Bachelor of Education Degree (B.Ed) Should possess a teaching qualification approved by the University Have a minimum of two years post qualification experience.

Normally have A Level passes in the proposed teaching subject Must have passed a selection test where necessary Normally be employed as a full time teacher in an approved secondary school or college or doing appropriate educational work throughout the duration of the programme. Bachelor of Education (Honours) degree To qualify for entry, candidates should have at least 2 A levels in the relevant subjects. Bachelor of Adult Education To qualify for entry, candidates should hold a Bachelor of Adult Education degree or a related degree. Masterof Education Degree To be eligible for the programme, an applicant must have: 2.1.4.1 completed a minimum of two years of approved educational work. 2.1.4.2 obtained a B.Ed degree or approved equivalent from any recognized university in the appropriate subject area.

2.1.2

2.1.3

2.1.4

486

2.1.4.3 obtained a Degree and a Post-Graduate Diploma in Education or approved equivalent from any recognized university. 2.1.5 2.1.6 3. Post Graduate Diploma in Education Diploma in Adult Education

GENERAL PROVISIONS 3.1 Bachelor of Education (B.Ed) Degree 3.1.1 For the Bachelor of Education programme, a candidate should study at least 19 modules as follows: At least 8 common modules, 8 core modules from the teaching subject area, two optional modules from the teaching subject areas and from Gender Studies. 3.1.2 In each semester, a student shall register for at least 5 modules and a block release student shall register for at least 3 modules.

3.2

A student shall not be admitted into the following semester or higher level module unless he/she has passed all pre-requisites for the module prior to the start of the semester in which he/she intends to study that module. A student may change his/her registration for modules to be taken in any semester during the first two weeks of that semester.

3.3

4.

ASSESSMENT 4.1 The assessment of a practical field module or project modules hall be based on written reports submitted to a Departmental Board. All other modules shall be assessed by continuous assessment and formal examination.

4.2

487

4.2.1

Continuous assessment shall constitute for 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined.

4.2.2

4.2.3

5.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS 5.1 Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations

6.

GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE/DIPLOMA 6.1 6.2 6.3 To be awarded a Diploma in Education, a student must pass all modules and must have attained at least 48 credits. To be awarded a Bachelor of Education degree, a student must pass all modules and must have attained at least 84 credits. The classification of all modules and degrees shall be as stated in Section 5 of the General Regulations. The classification of all modules and Diplomas shall be as stated in Section 21 of the General Regulations.

6.4 7.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 5 of the General Regulations. 7.1 Academic levels shall be considered for purposes of degree weighting as follows: B.Ed full time 50% for each of the two levels 331/3 for each of the three levels

B.Ed Block Release 8.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS Refer to Section 11.10 of the General Regulations. HONORARY DEGREES / HONORIS CAUSA The Faculty may award Degrees, Honoris Causa

9.

488

9.1 9.2

Master of Education (MEd) Doctor of Education (EdD)

DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN ADULT EDUCATION (Dip. Ad. Ed.)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Undergraduate Degree Programmes hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. These regulations are in respect of the Diploma in Adult Education offered by the Department of Adult Education. The Diploma in Adult Education is a two-year programme offered on a block release basis. It is structured to meet human resources needs for the successful implementation of the development projects in the broad fields of adult education such as Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs) Commerce, Adult Literacy, Agriculture, Health and Security among others. The programme is meant to equip Adult Educators with knowledge, attitudes and skills.

1.2

1.3

489

2.

OBJECTIVES By the end of the programme students should be able to: explain basic concepts in adult education; identify various adult education provisions with specific reference to Zimbabwe; identify the roles of adult education in the process of development in Zimbabwe; apply adult education principles and strategies in their special fields; develop an understanding of the impact of social, economic, political, religious, cultural and gender issues on development projects in their special fields; identify adult education needs based on contemporary issues and apply research skills to solve contemporary problems in their special fields.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission applicants must normally: have passed at least five O levels subjects including English Language OR possess qualifications accepted by the University as equivalent to the foregoing OR have at least two years relevant experience in the broad fields of adult education.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 Each student shall be required to take a total of at least twelve modules as follows: 4.1.1 At level 1:1 a student shall register for six modules including Communication Skills and Information Technology. At level 1:2, a student shall register for six modules of which one is a research project and one is an optional module.

4.1.2

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Final assessment shall be continuous assessment and formal examinations.

490

5.2 5.3 5.4

Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment. In order to pass the Diploma, a candidate should obtain at least 50 % of continuous assessment and examinations combined.

6.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section of the Faculty Regulations.

7.

DIPLOMA WEIGHTING Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

8.

DIPLOMA STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code DAE 101 DAE 102 DAE 103 Module Description Introduction to Adult Education Foundations of Adult Education Communication skills Credits 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 DAE 104 DAE 105 DAE 106 Information and Communication Technology H.I.V and AIDS Education Guidance and Counselling 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 DAE 201 DAE 202 Research Methods and Statistics Programme Planning implementation and Evaluation 4 4

491

GS 201

Introduction to Gender Studies

Level 2 Semester 2 A student shall register for two core modules and one optional module Core Modules DAE 209 Elective Modules DAE 204 DAE 205 DAE 206 DAE 207 DAE 208 9. Training of Trainers Human Rights Environmental Management Entrepreneurship Research Ethics 4 4 4 4 4 Research Project 6

MODULE SYNOPSES

DAE 101 Introduction to Adult Education The module seeks to assist students to develop a better understanding of what adult education is. It also focuses on the purposes of adult education by an introduction to an array of adult education provisions. The students are also exposed to the various historical perspectives which are the basis of the field of adult education. Finally, it explores the role of adult education in the process of development. DAE 102 Foundations of Adult Education This module seeks to equip students with a broad understanding and appreciation of the Philosophical, Psychological and Sociological factors that influence the development of adult education. An analysis of theories in these fields is made with a view to coming up with implications for adult education. DAE 103 Communication Skills

492

This module exposes students to effective communicative roles and skills. It is meant to assist students to be familiar with the Universitys expectations and demands on how to tackle academic work. This module enables adult educators to communicate effectively and deliver meaningful presentations. DAE 104 Information and Communication Technology This module aims to introduce adult students to Information, Communication Technologies (ICTs) used in education and training environments and to provide them with an opportunity to explore criteria for the appropriate use of Information Communication Technology. In this module, adult education students identify and monitor issues arising from the use of ICT in the workplace, emerging technologies that can be applied in their workplace and conduct an ICT audit and devise an ICT plan for their workplace. Adult education students will also establish the criteria to evaluate the suitability of specific multimedia and online learning packages to their teaching and learning environment. Finally, the students will evaluate the potential of Information and Communication Technology in an education and training context. DAE 105 HIV and AIDS Education This module seeks to expose adult educators to the historical development of H.I.V virus from 1981 up to date information about Aids pandemic, policy, human rights, and how the world and Zimbabwe in particular has fought back the pandemic. This module raises the H.I.V science literacy. When students study the science of H.I.V they are able to study the structure and replication of H.I.V and identify its weak points, which can be taken advantage of by researchers. The module assumes that when students understand the science, they are better able to advocate for access to treatment and care and be in a better position to influence public policy around H.I.V and develop effective H.I.V and AIDS education programmes to curb the disease in their organisations. DAE 106 Guidance and Counselling in Adult Education. This module introduces the students to the basics of Guidance and Counselling in Adult Education The need for Guidance and Counselling services is becoming increasingly important because of the constantly changing world in which we live. So many things are beginning to impact on the lives of many people. The onslaught

493

of modern science, technology, social and economic pressures make it difficult for individuals to cope. This module assumes that it is important for the adult educator to be acquainted with some techniques of guidance and counselling. Therefore, the requirement for adult educators to learn about and apply the principles of Guidance and Counselling cannot be too strongly stressed. In this module, the students should be able to state the role and function of a counsellor and state how they can be applied in the work environment. Students should be able to give guidance and counselling services that promote self-direction and growth among individuals in their organisations. DAE201 Research Methods and Statistics This module seeks to expose adult educators to introductory courses in quantitative and qualitative research methods. Because the Adult Education programme consistently seeks to develop adult educators that integrate practice and research, all graduate adult educators are expected to develop and demonstrate a command of various approaches to research. This should enable the adult educators to solve various organisational problems they come across. GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies DAE 202 Programme Planning, Implementation and Evaluation This module exposes adult-education students to a growing body of knowledge and techniques for planning Adult Education programmes which keep pace with the dynamic and expanding field of Adult Education. The basis for programming, the concept of programme and the different types of programmes are explored. Students are made aware of the need for the Adult Education programmer to develop a working philosophy based on their beliefs about education, learning, the learner, the programmer and programme development. Concepts considered relevant for effective programme development are identified. Finally, programme development models/ framework are presented for students to adopt based on informed decisions. DAE 204 Training of Trainers

494

The programme is designed for those individuals who plan, administer and deliver training and education to adults in the work place. It is of interest to those considering new career possibilities involving training and professional development of adults. The module emphasis is based on that good training design incorporates elements which recognise the special needs of adult learners. Adult learning principles that could benefit employees in training are examined. It provides a basis for the design of instructional materials and indicates how important it is to provide learning options for the trainees to choose from. Throughout the module, emphasis is placed on assisting the student in acquiring the knowledge base necessary to demonstrate the competencies required of an adult educator. The module is both theoretical and practical so that the students are exposed to different learning contexts and methodologies and the practicalities involved with programme development, delivery and evaluation. DAE 205 Human Rights The Human rights module aims to develop analytical skills which enable students to understand the relationship of law and human rights to the processes of globalisation and development. Students also develop evaluation skills which enable students to contribute to capacity building within their organisations or institutions. Further, they develop existing legal skills through the study of new areas of knowledge and through the use of techniques which focus on the development of advocacy. Students should be exposed to the bill of rights, which every person in Zimbabwe is entitled to. No laws may be made which take away any of those rights, but the right of other people and the public interest served. DAE 206 Environmental Management This module is designed to train adult educators in a broad range of skills for employment in environmental management education roles: Cleaner production waste minimisation and economically sustainable development. The module includes methods of minimising, managing and re-using industrial and domestic by products with regard to the environment and enables the graduate to advise management on its legislative duties. DAE 207 Entrepreneurship

495

In this module, students are expected to develop a conceptual framework of entrepreneurship and distinguish between wage employment, self-employment and entrepreneurship. They further examine the entrepreneurial personality, opportunity identification and product selection. Ways of enterprise launching and formalisation are explored and the role of support institutions to promote small entrepreneurs examined. Students are also exposed to what a project report is, its constituents and the advantages of preparing a project report is, cost of production, pricing and breakeven analyses concepts are also explored. Students also examine production, marketing, human resource, finance and entrepreneurship management. Finally, labour legislation, taxation and export markets are examined. DAE 208 Research Ethics The module covers ethical issues related to research such as informed consent, anonymity, confidentiality, deception, dealing with children and vulnerable groups, publishing of research findings and observation. REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ADULT EDUCATION HONOURS DEGREE (B. Ad. ED)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the undergraduate degree programme hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The Bachelor of Adult Education degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved programme of study in accordance with these regulations. The Degree in Adult Education is a 3 year programme offered on a Block Release and structured to meet the needs of adult educators and promote education for development that is centred on humanity, liberation, participation and justice in their special fields.

1.2

1.3

2.

OBJECTIVES

496

By the end of the programme students should be able to: 2.1 blend their theoretical knowledge and practical expertiseto facilitate the development of enterprises, industry, local, regional and global communities, develop critical analytical and reflective skills requisite in adult education necessary for community development. develop an increased understanding of the philosophical, sociological and psychological foundations underpinning the field of adult education. conduct research in order to improve operations in their fields.

2.2

2.3

2.4 3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 To be eligible for admission applicants must normally: 3.1.1 have passed at least five O level subjects including English language; hold a Diploma in Adult Education from recognised University, hold appropriate qualifications accepted by the University as equivalent to the foregoing: have experience in the occupation or discipline area in which they teach adult learners.

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 Each student shall be required to take at least eighteen modules over three years. At least three modules shall be covered in each semester.

497

4.2

Each module is worth 4 credits except for the dissertation which is worth 8 credits (Total 76 credits )

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 Final assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment. In order to pass a candidate should obtain at least 50 % of continuous assessment and examinations combined.

5.2

5.3

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

7.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one semester to the other a candidate should not carry more than two modules.

8.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description BAE 101 BAE 102 BAE 103 Philosophical Foundations of Adult Education Sociological Foundations of Adult Education Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4

498

Level 1 Semester 2 BAE 104 BAE 105 BAE 106 Information and Communication Technology Programme Planning Implementation and Evaluation Psychological Foundations of Adult Education 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BAE 201 BAE 202 GS 201 Development Studies Open and Distance Learning Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BAE 204 BAE205 BAE 206 Research Methods and Statistics Administration, Management and Supervision of Personnel in Adult Education Principles and Practice of Community Development 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BAE 301 BAE 302 BAE 303 Comparative Studies In Adult Education Design and Development of Instructional Materials Guidance and Counselling In Adult Education 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 Each student shall study one core module and two optional modules. Core Module BAE 312 Research Project 8

Optional Modules

499

BAE 304 BAE 305 BAE 306 BAE 307 BAE 308 BAE 309 BAE 310 BAE 311 10.

Disaster Management HIV and AIDS Education Training of Trainers Public Health Agricultural Extension and Education Strategic Planning and Management Conflict Management Research Ethics

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

BAE 101 Philosophical Foundations of Adult Education This module seeks to expose adult educators to the fundamental problems of Philosophy such as metaphysics, epistemology and axiology that govern human views and development of educational programmes. This module assumes that there is a close relationship between Philosophy and any educational programme including Adult Education. In other words, Philosophy guides adult education as a field of practice. This module seeks to define Philosophy, explore the various philosophical schools of thought and examine how these have inspired many educators, educational activities and development organisations around the world. The students also examine the role played by Philosophy in adult education programming. BAE 102 Sociological Foundations of Adult Education This module is based on the premise that Adult Education as an enterprise operates within society and as a result there is need to expose students to basic sociological concepts, how society functions and the sociological issues influencing adult education programmes. In this vein, students are expected to familiarise themselves with basic sociological concepts, derive insights from sociological perspectives regarding Adult Education. Students also identify various institutions that affect Adult Education programmes and critically examine these institutional operations in relation to the needs of Adult Education.

500

BAE 103 Communication Skills This module seeks to help students examine issues to do with effective university expectations, requirements and demands for academic work as well as social life that will make the students much more suited to the various university tasks and work. In this module, students will be exposed to principles of communication and communication channels, knowing and adjustments to university life, reading, writing, note making and research work. BAE 104 Information and Communication Technology This module aims to introduce Adult Education students to Information Communication Technologies (ICTs) used in education and training environments. The module provides them with an opportunity to explore criteria for the appropriate use of ICT. Adult education students identify and monitor issues arising from the use ICT in the work place, emerging technologies that can be applied in their work place. At the end of the module the students should be able to conduct an ICT plan for their work place. Adult Education students will also be able to establish the criteria to evaluate the suitability of specified multimedia and online learning packages to their teaching and learning environments. Finally the students will evaluate the potential of Information and Communication Technology in an education and training setup. BAE 105 Programme Planning, Implementation and Evaluation This module exposes adult-education students to a growing body of knowledge and techniques for planning Adult Education programmes which keep pace with the dynamic and expanding field of Adult Education. The basis for programming, the concept of programme and the different types of programmes are explored. Students are made aware of the need for the Adult Education programmer to develop a working philosophy based on their beliefs about education, learning, the learner, the programmer and programme development. Concepts considered relevant for effective programme development are identified. Finally, programme development models/ framework are presented for students to adopt based on informed decisions. BAE 106 Psychological Foundations of Adult Education

501

This module is based on the premise that the adult educator is faced with challenges that can be addressed from the applied area of Educational Psychology. The module assists the adult educator with a psychological map upon which the adult educator can examine his/her opinions about education and formulate strategies to design, implement and evaluate adult education programmes. This module summarily addresses the Psychology of adult education from the view that lifespan development Psychology involves the study of constancy and change in behaviour throughout life from conception to death. However, the scope of life span development studies is restricted to adulthood. It examines general principles of Adult development studies, characteristics of adult learning, cognition, biological differences, motivation and personality, as well as the application of all these factors in Adult Education programmes. BAE 201 Development Studies This module seeks to examine the major perspectives and debates in development thinking since the 1950s. In this view, an analyses of the evolution of development theory is done while contextualising it historically. The module further examines the development theory and practice reference to Adult Education. Students will also evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the major perspectives as explanatory frameworks of development and under development in the Third World. They examine how competing perspectives on development are connected to particular periods, interests and concerns. Finally, they should be able to apply lessons learnt from the development modules to their organisations in order to effect meaningful development programmes. BAE 202 Open and Distance Learning This module seeks to familiarise students with this proliferating educational phenomenon globally highlighting its historical foundations, aims, objectives, operational structure and its contribution to all levels of education and training. In this module, students trace the historical foundations of Open and Distance Learning in developing and industrialised worlds. Open and Distance Learning theory and practice are also examined. Finally, the students examine the Open and Distance Learning challenges and trends in the 21st century. This module further defines Open and Distance Learning and compares it with more traditional face - to face education

502

as well as open education. The history, development, uses, functions and practices of Open and Distance Learning are also discussed. GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies BAE 204 Research Methods and Statistics This module seeks to expose adult educators to introductory lessons in quantitative and qualitative research methods. The importance of the module lies on the premise that research is an integral part of the work of educators in at least two ways. The adult educators are often required to conduct research as part of the adult learning process and adult educators benefit from research to improve their practice e.g research strategies to facilitate adult education in learning. Consequently, there is need for adult educators to acquire skills in processing and consuming research. BAE 205 Administration, Management and Supervision of Personnel in Adult Education. This module seeks to equip adult educators with supervision and management skills necessary for the development of employees who would make best contributions in organisations that provide fair terms and conditions of employment. In this module, students are expected to explore the meaning of supervision and management concepts, how organisations are resourced and how the organisations can develop the human resourced and how the organisations can develop the human resources. The employer and employee relationship is also examined. The structure of the supervisors job is explained, the worries of a supervisor and various supervision styles are explored with a view of helping the adult learner come up with effective administration in their organisations. BAE 206 Principles and Practice of Community Development. This module seeks to provide the students with the essentials of the Principles and Practice of Community development and the skills of local capacity building needed by development workers to foster sustainable community development. In this module, students are introduced to the conceptual framework of community and rural

503

development and underdevelopment. They are equipped with knowledge and techniques of diagnosing the skill for milieu and identifying relevant needs. Students are equipped with organising and managing community development programmes. Finally, the role of the adult educator in running community development training programmes is explored. BAE 312 Research Project Students are expected to conduct independent scientific studies on or in a subject related to Adult Education. This study should culminate in a research report of 10 000 words based on wide research with the close assistance of a supervisor. Its weight is equivalent to that of two core modules. BAE 301 Comparative Studies in Adult Education. This module is based on the assumption that from the earliest times mans curiosity and his quest for knowledge has led to an interest in other civilisations, cultures, habits and activities. Through the ages, world travellers brought back to their societies impressions and data collected from visits to foreign cultural groups and societies. It is therefore necessary to study Adult Education systems in other countries in order to clearly understand the developments in both theory and practice of the field. In this vein, the students study and analyse adult education systems in the light of their national environments, establish how every education system developed within the nations environment, identify and describe those basic principles that underlie education systems while emphasising similarities and differences. Finally, the students evaluate the merits and demerits of the systems with the view of solving common education problems in their community. BAE 302 Design and Development of Instructional Materials This module enables adult educators to competently design and develop instructional materials to meet particular needs of their organisations. More specifically on completion of the modules, adult educators should be able to undertake needs analysis to diagnose organisational problems, design a complete instructional programme by formulating objectives, determining content and instructional methods and select appropriate assessment methods and evaluation tools. This module equips students with presentation skills for a range of instruction. Finally, they should be able to

504

explain and justify decisions made and activities undertaken in the design and delivery of an instructional programme. BAE 303 Guidance and Counselling in Adult Education This module introduces adult education students to the basis of guidance and counselling services is becoming increasingly important because of the constantly changing world in which we live. So many things are beginning to impact on the lives of many people. The onslaught of modern science and technology, social and economic pressures make it difficult for individuals to cope. This module assumes that it is important for the adult educator to be acquainted with some techniques of guidance and counselling. Therefore, the requirement for adult educators to learn about and apply the principles of guidance and counselling cannot be too strongly stressed. In this module, the students should be able to state the role and functions of a counsellor and counsel individuals with personal, social and economic problems. They should be able to give guidance and counselling that promotes self direction and growth among individuals in their organisations. BAE 304 Disaster Management This module assists the adult educators to explore the complex world of emergence and disaster management issues. Critical thinking and decision making skills necessary to support and supervise, comprehensive, integrated or effective management of natural, system-wide or human crisis are explored. Through assessment of a broad range of modern disaster and complex emergency situations, the module provides students with the working knowledge of needs, preparedness service delivery systems, and impact of disasters on communities, decision-making and ethics. Students are equipped with knowledge of developing a disaster recovery plan and long range planning for disaster management. BAE 305 HIV And Aids Education This module seeks to expose students to the historical development of H.I.V virus from 1981 up to date. This module also exposes students to how the world and Zimbabwe in particular has fought the pandemic. This module raises the H.I.V science literacy among students that enables them to understand the structure and replication

505

mechanisms and identity its weak points which can be taken advantage of by researchers. This module assumes that when students understand the science of H.I.V, they are able to adhere to medicines should they be H.I.V, positive. Students will be better able to advocate for access to treatment and care and influence public policy around H.I.V. They can also come up with H.I.V and AIDS policies within their organisations. Cultural and religious practices that hinder the fight against H.I.V and AIDS are examined. BAE 306 Training of Trainers The programme is designed for those individuals who plan, administer and deliver training and education to adults in the work place. It is of interest to those considering new career possibilities involving training and professional development of adults. The module emphasis is based on that good training design incorporates elements which recognise the special needs of adult learners. Adult learning principles that could benefit employees in training are examined. It provides a basis for the design of instructional materials and indicates how important it is to provide learning options for the trainees to choose from. Throughout the module, emphasis is placed on assisting the student in acquiring the knowledge base necessary to demonstrate the competencies required of an adult educator. The module is both theoretical and practical so that the students are exposed to different learning contexts and methodologies and the practicalities involved with programme development, delivery and evaluation. BAE 307 Public Health This module exposes students to the public health multi disciplinary principles and practices. It enables students to identify and examine the issues that threaten the overall health of the community with a view to coming up with effective Adult Education programmes that promote Public Health. In this module, students define public health; examine ways of disseminating health information and increasing awareness of public health as a public good and fundamental right. Students examine new discoveries leading to improved health locally, regionally and globally. Adult educators are equipped with skills that will help address health inequalities by advocating for population research based in their organisations and community programmes.

506

BAE 308 Agriculture Extension and Education This module seeks to expose Adult Education students to the background of agriculture extension and communication, the objectives of extension organisation, extension theory of diffusion and adoption, extension methods and farmer training. Furthermore, students examine agricultural policy, planning extension programmes, farmer participation in extension program planning, monitoring and evaluation and research extension linkages are also examined. Finally, the students examine the extension, change management and support through examining privatisation, privatisation of extension services (an option for the future) female extension agents and gender in agricultural development. Extension agrarian reform and challenges for extension are also analysed with a view of coming up with highly productive programmes. BAE 309 Strategic Planning and Management Adult educators are strategists and as such they should be introduced to Strategic Management. Strategic Management focuses on the managerial tasks of crafting, implementing and executing organisational strategies. A strategy is the blue print that management has for positioning an organisation in it chosen arena, competing successfully, pleasing customers and achieving good business performance. It provides a road map to follow when conducting business, a game plan for building customer loyalty and winning a sustainable competitive advantage over rivals. BAE 310 Conflict Management The purpose of this module is to give adult educators basic understanding of peace and help them build peace in their own groups, communities, and institutions. In this module, the conceptual framework of peace, the need for peace and sustainable peace are examined. Furthermore Zimbabwean ideas on conflict, negative aspects of conflicts (violence),why violence is the worst form of social change, causes of conflict and dealing with conflicts are explored. Finally, the peace building process which involves attitudes and behaviour needed for peace building, peace building activities, communicating peacefully and resolving conflicts (mediation) are examined. BAE 311 Research Ethics

507

The module covers ethical issues related to research such as informed consent, anonymity, confidentiality, deception, dealing with children and vulnerable groups, publishing of research findings and observation. REGULATIONS FOR POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TERTIARY EDUCATION (PDTE)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Post Graduate Diplomas, hereinafter referred to as General Postgraduate Regulations. The Post Graduate Diploma in Tertiary Education is a three semester block release programme structured to equip students with educational theory and practical skills that are required for effective teaching and learning at tertiary level. The programme is designed for lecturers in tertiary institutions and those who intend to be lecturers in tertiary education.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The programme seeks to enable students to: 2.1 examine the educational theories and relate their concepts to the teaching and learning situations in Tertiary Education.

508

2.2 2.3

acquire skills for effective teaching and learning. examine relevant and appropriate repertoire of quality professional skills to foster effective educational practice and proficiency in Tertiary Education.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Post Graduate Diploma in Tertiary Education graduates have career opportunities in a wide array of institutions and organisations which include universities as lecturers, lecturers in other tertiary institutions, research institutions, public sector organisations and Non-Governmental Organisations.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 A good first degree from any recognised university.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 5.2 5.3 The Post Graduate Diploma in Tertiary Education is a block release programme. Normally, a student shall be required to complete the programme in not less than three semesters from the date of registration. Each student shall be required to pass a total 10 modules which translates to 44 credits. Each module is worth 4 credits except Teaching Practice whichis worth 8 credits.

5.4 6.

CREDITS 6.1 Students shall earn at least 44 credits to be allowed to graduate.

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Final assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations.

509

7.2 7.3 7.4

Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment. In order to pass a module, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined.

8.

DIPLOMA CLASSIFICATION 8.1 Refer to the General Academic Regulations Section 21.2.

9.

SPECIAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION Special and Supplementary Examinations will be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

12.

FAILURE TO SATIFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

13.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another a candidate should pass at least 75% of the total modules in the level.

14.

DIPLOMA WEIGHTING Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 25% 25% 50%

15.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

510

Level 1

Semester 1 Credits 4 4 4

Module Code Module Description PDTE 501 PDTE 502 PDTE 503 Foundations of Education Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Instructional Technology

Level1 Semester 2 Module Code Module Description PDTE 504 PDTE 505 PDTE 506 Level 2 Didactics in Tertiary Education Gender Issues in Higher Education Curriculum Issues in Tertiary Education Semester 1 4 4 4

Module Code Module Description PDTE 507 PDTE 508 PDTE 509 PDTE 510 16. The Adult Learner Administration Issues in Tertiary Education Contemporary Issues in Tertiary Education Teaching Practice 4 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

PDTE 501 Foundations of Education The module seeks to equip students with a broad understanding and appreciation of the Philosophical, Psychological and Sociological factors that influence the development of higher education. An analysis of the theories in these fields is made with a view of relating them to higher education practice.

511

PDTE 502 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques The module provides an overview of assessment and evaluation and focuses on types of evaluation, instructional objectives, validity and reliability of tests, types of tests, items analysis, summarisation and interpretation of test scores, the role and types of marking; and public examinations. PDTE 503 Instructional Technology This module introduces students to the application of Instructional Technology in tertiary education. It aims to develop an educator who is equipped with knowledge and skills for organizing teaching and training with the help of appropriate technologies. The module builds up students awareness about the various educational technologies and their pedagogic uniqueness. Areas covered include an overview of the nature of educational technology, the foundations of instructional technology, the range of technology for accessing and the impact of technology on learning. Other aspects addressed by this module are creating and sharing knowledge, designing, developing and managing software for technology mediated delivery of instructions. PDTE 504 Didactics in Tertiary Education The module seeks to equip new lecturers with the requisite skills. Students are expected to acquire skills of developing module outlines, lecture plans, records, evaluation procedures and seminar presentations for effective teching learning. In addition to that students are expected to develop skills of selecting appropriate teaching methodologies informed by the Educational Foundations Theories. The role of electronic learning is emphasized. PDTE 505 Gender Issues in Higher Education The module seeks to sensitise students with developments in gender issues and help to lobby and advocate for addressing gender imbalances in higher education. Students are expected to define gender and development, trace historical development in gender issues confronting mankind world over. Students are expected to derive insights from gender theories with a view to apply lessons learnt from these theories to solve gender problems in higher education.

512

PDTE 506 Curriculum Issues in Tertiary Education This module seeks to help students examine the historical developments and determinants of the curriculum and the various models that can be used in curriculum designing planning, innovation, change and evaluation. Special focus is placed on the Zimbabwean situation. PDTE 507 The Adult Learner This module is designed to provide knowledge about adult learning. The thrust of the module is on the characteristics of Adult learners and their implications for the planning and delivery of lessons. PDTE 508 Administrative Issues in Tertiary Education This module is designed to address administrative issues in higher and tertiary education. The issues spefically relate to leadership roles, supervision, motivation, communication, policy and control. A research grounded approach is be used in order to emphasise the need for relevance and applicability at higher administrative levels. PDTE 509 Contemporary Issues in Tertiary Education The module is intended to broaden the students understanding of initial issues that have a bearing on higher education as a tool for national development. Thus, in addition to the business of didactical education, the student is taken out from the classroom and get exposed to a panoramic view of the interaction between higher and tertiary education and current challenges facing the nation. PDTE 510 Teaching Practice The aspect on teaching practice is indispendable for one to teach effectively at any level particularly at university and college levels. The module affords students an oppportunity to exercise tertiary teaching under supervision. Students are expected to go on teaching practice to a university/college of their choice and demonstrate skills such as the use of seminar presentations, e-learning, peer teaching, group discussions, exposition and question and answer.

513

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ADULT EDUCATION

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations of the Midlands State University Post-Graduate Degree Programme, hereinafter referred to as General Postgraduate Regulations.

2.

AIMS The programme aims to: 2.1 equip adult educators with knowledge, attitudes and skills important and relevant to professional adult educators in their special fields. help adult learners to apply learnt skills to real life situations in their fields of operation. produce future oriented professionals who combine theoretical, practical and strategic knowledge of development processes with strong research skills.

2.2

2.3

514

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Master of Education in Adult Education Degree programme is designed to meet human resource needs for the successful implementation of the development projects in the broad fields of Adult Education such as Civic Education, Commerce, Adult Literacy, Agriculture, Health and Security.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission, applicants must normally: 4.1 hold a good Bachelor of Adult Education degree from this university or another institution recognised by this university; or hold appropriate qualifications accepted by the university as equivalent to the foregoing.

4.2

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The duration of the programme shall be four semesters on a Block Release basis. In order to be adjudged as having successfully completed the programme, candidates must pass all eleven modules and the dissertation and this translates to 52 credits.5.2 Each module is worth 4 credits except for the dissertation which is worth 8 credits.

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Final Assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment.

6.2. 6.3

515

6.4

In order to pass a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examinations combined. Students are required to participate in a viva voce for their dissertation. For a dissertation assessment, a viva voce contributes 30% while the marking of the submitted copy contributes70% of the final mark of the module. X A

6.5

7.

SPECIAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY E

Special and supplementary examinations will be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 8. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.9. 9. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 10. FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations. 11. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in the level 12. DEGREEWEIGHTING All levels carry equal weighting. 13. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1

516

Module Code Description MAE 701 MAE 702 MAE 703 Philosophical Foundations of Adult Education History of Adult Education Trends and Issues in Adult Education

Credits 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MAE 704 MAE 705 MAE 706 Workers Education and Industrial Relations Strategic Management in Adult Education Research Methods and Statistics 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MAE 707 MAE 708 MAE 709 International Relations and Adult Education Gender Studies in Adult Education Conflict Management and Resolution 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Students shall study one core module and one elective module. Core Module MAE801 Dissertation 8

Elective Modules MAE 710 MAE 711 Educational Management in Adult Education Adult Education Planning and Development 4 4

517

MAE 712 MAE 713 MAE 714 MAE 715

Risk Management in Adult Education Change Management Entrepreneurship in Adult Education Adult Education Planning and Policy in Zimbabwe

4 4 4 4

14. MODULE SYNOPSES MAE 701 Philosophical Foundations of Adult Education This module seeks to equip the adult educator with a firm foundation of the historical and conceptual context of the philosophy of education. The course is mainly concerned with mans holistic view of and response to the universe in which she/he lives and the adaption of experiences to that world. The study of the fundamental problems of reality (metaphysics), truth (epistemology), value (axiology), freedom, authority, morality, values, essentialism, perennialism, progressivism and reconstructionism are covered. MAE 702 History of Adult Education This module enables students to understand factors that influenced the emergence of Adult Education movements in different parts of the world at different times and the effects of these movements on social, economic and political developments in the respective countries. Focus are on the origins and growth of modern Adult Education in the United Kingdom, United States of America, Scandinavian countries (Denmark, Norway and Sweden), Russia, Central and Southern Africa (Lesotho, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia and Zimbabwe, West Africa ,Ghana ,Nigeria, East Africa, Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda). MAE 703 Trends and Issues in Adult Education This module introduces the students to the current major trends, issues and topics worldwide in adult education. It emphasizes the acquisition and utilization of knowledge and skills in the fields of adult learning. Adult education is expected to contribute directly to productivity and thereby to competitiveness in the global market.

518

Topics covered include adult education and training, ICT and life long learning, globalisation and adult education, adult learners in a contemporary society and public policy and economic influence on adult education. MAE 704 Workers Education and Industrial Relations This module is intended to enable students to analyse real life workplace industrial relations, problems and issues and come up with practical and workable solutions. Upon completion of the course the student should be able to strike a balance between the interests of the organisation and those of the employees. MAE 705 Strategic Management in Adult Education Adult educators are strategists and as such they are introduced to strategic management. Strategic management focuses on the managerial tasks of crafting, implementing and executing organisational strategies. A strategy is the blue print, positioning an organisation in its chosen arena, competing successfully, pleasing customers and achieving good business performance. MAE 706 Research Methods and Statistics This module exposes the students to research and statistics. Students are expected to conduct independent scientific studies on or in a subject related to Adult Education. MAE 707 International Relations and Adult Education The module addresses relations between nations across the globe, The important topics covered include areas of trade and economic cooperation in general; scientific, technical and cultural exchange; development, diplomatic ties and military alliances. Emphasis is on North-South relations. MAE 708 Gender Studies in Adult Education This module affords the students a chance to interrogate and critically analyse gender issues in adult education and offer intervention strategies in order to bring about equity and equality in society. Areas to be covered include: foundations of gender studies, gender inequality theories, gender analysis, gender issues in adult education, strategies and approaches for redressing gender imbalances and bring about empowerment for all.

519

MAE 709 Conflict Management and Resolution This module introduces the adult educator to the concept of conflict management. The elements of peace, peace making and peace building are studied. The skills of negotiation, arbitration, facilitation, mediation and conciliation are studied. Sustainable peace building is examined. The Zimbabwean ideas on conflict and peace making and the causes and effects of conflict are explored. The ultimate goal of conflict management involving attitudes and sustainable peace building is be examined. MAE 710 Educational Management in Adult Education. This module introduces students to educational management for the purpose of equipping them with skills to conduct educational activities in the most efficient and effective ways. It attempts to enrich students academically and professionally and prepares them for their roles as leaders, supervisors and managers in adult education. The topics covered include organisational theory, leadership, supervision, educational evaluation and motivation and policy studies. MAE 711 Adult Education Planning and Development This module investigates the theory and research of programme planning and development for adults, including processes used to develop educational programmes in various settings. Topics include needs assessment, programme design and development, implementation and evaluation The module exposes students to the development in ICT and how this relates to the field of Adult Education. MAE 712 Risk Management in Adult Education In this module the student is introduced to elements of probability, risk and insurance and underlying statistical bases. The context of risk management, corporate strategy and corporate governance, risk identification, assessment and prioritisation, risk control and financial monitoring and review are explored. MAE 713 Change Management The module focuses on the management of change in organisations. It covers the types of organisations that are in existence, and how the differing structures of these

520

organisations impact on change management. The following topics are covered performance, design strategies, concept of power, organisational politics, change, structural forms, organisational and the management of change. MAE 714 Entrepreneurship in Adult Education The module defines entrepreneurship. It focuses on developing a business and translating ideas into achievable business opportunities. The main topics include environmental assessment, preparation for a new venture, security of finance, financial control, developing an effective business plan and domestic, regional and global factors influencing entrepreneurship. MAE 715 Adult Education Planning and Policy in Zimbabwe This module exposes students to important factors for national development in adult education. The important topics to be included in the module are planning, planning processes, adult education policies, planning models and social and economic factors. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (HONOURS) DEGREEE

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and General Regulations. The Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree is offered in the following subject areas: Accounting, African Languages, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Fashion and Textiles, Food Science and Nutrition, Geography, History, Management of Business, Mathematics and Physics.

1.2

521

1.3.

The duration of the degree programme shall normally be a minimum of four years including a period of(work-related learning) teaching practice during the third level.

2.

AIMS 2.1 The aims of the B.Ed Honours (English) Degree Programme are to: Prepare pre-service teachers to teach English up to A Level Produce highly qualified personnel for schools and tertiary education institutions, Government departments and nongovernmental organisations (NGOs)

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS 3.1 Students who complete the programme can expect to find employment in the following areas:

Secondary schools as teachers Tertiary education institutions as lecturers Ministry of Education as Education Officers NGOs as training consultancies, training officers. etc.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To qualify for entry, candidates should satisfy the general entry requirements specified in the General Regulations and must also meet the requirements specified in the following programmes:

Accounting Should have passed Mathematics at O level Should have passed Accounting at A level and any other subject

African Languages

522

 Biology

Should have passed in Shona or Ndebele at A level and any other subject in the humanities.

Should have passed Mathematics at O level Should have passed Biology at A level and any other Science subject Basic Communication Skills Sociology of Education Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender studies Understanding Curriculum Research methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro- Teaching Computer Application in Education Teaching practice/ Work-Related Learning Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Project Introduction to Information Technology

5.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of Departmental regulations

523

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 8 of the Departmental Regulations GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations DEGREEWEIGHTING Academic levels shall be considered for purposes of degree weighting as follows: 25 % for each of the four levels

7.

8. 9.

10.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree Accounting Level 1 Semester 1 ACC107 BM101 EC 101 CS 101 HCS 115 EFA 301 EFA 302 Accounting Concepts, principles and procedures Principles of Management Microeconomics Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Sociology of Education Psychology of Education 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 ACC 108 ACC 215 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Accounting Reporting Cost Accounting and Control 4 4 4 4

524

EC 104

Macroeconomics

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE 301 ACC 217 ACC 213 ACC 208 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied Accounting Education Financial Accounting for Companies Company Law and Financial Reporting Tax Law and Practice 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 ACC 212 ACC 216 BM105 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Tax Law and Practice 2 Financial Management Business Law 1 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA305 EFA306 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education 4 4

525

ACC102 BM203 BM403

Quantitative Analysis Business Law 11 Production and Operations Management

4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED202 ACC208 ACC204 BM405 Research Project Tax Law and Practice Cost and Management Accounting B Strategic Management 8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in African languages Level 1 Semester 1 EFA301 EFA302 CS 101 HCS 115 HALF101 HAFL102 HAFL103 Sociology of Education Psychology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Introduction to African Languages Literature and Phonology Speech Styles and Their Social Contexts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 HALF104 HAFL105 HAFL106 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Trends In Contemporary African Poetry Morphology and Syntax Developments in Orthography 4 4 4 4 4

526

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE311 HALF201 HALF202 HALF212 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied African Languages Education Language Culture and Developments Theories of Literature and Criticism HIV/AIDS and Culture in Zimbabwe 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 HALF204 HALF205 HALF206 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work-Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Translation and Interrelation Studies African Traditional Literature and Philosophy Drama for Development 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA305 EFA306 HALF401 HALF402 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Dialectology Developments in Lexicography 4 4 4 4

527

HALF404

Culture and Counseling Studies

Level 4 Semester 2 BED202 HAFL210 HAFL 406 HAFL407 Project Language Policy and Planning Culture and Sustainable Development African Culture Heritage and Tourism 8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Biology Level 1 Semester 1 EFA301 EFA302 CS 101 HCS 115 HBIO101 HBIO103 HBIO104 Sociology of Education Psychology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Diversity of Life 1 Diversity of Life 2 Genetics and Evolution 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED108 EFA303 HBIO106 HBIO105 HBIO107 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Biological Methods and Techniques Cell Biology Introductory Mycology 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED201 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques 4

528

GS201 EFA304 AE302 HBIO109 HBIO110 HBIO111

Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied Biology Education Plant Form and Function Biomathematics Immunology

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED101 BED109 BED110 HBIO202 HBIO205 HBIO206 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Assessment Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Application in Education Bacteriology Invertebrate Biology Plant Physiology 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA305 EFA306 HBIO207 HBIO208 HBIO209 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Biotechnology Arthropod Biology Vertebrate Biology 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2

529

BED202 HBIO211 HBIO213 HBIO413

Project Animal Physiology Molecular Genetics Systematic Botany

8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Chemistry Level 1 Semester 1 EFA301 EFA302 CS 101 HCS 115 CT101 CT102 CT104 Sociology of Education Psychology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Physical Chemistry Inorganic Chemistry I Analytical Techniques I 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 CT105 CT107 CT108 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Laboratory Techniques Polymer Chemistry Industrial Chemistry 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE303 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied Chemistry Education 4 4 4 4

530

CT201 CT202 CT203

Physical Chemistry II Inorganic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry II

4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 CT204 CT 207 CT 210 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Assessment Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Chemical Instrumentation Material Technology I Laboratory Quality Management 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA305 EFA306 CT401 CT402 CT403 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Physical Chemistry III Inorganic Chemistry III Organic Chemistry III 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED202 CT407 CT411 Research Projects Material Technology II Fuel Technology 8 4 4

531

CT413

Agrochemicals

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in English Level 1 Semester 1 EFA 302 EFA 301 BAEH 102 BAEH 103 BAEH 109 CS 101 HCS 115 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Trends In Literature Introduction to Communication Introduction to Linguistics Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 BEAH 104 BAEH 106 BAEH110 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Linguistics And Literature English for Specific Purposes Zimbabwean Literature 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE306 BAEH 206 BAEH202 BAEH 204 Assessment And Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied English Education Discourse Analysis African Literature Language Policy And Planning 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

532

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED109 BED110 BAEH 212 BAEH213 BAEH 201 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro Teaching Computer Application in Education Theories of Literature Caribbean Literature Second Language Acquisition 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 BAEH 418 BAEH 412 BAEH 419 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Advanced English Literature American Literature Occupational Discourse 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 AEL 303 BAEH 402 BAEH 417 Project Language across the Curriculum Regional Literature Images of Women in Literature 8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Economics Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 Psychology of Education 4

533

EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 EC101 EC102 EC103

Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Microeconomics Economic Statistics Mathematics for Economics

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 EC100 EC104 EC203 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Economic Statistics A Macroeconomics Quantitative Methods 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE305 EC201 EC206 BM 101 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculums Applied Economics Education Microeconomics 11 Statistical Analysis and Application Principles of Management 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 EC209 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Investment Analysis A 4 4 4 4

534

EC204 EC205 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303

Macroeconomics 11 International Trade Theory and Policy

4 4

Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report

15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 EC 401 EC 402 EC 405 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Advanced Microeconomics Econometrics A Development Economics 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 EC 210 EC 403 EC 406 EC 208 Project Investment Analysis Econometrics B Industrial Economics Environmental Economics 8 4 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Fashion and Textiles Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 AEFT 102 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Principles of Art and Design and Wardrobe Selection 4 4 4 4 4

535

AEFT 107

Ladies Patten Development

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 AEFT 103 AEFT 106 AEFT 105 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Organic Chemistry Cultural Context of Clothing and the Society Clothing Construction Technology1 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AEFT 203 AEFT 204 AEFT 205 AFT317 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Clothing Construction Technology11 Childrens Pattern Development and Grading Natural Fibre Processing Technology Applied Fashion and Textiles Education 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 EFT 206 AEFT 208 AEFT 209 Level 3 BED 301 Work Related Learning Report 15 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Textile Production Management Mens Pattern Development Fabric Technology and Finishing 4 4 4 4 4 4

536

BED 302 BED 303

Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report

15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 AEFT 402 AEFT 403 AEFT 404 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Advanced Pattern Development Textile Design Textile and Clothing Merchandising 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 AEFT 410 AEFT 411 AEFT 412 Project Synthetic Fibre Processing Textile and Apparel Analysis Interior Decoration 8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Food Science and Nutrition Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 FSN 101 FSN 114 FSN 104 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Principle of Food Science Organic Chemistry Principles of Nutrition 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education 4 4

537

FSN 106 FSN 107 FSN 109

Human Nutrition Food Chemistry General Micro Biology

4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE316 FSN 204 FSN 112 FSN 110 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculums Applied Food Science and Nutrition Education Food Microbiology Introduction to Food Laboratory Nutritional Assessment 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 FSN 201 FSN 202 FSN 203 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Nutrition and Metabolism Principles of Food Technology Meat Technology 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education 4 4

538

FSN 212 FSN 207 FSN 213 FSN 215

Dairy Technology Cereal Technology Fruit and Vegetable Technology Food Analysis

4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 FSN 406 FSN 404 FSN 407 FSN 401 Project Food Service Management Cereal Technology Fats and Oils Technique Food and Diet Analysis 8 4 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Geography Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 GES 101 GES102 GES 103 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Quantitative and Qualitative Techniques in Geography Aspects of Physical Geography Aspects of Human Geography 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 GES 104 GES 106 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Environmental Issues, Social Physical Process Ecosystems and Hydrological 4 4 4 4

539

GES 107

Meteorology and Climatology

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE 307 GES 201 GES 202 GES 204 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied Geography Education Environmental Assessment and Management Aspects of Urban Geography Tourism and Recreation Geography 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 GES 209 GES 207 GES 211 Level 3 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Population Studies Urban Development, Planning and Management Safety Health and Environment 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education 4 4

540

GES 402 GES 405 GES 406

Regional Geography of Sub-Saharan Africa Food Security and the Environment Natural Hazards and Human Response

4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 GES 408 GES 409 GES 407 GES 410 Project Urban Climatology Biogeography and Ecosystems Regional Development Hydrology and Water Resources Management 8 4 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in History Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 HISH 112 HISH 113 HISH 114 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Themes in African History Imperialism and Development Economy and Society in Zimbabwe 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 HISH 121 HISH122 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Southern Arica since the Minerals Revolution Europe 1789-1914 4 4 4 4

541

HISH 123

Economy and Society in Zimbabwe

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE 308 HISH 211 HISH 212 HISH 214 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied History Education Southern Africa since the Minerals Revolution Central Africa to Independence West Africa to Independence 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 HISH 224 HISH 225 HISH 231 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education North Africa and the Middle East Eastern Africa to Independence China since the Communist Revolution 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Assessment Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 HISH 411 HISH 412 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Race, Class and Ethnicity in Africa Comparative Slavery 4 4 4 4

542

HISH 414

Developments in Eastern Europe since 1917

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 HISH 421 HISH 422 HISH 423 Project Region and Society in Africa Africa in the 21st Century World Affairs 1945 8 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Management of Business Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 BM 101 BM 102 ACC105 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Principles of Management Business Communication Financial Accounting for Business 1A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 ACC106 EC 101 BM 105 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Financial Accounting for Business 1B Micro-Economics 1 Business Law I 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum 4 4 4

543

AE 309 BM 203 ACC 203 ACC 204

Applied Management of Business Education Business Law II Cost and Management Accounting 1A Cost and Management Accounting 1B

4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 BM 204 BM 205 ACC 210 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Business Investment Analysis Organisational Behavior Financial Accounting for Business II B 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 BED 301 BED 302 BED 30 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 BM 401 BM 406 ACC 211 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Change Management Entrepreneurship Financial Acccounting for Business IIB 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 BM403 BM405 Project Production and Operations Management Strategic Management 8 4 4

544

MM405

International Marketing

Bachelor of Education (Honours) Degree in Mathematics Level 1 Semester 1 EFA302 EFA301 CS 101 HCS 115 HMT101 HMT 102 HMT 103 Psychology of Education Sociology of Education Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Calculus 1 Linear Mathematics Probability Theory I 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 108 EFA 303 HMT 104 HMT 105 HMT 108 Instructional Media and Technology Philosophy of Education Applied Statistics Mathematics Discourse and Structures Regression and Anova I 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 GS 201 EFA 304 AE 310 HMT 106 HMT 107 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Gender Studies Understanding Curriculum Applied Mathematics Education Calculus II Probability Theory II 4 4 4 4 4 4

545

HMT 201

Ordinary Differential Equations

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 109 BED110 HMT 202 HMT 203 HMT 206 Research Methods and Statistics Teaching and Learning Skills and Micro-Teaching Computer Applications in Education Linear Mathematics II Statistical Inference I Numerical Methods I 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3Semester 1 and 2 BED 301 BED 302 BED 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 EFA 305 EFA 306 HMT 212 HMT 419 HMT 421 Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Real Analysis I Mechanics Vector Calculus 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 BED 202 HMT 211 Project Time Series Analysis 8 4

546

HMT405 HMT411

Hypothesis Testing Graph Theory

4 4

REFER TO THE B.ED TWO YEAR PROGRAMME FOR THE MODULE SYNOPSES DEPARTMENT OFAPPLIED EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (BED)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty regulations and the general regulations.

547

1.2

The Bachelor of Education Degree is offered in the following areas: Accounting, African Languages, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Fashion and Textiles, Food Science and Nutrition, Geography, History, Management of Business, Mathematics and Physics.

2.

AIMS The aims of the B.Ed degree programme are to 2.1 prepare non-graduate trained teachers to teach their subjects up to A level 2.2 produce highly qualified manpower for tertiary institutions.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Refer to Section 2.1.1 of the Faculty Regulations

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 4.2 The programme consists of at least 21 modules. Each module is worth 4 credits except for the project which is worth 8 credits The modules listed below are compulsory for all students registered for the Bachelor of Education degree. 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.5 Research Methods and Statistics Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Educational Management

4.3

548

4.3.6 4.3.7 4.3.8 4.3.9

Contemporary Issues in Education Applied Educational Foundations Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Gender Studies

4.3.10 Project 5. ASSESSMENT 5.1 Final Assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examination shall constitute 60% of the final assessment in order to pass a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and Examination combined.

5.2 5.3 5.4

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

7.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in the level.

8.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations

9.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

549

10.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Bachelor of Education Accounting Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 ACC 107 EC 101 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies. Accounting Concepts, Principles and Procedures Microeconomics I 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 ACC 102 ACC 104 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Quantitative Analysis for Business Practical Accounting Data Processing 4 4 4 4

Bachelor of Education Biology Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 HBIO 101 HBIO 105 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Diversity of Life I Cell Biology 4 4 4 4 4

550

Level 1 Semester 2 BED101 BED 201 AEB 104 HBIO 102 HBIO 109 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Methods of Teaching Biology Diversity of Life II Plant Form And Nutrition 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 GS 201 HBIO 206 HBIO104 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues Education Gender Studies Plant Physiology Genetics and Evolution 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 HBIO 210 HBIO 211 Educational Management Research Project Ecology 11 Animal Physiology 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES HBIO 101 Diversity of life I

551

(a)

Origins of life spontaneous generation; comparative metabolism; stromatolites and other fossils; the geological time scale; the primitive atmosphere and the evolution of the genetic code. Taxonomy and phylogeny the goals of classification; the stages of classification; phenetic, cladistic, and evolutionary systematic, taxonomic characters, homology; analogy; taxonomic keys, and phylogenetic trees. Viruses and Monera the diversity among viruses and in the kingdom Monera Protista the diversity among the Fungi, including the division eumycota and the lichens. Fungi the diversity among the Fungi, including the division eumycota and the lichens. Plants brown algae; red algae; green algae; bryophytes; psilopsids; lycopsids; sphenopsids; ferns; gymnosperms and angiosperms; tracheophyte; leaves and adaptations to terrestrial life.

(b)

(c) (d)

(e)

(f)

HBIO 102 Diversity of life II Animalia: a brief outline of the grades of organisation and the evolution of the two main lines of animals (vertebrates and invertebrates; particularly arthropods). HBIO 104 Genetics and Evolution Genetics: Mitosis and meiosis; Mendelian genetics and the chromosome theory of heredity; mutation and variation; introduction to population genetics. Evolution: population genetics and variation; the concept of, and evidence for evolution; theory of evolution by natural selection; adaptation and adaptive radiation; the nature of species; specific mate recognition systems; isolating mechanisms; speciation.

552

HBIO105 Cell Biology Structure of eukaryotic cells; function of different organelles, membrane structures including modifications e.g. gap and tight junctions; transport across membranes; membrane synthesis, protein synthesis; sorting and delivery the organelles involved, the role of lysosomes in recycling cellular components, functional importance of motochondrial membranes in respiration, the components of the cytoskeleton; cell motility; cell differentiation, unlimited cell growth and cancer cells. HBIO 109 Plant Form and Function Integrated structure and function of higher plants, Basic plant anatomy and architecture/morphology, Tissues of the higher plant body and their functions, Tissue organisation in the various organs (including wood structure), Reproductive structures; seeds; fruits and dispersal mechanisms, General adaptations of anatomy and morphology to environment. HBIO 206 Plant Physiologies Ecophysiology of Photosynthesis (C3, C4, CAM) and respiration. Plant nutrition functions of macronutrients and micronutrients. Mechanisms and control of transport processes. Plant hormones and growth substances. Internal vs external stimuli. Plant environment interaction. HBIO 210 Applied Ecology Population ecology, including: exponential and logistic models of population growth; life-tables and Leslie - type matrices; life history strategies; inter-and intra-specific. Competition; predator-prey interactions. Community ecology, including: patterns in multispecies communities; stability and complexity; linear and non- linear succession models; phenology. Biomes of the world, concentrating on tropical rain forests, savanna ecosystems, grasslands and arid lands. Biomass and productivity; utilisation by man. HBIO 211 Animal Physiology

553

Introduction to animal physiology homeostatics. Respiration in water and air, in fish, birds, mammals and insects; gas transport and properties of blood; Circulatory patterns; Locomotion in water and buoyancy; digestion, especially in herbivores; Information and control, including excitable cells; nervous system and control of effectors; Hormonal control. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. Bachelor of Education Chemistry Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 CT101 CT 102 CT103 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Physical Chemistry Inorganic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 AEC 104 CT 104 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment And Evaluation Techniques Methods of Teaching Chemistry Analytical ChemistryI 4 4 4 4

554

CT 105

Laboratory Techniques

Level 2 Semesters 1 GS 201 BED 102 BED 105 CT107 CT108 CT203 Gender Studies Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues in Education Polymer Chemistry Industrial Chemistry Organic Chemistry II 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED106 BED 202 CT201 CT 205 CT 206 Educational Management Project Physical Chemistry II Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry Further Organic Chemistry 4 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES CT101 Physical Chemistry Thermodynamics, Work, heat and energy, first law of thermodynamics, reversible and irreversible changes, thermochemistry, reaction kinetics, electrochemistry, thermodynamics of electrochemical cells, ions in solution. CT 102 Inorganic Chemistry I

555

Atomic Structure principle, Electronic structure of atoms, Periodicity ,of atomic properties, Polyatomic molecules, Transition Metal Chemistry;. Introduction to the magnetic properties of transitional metal complexes. Practical Inorganic Chemistry; CT 103 Organic Chemistry Bonding and structure of organic compounds, organic reaction and their mechanisms, stereochemistry, projection formulae i.e Fischer, Saw horse, Newman, D/L configurations, R/S system, compounds with more than one chiral centre. Aromatic chemistry, aromatic substitution reactions, Organic practicals: isolation of selected simple natural products from local plant materials. CT 104 Analytical Techniques Ionic Equilibrium, Chemical composition of solutions Chemical equations and stoichiometry, Elementary treatment of analytical data, Gravimetric Methods; Precipitation from homogeneous precipitation (PFHS), Volumetric (titrimetric) methods of analysis. CT105 Laboratory Techniques Sampling techniques, Separation and purification Techniques, Concentration Techniques, Apparatus/ instrumental basic handling Techniques. CT107 Polymer Chemistry Polymerisation methods, bonding in polymers, polymerisation reactions and their mechanisms, Structure and stereochemistry, polymerisation practice/techniques, molecular masses of polymers, characterisation of polymers, ageing of polymers, properties and applications of selected polymers, polymer waste disposal and recycling, new trends in polymer chemistry. Practical polymer chemistry. CT108 Industrial chemistry Unit operations, industrial finance, industrial separation processes, drying of solids, industrial gases: Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Hydrogen, Liquified Natural Gases:

556

Acetylene, Carbon dioxide, Nitrous oxide, sulphur and sulphuric acid; Nitrogen compounds; Cement; Wood; Paper Technology. CT205 Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry Selective toxicity, Drug design and development, Synthesis of some pharmaceutical products: analgesics anti-allergy agents, antibacterial, antibiotics, antidepressants, antiviral. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. Bachelor of Education in Economics Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 EC 101 EC 102 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Microeconomic Economics Statistics 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 EC103 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Mathematics for Economics 4 4 4

557

EC104 AEE104

Macro Economics I Methods of Teaching Economics

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 GS 201 EC204 EC201 EC 203 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues Education Gender Studies Macroeconomics Microeconomics Quantitative Methods 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 EC 205 EC 206 Educational Management Research Project International Trade Theory and Policy Statistical Analysis and Application 4 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES EC 101 Microeconomics I Introduction: Basic economic questions, scarcity and opportunity cost, partial equilibrium analysis of markets,introduction to consumer behavior, productions costs long run and short run, price and output determination under different market structure; perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, and oligopoly and theory of distribution and pricing of factors of production.

558

EC102Economic Statistics A This module introduces the student to the operations of statistics in business. The basic introductory framework includes: nature and scope of statistical enquiry, representation of statistical data, frequency distribution, measure of central tendency and dispersion, data spread and probability theory. The module helps in decisionmaking and information presentation. EC103Mathematics for Economists A firm understanding and appreciation of mathematics is now of paramount importance for any serious student living in a dynamic world of economics and business. The module seeks to show the relevance of mathematical tools/concepts such as, linear algebra, differentiation, integration, and optimization theory in the field of economics. EC 104 Macroeconomics I Fundamental macroeconomic ideas: definition of macroeconomics, major macroeconomic issues, national accounts, simple theory of national income distribution, national income in open economy, changes in the demand side the multiplier process, supply side equilibrium, role of money in macroeconomics, monetary policy, bank rate, open market operations, variable reserve rations, moral suasion, international trade and balance of payment theories, foreign exchange markets. GS 201 Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Topics covered include, Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in Zimbabwe. Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate.

559

EC 201 Microeconomics II The module will cover the following major topics: the budget constraint, utility choice, demand, revealed preference, technology, profit maximization, market structures; perfect competition, monopolistic competition, monopoly and oligopoly. EC 203 Quantitative Methods It is a pre-requisite for students taking this module to have done basic mathematics for economists. Quantitative methods seek to strengthen the use of mathematics in analyzing and interpreting economic phenomena. The module covers areas like, comparative statistics, optimization theory, difference and differential equations, matrix algebra etc. EC 204 Macroeconomics II Review of national income accounts, consumption theories, investment theory, equilibrium in the goods and money market (IS-LM model) and macro-dynamics, balance of payment constraint. EC 205 International Trade Theory and Policy The module covers an understanding of trade theories that forms the basis for trade policy analysis. These theories include: classical theories, neoclassical theories and new trade theories. The theory of trade protection, exchange rates and the Balance of Payments are also covered in this module. The policy section covers such topics as terms of trade and economic development, the role of industrial policy in the creation of comparative advantage, trade liberalization in Zimbabwe, the global trading environment, regional co-operation and integration and the role of the WTO in the 21st century. EC 206 Statistical Analysis and Applications The module forms an enhanced strong prelude to EC402. It includes the following topics: descriptive statistics, probability theory and probability models, univariate probability distribution, multivariate probability distribution, testing and estimation, sampling distribution, asymptotic distributions, statistic estimation and ANOVA and regressions.

560

BED 101 Research Methods and statistics this core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. AEE 104 Methods of Teaching Economics The module is designed to equip students teachers with a pedagogical content knowledge specific to the teaching of Economics. It will also develop in student teachers knowledge and skills in relation to the designing of valid and reliable test instruments in Economics. Bachelor of Education in English Level 1 Semester 1

BED 103 HCS 115

BED 104 BAEH 109 BAEH 212

Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology

Curriculum Studies Introduction to Linguistics Theories of Literature

4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED101 BED 201 BAEH 202 BAEH 201 BAEH 418 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques African Literature Second Language Acquisition Advanced English Literature 4 4 4 4 4

561

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 GS 201 BAEH 206 AEM 304 BAEH 217 BAEH 213 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues in Education Gender Studies Discourse Analysis Methods of Teaching English Text Book Writing Editing and Evaluation Caribbean Literature 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 BAEH 402 AEL 303 Educational Management Research Project Regional Literature Language Across the Curriculum 4 8 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES BAEH 109 Introduction to Linguistics The module is an introduction to principal areas of modern linguistics, including phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and sociolinguistics. BAEH 201 Second Language Acquisition The module is an introduction to leading ideas in the study of how second languages are acquired. BAEH 202 African Literature The module is introduction to leading works of literature produced throughout the African continent using relevant literary theories.

562

GS 201 Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Topics covered include, Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate. BAEH 206 Discourse Analysis The module examines the analysis of linguistic units lager than the sentence, including conversational structure, speech acts and the ethnography of speaking. BAEH 212 Theories of Literature The module examines a variety of literary theories as applied to selected texts. BAEH 213 Caribbean Literature The module is an introduction to leading works of literature produced in the Caribbean region of the African Diaspora using relevant literary theories. BAEH 402 Regional Literature The module examines leading works of literature from a selected region using relevant literacy theories. BAEH 418 Advanced English Literature The module examines leading works of authors from the British Isles using relevant literary theories. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate

563

also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. AEL 303 Language Across the Curriculum Language is a conduit through which learning takes place in the curriculum process. Abstract process such as those found in Sciences use the medium not only in describing the techniques and processes but also in evoking responses. The student who is coherent in oral and written language, who can use words to manipulate ideas, of form thoughts and to comprehend key concepts, has the requisite tool for all school learning. In the Zimbabwean context, attainment in education is highly impeded by poor language skills. It is against backdrop that this module advocates moving the issue of language and learning from the centre of the curriculum process AEL 304 Methods of Teaching English Teaching English as a second language is a complex undertaking which requires a knowledge base that facilitates informed decision machining for optimal learning. It is against this backdrop that this module seeks to equip in-service teachers with teaching methods in both English Language and Literature to enable insightful decisions in their teaching and to open up new avenues for research in language teaching and literature. Bachelor of Education Fashion and Textiles Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 AEFT 102 BED 104 AEFT 106 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Principles of Art, Design and Wardrobe Selection Curriculum Studies Cultural Context of Clothing and the Society 4 4 4 4 4

564

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 AEFT 104 AEFT 105 AFT206 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Methods of Teaching Textiles and Clothing Clothing Construction Technology Textile Clothing Production Management 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED105 GS 201 AEFT 202 AEFT 103 AEFT 108 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues in Education Gender Studies Textile Science And Technology Organic Chemistry Experimental Design in Clothing 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 AEFT203 AFT207 Education Management Research Project Clothing Construction Technology 2 Textile Clothing and Merchandising 4 8 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES AEFT 102 Principles of Art, Design and Wardrobe Selection

565

The course introduces students to methods where they express themselves creatively through experimenting with line and figure anaylsis, colour and fashion drawing and sketches. Aesthetic, economical and psychological aspects of costume in relation to wardrobe selection are emphasized. AEFT 103 Organic Chemistry It is the study of stereo-chemistry, systematic aliphatic chemistry polymerization and Benzene chemistry AEFT 106 Cultural Context of Clothing and the Society This is a study of the history of costume design, socio-cultural aspects of clothing and dress as a means of individual and group communication. AEFT 105 Clothing Construction Technology I It is a detailed study of basic skills used to develop garment designs. Emphasis is on flat pattern construction and manipulation of fabric. The introduction of new skills in clothing construction using modern machinery, fitting principles and techniques. GS 201 Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Topics covered include, Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, and Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities.

566

AEFT 104 Methods of Teaching Fashion and Textiles Emphasis will be on professional development which is diverse and involves a complex range of activities calling on the exercise of new and appropriate teaching methods, skills and organizational settings. It will also develop knowledge and skills in the designing of reliable and valid tests. Bachelor of Education Food Science and Nutrition Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 BED 104 HCS115 FSN 114 FSN106 FSN 112 Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 FSN 107 FSN203 FSN201 FSN113 Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 Applied Educational Foundations 4 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Food Chemistry I Nutrition and Metabolism Food and Industrial Microbiology Food Systems 4 4 4 4 4 Information Communication Technology Curriculum Studies Introduction to Information Technology Organic Chemistry Human Nutrition Introductory Food Laboratory 4 4 4 4 4 4

567

BED 105 FSN204 GS 201 AEFN 104 FSN 209

Contemporary Issues in Education Food Chemistry II Gender Studies Methods of Teaching Food Sciences and Nutrition Food Product Development

4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 FSN 213 FSN 214 FSN 217 Educational Management Research Project Community Aspects of Nutrition Therapeutic Nutrition and Assessment Nutrition Through the Life Cycle 4 8 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES FSN 106 Human Nutrition Prerequisite Organic Chemistry and Genetics and Evolution. Principles of the science of nutrition. Emphasis on physiological requirements of nutrients for human growth, development, and maintenance within the life cycle.

FSN 107 Food Chemistry Prerequisite Organic Chemistry. Organic and biological reactions of food constituents. Chemical changes in foods during processing and storage affecting texture, color, flavor, stability and nutritive value. FSN 201 Food and Industrial Microbiology Prerequisite General Microbiology. Covers fundamental concepts of food microbiology including food spoilage, poisoning, preservation, taxonomy and significance of

568

microbes in foods and their application to the production of processed foods. Relationship of microorganisms to food manufacture and preservation, to industrial fermentation and processing, and to sanitation. FSN 105 Introductory Food Laboratory Application of food preparation principles and techniques in the preparation of standard food products; principles of management and their application in the planning and preparation of meals. FSN 202 Nutrition and Metabolism The physio-biochemical properties of nutrients and their bio-nutritional interrelationships at the cellular andsub-cellular level. Carbohydrate, protein, and lipid metabolism and the role of vitamins and minerals in these processes. FSN 206 Principles of Food Technology Overview of processing techniques in the food industry, including thermo-processing, freezing, moisture removal, moisture control and intermediate moisture food formulation. Lecture and field trips. FSN 207 Economics of Food Marketing Economic performance of food system; marketing margins; transportation, processing, advertising, and retailing of food products; structure, conduct, and performance of food marketing firms and industries; government and public interest in the food system. FSN 208 Food Product Development Principles of food product development: idea generation, formulation, processing, market positioning, packaging, product costs, pricing, safety, legal issues, and experimentation. Includes a group term project in accordance with Institute of Food Technologists national competition guidelines. FSN 219 Food Systems Application of chemical principles and physical behavior of ingredients in food systems and the effects processing and storage have on finished food products.

569

BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the Bachelor of Education Geography Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS115 BED 104 GES101 GES 102 GES103 Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 GES 104 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Environmental Issues: Social and Physical Processes Ecosystems and Hydrological Processes Meteorology and Climatology Aspects of Urban Geography 4 4 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Quantitative and Qualitative Techniques in Geo Aspects of Physical Geography Aspects of Human Geography 4 4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

GES 106 GES 107 GES 202 Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105

Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues Education

4 4

570

GS 201 AEG 304 GES 209 GES 201 GES 402 Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 GES 406 GES 207 GES 409

Gender Studies Methods of Teaching Geography Population Studies Environmental Assessment and Management Regional Geography of Sub-Sahara Africa

4 4 4 4 4

Educational Management Research Project Natural Hazards and Human Response Urban Development, Planning and Management Bio-Geography and Ecosystems

4 8 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES GES 101 Quantitative and Qualitative Techniques The module seeks to develop students practical skills in geography and environmental studies. It aims to introduce qualitative and quantitative techniques in geography, elements of cartography, map interpretation; technique in fieldwork; basic lab investigation techniques. GES 102 Aspects of Physical Geography The module introduces the broad spectrum of physical geography. Students are introduced to elements of climatology; biogeography; pedalogy, hydrology and geomorphology. GES 103 Aspects of Human Geography The module covers the broad spectrum of human geography. Students are introduced to the elements of urban and rural settlements; aspects of

571

GES 104 Environmental Issues: Social and Physical Processes This module seeks to explore the broad area of Environmental issue through introducing concepts of education. Environmental and related biophysical economic, socio-political problems; modernism and environmental crisis, e n v i r o n m e n t a l management concepts-environmental awareness; global and regional environmental convention, strategies, procedures and tools in environmental management; environmental information systems. GES 106 Ecosystems and Hydrological Processes This module aims to introduce students to various aspects of ecosystems and hydrological processes. If focuses on ecosystems processes, succession diversity, ecosystem homeostasis, mineral cycles; human impact on ecosystem processes; Hydrological cycle, hydrological processes and their impact on water pathways, drainage basin hydrology, urban hydrology.

GES 107 Meteorological and Climatology The module examiners climatic phenomena; earth atmospheric processes radiation and heat balance, global circulation and air mass movement; weather patterns and forecasts; global climatic processes, ocean circulating systems, climatic change and environmental processes. GS 201Gender studies This module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in their social interactions. Topics covered include, understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate. GES 202 Aspects of Urban Geography The module seeks to introduce students to aspects of urban geography, concept of urbanization, history of urbanization, origins of urbanization in Africa; capitalism and the industrial city, urban theories, functional differentiation within the city.

572

GES 209 Population Studies The module exposes students to the area of population studies; population group dynamics in relation to resources, the concepts of over under-optimum population; demographic elements, population migration patterns at national, regional and global scales. GES 409 Biogeography and Ecosystems The module examiners the various issues in biogeography; methods of mapping biological distribution, geography of endemism, species richness of tropical rainforests; continental drift and biogeography, island biogeography; biological invasions; spread of crops and plants; temperate forest history; tropical communities and their history; geography elements in the Southern African Flora and Fauna. GES 428 Applied Geomorphology This course aims to enhance analytical and applied skills to undertake analyses of geomorphic processes; the theoretical basis of the discipline, concepts and techniques for analysis of both form and process. Understanding of a range of geomorphic process such as slope stability floodplain development, water routing, and physical processes, Karstic landscape development, glacial and peri-glacial geomorphology. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics this core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. AEG 304 Methods of Teaching Geography This module is designed for students reading for the Bachelor of Education Degree in Geography. It will introduce students to current changes in the discipline of Geography and assess the impact of these to changes in the teaching and learning of the subject

573

in schools. Expose students to a variety of interactive Geography teaching- learning strategies and equip them with the requisite skills to acquire and develop resources (both audio and visual), which will facilitate the effective teaching and learning process. Bachelor of Education in History Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 HIH113 HIH112 HIH 114 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Imperialism and Development Themes in African History Economy And Society in Zimbabwe to 1890 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 AEH 304 HIH 213 HIH 123 HIH121 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Methods of Teaching History Western Europe since World War 1 Southern Africa to the Mineral Revolution Economy and Society in Zimbabwe since 1890 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 HIH 211 HIH 214 Applied Educational Foundations Cotemporary Issues in Educational Southern Africa since the Mineral Revolution West Africa to Independence 4 4 4 4

574

HIH 212 GS201

Central Africa to Independence Gender Studies

4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 HIH 231 HIH 414 Educational Management Research Project China since the Communist Revolution Development in Eastern Europe 1917 4 4 8 4

MODULE SYNOPSES HIH 112 Themes in African History The module provides students with a general survey of social and economic aspects of African society from the origins of agriculture to the present. Themes covered include state formation; long distance trade; mercantile capital; slave trade; European imperialism, colonial administrative systems, colonial development policies, and African reactions; the impact of Christianity and Western education; growth of African nationalism and the struggles for independence. HIH 113 Imperialism and Development The module examines the origins of imperialism and its impacts on development of societies across the world. HIH 114 Economies and Society in Zimbabwe to 1890 This module is a survey of Zimbabwes social and economic developments since the Early Iron Age, and then examines the origins and socio-economic structure of the early and later Shona states. It ends with a discussion of Nguni conquests of the 19th Century and the period of Treaties and Concessions with white settlers.

HIH 115 Industrialization and Urbanisation

The module is a survey of the preconditions, institutions and processes that shaped industrialisation and urbanisation. The module begins with an examination of precolonial urban development and indigenous industries in selected regional case

575

studies. It will also analyse the role of the colonial state in urbanisation and industrialisation, with focus on foreign capital and import-substitution industrialisation and the role of indigenous capitalism and indigenisation strategies. HIH 121 Economy and Society in Zimbabwe since 1890 The module covers the period from the establishment of colonial rule to the present. It discusses, among other issues, the establishment of the colonial settler economy, capitalist development; land apportionment and African dispossession; urbanisation and the growth of the manufacturing sector, trade unions and the beginnings of nationalism; the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland; UDI and sanctions as well the War of Liberation. For the postcolonial period focus is on reconstruction and the socialist experiment, the land question and rural development, the role of trans-national corporations and NGOs, as well as the genesis and impact of ESAP on the social and economic fabric of Zimbabwean society. HIH 122 Europe 1789-1914 The module surveys the history of Europe from the French revolution of 1789 to the beginning of World War I. HIH 123 Southern Africa to the Minerals Revolution The module addresses pre-colonial societies, as well as the various socio-economic relations between such groups as the Khoi Khoi, the Bantu, white settlers and the slaves at the Cape. The discussion also includes long distance trade in Southern Africa, mineral discoveries, colonial conquests and African responses as well as the beginnings of the industrialisation of South Africa. HIH 211 Southern Africa since the Minerals Revolution The module discusses the period since the Minerals Revolution in Southern Africa, including the Rand Revolt; the establishment of South African industry including the South African military industrial complex; apartheid and South Africas relations with the BLS and other neighbouring countries; and the struggle for self-determination. The module also discusses social and economic development in the Southern African sub-region including such countries as Namibia, Mozambique, Angola, Malawi, Zambia and Zimbabwe.

576

HIH 212 Central Africa to Independence This module surveys the development of Central African societies from Early Iron Age to Independence. Topics to be covered include economy and society in the early states of Central Africa and the beginning of the long-distance trade; relations between African societies and Portuguese and Dutch settlers on the West Coast; the Atlantic slave trade; colonial rule and the struggle for independence. HIH 213 Western Europe Since World War I The module discusses the economics of the First World War and the socio-economic upheavals of the inter-war period, such as inflation, the debt crisis, the great depression and the general conflagration of the Second World War. It also studies the rise of dictatorship in Europe under fascism and Nazism; economic acceleration and deceleration, in particular economic miracles and full employment, as well as the general economic decline since the late 1960s, epitomised by the oil crises of the 1970s. HIH 214 West Africa to Independence The period covered by this module stretches from the origins of agriculture in West Africa to the attainment of independence in the 20th century. Topics covered include state formation; the Islamisation of West Africa and Islamic Revolutions; the TransSaharan trade; slavery; the Trans-Atlantic slave trade and Abolition; colonial administrative practices and economies, the growth of African Nationalism and the struggle for national self-determination. HIH 221 Demography, Land and Agrarian Studies in Africa The module examines pre-colonial and colonial agricultural systems as well as colonial land policies. It compares white settler agriculture with peasant demographic and land policies and famine in Africa. It ends with a comparative assessment of agricultural performance of the postcolonial state in Africa. HIH 222 Labour and Capital in Africa The module discusses relations between the state, labour and capital in Africa during and after the colonial period, in both the private and public sectors of the economy.

577

Major focus is on mining, agriculture and manufacturing. The module also examines relations between management and labour in NGOs and civic groups. HIH 223 Latin America and the Caribbean This module covers a wide range of topics that include pre-conquest Latin American societies such as the Inca Empire of Peru and the Aztecs of Mexico as well as precapitalist economies. It also examines the process and impact of European conquest and the beginnings of colonial rule and underdevelopment. The module further addresses the performance of economies in the 21st Century HIH 231 China since the Communist Revolution The module grapples with the political, economic and social developments that obtained in China in the aftermath of the Communist Revolution. Issues relating to Chinas relations with the Soviet Bloc and the Western World will also be analysed Bachelor of Education Management of Business Degree Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS115 BED 104 ACC 105 BM 101 BM 102 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Financial Accounting for Business IA Principles of Management Business Communication 4 4 4 4 4 4

Leve1 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 BM 105 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Business Law I 4 4 4

578

EC 101 ACC 102 ACC 106

Microeconomics I Quantitative Analysis for Business Financial Accounting for Business I B

4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 GS 201 EC 104 BM 203 EMB104 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues in Education Gender Studies Microeconomics I Business Law II Methods of Teaching Management of Business 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 BM 401 BM 405 BM 403 Educational Management Research Project Change Management Strategic Management Production and Operations Management 8 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES BM 101 Principles of Management History and development of management thought, functions of management, organisational structure, decision making, globalisation, leadership and motivation, controlling, budgetary and non-budgetary controls, change management.

579

BM 102 Business Communication Development of students ability to communicate effectively and concisely in written, oral and any other forms of communication. Different styles in the use of English in business settings, communication skills, letter writing, note taking, meetings, minutes, summarizing and referencing. BM 405 Strategic Management The nature and value of strategic management, the business environment, strategic planning, functional goals and strategies. Implementing strategy, the role of leadership in implementing strategy, resource deployment in implementing strategy, designing organisation to implement strategy effectively, control, factors influencing strategy implementation. BM403 Production and Operations Management Developing production/operations management strategies, the strategic role and objectives production/operations, production/operations management strategiesdesigning, planning and controlling the production/operations management system, process technology, materials requirements planning, JIT planning and control, quality planning and control, project planning. Improving the production/operations management systems, measuring performance and improvement, maintaining the production/operation system, new challenges, and contemporary issues. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities.

580

EMB 104 Methods of Teaching Management of Business The module is designed to expose students teachers to strategic and techniques appropriate for effective teaching in management of business education. It will also foster the acquisition of knowledge and skills required in preparing valid a reliable instruments for measurement and evaluation. Bachelor of Education Mathematics Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 104 HMT 101 HMT102 HMT 103 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Studies Calculus 1 Linear Mathematics Probability Theory I 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 BED 201 AEM 104 HMT 104 HMT 105 HMT 106 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Methods of Teaching Mathematics Applied Statistics Mathematics Discourse and Structures Calculus II 4 4 4 4 4 4

581

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 GS 201 HMT 108 HMT 203 HMT 201 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary Issues in Education Gender Studies Regression and Anova I Statistical Inferences I Ordinary Difference Equations 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 106 BED 202 HMT 402 HMT 405 HMT 419 Educational Management Research Project Linear Models Hypothesis Testing Mechanics 4 8 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES HMT101 Calculus I Number systems: Natural, integral, rational and irrational. The principle of mathematical induction. The real number system: decimal and geometrical representation, inequalities and their solution sets. Functions: exponential, logarithmic, circular and hyperbolic and their inverses. Limits of functions. Continuity. Sequences: convergence of a series as convergence of the sequence of partial sums. Differentiation: Derivatives of functions of a single variable. Integration: The definite integral, the indefinite integral or ant derivative , practical techniques of integration , method of substitution, integration by parts and reduction formulae, fundamental theorem of calculus

582

HMT102 Linear Mathematics I Complex numbers: geometric representation, algebra. De Moivres theorem polynomials and roots of polynomial equations. Matrices and determinants: algebra of matrices, inverses, definition and manipulation of determinants, solutions of simultaneous linear equations, applications to geometry and vectors. Differential equations: separable, homogeneous, exact, integrating factors, linear equation with constant coefficients.

HMT103 Probability Theory I Axiomatic probability, sets and events, sample space, conditional probability, Independence, laws discrete and continuous random variables, probability density functions, mean, variance, expectation. Independence, Chebyshevs inequality, moments and moment generating functions. Common Discrete Distributions, Uniform, Bernoulli and Binomial, multinomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, Geometric and negative binomial. Use of tables. Common Continuous Distributions: Uniform, Normal, Exponential, gamma, beta. Use of tables. Joint Probability Distributions. Conditional and marginal distribution, expectation, covariance and correlation. Approximations, Law of large numbers, Central limit Theorem, Normal approximation to binomial, poisson, e.t.c

HMT104 Applied Statistics Graphical techniques. Kinds of Measures of central tendency. Measures of variability. Empirical distributions. Moments. Skewness and Kurtosis. Applications. Indicators. Contingency Tables. Introduction to Time Series trends. Sampling. Introduction to estimation procedures: Judgemental method and Method of moments. Introduction to Hypothesis testing. Ideas about non-parametric statistics. Chi-square contingency methods, Goodness of fit, Q-Q plots, using applications in agricultural and health statistics.

583

HMT105 Mathematical Discourse and Structures Sets: formulae, propositions, Boolean algebra and its applications. Logic, mathematical reasoning and proof: examples taken from various areas of mathematics. Relations: binary, n-ary, reflexive, symmetric, transitive, equivalence relations and classes, partitions, order relations, inverse relations. Functions: one to one, onto, inverse functions. Operations: sets with one or two binary operations: permutations, symmetry groups, modular arithmetic, etc. Graphical techniques. Kinds of. Measures of central tendency. Measures of variability. Empirical distributions. Moments. Skewness and Kurtosis.

HMT108 Regression and Analysis of Variance I Correlation and regression,scatter plots, correlation matrix. Method of least squares, associated lines, assumptions underlying regression. Checking validity of assumptions. Residuals and transformations. Outliers. Pearsons and Spearmans correlation coefficients, predictions. Regression in terms of sums of squares and sums of products. Estimation and testing, t and F-tests. Multiple linear regression: linear equations and matrices. Matrices in simple and multiple linear regression. Testing and inference in multiple linear regression using matrices. Partial correlation. Analysis of variance (ANOVA). Assumptions underlying ANOVA. One-way, balanced design ANOVA. HMT201 Ordinary Differential Equations Basic techniques for solution of first and second order differential equations. Method of undetermined coefficients and method of variation of parameters. Existence and Uniqueness of solutions. Series solution. Differential equations of special functions. Laplace transforms to the solution of ODEs. HMT203 Statistical Inference I Deductive inference, population and sample concepts as the basis of statistical inference, parameters and statistics, review of probability theory. Central Limit Theorem, Chi-square, student-t and F distributions, distribution of min and max. Estimation: methods of estimation, properties of estimators and their sampling distributions. Interval estimation. Confidence intervals. Hypothesis testing.

584

HMT419 Mechanics Kinematics, projectiles, Newtons Laws, forces, momentum, work, energy, power, conservative and dissipative forces. Orbits. Oscillations, elastic forces and resonance. Equivalent systems of forces plane statistics, system of particles, and elementary theory of rigid bodies. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. AEM 104 Methods of Teaching Mathematics The module empowers students with skills on the following issues: the nature of mathematics, overview of mathematics curriculum issues, methods of teaching mathematics, and measurement and evaluation in mathematics.

585

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (BLOCK RELEASE) NB: FOR MODULE SYNOPSES PLEASE REFER TO BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME) Bachelor of Education Accounting Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 BED 106 HCS 115 ACC 107 Information Communication Technology Educational Management Introduction to Information Technology Accounting Concepts, Principles and Procedures 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 EC 101 ACC 102 Applied Educational Foundations Microeconomics I Quantitative Analysis for Business 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 ACC 104 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies Practical Accounting Data Processing 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 ACC 108 ACC 213 Research Methods and Statistics Accounting Reporting Company Law and Financial Reporting 4 4 4

586

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 ACC 215 EC 104 Contemporary Issues in Education Cost Accounting and Control Macroeconomics I 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 AEA 105 BED 202 ACC 216 Methods of Teaching Accounting Dissertation Financial Management 4 8 4

Bachelor of Education African Languages Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 106 HAFL 202 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Theories of Literature and Criticism 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 HAFL 102 HAFL 104 Applied Educational Foundations Phonetics and Phonology Tradition and Modern Poetry 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies 4 4 4

587

HAFL 404

The Novel

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 HAFL 205 HAFL 106 Research Methods and Statistics African Tradition Literature And Philosophy Developments in Shona Orthography 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 HAFL 105 HAFL 206 Contemporary Issues in Education Morphology And Syntax Drama for Development 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 AES 304 BED 202 HAFL 210 HAFL 401 Methods of Teaching African Languages Dissertation Language Policy And Planning Dialectology 4 8 4 4

Bachelor of Education Economics Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 BED 106 HCS 115 EC 101 Information Communication Technology Educational Management Introduction to Information Technology Microeconomics I 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 Applied Educational Foundations 4

588

EC 102 EC 104

Economics Statistics Macroeconomics I

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS201 EC 103 Assessment And Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies Mathematics for Economics 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 EC 203 EC201 Research Methods and Statistics Quantitative Methods Microeconomics 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 EC 204 EC205 Contemporary Issues in Education Macroeconomics International Trade and Development Theory 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester.2 AEE 104 BED 202 EC 206 Methods of Teaching Economics Dissertation Statistical Analysis and Application 4 8 4

Bachelor of Education English Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 Information Communication Technology 4

589

HCS 115 BED 106 BAEH 212

Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Theories of Literature

4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 BAEH 109 BAEH 202 Applied Educational Foundations Introductions to Linguistics Introduction to African Literature 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 BAEH 213 Assessment And Evolution Techniques Curriculum Studies Introduction to Gender Studies Caribbean Literature 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BAEH 206 BAEH402 Research Methods and Statistics Discourse Analysis Regional Literature 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 BAEH 201 BAEH 418 Contemporary Issues in Education Second Language Acquisition Advanced English Literature 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester.2 AEL 304 Methods of Teaching English 4

590

BED 202 AEL 303

Dissertation Language Across the Curriculum

8 4

Bachelor of Education Fashion and Textiles Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 BED 106 HCS 115 AEFT 106 Information Communication Technology Educational Management Introduction to Information Technology Cultural Context of Clothing and Society 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 AEFT 102 AEFT105 Applied Educational Foundations Principles of Art, Design and Wardrobe Selection Clothing Construction Technology 1 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 AEFT 108 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies Experimental Design in Clothing 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 AEFT 103 AEFT 202 Research Methods and Statistics Organic Chemistry Textiles Science and Technology 4 4 4

591

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 AEFT 203 AEFT 206 Contemporary Issues in Education Construction Technology 11 CAD/CAM Textiles Clothing Production Management 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 AEFT 104 BED 202 AEFT 207 Methods of Teaching Fashion and Textiles Research Methods Textiles and Clothing Merchandising 4 8 4

Bachelor of Education Food Science and Nutrition Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 106 FSN 114 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Organic Chemistry 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 FSN 112 FSN 106 Applied Educational Foundations Introductory Food Laboratory Human Nutrition 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies 4 4

592

GS 201 FSN 201

Introduction to Gender Studies Nutrition and Metabolism

4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 FSN 107 FSN 203 Research Methods and Statistics Food Chemistry 1 Food Microbiology 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 FSN 204 FSN 213 Contemporary Issues in Education Food Chemistry 2 Community Aspects of Nutrition 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 AEFN 104 BED 202 FSN 214 Methods of Teaching Food Science and Nutrition Dissertation Therapeutic Nutrition and Assessment 4 8 4

Bachelor of Education Geography Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 106 GES 101 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Quantitative and Qualitative Techniques 4 4 4 4

593

Level 1 Semester.2 BED 102 GES 102 GES 103 Applied Educational Foundations Aspects of Physical Geography Aspects of Human Geography 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 GES 104 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies Environmental Issues: Social and Physical Processes 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 GES 107 GES 202 Research Methods and Statistics Meteorology and Climatology Aspect of Urban Geography 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 GES 209 GES 402 GES 406 Contemporary Issues in Education Population Studies Regional Geography of Sub-Sahara Africa Natural Hazards and Human Response 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester.2 AEG 304 BED 202 GES 409 Methods of Teaching Geography Dissertation Bio-Geography and Ecosystems 4 8 4

594

Bachelor of Education History Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 106 HIH 114 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Economy and Society in Zimbabwe to 1890 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 HIH 112 HIH 123 Applied Educational Foundations Themes in African History Southern Africa to the Minerals Revolution 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester.1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 HIH 214 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Gender Studies West Africa to Independence 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester.2 BED 101 HIH 212 HIH 213 Research Methods and Statistics Central Africa to Independence Western Europe since World War I 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 HIH 231 Contemporary Issues in Education China since the Communist Revolution 4 4

595

HIH 211

Southern Africa since the Minerals Revolution

Level 3 Semester 2 AEH 304 BED 202 HIH 414 Methods of Teaching History Dissertation Developments in Eastern Europe since 1917 4 8 4

Bachelor of Education Mathematics Level 1 Semester 1 BED 103 HCS 115 BED 106 HMT 101 Information Communication Technology Introduction to Information Technology Educational Management Calculus 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 102 HMT 102 HMT 103 Applied Educational Foundations Linear Mathematics Probability Theory 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 HMT 104 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Introduction to Gender Studies Applied Statistics 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics 4

596

HMT 105 HMT 203

Mathematical Discourse and Structures Statistical Inference I

4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 BED 105 HMT 201 HMT 419 Contemporary Issues in Education Ordinary Differential Equations Mechanics 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 AEM 104 BED 202 HMT 108 Methods of Teaching Mathematics Dissertation Regression and Analysis of Variance 4 8 4

597

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE (M.Ed) PROGRAMME

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations of the Midlands State University Post-Graduate Degree Programme, hereinafter referred to as General Regulations.

1.2

The Master of Education Degree Programme aims at widening the students knowledge base in their subject reas and equipping practitioners in the education field with requisite skills.

2.

OBJECTIVES The general objectives are to: promote high conceptual, inquisitive and critical skills in pedagogical issues; develop competences within specialist subject areas and generate interest for research in education.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Master of Education degree programmes are designed to enhance the competence of graduates as classroom practitioners, lecturers, training officers, heads of departments, school managers, education officers, examination officers and curriculum developers.

4.

TITLES OF THE PROGRAMMES 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 Master of Education in African Languages Master of Education in English Master of Education in Fashion and Textiles Master of Education in Geography

598

4.5 4.6 5.

Master of Education in History Master of Education in Mathematics

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 To be eligible for the programme, an applicant must have: 5.1.1 completed a minimum of two years of approved educational work. 5.1.2 obtained a B.Ed degree or approved equivalent from any recognized university in the appropriate subject area. obtained a Degree and a Post-Graduate Diploma in Education or approved equivalent from any recognized university.

5.1.3

6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 Conventional (full time) programmes shall be three semesters and BlockRelease programmes shall be four semesters with residential contact time each semester. The programme is divided into common modules, subject content modules, electives and a dissertation. Students will study a total of ten 4 credit modules, plus a dissertation with 8 credits. To pass, a student is required to accumulate a minimum of 48 credits. The modules listed below are compulsory for all students registered for the Master of Education Degrees; Description Information Communication Technology in Education Gender Studies in Education Credits

6.2

6.3

6.4

Module Code MED 702 MED 703

4 4

599

MED 705 MED 706 MED 801 7.

Research Methods Applied Educational Statistics Dissertation

4 4 8

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Continuous Assessment Continuous Assessment shall comprise of at least two pieces of work in the form of assignments, tests, seminar presentations and shall constitute 40% of the final mark. 7.2 Examinations 7.2.1 Candidates will be required to sit for a three hour examination in each module. The examination marks shall constitute 60% of the final mark. In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined.

7.2.2

7.3

Dissertation Students are required to attend a viva voce for their dissertations. For a dissertation assessment, a viva voce contributes 30% while the marking of the submitted copy contributes 70% of the final mark of the module. The dissertation will be submitted at least 30 days before the sessional examination in the third semester for conventional students and in the fourth semester for the block-release students. Candidates will be required to submit three executive bound copies of their dissertation before the conferment of the degree.

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

600

9.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules in the level.

10.

SPECIAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS Special and supplementary examinations shall be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

12.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

13.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURES FOR MASTER IN EDUCATION (CONVENTIONAL AND BLOCK-RELEASE) 13.1 MASTER OF EDUCATION IN AFRICAN LANGUAGES

CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MED 702 MED 705 MAEL701 Information Communication Technology in Education Research methods Psycho and Socio- Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching Theory of Language Teaching and Learning Credits

4 4 4 4

MAE 702

Plus One Elective

601

Level 1 Semester 2 MED703 MED706 MAEL703 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Perspectives on Literature and Teaching 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED801 Dissertation 8

BLOCK -RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MED 702 MAEL701 Information Communication Technology in Education Psycho and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching Credits 4 4

Plus One Elective Level I Semester 2 MED 705 MAEL702 Research Methods Theory of Language Teaching 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 703 MED 706 MAEL703 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Perspectives on Literature and Teaching

4 4 4

602

MAEL704

Language Developments and Curriculum Implications

Level 2 Semester 2 MED 801 Dissertation 8

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Code Description Credits

MAEAF 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in African Languages Education MAEAF 706 Measurement and Evaluation in African Languages Education MAEL 707 Language and Learning

4 4

Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff. 13.2 MODULE SYNOPSES: COMMON MODULES

MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education This module is aimed at exposing students to the use of ICT in education. The various uses of computers and technology in education are examined in depth as students are introduced to a wide variety of educational software and the Internet, and explore pedagogical issues raised by the use of computers for students, teachers and school administrators. These include the consequences for learning; problemsolving; organizing data; creativity; and an integrated curriculum. The modules also looks at ways in which technology may be used as a tool to facilitate changes in the ways teachers teach and students learn, and ultimately to stimulate reform in education. The module has a practical and field component where students will use and observe computers being used in the classroom.

603

MED 703 Gender Studies in Education This module is meant to afford the students a chance to interrogate and critically analyse gender issues in education as well as proffer intervention strategies in order to bring about gender equity and equality in society through the school system. Areas to be covered include; foundations of gender studies, gender inequality theories, gender analysis, gender issues in education, strategies and approaches for redressing gender imbalances as well as empowerment in education. MED 705 Research Methods Introduction to research and its rationale, Research ethics, Identifying a research problem Literature Review, Hypotheses and Research questions, Types of Research; Basic, Applied, Action. Research Designs - Quantitative, Qualitative, Experimental, Case studies, Surveys, Ethnographic, Content Analysis, Sampling techniques, Internal and External Validity, Measuring Instruments, Data Collection, Organization and presentation, Writing a research proposal. MED 706 Applied Educational Statistics Frequencies, Frequency tables, Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion / variability, measures of relative standing, inferential statistics, - normal distribution curve, Parametric and Non-parametric tests, hypothesis testing, Chi square, t test, ANOVA, ANCOVA, Correlation; Pearson Product moment, Spearman Rank order, multivariate analysis, multiple regression. MED 801 Dissertation All the Master of Education students are expected to conduct a scientific research project in their subject areas. A dissertation of 15 000 to 20 000 words that is based on a wide research with the assistance of a supervisor will be submitted to the department. 13.3 SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN AFRICAN LANGUAGES

MAEL 701 Psycho and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching

604

The module introduces participants to psycholinguistics and sociolinguistic. For psycholinguistics the course covers the major sub-fields such as language and the brain, language acquisition and learning and language and thought with particular attention to how an awareness of these informs language teaching. For sociolinguistics, the course will cover major issues such as language and gender language variation, language policy and planning, pidgins, and creoles. Pedagogical implications of both will be discussed. MAEL702 Theory of Language Teaching The module aims to equip students with insights into the theoretical principles which inform current practice in language teaching. Through discussions of what happens in a classroom, students will critically examine how these theoretical principles inform on the role of the teacher the learner and learning materials. MAEL703 Perspectives on Literature and Teaching The module provides experience for participants with methods and assumptions guiding the illumination and interpretation of literacy texts. Compatibility of texts and literary theories will be discussed. MAEL704 Language Developments and Curriculum Implications The module surveys how language policy in monolingual, bilingual and multilingual speech communities affects curriculum practice. It will be debated whether the teaching of English as a second language translates to linguistic empowerment or linguistic imperialism. MAEAF 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in African Languages Education The module surveys current approaches to the teaching of African Languages and suggests how the approaches can be adapted to the Zimbabwean classroom. Topics will include the processes by which students acquire language, methods of organizing an African Language course, types of teaching materials and activities. Suggestions as to how to teach listening reading, writing and speaking will be made.

605

MAEAF706 Measurement and Evaluation in African Languages Education This module will focus on how assessment can be made an integral part of the teaching and learning of African Languages. Students will reflect on a range of formal tools. The assessment of different skills and how they might be integrated will be discussed. At all stages, the implications for teaching and learning will be emphasized MAEL 707 Language and Learning The module encourages students to consider the theories underlying language and language learning and to develop new ways of thinking about language within the classroom. The module pays particular attention to issues of language and learning in order to gain insights into how different modes and practices of communication impact upon our understanding of the complexities of language in the process of learning. 14. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ENGLISH CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Credits

Module Code Description MED702 Information Communication Technology in Education Research Methods Psycho and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching Theory of Language Teaching

4 4 4 4 4

MED 705 MAE701 MAEL 702

Plus One Elective Level 1 MED 703 Semester 2 Gender Studies in Education

606

MED 706 MAEL 703 MAEL 704

Applied Educational Statistics Perspectives on Literature and Teaching Language Developments and Curriculum Implications

4 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 MED 801 Semester 1 Dissertation

BLOCK -RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Credits

Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education Psycho and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching

MAEL 701

4 4

Plus One Elective Level 1 MAEL 702 MED 705 Semester 2 Theory of Language Teaching Research Methods

4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 MED703 MED 706 MAEL 703 Semester 1 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Perspectives on Literature and Teaching

4 4 4

607

MAEL 704

Language Developments and Curriculum Implications Semester 2 Dissertation

Level 2 MED 801

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Module Code Description MAEE705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Language and Literature Education Measurement and Evaluation in Language and Literature Education Language and Learning Credits

MAEE 706

4 4

MAEL 707

Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff. 14.1 SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ENGLISH

MAEL 701 Psycho and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language Teaching The module introduces participants to psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. For psycholinguistics, the course covers major sub-fields such as language and the brain, language acquisition and learning and language and thought with particular attention to how an awareness of these informs language teaching. For sociolinguistics, the course will cover major issues such as language and gender language variation, language policy and planning, diglossia, pidgins and creoles. Pedagogical implications of both Psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics will be discussed.

608

MAEL 702 Theory of Language Teaching The module aims to equip students with insights into the theoretical principles which inform current practice in language teaching. Through discussions of what happens in a classroom, students will critically examine how these theoretical principles inform on the role of the teacher the learner and learning materials. MAEL 703 Perspectives on Literature and Teaching The module provides experience for participants with methods and assumptions guiding the illumination and interpretation of literacy texts. Compatibility of texts and literary theories will be discussed. MAEL 704 Language Developments and Curriculum Implications The module surveys how language policy in monolingual, bilingual and multilingual speech communities affects curriculum practice. It will be debated whether the teaching of English as a second language translates to linguistic empowerment or linguistic imperialism. MAEE705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Language and Education Literature

The module surveys current approaches to the teaching of English and suggests how the approaches can be adapted to the Zimbabwean classroom. Topics will include the processes by which students acquire language, methods of organizing an English language course, types of teaching materials and activities. Suggestions as to how to teach Literature, listening reading, writing and speaking will be made. MAEE 706 Measurement and Evaluation in English Language and Literature Education This module will focus on how assessment can be made an integral part of the teaching and learning of language and literature. Students will reflect on a range of formal tools. The assessment of different skills and how they might be integrated will be discussed. At all stages, the implications for teaching and learning will be emphasized.

609

MAEL 707 Language and Learning The module encourages students to consider the theories underlying language and language learning and to develop new ways of thinking about language within the classroom. The module pays particular attention to issues of language and learning in order to gain insights into how different modes and practices of communication impact upon our understanding of the complexities of language in the process of learning. 15. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN FASHION AND TEXTILES CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Credits

Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education Research Methods

4 4 4 4 4

MED 705

MAEFT 701 Social and Psychological Aspects of Dress MAEFT 702 Advanced Textiles Science Plus One Elective Level 1 MED 703 MED 706 Semester 2 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics

4 4 4 4 4

MAEFT 703 Contemporary Issues in Fashion and Textiles MAEFT 704 Contemporary Clothing Design Technology Plus One Elective

610

Level 2 MED 801

Semester 1 Dissertation 8

BLOCK- RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Credits

Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education

4 4 4

MAEFT 701 Social and Psychological aspects of Dress Plus One Elective Level 1 MED 705 Semester 2 Research Methods

4 4 4

MAEFT 702 Advanced Textile Science Plus One Elective Level 2 MED 703 MED 706 MAEFT703 Semester 1 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Contemporary Issues in Fashion and Textiles

4 4

MAEFT 704 Contemporary Clothing Design Technology Level 2 MED 801 Semester 2 Dissertation

611

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Module Code Description MAEFT 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Fashion and Textiles Education MAEFT 706 Measurement and Evaluation in Fashion and Textiles Education MAEFT 707 Applied Clothing Construction Technology Credits

4 4

Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff. 15.1 SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN FASHION AND TEXTILES MAEFT 701 Social and Psychological Aspects of Dress The module is a study of the social and psychological effects of clothing and body adornment on individuals. Students will present a project to include a record of the candidates own learning and development on the course in relation to their appreciation of the history of fashion and their research into contemporary fashion at local and international level. MAEFT 702 Advanced Textile Science The module builds up on students previous experiences in fibre, yarn and fabric identification. It introduces students to more advanced laboratory textile testing techniques related to quality and performance of textile products in use and care such as tensile strength, yarn evenness and flammability. MAEFT 703Contemporary Issues in Clothing and Textiles

612

The module is designed to encourage students to explore the contemporary issues in Clothing and Textiles. They are expected to analyse these proceedings, comment and come up with their own innovations in Clothing and Textiles. MAEFT 704 Contemporary Clothing Design Technology The module is designed to avail learners the opportunity to explore contemporary clothing designing, skills and practices through knowledge of materials, techniques and the processes involved in creating commercially viable and well constructed garments from a design brief. MAEFT 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Fashion and Textiles Education This module is designed to enable students to explain and analyse recent pedagogical developments in fashion and textiles education at all levels. It will cover design implementation and evaluation of teaching approaches and techniques pertaining to fashion and textiles. MAEFT 706 Measurement and Evaluation in Fashion and Textiles Education This module is designed to enable the students to understand the nature and function of the various assessment instruments used in the fashion and textiles curriculum. They are also expected to design, evaluate and analyse the essential features of an effective and efficient assessment programme. MAEFT 707 Applied Clothing Construction Technology The module builds on skills in construction technology at advanced level such as mens clothing, tailoring, evening or bridal wear and childrens clothing. Students are introduced to more advanced tailoring skills and techniques in making a wide range of garments to a high standard of workmanship. 16. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN GEOGRAPHY CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1

613

Module Code MED 702 MED 705 MAEG 701 MAEG 702

Description Information Communication Technology in Education Research Methods Developments in Geography Trends in Geography Education

Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 1 Semester 2 MED 703 MED 706 MAEG 703 MAEG 704 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Contemporary Issues in Physical Geography Contemporary Issues in Human Geography

4 4 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 801 Dissertation

BLOCK -RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MED 702 MAEG 701 Information Communication Technology in Education Developments in Geography Credits 4 4 4

Plus One Elective

614

Level 1 Semester 2 MED 705 MAEG 702 Research Methods Trends in Geography Education 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 703 MED 706 MAEG 703 MAEG 704 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Contemporary Issues in Physical Geography Contemporary Issues in Human Geography

4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 MED 801 Dissertation 8

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Module Code Description MAEG 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Geography Education Measurement and Evaluation in Geography Education Environmental Education 4 Credits

MAEG 706

MAEG 707

Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff.

615

16.1 SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN GEOGRAPHY MAEG 701 Developments in Geography Introduction to the philosophy and practice of Geography, history of Geography, the contested nature of Geography, Pattisons four tradition, problems of the discipline difficulties in defining Geography , how Geography has changed through time, nature of Geography, thought about contemporary Geography, potential strengths and contributions of Geography; perspectives of Geography as a discipline strengths and weaknesses of Geography as a subject/discipline (balanced view of criticism and its contribution. MAEG 702 Trends in Geography Education Introduction to trends in Geography: research, curriculum and teacher preparedness. Trends in curriculum and historical reflections, centralized curriculum and education reform issues of curriculum infusion. Trends in research, how research in Geography education is affecting content and pedagogy, latest research themes in Geography education approaches to learning teaching and curriculum development in schools, the notion of teacher as researcher. Trends in teacher preparation, lifelong professional developments in Geography education, the scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education teaching methods and use of modern technology. MAEG 703 Contemporary Issues in Physical Geography Analysis of issues concerning the field of Physical Geography, the module introduces the broad spectrum of Physical Geography, issues of science, the scientific nature of Physical Geography as exemplified in hydrology and fluvial processes, biogeography, climatology and geomorphology. Physical Geography as a science, how science is done, issues of logical positivism approach, difficulties in observation confirming hypothesis equifinality in Geography, scale (temporal and spatial scale), laboratory fieldwork and modeling. MAEG 704 Contemporary Issues in Human Geography Analysis of contemporary issues concerning the field of Human Geography, the module covers the broad spectrum of Human Geography, elements of social, cultural

616

economic and population geography, societal issues in rural and urban environment transport and communication and industrial developments, issues of prejudice, bias, racism, human rights, social justice, enthnocentricism and democracy. MAEG 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Geography Education The module covers aspects such as an introduction to curriculum perspectives, quality of Geography education ways of achieving quality education, evaluation, citizenship education, notion of development overtime/ origin of citizenship and its history, importance of citizenship through the ages, values, attitudes, the link between Geography and the community. Curriculum theory, development and implementation in Geography. There will also be an analysis of current Geography curricular in Zimbabwe in terms of relevance and consistency with developments in the field of Geography. Current issues in Geography pedagogy, for example, fieldwork, problem solving, systems approach, concentric approach will be discussed. MAEG 706 Measurement and Evaluation in Geography Education Introduction to educational testing, measurement and evaluation, role of measurement in Geography, types of evaluation, and approaches to measurement and evaluation, types of test and characteristics of good tests, norm-referencing testing, criterion referencing testing, reliability, validity and usability. Principles of test construction and test administration, item analysis, interpreting test scores standardized tests, techniques of assessment. MAEG 707 Environmental Education Analysis of the nature and functions of the natural environment and the natural resources. The environmental issues will cover areas such as land and water resource development and conservation, natural environmental hazards and mitigation strategies. Effects and implications of human beings intervention in natural systems. Environmental policy and society and environmental impact and assessment.

617

17. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN HISTORY CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education Research Methods Historiographical Issues in Zimbabwean History Issues in African History before 1900 Credits

4 4 4 4 4

MED 705 MAEH 701 MAEH 702

Plus One Elective Level 1 Semester 2 MED 703 MED 706 MAEH 703 MAEH 704 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Contemporary African Affairs Political Economy of Colonialism and Independent Africa

4 4 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 801 Dissertation

BLOCK -RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description Credits

618

MED 702

Information communication Technology in Education Historiographical Issues in Zimbabwean History 4 4

MAEH 701

Plus One Elective Level I Semester 2 MED 705 MAEH 702 Research Methods Issues in African History before 1900

4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 703 MED 706 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics

4 4 4

MAEH 703 Contemporary African Affairs MAEH 704 Political Economy of Colonialism and Independent Africa

Level 2 Semester 2 MED 801 Dissertation 8

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Module Code Description MAEH 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in History Education Measurement and Evaluation in History Education Credits

4 4

MAEH 706

619

MAEH 707 Contemporary World Affairs Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff. 17.1 SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN HISTORY

MAEH 701 Historiographical Issues in Zimbabwean History The module examines the study of the writing of Zimbabwean History. It surveys major issues in the history of Zimbabwe. The major themes to be explored include ancient civilisation, early European encounter and the arrival of the Matebele, British colonialism, self-government, UDI, the guerrilla warfare and the attainment of majority rule. It will also examine major historical issues in post independent Zimbabwe. MAEH 702 Issues in African History before 1900 The module examines the major themes in African history before 1900. It also examines the political, social and also economic history of African states; taking specific cases to illuminate general themes...we consider for example history of ancient Egypt and its socio-economic and political influence on Africa and world affairs. The module also considers early mercantile and social interaction between Africans and nonAfricans and the resulting dilemma of conquest of most parts of Africa by 1900. MAEH 703 Contemporary African Affairs This module tackles the history of post colonial Africa. It seeks an understanding of the transformations in the post colonial African societies in relation to global and local processes. The main questions in this module are i) How has the post colonial State in Africa fared since independence? ii) What are the main problems that African States face? iii) What are the roles of regional and International organizations and external factors in shaping post colonial African history? iv) Why do some African countries suffer from high levels of political violence while others are spared? v) What role should Africa play in the globalising world?

620

MAEH 704 Political Economy of Colonialism and Independent Africa The module considers the political and economic systems of colonial and imperial Africa. It examines the methods and implementation of political and economic hegemony by the mother countries (British, French, Portuguese and Germans) on different African systems. The module also examines the major political, social and economic themes of Independent Africa. It considers the intricate political dimensions within Africa today and its interactions with the global world. MAEH 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in History Education The module will cover curriculum theory, design, implementation and evaluation. It will also explore teaching approaches and techniques pertaining to History education. MAEH 706 Measurement and Evaluation in History Education This module is designed to enable students to explain the nature and function of various assessment instruments used in the History curriculum. They are also expected to design and evaluate the various assessment instruments used at all levels of History education. The students are also expected to analyse the essential features of an effective and efficient assessment programme. MAEH 707 Contemporary World Affairs This module tackles the history and culture of the contemporary world since 1945. It seeks to make a survey of world history from 1945 to the present with particular focus on modern Asia, Europe, Africa, the Americas, the Indian subcontinent and the Middle East. Emphasis will be placed on the various important political, economic, social, intellectual, cultural and religious changes that have shaped the development of world affairs and interaction since the end of World War 2. 18. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1

621

Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education Research methods Developments in Mathematics Foundations for Tertiary Pure Mathematics

Credits

4 4 4 4 4

MED 705 MAEM 701 MAEM 702

Plus One Elective Level 1 Semester 2 MED 703 MED706 MAEM 703 MAEM 704 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Mathematical Modelling Trends in Mathematics Education

4 4 4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 801 Dissertation

BLOCK -RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description MED 702 Information Communication Technology in Education Developments in Mathematics Credits

4 4

MAEM 701

622

Plus One Elective Level I Semester 2 MED705 MAEM 702 Research methods Foundations for Tertiary Pure Mathematics

4 4 4

Plus One Elective Level 2 Semester 1 MED 703 MED 706 MAEM 703 MAEM 704 Gender Studies in Education Applied Educational Statistics Mathematical Modelling Trends in Mathematics Education

4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 MED 801 Dissertation 8

ELECTIVE MODULES, CODES AND TITLES Students are required to take two subject area modules from electives listed below: Module Code Description MAEM 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Mathematics Education Measurement and Evaluation in Mathematics Education Advanced Statistical Concepts for Research Credits

4 4 4

MAEM 706 MAEM 707

Not all electives will be on offer in any given semester. Electives on offer will depend on availability of staff.

623

18.1

SYNOPSES: MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS

MAEM 701 Developments in Mathematics Students should explore the history of Mathematics and be aware of the major developments in the discipline. Students should also be able to explain the influence of Mathematics on the parallel development of other disciplines e.g. physics. MAEM 702 Foundations for Tertiary Pure Mathematics Theorems and differentiation, higher order derivatives and Leibniz formula. The mean value theorems: e.g. Rolles Theorem. Functions of several variables: multiple and triple integrals: e.g. Applications to finding area series: e.g. uniform convergence. MAEM 703 Mathematical Modeling Aims and philosophy of mathematical modeling methodology, role and limitations. Mathematical modeling as mathematical representations of real life contexts. Mathematical symbolism in mathematical modeling. Mathematical modeling in problem solving. Significance of mathematical modeling in developing mathematical thinking. MAEM 704 Trends in Mathematics Education Introduction to trends in Mathematics research. Contemporary research themes in mathematics. The impact of research on teachers mathematics knowledge domains. Effects of research in mathematics education on mathematics content and pedagogy. How to analyse research reports. MAEM 705 Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Mathematics Education The module covers an analysis of the current Mathematics curricular in Zimbabwe in terms of relevance and consistency with developments in the field of Mathematics. Contemporary issues in Mathematics pedagogy, e.g. problem solving; cognitively guided instruction; analysis of learners thinking; evidence-informed practice; etc. as platforms for instructional decisions and teachers development of pedagogical content knowledge.

624

MAEM 706 Measurement and Evaluation in Mathematics Education Introduction to educational testing, measurement and evaluation in Mathematics education. Types of evaluation measurement techniques. Characteristics of a good test, norm-referenced and criterion referenced tests, reliability, validity and usability principles of test construction and administration in mathematics education item analysis and test score interpretations. MAEM 707 Advanced Statistical Concepts for Research Introduction to testing of hypothesis and composite hypothesis. The module helps develop a new sense of appreciation for the power of statistics and the major role it plays in science and technology. The module also aims to develop the statistical confidence, knowledge and expertise of students and provide the solid foundation in statistics necessary for a practicing Mathematics educator.

625

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS, MANAGEMENT AND CURRICULUM STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PRIMARY)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Undergraduate, Degree Programmes. These regulations are in respect of the Diploma in Education offered by the Department of Educational Foundations, Management and Curriculum Studies. The Diploma in Education is a six semester programme offered on a Block Release basis. It is structured to meet the teaching and administration needs for primary curricula such as Mathematics, Languages, Science, Social studies, Agriculture, Practical Arts, Home Economics, and Religious Education.

1.2

1.3

2.

AIM The aim of the Diploma in Education is: To prepare school teachers with foundational knowledge and skills that will enable them to teach subjects offered in the primary school curriculum.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can be employed as primary school teachers, primary school curriculum coordinators and literacy education supervisors. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission, applicants must normally: 4.1 Have passed 5 Ordinary Level subjects including English Language OR

4.

626

4.2

Possess qualifications accepted by the University as equivalent to the foregoing.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Each student shall be required to take a total of eighteen modules over six semesters for the block-release programe. Each module comprises at least 36 hours, equivalent to 4 credits, except Research Project, which is worth 8 credits. All modules, except Teaching Practice and Research Project, shall be assessed through two assignments or tests, which will constitute continuous assessment, and a formal examination or examination equivalent. 5.3.1 Teaching Practice will be assessed through the practical teaching supervision of at least three (3) lessons. The Research Project will be assessed through submission of a written report.

5.2

5.3

5.3.2

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Final assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment. In order to pass a module, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined.

6.2

6.3 6.4

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

627

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to the other, a candidate should pass at least 75% of scheduled modules. DIPLOMA WEIGHTING Each level constitutes 331/3 % GRADINGAND DIPLOMA CLASSIFICATION Refer to section 21.1 of the General Academic Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE (BLOCK RELEASE)

9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code DPE 101 DPE 102 DPE 103 Level 1 Semester 2 DPE 104 DPE 107 DPE 201 Level 2 Semester 1 DPE 207 Professional Studies 2: Science and Mathematics Education Professional Studies 3: Social sciences and Practical Subjects Foundations of Primary Education 2 Instructional Technology Professional Studies 1: Languages Education Contemporary Issues in Education 4 4 4 Description Introduction to Education Foundations of Primary Education 1 Curriculum and Instruction Credits 4 4 4

DPE 208

4 4

DPE 203

628

Level 2 Semester 2 DGS 201 DPE 209 DPE 106 Level 3 Semester 1 DPE 312 DPE 314 DPE 210 Level 3 Semester 2 DPE 313 DPE 206 DPE 211 12. Main Subject II Teaching Practice 2 Research Project 4 4 8 Main Subject I Research Methods Curriculum Depth Study 4 4 4 Introduction to Gender Studies Inclusive and Special Needs Education Teaching Practice 1 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

DPE 101 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION The module seeks to provide students with a better understanding of the nature of primary education. It also focuses on the purpose of primary education through an introduction to an array of educational provisions. The students are also exposed to the various historical perspectives, which are the basis of the field of education. DPE 102 FOUNDATIONS OF PRIMARY EDUCATION 1 This module seeks to equip students with a broad understanding and appreciation of the Philosophical, Sociological and Psychological factors that influence the development of education. An analysis of the theories in these fields is made with a view to coming up with implications for primary education. DPE 103 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

629

The module provides students with a basic understanding of the nature of the school curriculum, including factors that play into, and processes involved. DPE 104 INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY This module introduces students to concepts, theories, practices and developments in instructional technology, preparation and utilization of various types of instructional media, selection and evaluation of instructional media, current issues in instructional technology, and current as well as future innovations in education. Students will be exposed to a myriad of technological applications within educational settings, and they will examine, evaluate and develop specific instructional theories, models and principles. DPE 106 TEACHING PRACTICE 1 The practical module seeks to provide students with exposure to practical classroom teaching-learning situations to facilitate the exercise and development of base-line teaching skills involved in the preparation, execution of lessons. DPE 107 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1: Languages Education The Module is designed to equip students with languages education instructional skills where students analyze, critique, and adopt theoretical and practical principles of a learning environment. The module also enlightens students on issues pertaining to the perspective of individual pupils learning patterns and their special needs as bases of effective teaching. It facilitates realization of the basic psychological principles that relate to Languages Education subjects and pupils learning according to developmental stages (i.e. Kindergarten/Early Childhood Development (grades 02), Middle Primary (Grades 3-5) and Upper Primary (Grades 6-7). Focal points of reference for hands-on activities relating to language teaching are Teachers Guides, pupils books, pupils workbooks, charts, and remedial and extension record books. Focus will also include an appreciation of methods of teaching languages education subjects in ways that develop an inquiring mind into relevant instructional issues. DPE 201 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN EDUCATION This module introduces students to contemporary issues and trends that affect, and are affected by, the practice and administration of education. Such contemporary

630

issues are the focus of international debate and attention. The module aims to develop analytical skills on such current topical issues. DGS 201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in life, workplaces and in all their social interactions. The content includes theories of gender inequalities, gender issues in the country, Gender and Education, Redressing gender imbalances, and empowerment and strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. DPE 203 FOUNDATIONS OF PRIMARY EDUCATION 2 A continuation from DPE 102, the module covers personality theories, special needs education, the sociology of the school, freedom and authority in education and issues on education and development, among other topics. Personality Theories, Special Needs Education, Guidance and Counseling, School as a social system, Culture, Socialization and Social Control, Sociology of the school Curriculum, Equality of Educational Opportunity,Freedom and Authority in Education, Education and National Development. DPE 314 RESEARCH METHODS The module exposes students to introductory concepts in qualitative and quantitative research methods where thrust is on Action Research that assists in finding solutions to problems met in practice. DPE 206 TEACHING PRACTICE 2 In this practical module students should be able to exercise, develop and demonstrate certification teaching skills that include: lesson preparation, subject mastery, schemeing and planning, classroom management and handling feedback. Preparation use of alternative sources; Subject Mastery beyond the school level and extending to applications in the world, and linking topic to other curriculum subjects; schemes of work and lesson planning; management skills; questioning skills - skills in asking and inviting questions; closure; handling of feedback; and explanation skills. The module is designed to expose students to basic theoretical foundations that inform principles that underpin the methods and techniques of teaching.

631

DPE 207 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 2: Science and Mathematics Education The module provides students with theoretical foundations and respective practice implications for the teaching of Science and Mathematics in the primary school. Students acquire practice and develop skills that enable them to critically analyze and adopt theoretical and practice principles of learning environments characterizing Science and Mathematics curricular and lessons. DPE 208 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 3: Social Sciences and Practical Subjects The module is designed to expose students to basic theoretical foundations that inform principles that underpin the methods and techniques of teaching social sciences and practical subjects in the primary school sector. Such techniques and methods should position group and individual learning dynamics as strategies in the organization of teaching and learning while developing skills in the design of requisite teaching and learning media. DPE 209 INCLUSIVE AND SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION The module introduces students to theoretical frameworks that form the basis for an appreciation, understanding, and rationale for Inclusive and Special Needs Education, which should inform their perspectives on inclusive education, development patterns of special needs children, and how teachers can make provisions that meet the educational needs of exceptional learners they teach. DPE 210 CURRICULUM DEPTH STUDY In this module, the student selects a subject from the primary school curriculum for in-depth study of the subject content, approaches to/methods of teaching of the subject content, design and production of teaching/learning media, and measurement and evaluation of teaching-learning. Languages; Religious Studies; Practical Arts; Science; Social Studies; Home Economics; Physical Education; Mathematics; Agriculture; Music; and HIV/AIDS Education.

632

DPE 211 RESEARCH PROJECT Students conduct action research under supervision that is geared at diagnosing and solving a problem in their professional practice, produce and submit for assessment a research project report. DPE 312 MAIN SUBJECT I This module is designed to expose students to in-depth content of one curriculum subject passed at Ordinary Level with a C or better. The module provides opportunity for students to study and acquire Advanced level knowledge in the subject, which should equip students with subject-content expertise necessary for them to give subject-specific advice as subject coordinators at school level. The content covered includes topics listed in the Advanced level year 1syllabus for the chosen subject. DPE 313 MAIN SUBJECT II Building on Main subject 1, this module is designed to further expose students to indepth content of a chosen curriculum subject passed at Ordinary Level with a C or better. The module provides opportunity for students to study and acquire Metric/ Advanced level knowledge in the subject, which should equip students with contentspecific expertise necessary for them to give subject-specific advice as subject coordinators or subject leaders at school level. The content covered includes topics listed in the Advanced level year 1-2 syllabus for the chosen subject, and up to first year undergraduate level.

633

DEPARTMENT OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION DEGREE (B. Ed. ECE) - INSERVICE

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations of the Midlands State University Undergraduate Degree Programme, hereinafter referred to as General Academic Regulations. The term Early Childhood is used to cover the whole age range of children from pre-school to Grade Three, that is, ECD Classes A (3-4) and B (4-5) to Infant school education, age range of 6-8 years. In order for the programme to be comprehensive the 0-8 year age range is covered.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES The degree is an in-service programme designed for qualified teachers who have background study in Early Childhood Education with the aim to: 2.1 Offer an in-depth knowledge and a more up to date focus on early childhood education to teachers holding Dip.Ed, Diploma in Early Childhood Development and Diploma in Infant Education; Produce teacher researchers sensitive to the dynamic contexts of child development in the 0-8 year group; Inculcate in teachers critical, analytical and reflective skills so as to be effective decision makers in Early Childhood Education; Enhance the teachers understanding of current curriculum theories and pedagogy in the design and implementation of child-centered, play-based and developmentally appropriate curriculum and the

2.2

2.3

2.4

634

implications of these for young learners in ECD Classes A and B and Infant school Grades 1-3. 2.5 Reinforce the teachers awareness of the developmental needs of children and the educational trends in Early Childhood Education. The degree will be taken through conventional study over a period of four semesters or through block release study over a period of six semesters.

2.6

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Early Childhood Education degree are qualified to: 3.1 Design, Implement and Supervise Early Childhood Development centers; Manage infant care units in hospitals; Train professionals in this field; Teach in the ECE section of the Primary School; Become education officers responsible for either Early Childhood Development or Infant School Education; 3.6. 3.7. Become curriculum developers for Early Childhood Education and Act as consultants for private and nursery schools.

3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted into the Bachelor of Education degree in Early Childhood Education one must satisfy the general entry regulations and must also meet the following requirements that pertain to the Bachelor of Education (ECE), in-service degree:

635

4.1

have passed five O level subjects including English language and Mathematics; A Level subject passes will be an added advantage; have a teaching certificate or diploma in either ECD or Infant Education or its equivalent recognized by Midlands State University; attained a satisfactory standard of performance on any entrance test which the University may devise for the purpose of entry and/ application and;

4.2

4.3

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Each student shall be required to study at least 20 modules which include one semester of work related learning in the area of specialization. All the modules are compulsory; Each student will specialize in either ECD Classes A and B or Infant school education, Grades 1-3; Each students will have working knowledge in areas outside their specialization; In each semester a full time student should register for at least five modules while a block release student should register for at least three modules; Each module is worth four credits (36hr contact time) except for the project and the practicum which are worth eight credits each. A student shall earn at least 88 credits to be allowed to graduate.

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6 6.

DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The Bachelor of Education degree in Early Childhood Education is for a duration of four semesters for conventional study and semesters for block release.

636

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Final Assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations; Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment; Written examination shall constitute 60% of the final mark. In order to pass a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examinations combined.

7.2

7.3 7.4

8.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS 8.1 Refer to section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

9.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION 9.1 To proceed from one level to another a student should pass at least 75% of the modules

10.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 10.1 Refer to Section 6 of the General Academic Regulations.

11.

PUBLICATION OF RESULTS 11.1 Results shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.

12.

THE PROJECT 12.1 12.2 Each student is required to attend a viva voce for his/her project. The viva voce contributes 30%, while the submitted marked copy contributes 70% of the final mark of the module.

637

12.3 13.

The project is done in the final semester of the programme.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 13.1 The programme shall be structured in accordance with the following breakdown: 13.1.1 Ten Core modules 13.1.2 Five Specialization modules 13.1.3 Teaching Practice 13.1.4 Project

14.

CONVENTIONAL PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code BECE 101 BECE 102 BECE103 BECE104 BECE105 BECE106 Level 1 Semester 2 Module Code BECE 107 BECE 108 Description Teaching Learners with Special Needs Research Methods and Statistics Credits 4 4 Description Sociological Foundations Historical and Philosophical Foundations Curriculum Planning and Design Information Communication Technology Psychological Theories of Child Development Guidance and Counseling in ECE Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

638

GS 201 BECE109

Gender Studies Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood Education Mathematics and Science in ECE Introduction to Information Technology

4 4 4

BECE 110 HCS 115 Level 2 Semester 1 Code BECES201 BECE S202 BECES203 BECE 204 BECE205 BECE206

Module Description Language Arts Creative Arts Expressive Arts Assessment and Evaluation Social Sciences in ECE Managing the ECE Programmes

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Code BECEP204 BECE PT205 Module Description Project Practice Teaching Credits 8 8

BLOCK RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code BECE 101 Module Description Sociological Foundations Credits 4

639

BECE 102 BECE103 Level 1 Semester 2 Code BECE104 BECE105 BECE106 BECE 107 Level 2 Semester 1 Code BECE 108 GS 201 BECE109

Historical and Philosophical Foundations Curriculum Planning and Design

4 4

Description Information Communication Technology Psychological Theories of Child Development Guidance and Counseling Teaching Learners with Special Needs

Credits 4 4 4 4

Description Research Methods and Statistics Gender Studies Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood Education

Credits 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Code BECE 110 BECE201 BECE202 Level 3 Semester 1 Code Description Credits Description Mathematics and Science in ECE Language Arts Creative Arts Credits 4 4 4

640

BECE203 BECE204 BECE205 BECE206 Level 3 Semester 2 Code BECEP204 BECE PT205 15.

Expressive Arts Assessment and Evaluation Social Sciences in ECE Managing the ECE Programmes

4 4 4 4

Description Project Practice Teaching

Credits 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

BECE 101 Sociological Foundations of ECE This module introduces students to Sociological perspectives and their implications to early childhood education. The foci are on micro and macro settings and their impact on early childhood learners in terms of socialization, gender socialization and education. The module also provides students with a platform to research on contemporary issues that relate to ECE, e.g. childrens rights, children in difficult circumstances, the links between the family and the education system and issues that relate to multicultural education. BECE 102 Historical and Philosophical Foundations The module is designed to expose students to the Historical and Philosophical Foundations of early childhood education. It covers antecedent trends in ECE in general as well as those specific to the Zimbabwean context. Founders of ECE, for instance, Froebel, Pestalozzi, Herbart and Rousseau are considered. The module also introduces students to African Traditional education and the principles of UBUNTU as well as a comparative analysis of at least two national systems of infant education. The treatment of issues and ideas in the module will have special reference to early childhood principles and practices.

641

BECE 103 Curriculum Planning and Design The main thrust of this module is on the nature of early childhood curriculum. Particular attention is paid to curriculum planning and design and implication these processes have on implementation. Theories of curriculum planning and design are critically analyzed. BECE 104 Information Communication Technology This module guides students to critically and creatively apply concepts, principles, hardware and software associated with the infusion of information communication technology (ICT) in solving EC educational problems and meeting challenges in their roles as practicing teachers. The module also covers the fundamental concepts of computer uses in ECE. Its focus is on the application of ICT as a tool and resource in teaching and learning. BECE105 Psychological Theories of Child Development This module introduces students to the nuances of psychological theories pertaining to early childhood development in the areas of physical, emotional, cognitive, moral, language and personality development. Among others theorists such as Gesells maturational theory, Bowlbys theory of imprinting and Mahlers relationship theory are covered. Implications of these theories to teaching and learning in early childhood settings are examined. BECE106 Guidance and Counseling The module inculcates in students an awareness of current challenges and unpleasant social environments and equips them with vital guidance and counseling skills in terms of their roles as practicing counselors as well as relevant counseling techniques they are supposed to employ. The basic related theories underpinning counseling in institutions of teaching and learning such as Psychoanalysis, Behaviourist counseling, Humanistic counseling, Crisis counseling and Multicultural counseling are covered.

642

BECE107 Teaching Special Needs Learners The module inculcates in students an understanding of Special Needs Education in ECE with special emphasis on categories of Special Needs learners and their curriculum needs, inclusive education and legislation. BECE108 Research Methods and Statistics This module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic research methods founded on ethical principles. Students are expected to master data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative paradigms as well as demonstrate mastery of related critical issues in both paradigms. Students are also expected to handle and process descriptive and inferential statistics in representing and clarifying their data. GS 201Gender Issues in ECE The module empowers students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in all their social interactions. Students are exposed to understanding gender, theories of gender inequalities, historical development of gender, gender analysis, and gender issues locally and abroad. The module also empowers students to be able to redress gender imbalances, address issues of empowerment and be able to create gender responsive environments in their work places. BECE 109 Contemporary Issues in ECE The module broadens the students understanding of the dynamic nature of critical issues that may impact on ECE from time to time. Currently issues of social justice, HIV/AIDS, Population Education, Child Rights and Welfare, Globalization, Vocational and Technical Education, Education and the Law are some of the critical issues examined in this module. The depth and scope of these topics allow wide reading and critical analysis of issues inherent in each one of them. BECE 110 Mathematics and Science The module seeks to expose students to the appropriate content and techniques for teaching Maths and Science to ECE learners. Focus is on areas such as counting,

643

sorting, ordering and introduction to number operations. Special emphasis is on diagnostic, prescriptive and evaluative processes of teaching, classroom management and curriculum organization. BECE 204 Assessments and Evaluation The module exposes students to different tools of assessment and evaluation used in ECE. Emphasis is on the design and use of these tools and above all how assessment information is used for planning and structuring classroom instruction. The module includes different forms of assessment. BECE206 Management in ECE Programmes This module seeks to equip students with skills in the administration, management and supervision of ED Educational activities. Theories in the areas of leadership, administration, motivation and policy studies are covered. Financial management skills are also included. BECE201 Language Arts This module introduces students to communication and creative techniques of developing ECE learners language through speaking, listening, reading and writing. Special attention is given to such areas as sequence of language development, language stimulation, mass media, dramatic interpretation, poetry and the relationship of language arts to other fine, applied and performing arts. BECE202 Creative Arts This module focuses on organizing and arranging of safe indoor and outdoor learning environments that provide sensory stimulation so as to challenge the EC learner to explore and be creative in areas such as Language Arts and Expressive Arts. BECE203 Expressive Arts This module introduces students to components such as dance, music, performing arts and the visual arts. It is envisaged that ECE learners will be exposed to a variety of experiences in the Expressive Arts which in turn unravel their hidden potentials.

644

BECE205 Social Sciences in ECE The module empowers students to formulate themes through which the EC learners are made aware of themselves as individuals, as well as enhancing their appreciation of the physical and social environment. BECEP204 Project Students are expected to conduct scientific studies on issues related to ECE. These studies should culminate in research reports of approximately 10000 words based on wide research with the assistance of a supervisor. The weight of the research project is equivalent to that of two modules. BECEPT205 Teaching Practice The module intends to develop in students an understanding of the complex nature of childrens environments and the impact those environments have on child development. The module provides students with practical and valuable experience with children in their settings. Students are provided with an opportunity to put into practice current ideas in developing programmes for young children as well as experiment with concepts and processes in child development. HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science

645

POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PGDE)PROGRAMME

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These department regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and General Post Graduate Regulations. These regulations are in respect of the Post Graduate Diploma in Education offered by the Department of Educational Foundations, Management and Curriculum Studies. The Postgraduate Diploma in Education is an in service two semester full-time, or alternatively four-semester block release diploma programme intended to formally train teachers for school curricular subjects.

1.2

1.3

2.

AIM The aim of the Post Graduate Diploma in Education is to provide holders of subject based degrees serving as untrained teachers with formal training leading to a teaching qualification.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can be employed as qualified secondary and high school teachers, college lecturers, and officers in education and training departments in other public and private sector institutions.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission, applicants must normally: 4.1.1 4.1.2 possess an undergraduate degree approved by the university; be employed as a school teacher/lecturer, or hold a position in an approved educational institution/organisation.

646

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The programme consists of at least 13 modules. 5.2 Each module comprises at least 36 hours and is worth 4 credits except for Project and Teaching Practice, which are worth 8 credits each. 5.3 All modules are compulsory.

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Assessment shall be by continuous assessment (40%) and written final examination (60%). In order to pass a candidate must obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined. 6.2 Candidates shall complete a project in one of their teaching subjects which will be assessed separately. In order to pass a candidate shall obtain 50% or better. 6.3 Teaching Practice shall be supervised and assessed by observation of the candidates performance in actual teaching situations in schools during the period of deployment. In order to pass a candidate must obtain at least 50%.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 21.2 of the General Academic Regulations for Post-Graduate Diplomas

8.

GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION OF DIPLOMA Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations

9.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE (CONVENTIONAL) Semester 1 Credits 4 4

Level 1

Module Code Module Description EFA 501 Sociology of Education EFA 502 Educational Psychology

647

AE 520 AE 521 GS 201 EFA 503 AE1 AE 2

Technology of Education Research Methods and Statistics Gender Studies Philosophy of Education Applied Subject 1 Applied Subject 2

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 AE 530 AE 531 EFA 504 EFA 505 EFA 506 Teaching Practice Project Curriculum Studies Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education 8 8 4 4 4

For their AE1 (Applied Subject1) and AE2 (Applied Subject2), students shall choose 2 Applied Education modules from the list below. AE 501 AE502 AE503 AE504 AE505 AE506 AE507 AE508 AE509 Applied Accounting Education Applied Biology Education Applied Chemistry Education Applied Commerce Education Applied Economics Education Applied English Education Applied Geography Education Applied History Education Applied Management of Business Education 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

648

AE510 AE512 AE513 AE514 AE 518 AE 519 AE 522

Applied Mathematics Education Applied Physics Education Applied Religious Education Applied African Languages Education Applied Agriculture Education Applied Music Education Applied Computer Studies Education

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

BLOCK-RELEASE PRORAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Module Description EFA 501 EFA 502 AE 520 Sociology of Education Psychology of Education Technology of Education Credits 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 EFA 503 AE1 AE2 Philosophy of Education First Applied Subject Second Applied Subject 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 AE 521 GS201 EFA 504 Research Methods and Statistics Gender Studies Curriculum Studies 4 4 4

649

Level 2 Semester 2 EFA 505 EFA 506 AE 530 AE 531 10. Introduction to School Administration Contemporary Issues in Education Teaching Practice Project 4 4 8 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Topics covered include: Understanding Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate. EFA 501 Sociology of Education The module introduces students to the four main sociological perspectives and exposes them to basic sociological concepts that include socialization and social differentiation and to the dynamics that relate to social interaction. The interrelationships between the state, the education institution and the citizens are built into the module also in order to provide students with the necessary social interaction skills needed to guide the process of learning in the classroom. EFA 502 Psychology of Education The module introduces students to psychological foundations of education, which requires exposure to theories of personality, cognitive, social and moral development of learners as well as theories of human learning. Other aspects include teaching learners with special needs, educational testing and measurement, and guidance and counselling.

650

EFA 503 Philosophy of Education This module exposes students to an exploration of tenets of various schools of thought in philosophy and their contribution, Metaphysics and the theory of knowledge (Epistemology) as the foundation of education,freedom, authority and power in education, discipline and punishment, and equality of educational opportunity. The module considers ancient philosophers and their relevance to education such as Aristotle or Plato, 20th Century philosophers such as Dewey and Rousseau, contemporary philosophers and theories of education including Progressivism, Pragmatism, Reconstructionism and Socialism alongside education and national development issues. EFA 504 Curriculum Studies The module exposes students to the concept of Curriculum, perspectives on Curriculum Issues as they relate to curriculum design, sources and foundations for Curriculum, ideological and philosophical considerations, nature and structure of the curriculum development process, curriculum implementation strategies, and curriculum evaluation and measurement. Information technology across the curriculum is a considered also. EFA 505 Introduction to School Administration Students are introduced to the basics of school administration, viewing the School Heads office as the Heart of the school with focus on public relations; the school and the community, admissions, welfare and discipline of pupils, the school budget and assets management, and supervision of educational personnel. EFA 506 Contemporary Issues in Education The module is intended to expose the student to critical and topical issues that form part of the social, economic, and political environment within which education is provided. Thus concepts such as social justice, HIV/AIDS pandemic, population growth monitoring, human rights, globalization, education and the law constitute the core content of the module.

651

AE 520 Technology of Education This module is designed to introduce current and future educators to the use of educational technology. The aim of the module is to allow the learner to investigate, through active learning, the role of educational technology in learning and teaching. Students are exposed to a wide variety of teaching tools that can be systematically incorporated into the classroom. Students review both the old and current technologies that are available, along with their use in learning situations. They go through the process of designing, developing, implementing and evaluating the use of technology in their own work and use this experience to review their own professional development needs. AE 521 Research Methods and Statistics This module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and designs that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. AE 501 Applied Accounting Education This module is designed to empower post graduate teachers in training with the requisite skills for effective performance in the classroom. It combines planning and teaching approaches and measurement and evaluation skills. It also aims at helping the student teachers with contemporary classroom teaching methodologies. AE 502 Applied Biology Education This module acknowledges the fact that students hold at least a first university degree in Biology or related field and have, therefore, acquired adequate subject content knowledge required for teaching at secondary school level. The module will therefore, focus on the professional development of the student with respect to the acquisition of pedagogical content knowledge needed by a Biology teacher to teach effectively at secondary school level. The module will achieve this by introducing students to philosophical issues and aims of science teaching with special reference to biology teaching, designing and critically analysing secondary school biology

652

syllabi, scheming, planning, exploring progressive approaches and methods of teaching biology, analysing contemporary issues in biology teaching, constructing different types of tests, marking, reporting and record-keeping. AE 503 Applied Chemistry Education This module acknowledges the fact that students hold at least a first university degree in Chemistry or related field and have, therefore, acquired adequate subject content knowledge required for teaching at secondary school level. The module will therefore, focus on the professional development of the student with respect to the acquisition of pedagogical content knowledge needed by a Chemistry teacher to teach effectively at secondary school level. The module will achieve this by introducing students to philosophical issues and aims of science teaching with special reference to chemistry teaching, designing and critically analysing secondary school chemistry syllabi, scheming, planning, exploring progressive approaches and methods of teaching chemistry, analysing contemporary issues in chemistry teaching, constructing different types of tests, marking, reporting and record-keeping. AE 505 Applied Economics Education The module focuses on curriculum development and interpretation, syllabus designing, schemes of work and lesson planning, teaching approaches, test construction and administration, types of marking, record keeping, and peer teaching. AE 506 Applied English Education The teaching of English to learners of English as a Second Language (ESL) calls for a knowledge base that makes it possible for the teacher to make informed decisions that maximise teaching and learning. This module seeks to equip Post Graduate Diploma in Education students with a knowledge base that facilitates the teaching of both English language and Literature. AE 507 Applied Geography Education Designed for Post graduate Diploma in Education students, this module aims at producing educators with pedagogical skills that can be used at various post-primary school levels; innovative educators who are capable of improving on current methodological systems as well as coming up with new approaches/strategies that can be adopted in the teaching-learning of Geography.

653

AE 508 Applied History Education Aiming at introducing students to the basic principles of teaching History, this module exposes students to various views and perspectives on the nature of History and their implications for teaching and learning the subject. The module focuses on syllabi interpretation and breaking down content into schemes of work and lesson planning, the designing of teaching and learning materials, management of a variety of teaching and learning situations in History, construction of valid and reliable test instruments, preparation of relevant marking schemes, and utilisation of various pedagogical techniques for teaching and learning that are theoretically informed. AE 509 Applied Management of Business Education The module covers teaching approaches, preparation of schemes of work and lesson planning, curriculum development and syllabus designing, test construction and administration, marking and record keeping and peer teaching in Management of Business. AE 510 Applied Mathematics Education The module introduces students to the broad spectrum of approaches to the teaching and learning of Mathematics. It explores the various pedagogics that are critical to the teaching and learning of Mathematics. Factors that affect the teaching and learning of Mathematics are explored. AE 512 Applied Physics Education This module acknowledges the fact that students hold at least a first university degree in Physics or related field and have, therefore, acquired adequate subject content knowledge required for teaching at secondary school level. The module will therefore, focus on the professional development of the student with respect to the acquisition of pedagogical content knowledge needed by a Physics teacher to teach effectively at secondary school level. The module will achieve this by introducing students to philosophical issues and aims of science teaching with special reference to physics teaching, designing and critically analysing secondary school physics syllabi, scheming, planning, exploring progressive approaches and methods of teaching physics, analysing contemporary issues in physics teaching, constructing different types of tests, marking, reporting and record-keeping.

654

AE 513 Applied Religious Studies Education This module exposes students to the development and mastery of basic classroom practice and its foundational principles. Focus is placed on distinguishing features of Religious Studies as a discipline, being conversant with teaching and learning strategies and methodologies, classroom-level and school-level curriculum planning with an appreciation of attitudes, feelings and values that govern approaches to teaching and learning of Religious Studies and tailoring these to individual learners needs. AE 514 Applied African Languages Education The module is designed to equip students with desirable classroom competencies, attitudes and personality traits for effective teaching of African languages. The module introduces students to the history of the mother-tongue on the curriculum, and the theory and practice of teaching the mother-tongue. Focus will be on syllabi interpretation and breakdown into schemes of work and drawing up lesson plans. It emphasises knowledge of appropriate teaching strategies and approaches accompanied by meaningful instructional media suitable for different teaching and learning contexts. AE 518 Applied Agriculture Education This module develops in student teachers the requisite theoretical knowledge and skills in the practice of teaching Agriculture in a manner demonstrating an understanding of the value of Agriculture in serving the needs of society and sustainable agricultural education in rural development. Focus is given on appropriate teaching methods and professional techniques, designing, interpreting and implementing agriculture syllabi, drawing up schemes of work, lesson planning, assessment and evaluation of learners performance, presenting sustainable, researchrelated agriculture programmes and projects appropriate for secondary schools, vocational institutions and related industries in the spirit of labour dignity and entrepreneurial skills development. It focuses also on utilising available teaching resources sustainable to the best advantage under prevailing circumstances. AE 519 Applied Music Education The module exposes students to philosophical views and psychological bases that underpin the teaching and learning of music in schools. It equips students with

655

skillful methods, approaches and techniques that are informed by propounded theoretical frameworks that include Emile Jaques-Dalcrose, the Kodaly Methods, the Orff Approach, and the Suzuki Method. Emphasis is placed on music curriculum design that responds to both international and local cultural tastes, as well as syllabi interpretation demonstrated in informed schemes of work and lesson planning skills, record keeping and assessment and evaluation of student performance. AE 522 Applied Computer Studies Education This module introduces students to various approaches to the teaching of Computer Studies in secondary schools. The module also exposes students to the selection, design, preparation, development and use of teaching and learning aids relevant to pupils needs. Methods of teaching to be explored include lecture methods, problem solving, games, demonstration, guided inquiry, project-based learning (PBL) and tele-collaborative learning. The module focuses on the development of specific professional skills and techniques of scheming, lesson planning, lesson delivery and student assessment, and the use of appropriate teaching media through microteaching sessions. Emphasis is given to the teacher, technology and classroom dynamics, resources for teaching of Computer Studies, issues in the design of ICT learning environments, e-learning strategies, development of marking criteria and assessment of computer projects. AE 530 Teaching Practice In this practical module, students are exposed to real-life teaching-learning contexts that facilitate the exercise, development and demonstration of certification teaching skills that include preparation, subject mastery beyond school level and extending applications in the world and linking topic to other curriculum subjects, drawing up schemes of work and lesson planning, class management skills, the art of questioning, handling feedback and explanation skills, lesson closure, and record keeping. AE 531 Project Students demonstrate research skills through the conduct of supervised independent research, submit a project report for assessment and orally present and defend their research project.

656

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS, MANAGEMENT AND CURRICULUM STUDIES BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN EDUCATIONALFOUNDATIONS

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with Special Faculty Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes hereinafter referred to as General Regulations.

2.

AIMS The Bachelor of Education in Educational Foundations Degree aims to: 2.1 Prepare non-graduate trained teachers with educational foundational knowledge needed for informed designing and structuring of teaching learning contexts; Produce highly qualified human resource for tertiary institutions.

2.2 3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Refer to Section 2.1.1 of the Faculty Regulations.

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Bachelor of Education in Educational Foundations degree qualification opens up employment at various levels in the education system and in various areas including: 4.1 4.2 as educational leaders or teacher leaders; as lecturers in foundations of education and curriculum studies in teacher - education colleges.

657

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 5.2 The programme consists of 18 modules. Each module is worth 4 credits except for the project which is worth 8 credits. The modules listed below are compulsory for all students registered for the Bachelor of Education Degree in Educational Foundations: 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5 5.3.6 5.3.7 BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics; BED 10 3 Information Communication Technology BED 104 Curriculum Studies BED 105 Contemporary Issues in Education BED102 Applied Educational Foundations BED 201 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques BED 202 Project

5.3

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Final assessment of a module shall be by continuous assessment comprising assignments, tests and / or presentations submitted during the semester, and formal examination. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40 % of the final assessment. Written examinations shall constitute 60 % of the final assessment. In order to pass a candidate should obtain at least 50 % of continuous assessment and examination combined.

6.2

6.3 6.4

658

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a student should pass no less than 75% of the modules. GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations. DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE (CONVENTIONAL)

8.

9.

10.

11.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Description BED103 Information Communication Technology EFP106 EFP203 HCS115 EFP104 Sociology and Sociology of Education Moral and Social Philosophy in Education Introduction to Information Technology Curriculum Planning and Designing

Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED201 EFP107 EFP202 EFP204 BED101 Assessment & Evaluation Techniques Leadership & Supervision of Education Personnel Social Differentiation and Education Social Psychology Research Methods and Statistics 4 4 4 4 4

659

Level 2 Semester 1 EFP 201 BED104 EFP 301 EFP 305 GS 201 Curriculum, Implementation, Change and Innovation Curriculum Studies Special Needs Education Educational Planning and Evaluation Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 EFP 302 BED106 BED105 BED201 BED202 Contemporary Philosophies of Education Educational Management Contemporary Issues in Education Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Project 4 4 4 4 8

BLOCK RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code Description EFP 203 BED 103 BED 106 HCS115 Moral and Social Philosophy of Education Information Communication Technology Educational Management Introduction to Information Technology 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 EFP 104 Curriculum Planning and Designing 4

660

EFP 107 BED 102

Leadership and Supervision of Education Personnel Applied Educational Foundations

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 EFP 106 BED 201 BED 104 GS 201 Sociology and Sociology of Education Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Curriculum Studies Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 EFP 204 EFP 202 BED 101 Social Psychology Social Differentiation and Education Research Methods and Statistics 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 EFP 305 EFP 301 BED 105 Educational Planning and Evaluation Special Needs Education Contemporary Issues in Education 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 2 EFP 302 EFP 201 BED 202 Contemporary Philosophies of Education Curriculum implementation, Change and Innovation Project 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES BED 103 Information Communication Technology

661

This module guides students to critically and creatively apply concepts, principles, hardware and software associated with the infusion of information communication technology (ICT) in solving educational problems and meeting challenges in their roles as facilitators of learning. The module covers the fundamental concepts of computer and telecommunication uses in education. Its focus is on application of ICTs as tools and resources for teaching and learning. BED 106 Educational Management The module is intended to introduce students to key concepts and theories of educational management. The focus is on enriching students academically and professionally by studying in some detail the nature and application of organizational, leadership, supervision, educational evaluation and policymaking theories. EFP107 Supervision of Education of Education Personnel This module is designed to expose students who are serving educational managers and teachers to in-depth considerations of theory and practice of supervision as a function of educational management and leadership, with emphasis on aspects such a motivation, control, control, communication, organizational climate, managing change and organizational policy. EFP305 Educational Planning and Evaluation The module examines the need for the both foresighted planning and evaluation of the education process. It goes further to consider educational planning vis-a-viz national ideology, educational development and national economic development as well as educational planning in a socio-political environment. Ultimately, it exposes students to purposes of educational evaluation with some emphasis on a few evaluation models. EFP203 Moral and Social Philosophy This module examines the different conceptions of education, and analyzes major philosophies of education such as Perenialism, Essentialism and the main schools of thought that include Idealism and Realism. Students cover also issues of morality and ethics in education, equality and equity, and justice.

662

EFP302 Contemporary Philosophies of Education The module deals with modern philosophies of education. These include Existentialism, Reconstructionism, Pragmatism, Modern Naturalism, Marxism, Behaviorism, Phenomenology, Analytic Philosophy and African Socialism. The implications of these phisolophical perspectives on modern educational practice are analyzed and assessed. EFP106 Sociology And Socioligy of Education The module introduces Bachelor of Education students to the concepts of sociology and sociology of education. It exposes students to theories of society and their implications for education; sociological interpretations of education; the school as a socializing agent; theories of socialization; and social deviance and discipline. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies

The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be
gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their soical interations. Students will be exposed to Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in (their African country/ region, redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. EFP202 Social Differentiation And Education This module introduces students to the concepts of social differentiation and education, aconcentrating on theories of social class, gender, race,enthnicity, religion and achievement, and further explores the essence of multi-cultural education. BED 104 Curriculum Studies The module introduces students to the generl theory of curriculum, its elements, and forces that shape it. To this end, broader definitions are explored as well as the processes of curriculum implementation and basic curriculum models are discussed.

663

EFP104 Curriculum Planning and Design The module focuses on the determination of currilum, the foundations for it as well as its historical development. It exposes students to models that can be used in curriculum design and planning withparticular emphasis on the countrys model. The role of various stakeholders in curriculum design and planning is examined. Implications are analyzed and evaluated, with the role of the teacher receiving special emphasis. EFP 201 Curriculum Implementation, Change and Innovation The main thrust of the module is on curriculum analysis, the context and strategies for curriculum dissemination and implementation, and the theoretical basis as well as the strategies for curriculum change and innovation. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and designs that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. BED 102 Applied Educational Foundations Intended for practising undergraduate teachers holding either certificates or diplomas in education, this module takes a comprehensive, interdisciplinary approach on cultural, social, political and economic problems and challenges encountered in education today that directly bears on the teaching-learning enterprise. Such are problems and challenges that represent persistent barriers to the realization of equality of educational opportunity. The problems and challenges are discussed, consequences explored, and solutions examined. This approach differs from the traditional one that focuses on a series of autonomous units such as the history, philosophy, psychology and sociology of education BED 105 Contemporary Issues in Education The module is intended to expose the student to critical and topical issues that form part of the social, economic, and political environment within which education is

664

provided. Thus concepts such as social justice, HIV/AIDS pandemic, population growth monitoring, human rights, globalization, education and the law constitute the core content of the module. EFP 204 Social Psychology Social psychology is a branch of psychology that exposes the student to the psychological relationship, interactions and behaviours that exist among the members of any society. This module equips the student with the knowledge of how to solve problems that confront him/her in the teaching and learning environment in relation to the learners relationship, interactions and behaviours. HCS 115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science EFP 301 Special Needs Education This module equips the Bachelor of Education in Educational Foundations students with knowledge and a skill to effectively handle problems faced in special needs teaching and learning situations. BED 201 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques The module provides an overview of assessment and 3evaluation. It focuses on types of evaluation, instructional objectives, validity and reliability of tests, types of tests, criteria and norm-referenced tests, item analysis, summarization and interpretation of test scores, marking and reporting in schools, and public examinations. BED 202 Project Students demonstrate research skills through the conduct of supervised independent research and submit a project report for assessment and orally present and defend their research project.

665

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN EDUCATIONALMANAGEMENTAND LEADERSHIP

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 1.2 1.3 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and General Academic Regulations. These regulations are in respect of the Bachelor of Education in Educational Management and Leadership Degree. The Bachelor of Education in Educational Management and Leadership Degree programme is for duration of four semesters of conventional study, or six semesters block release. The degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved programme of study in accordance with these regulations.

1.4

2.

AIMS The aims of the Bachelor in Education in Educational Management and Leadership are to: 2.1 produce education personnel whose visions and philosophies are inspired by the desire for student achievement and educational excellence. produce leaders that meet the needs of educational institutions in the context of social, economic and cultural changes.

2.2 3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can be employed as heads of departments, heads of primary or secondary schools, college principals, heads of training divisions in both public and private sectors, and education officers and inspectors.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission, applicants must normally:

666

4.1 4.2

possess a teaching qualification approved by the university; be employed as a senior school teacher/lecturer, school head/college principal, or hold a post of leadership in an approved educational institution.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 For the Bachelor of Education in Educational Management and Leadership, students should study at least 23 modules, equivalent to 96 credits. All modules are compulsory. Each module is worth 4 credits except for the project that is worth 8 credits. Each student will be required to study at least five modules conventional or three modules block release, during each semester.

5.2 5.3

5.4

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Final assessment of a module shall be by continuous assessment comprising assignments, tests, and/or presentations submitted during the semester, and formal examination 6.1.1 Continuous assessment shall constitute 40 % of the final assessment. Formal written examinations shall constitute 60 % of the final assessment.

6.1.2

6.2

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50 % of continuous assessment and examination combined.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

667

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a student should pass no less than 75% of the modules

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to section 5.2 of the General Academic Regulations.

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING All levels carry equal weighting.

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE (CONVENTIONAL)

Level 1 Semester 1 Module Code Description BED 103 BEML 101 BEML 102 BEML 103 BEML 104 HCS115 Information Communication Technology Concepts in Educational Management and Leadership Organisational Theory Educational Management and the Law Theories of Leadership Introduction to Information Technology Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BEML 105 BEML 106 BEML 107 BEML 108 BEML 109 Human Resource Management in Education Introduction to School Financial Management Project Management Instructional Leadership Introduction to Educational Policy Studies 4 4 4 4 4

668

BED 102

Applied Educational Foundations

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 101 GS 201 BEML 208 BFML 203 BED 201 BEML 202 Research Methods and Statistics Introduction to Gender Studies Introduction to Educational Planning Guidance and Counselling in Education Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Inclusive and Special Needs Education 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 105 BED 106 BEML 207 BEML 209 BED 202 11.1 Contemporary Issues in Education Curriculum Studies School Improvement and Accountability Ethics in Educational Leadership Dissertation BLOCK RELEASE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 4 4 4 4 8

Level 1 Semester 1 Module code BED 103 BEML 101 Description Information Communication Technology Concepts in Educational Management and Leadership Organisational Theory Introduction to Communication Technology Credits 4 4 4 4

BEML 102 HCS 115

669

Level 1 Semester 2 BEML 103 BEML 104 BEML 105 BEML 106 Level 2 Semester 1 BEML 107 BEML 108 BEML 109 GS 201 Level 2 Semester 2 BED 101 BEML 208 BEML 203 BED 102 Level 3 Semester 1 BED 201 BEML 202 BED 105 BED 104 Level 3 Semester 2 BEML 207 School Improvement and Accountability 4 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Inclusive and Special Needs Education Contemporary Issues in Education Curriculum Studies 4 4 4 4 Research Methods and Statistics Introduction to Educational Planning Guidance and Counselling in Education Applied Educational Foundations 4 4 4 4 Project Management Instructional Leadership Introduction to Educational Policy Studies Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 Education Management and the Law Theories of Leadership Human Resources Management in Education Introduction to School Financial Management 4 4 4 4

670

BEML 209 BED 202 12.

Ethics in Educational Leadership Project

4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

BED 103 Information Communication Technology This module guides students to critically and creatively apply concepts, principles, hardware and software associated with the infusion of information communication technology (ICT) in solving educational problems and meeting challenges in their roles as facilitators of learning. The module covers the fundamental concepts of computer and telecommunication uses in education. Its focus is on application of ICTs as tools and resources for teaching and learning. BEML 101 Concepts in Educational Management and Leadership The module sets out a theoretical foundation for students conceptualization of the evolution of management and leadership concepts over the ages. The module exposes students to an analysis of the concepts management and leadership, and should trace the evolution of organizational management and leadership from classical theories, humanist theories, contingency theories up to team building, transformational and other contemporary theories that emphasize cultivation of collaborative leadership and value subordinates potential in a context of colleagueship and system thinking. Other key concepts to be covered include dynamics of formal and informal organizational characteristics such as authority, power, and bureaucracy. BEML 102 Organizational Theory This module introduces students to theories or propositions that have, and continue to explain and predict how groups and individuals behave in varying organizational structures, cultures and circumstances knowledge that is indispensable for educational leaders in search of the most effective ways of organizing school personnel into social units to best achieve educational goals. Content to be covered includes classical organization theory, neo-classical organization theories, human resource theory, modern structural organization theory, systems theory, power and politics organization theory, organizational culture and sense-making, contemporary theories such as the learning organization theory.

671

BEML 103 Educational Management and the Law Society views the school as a center of knowledge in a context of increasing knowledge and specialization within the wider community. The educational manager as source of guidance and enlightenment, even on legal matters affecting local community members, requires an appreciation of the law, which provides also the legal frameworks of institutional operation. This module introduces practising and aspiring educational managers/leaders to an understanding of the basics of the countrys constitution, International Conventions such as the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Country specific topics include law of school education (Education Act), Audit and Exchequer Act defining financial management procedures, The Labour Relations Law, Child Protection and Adoption Law, Discipline in schools, Public Service Law and attendant schedules of misconduct and grievance procedures. Students also explore the legal framework governing participation of local parents in school governance. BEML 104 Theories of Leadership The module sets out to provide the reader with a clear understanding of types of leaders, Leadership styles and theories of leadership that form the many frames of reference for conceptualizing leadership and its application to the education sector. The module content exposes students also to the evolution of leadership approaches or theories: the Great Man theories/Trait approach Skills Approach, Style Approach, Situational Approach, Contingency Approach, Path Goal theory, Leader-Member Exchange/Transactional Approach, contemporary approaches such as Transformational Leadership, Team Leadership and the Psychodynamic approach. Students are exposed also to gender aspects of leadership through a consideration of Women and Leadership. Emphasis is placed on application of theories to leadership in the education sector. BEML 105 Human Resources Management in Education The module seeks to equip the reader with knowledge and skills pertaining to management of personnel from recruitment to retirement. Areas of focus include recruitment, selection, placement or deployment, induction, staff development. The module covers also human resource development aspects such as performance management, performance review and performance appraisal. Theoretical underpinnings of motivation of human resources are also covered.

672

BEML 107 Project Management This module equips educational management and leadership students with a solid foundation in the concepts, tools and techniques of project management. Students survey key aspects of project management that include project financing, implementation, monitoring and evaluation, and other critical elements of the project cycle and attendant aspects such as group dynamics in a project team. BEML 106 Introduction to School Financial Management Educational institutions are in the business of education through planning and implementing learning programmes, an undertaking that involves raising and expending public finances. This module equips students with financial requisite knowledge and skills necessary to manage school finances within legal frameworks as defined by a countrys laws and statutory instruments, which include basic accounting procedures and maintenance of a schools books of accounts. Content also includes supervision of accounts staff and generally equipping educational managers/leaders with a philosophy of school finance generation, necessary basic financial accounting skills so as to create public confidence for the school on issues of accountability. Students explore also the role of local parents in school financial management. BEML 108 Instructional Leadership The module introduces students to a new wave of thinking about didactical and managerial responsibilities of school leaders and principals through an analysis of their their roles in educational settings. It offers a conceptual analysis from pedagogical/didactical, sociological and philosophical perspectives. The module takes the student through consideration of instruction leadership principles, the interface between instructional leadership and student achievement, and the role of the community in school achievement, based on some empirical evidence of instructional leadership. Criteria for assessing instructional leadership including students learning how to learn, students learning as mastery of subject matter, students developing creativity, spirit of adventure, discovery abilities and critical thinking are reviewed.

673

BEML 109 Introduction to Educational Policy Studies The module introduces students to the concept of policy in general and educational policy in particular, and examines how the existing countrys ideology and laws influence educational policy. Commonly used policy making models including the Functional Process model, The Elite model, the Group model, Institutional model, Rational model, Incremental model, Mixed Scanning model are explored in detail with applicability to a countrys colonial and postcolonial education. Students analyse policies such as Education for All, Inclusive and Special Needs Education, gender, affirmative action, non-formal education, financing of education and local school governance, and school level policy making processes while Students identifying issues, problems, contradictions and dilemmas in their countrys education polices. BED 101 Research Methods and Statistics This core module seeks to expose students to an understanding of basic foundations of research, paradigms and designs that underpin the conduct of research that respects ethical issues. Students are expected to master the data collection and analysis techniques for both qualitative and quantitative research, which requires students to demonstrate also a mastery of descriptive and inferential statistics as skills they should employ in the conduct of supervised and independent research activities. GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Students are exposed to Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, Gender Issues in (their African country)/region, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. BEML 203 Guidance and Counselling in Education The module exposes students to an array of conceptualisations that includes differentiating between counselling and guidance, the essence of psychotherapy, aims of counselling, and the nature of the clientele and the counsellor. Students are introduced also to the foundational frameworks of counselling that include theories such as Psychoanalysis (Frued), Behavourism (Albert Ellis), Humanism (Carl Rogers),

674

Cognitivism and Multiculturalism, which are the underpinning frames of reference for school counselling that involves individual and group counselling, crisis counselling, the requisite counselling techniques, and characteristics of a counsellor. BEML 202 Inclusive and Special Needs Education The module introduces students to theoretical frameworks that form the basis for an appreciation, understanding, and rationale for Inclusive and Special Needs Education, which should inform their perspectives on, and management of inclusive education, development patterns of special needs children, and how school policies can make provisions that meet the educational needs of exceptional learners they teach. Topical aspects covered in the module include: Conceptual definitions of related terms in special needs education; country specific legal framework of inclusive and special needs education; trends in special needs education; categories of special needs learners; issues in assessment, classification, screening and placement; Instruction and devices; and issues in management of inclusive and special needs education. BED 102 Applied Educational Foundations Intended for practising undergraduate teachers holding either certificates or diplomas in education, this module takes a comprehensive, interdisciplinary approach on cultural, social, political and economic problems and challenges encountered in education today that directly bears on the teaching-learning enterprise. Such are problems and challenges that represent persistent barriers to the realization of equality of educational opportunity. The problems and challenges are discussed, consequences explored, and solutions examined. This approach differs from the traditional one that focuses on a series of autonomous units such as the history, philosophy, psychology and sociology of education BED 201 Assessment and Evaluation Techniques The activities of teaching and learning are central to the business of e d u c a t i o n , and evaluation seeks to determine the degree of successes achieved in educational programmes. The equips students with the foundational knowledge and skills that underpin the evaluation of students progress relative to content/subject mastery, relevance of curricula offered, adequacy and availability of teaching-learning

675

resources, suitability of physical plant and equipment, personnel performance and projects. Module content also includes planning and execution of plans, the role of testing, types of tests and test analysis procedures, and evaluation of school/ organizational climate. BED 105 Contemporary Issues in Education In light of current influences of new scientific information one both national and global scenes, the module introduces prospective educational managers to the new concepts of social justice from redefined perspectives of human rights, particularly the rights of the child as enshrined in the international conventions and protocols. Content will also include keeping abreast with changing circumstances and topical issues that that have a bearing on education, such as HIV and AIDS Education (History, transmission, interventions and control), institutional and national gender policies, education for all policy, vocational and technical education, education and globalization, social justice and education, education and international conventions such as on the Rights of the Child, professional and leadership ethics, and population education dynamics. BED 104 Curriculum Studies This module introduces students to the theory of curriculum. It explains the concept curriculum, its elements, forces that shape it as well as the basic foundations of the curriculum. Students are exposed to the process of curriculum development guided by basic curriculum models, as well as modalities of dissemination associated with each model. Barriers to implementation, curriculum evaluation and the rationale for changing the curriculum are considered. Serving and prospective educational managers and leaders need to be knowledgeable about, spearhead, lead and monitor the development of curriculum in their schools or educational organizations. BEML 207 School Improvement and Accountability This module focuses students attention of an educational leadership aimed at transforming the performance of teachers, pupils/students and key stakeholders. The module aims at refocusing leaders attention towards improving overall school performance generally, and pupil performance and results specifically. Students are exposed to strategies and foci that can transform failing schools, as well as those that

676

can make excelling schools reach higher heights of excellence. Content to be covered includes school vision, philosophy and assumptions on student achievement, resourcing for educational achievement and excellence, leading a failing school through transformational leadership, teacher leaders and teams, theoretical underpinnings of supervising teachers for professional growth and development, school community relations and organizing strategies that bring together the school and stakeholders through after-school programmes for remediation and enrichment, parent/guardianteacher consultations, teacher-parent partnerships in pupil achievement. Students are also introduced to school accountability and use of action research to solve practical problems and monitoring student academic performance. BEML 208 Introduction to Educational Planning This module premised on the fact is that education does not happen haphazardly, but is a reflection of nations developmental aspirations introduces students to philosophical consideration of important factors for national development. Students are exposed to the relationship between politics, educational planning and provision of education, and the social and economic factors to be considered in the educational planning process. Content will also include educational planning models and, while not taking centre-stage in this module, evaluation of educational plans and programmes are highlighted. BEML 209 Ethics in Educational Leadership In light of the growing concern with ethical conduct of leaders in both public and private arenas in which educational leaders deal with ethical situations, this module exposes students to a broad set of ethical viewpoints and issues that arise in leadership situations underpinned by theoretical perspectives on, and principles of ethical leadership. The module employs case study scenario where students apply their knowledge of principles and theories. The content covers typology of ethics, dynamics, theories, and principles of ethical leadership, ethics of power and duty, Thomas Hobbes covenant idea and Jeremmy Bethams Utilitarian idea, Deweys pragmatism, gender and educational leadership, and pluralism and justice (John Rawlss theory).

677

BED 202 Project Students conduct supervised and independent research and submit a research report to the Department Board of Examiners for final assessment. Students also present themselves for an oral defence of their project. HCS115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION (MED) DEGREE

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Academic Regulations. The Master of Education degree is offered in the following areas: 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 Curriculum Studies Educational Management Sociology of Education Educational Psychology Philosophy of Education

1.2

2.

AIMS The Master of Education degree aims to: 2.1 enrich education professionals with deep analytical skills on pedagogical issues in their area of specialisation; equip students with the theoretical background and the practical skills to contribute meaningfully in dealing with challenges in the field of education;

2.2

678

2.3

enhance students ability to operate in tertiary institutions in their field of specialisation.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS The Master of Education degree qualification opens up employment prospects in various areas including: 3.1 3.2 employment as lecturers in tertiary colleges and universities; consultancy work in a variety of private enterprises, including NGOs and other humanitarian organizations; careers in a variety of government departments and international organizations, e.g. as curriculum planners, policy architects, training specialists, education consultants and board members.

3.3

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission, applicants must: 4.1 have completed a minimum of two years of experience in approved educational work; have obtained a Bachelor of Education degree or approved equivalent from any recognized university; have obtained a degree and a Post graduate Diploma in Education or approved equivalent from a recognized university.

4.2

4.3

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 5.2 The programme consists of at least 11 modules. Each module is worth 4 credits, except the dissertation which is worth 8 credits, and MED 702 and MED 703 worth 2 credits each. A student should register for at least 3 modules in each of the first three semesters.

5.3

679

5.4

Progression within and between levels shall be guided by the University General Academic Regulations. To be awarded a Master of Education degree, a student must pass all modules and must have attained at least 44 credits.

5.5

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Except for the dissertation, final assessment in each module shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. The written examination shall constitute 60% of the finalassessment. In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined. Assessment of the dissertation shall be based on the final written research report submitted to the Department Examiners Board, and the oral defence combined.

6.2 6.3 6.4

6.5

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another, a student should pass at least 75 % of the modules in that level.

9.

GRADINGAND CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE Student performance in a module shall be graded as follows: 80 -100 70 -79 Distinction Merit

680

50 - 69 Below 50 10.

Pass Fail

DEGREEWEIGHTING Academic levels shall be considered for purposes of degree weighting as follows: 50 % for each of the two levels.

11.

PROGRAMME OF STUDY 11.1 The duration of the programme shall be four semesters on a Block Release basis (with a residential face-to-face contact time each semester). All students will study a total of 11 modules, which include the following four compulsory modules: Description Research Methods and Statistics Information Communication Technology in Education Gender Studies in Education Dissertation Credits 4

11.2

Code MED 701 MED 702

2 2 8

MED 703 MED 704

SYNOPSES OF COMMON MODULES MED 701 RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS A core module for all students doing a Master of Education degree, this module exposes students to an understanding of research paradigms and other elements of the research process premised in both qualitative and quantitative paradigms with considerations of ethical issues involved in educational research. Students are

681

expected also to demonstrate mastery of various descriptive and inferential statistical techniques in analyses and presentation of quantitative research, ultimately developing skills to conduct supervised and independent research activities. MED 702 INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION The module aims to contribute to the intellectual and professional development of educational practitioners in the utilization of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in educational settings. The module is an academic study of the relationship between ICT and education and not a training module in ICT skills. The modules emphasis is on the utilization of computers as tools to enhance educational provisions. However practical skills will be used to illustrate the theoretical issues of ICT application in Education. MED 703 GENDER STUDIES IN EDUCATION The module seeks to empower students with the knowledge and skills necessary to create and live in a gender sensitive society or social setting. It seeks to develop in students an understanding of the concept gender, its historical development and ideologies and aspects that perpetuate gender differences. Exposed to gender analysis tools, students also explore strategies/approaches for redressing gender imbalances and creating gender sensitive environments. MED 704 DISSERTATION Students conduct supervised independent research and submit a bound dissertation report. To authenticate the research, each student will present himself/herself to a panel for an oral defence of the dissertation. 12. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN CURRICULUM STUDIES DEGREE

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code MEC 701 Description Advanced Curriculum Planning Credit 4

682

MEC 702 MED 702

Foundations of the Curriculum Information Communication Technology in Education

Level 1 Semester 2 MED 701 MEC 703 MEC 704 Research Methods and Statistics Advanced Curriculum Analysis Advanced Curriculum Evaluation 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MEC 705 MEC 706 MED 703 Curriculum Change and Innovation Current Curriculum Discourse Gender Studies in Education 4 4 2

Level 2 Semester 2 One Elective from areas other than Curriculum Studies selected from the following list: MEM 703 MEP 703 Educational Planning and Evaluation Guidance and Counseling and Intervention Strategies Sociology of the Classroom Traditional African Thought and Educational Practice DISSERTATION 8 4

4 4

MES 704 MEPH 705

MED 704

683

MODULE SYNOPSES MEC 701 ADVANCED CURRICULUM PLANNING This module empowers students to be curriculum planners and be in a position to use various curriculum planning models at their workplaces. It also exposes students to a conceptualization of curriculum as well as the foundations of the curriculum, approaches to curriculum planning as well as critiquing such approaches and curriculum dissemination patterns. MEC 702 FOUNDATIONS OF THE CURRICULUM The module introduces students to the concept Foundations of the Curriculum as a source of guidelines, justification and theoretical basis for curriculum. Such relates to the philosophical, sociological, psychological and historical foundations of the curriculum. Students also examine how curriculum planning should respond to, and be based upon these foundations. MEC 703 ADVANCED CURRICULUM ANALYSIS Being a relatively new area in the curriculum processes, curriculum analysis is often taken as, and consequently subsumed by, curriculum evaluation. This module distinguished the two processes in terms of purposes and procedures of each one, acknowledging the close similarities and overlaps between the two. Foundation disciplines as tools for curriculum analysis are considered as well as involving students in practical analysis of individual aspects of the curriculum, reporting their findings. Projects for analysis include ZIMSCI, ZINTEC, ZIMFEP, et cetera. MEC 704 ADVANCED CURRICULUM EVALUATION The module explores the concept, purposes and approaches to curriculum evaluation. Students also analyze the evaluation personnel and their characteristics, leading the student into analyzing evaluations of curriculum projects in the country and subregion.

684

MEC 705 CURRICULUM CHANGE AND INNOVATION The module exposes students to an exploration of the rationale for change, agents of change and management of change in education, emphasizing the need for planned curriculum change and innovation. The role of teachers in planned curriculum change/ innovation is specifically examined. Students will also be empowered to analyze some curriculum change projects in the country. MEC 706 CURRENT CURRICULUM DISCOURSE This module is designed to afford students the opportunity to discuss curriculum issues inherent in current debate on curriculum (but are not covered elsewhere in the programme). MEC 707 ADVANCED CURRICULUM STUDIES (ELECTIVE) The module is meant to introduce the Masters student, who has not done curriculum theory before, to the general concerns, processes and areas of coverage of curriculum studies without going into details of any of them. However, the student is expected to show a high level of analytical skills when discussing these issues. 13. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code MEM 701 MEM 702 MED 702 Description Concept of Educational Management Administrative Process in Education Information Communication Technology in Education Credits 4 4 2

Level 1 Semester 2 MED 701 Research Methods and Statistics 4

685

MEM 704 MEM 705

Economics of Education Human Resource Function in Education

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MEM 703 MEM 706 MED 703 Educational Planning and Evaluation Educational Policy Studies Gender Studies in Education 4 4 2

Level 2 Semester 2 One Elective from areas other than Educational Management selected from the following list: MEC 707 MEP 703 MES 704 MEPH 705 MED 704 Advanced Curriculum Studies Guidance and Counseling and Intervention Strategies Sociology of the Classroom African Traditional Thought and Educational Practice Dissertation 4

4 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES MEM 701 CONCEPT OF EDUCATIONALMANAGEMENT As a point departure the module will introduce candidates to concepts, notions or ideas that constitute common parlance in the fields of management generally, and Education Management in particular. These concepts should form a basis upon which candidates will build an appreciation of the administrative processes involved in Education. The major sections of the module deal with school systems as complex organizations and administrative behavior in organizations. Concepts developed in the module include formal organization, bureaucracy, school systems, decision making, power, influence and authority, organizational change and management as a social process.

686

MEM 702 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS IN EDUCATION This module is designed to expose candidates to the concept of management as a process and the various competencies desirable to fulfill the role of an educational manager. The concepts are viewed at different levels of abstraction from a theoretical level to the tools and techniques of implementing them practically. Administrative processes are selected on the basis of their centrality to the concept of educational management and their relevance to the countrys situation. A basic grasp of the different perspectives of administrative theory is assumed. To be developed in this module are basic conceptual notions and processes such as administrative roles, decision making, leadership, managing change, motivation, control, organizing and related areas. MEM 703 EDUCATIONAL PLANNINGAND EVALUATION The module is intended to introduce candidates to the world of quantitative planning and evaluation techniques using planning and evaluation models. Emphasis will be places on practical application of planning and evaluation techniques as they apply to educational programmes. Whilst expecting candidates to carry out mini researches involving educational planning and evaluation the module expects candidates to evaluate the current situations in their work situations with a view to identify opportunities for change and innovation. MEM 704 ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION An introduction to the nature and scope of Economics as it relates to the human, material and financial resources required for the production, distribution and consumption of education as a social service. The module will attempt to focus on issues pertinent to the relationship between education and economic development, education as a form of investment in human capital, the cost of education and who should bear it. The effects of macro -economic fundamentals such as the fiscal and monetary policy on education will feature prominently along with the nexus between education and training on one hand, and employment or the labour market on the other.

687

MEM 705 HUMAN RESOURCE FUNCTION IN EDUCATION The module is designed to look at the major aspects of strategic human resource function in the education sector as it is being shaped by legal, legislative and contractual parameters. The major areas of focus include selection, compensation, grievance handling, disciplinary procedures and the development and management of educational personnel. Emphasis will be placed on the intervention of the law and Acts of Parliament into personnel management and collective bargaining. MEM 706 EDUCATIONAL POLICY STUDIES The module is based on the view that the reality of educational management can best be comprehended and systematized by focusing upon the social, political and economic nature of the phenomena with which the educational manager and practitioner are concerned. The module is also intended to expose candidates to the modalities of examining the state-society- education nexus in relation to how schools, colleges and universities are part and parcel of the state and yet limit the imperatives of the state in the educational sphere. In addition the module introduces the candidates to the dialectical relationship between the socio economic and political spheres on the one hand and how they are influenced by racial, culture, gender and ethnic dynamics on the other. 14. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code MES 701 MES 702 MED 702 Description The Sociological Perspective Social Institutions Information Communication Technology in Education Credits 4 4

688

Level 1 Semester 2 MES 703 MES 705 MED 701 Perspectives on Education and Educational Policy Social Problems and Education Research Methods and Statistics 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MES 704 MES 706 MED 703 The Sociology of the Classroom Development and Education Gender Studies in Education 4 4 2

Level 2 Semester 2 One Elective from areas other than Sociology of Education selected from the Following list: MEC 707 MEP 703 Advanced Curriculum Studies Guidance and Counseling and Intervention Strategies Educational Planning and Evaluation African Traditional Thought and Educational Practice Dissertation 4

4 4

MEP 703 MEPH 705

4 8

MED 704

MODULE SYNOPSES MES 701 THE SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE

The module introduces students to sociology as a point of view, it traces the development of human societies, culture and society; socio economic and intellectual

689

forces in the development of sociological theory and practice. It also introduces students to prominent sociologist. MES 702 SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND EDUCATION The module introduces students to the concept of social institution and education. It focuses on the historical evolution of the family as an institution and the place of science and technology in education. MES 703 PERSPECTIVES ON EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL POLICY. The module gives an overview of historical foundation, processes and trends relating to the scope of education in Zimbabwe. It targets ideology and political perspectives in education and their effects in legislation. It also exposes sociological influences and prominent thinkers on the processes of education. MES 704 THE SOCIOLOGY OF THE CLASSROOM The module explores the dynamics of the classroom and their implications for teaching and learning. It offers tentative explanations for differential educational achievement, teacher-point expectation, beliefs and academic achievement. It prepares students to teach homogenous and heterogeneous classes and to deal with problems of deviant behavior and social control. MES 705 SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND EDUCATION The module examines the concepts of social pathology and education. It attempts to establish the relationship between social pathology and social change; social inequality and social problems; social mobility and education; disability and education; health and education. MES 706 DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION The module analyses the concepts of growth, development and education. It examines the implications of change for development, and the role of education in development. It also looks at indications of development; development patterns; modernization and underdevelopment; theories of development and underdevelopment.

690

15. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code MEP 701 MEP 702 MED 702 Description Human Development and Personality Theories Learning Theories and Human Learning Information Communication Technology in Education Credits 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MEP 704 MEP 706 MED 701 Cognitive Psychology Social Psychology Research Methods and Statistics 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MEP 703 Guidance and Counseling and Intervention Strategies Psychological Testing, Measurement and Evaluation Gender Studies in Education

4 4 2

MEP 705 MED 703

Level 2 Semester 2 One Elective from areas other than Educational Psychology selected from the following list MEC 707 MEM 703 Advanced Curriculum Studies Educational Planning and Evaluation 4 4

691

MES 704 MEPH 705 MED 704

Sociology of the Classroom African Traditional Thought and Edcational Practice Dissertation

4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES MEP 701 HUMAN DEVELOPMENTAND PERSONALITY THEORIES The goal of this module is to unravel the puzzling riddle of human nature through the application of psychological principles to education, the end result being the educators tireless endeavour to improve students understanding of human development in the backdrop of educational settings. This is done through the study of human development and personality theories. MEP 702 LEARNING THEORIES AND HUMAN LEARNING This module concerns itself with learning theories that are commonly used to explain how learning occurs in both children and adults. Students are expected to analyze, apply and evaluate theoretical tenets of human learning. MEP 703 GUIDANCE AND COUNSELINGAND INTERVENTION STRATEGIES The problems of the external environment often impact heavily on the education environment and give rise to a lot of social problems and challenges in educational settings. The overall thrust of this module is to equip the graduate students with social and personal support skills, which allow them to provide the much needed guidance and counseling to the learners. To fulfill their roles effectively, graduates will require the necessary range of social skills, techniques and theoretical bases that will gear them towards helping the learner. MEP 704 COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY The basic goal of this module is to unveil the complexities of human nature through the application of cognitive principles so that the student is able to understand the human being in the areas of perceiving, remembering, forgetting and reasoning.

692

MEP 705 PSYCHOLOGICALTESTING, MEASUREMENTAND EVALUATION This module equips the students with skills to construct and write test items for their disciplines so that they carry out practical educational assessment with confidence and precision. Students should be able to construct test items that recognize the various forms of validity and reliability, while applying test analysis skills to test data that provides bases for informed teaching and management decisions. MEP 706 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY The focus of social psychology as a branch of Psychology is the individual and the individuals feelings, thoughts and behavior as a function of his/her interaction with the environment. Arguably, students should be able to explain feelings, thoughts and behaviors of individuals and groups of people only as far as they affect the individual. Thus, the module exposes educationists to social psychological theories that explain social psychological problems that confront learners as individuals whose feelings, thoughts and behaviors impact on others and how others in turn react to the individuals feelings thoughts and behaviors 16. MASTER OF EDUCATION IN PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Level 1 Semester 1 Code MEPH701 MEPH702 MED702 Description Classical Philosophies of Education Philosophy of Knowledge and the Curriculum Information Communication Technology in Education Credits 4 4 2

Level 1 Semester 2 MEPH703 MEPH704 Modern Philosophies of Education Social Philosophy of Education 4 4

693

MED704

Research Methods and Statistics

Level 2 Semester 1 MEPH705 MEPH706 MED703 African Traditional Thought and Educational Practice Philosophy for Children Gender Studies in Education 4 4 2

Level 2 Semester 2 One elective module from an area other than Philosophy of Education selected from the following list: MEC707 MEM703 MES704 MEP703 Advanced Curriculum Studies Educational Planning and Evaluation Sociology of the Classroom Guidance and Counseling and Intervention Strategies Dissertation 4 4 4

4 8

MED704

MODULE SYNOPSES MEPH701 CLASSICAL PHILOSOPHIES OF EDUCATION The module exposes students to the wide range of classical philosophers and their ideas, requiring the student to appreciate the influence of these educational ideas then and now. The starting point will be the Ancient Greek philosophers, and coverage will include the early Christian philosophers, the thinkers of the Renaissance, the Reformation personalities and the main proponents of the Scientific Revolution. Issues surrounding the Enlightenment period, Naturalism and the beginnings of Socialist thinking will also be interrogated. It is hoped that the module will allow individual students to pursue an in-depth study of a philosopher or philosophy of

694

their choice in addition to the general understanding of the wholeness of Classical Philosophy. MEPH702 PHILOSOPHY OF KNOWLEDGE AND THE CURRICULUM This module allows an analysis of several epistemological perspectives that demonstrate the different views of knowledge and emphasize knowledge as the basis of any curriculum. Although emphasis will be on Western epistemologies, African and Eastern knowledge systems will be explored and compared. In particular, rationalist and empirical perspectives of knowledge will be examined, and liberal and vocational curricula will be contrasted. Specific knowledge theorists, e.g. Phenix, Hirst and Schwab are studied and their theories of knowledge and the curriculum are assessed. MEPH703 MODERN PHILOSOPHIES OF EDUCATION In this module, emphasis is placed on philosophers and philosophies that have shaped education in the modern age, mainly since the turn of the 20th Century. Attention will be paid to modern versions of Idealism and Realism, Pragmatism, Behaviourism, Marxism, Existentialism, Reconstructionism, Phenomenology and contemporary African philosophers. Each student will be encouraged to display interest in a specific philosophy or philosopher and study that area of their choice in depth. Central to all activities in the module will be an analysis of the influence of these philosophical ideas on modern educational practice. MEPH704 SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION The module seeks to develop among students a critical understanding of a number of social issues that affect education. Such issues include equality and fairness, freedom and authority, justice, democracy, citizenship, empowerment, and affirmative action. Students will be exposed to Critical Theory to enable them to analyse these problematic issues from a balanced viewpoint. Students will be encouraged to study other theoretical perspectives that can help them to investigate and deal with such social issues.

695

MEPH705 AFRICAN TRADITIONALTHOUGHTAND EDUCATIONAL PRACTICE In this module, students are expected to study the African Worldview and the nature and content of traditional African thought, and align these systems to the indigenous education patterns and processes in pre-colonial times. Students should analyse the influence of African education systems on current Western oriented school practices, and trace, justify and critique any areas of conflict and consensus that exist between the two systems. The module also explores the possible contributions that traditional African thought and education can have on modern education in the 21st Century, especially in Southern Africa. Areas of particular concern include the African worldview, African Humanism, the foundations of African traditional education (encompassing their learning materials and teaching/learning methods), African traditional logic and reasoning and the African concept of life-long education. MEPH706 PHILOSOPHY FOR CHILDREN The module seeks to raise students awareness of the possibility for, and the need to, extend philosophical thinking to the young. It adopts a deliberately practical approach that enables students to use philosophical concepts, tools and procedures to apply philosophical thinking to issues and realities that exist at the level of primary and secondary school children. Students will be exposed to childrens stories and they will learn how to extract philosophical issues from them and make them useful to encourage critical thinking in children. They will then be involved in compiling their own stories relevant to the children they deal with. Specific areas of coverage in the module will include reasoning in children, ethics and morality for children, developing critical thought in young people, using the Community of Inquiry method (Prof. Matthew Lipman) of philosophical discussion and writing materials for children. In the end, each student is expected to produce some original and creative set of stories for use with children.

696

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE DEGREE

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations.

2.

AIMS The Bachelor of Education Degree Computer Science is designed to prepare in service Computer Science teachers who are able to teach the subject up to A-level as well as to enable them to develop an appreciation of the capabilities and limitations of computer technology as teaching and learning tool.

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS For one to qualify for normal entry, he/she must satisfy the general entry requirements specified in the General Regulations and must also meet the following requirements Normally have diploma in education majoring in computer science. A diploma in computer science and teaching qualification Must have passed a selection test where necessary

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 4.2 The program consists of at least 22 modules. Each module is worth 4 credits except for the project which is worth 8 credits.

697

4.3 The modules listed below are compulsory for all students registered for the Bachelor of Education Computer Science Degree: - Research Methods and Statistics - Research Project - Curriculum Studies - Educational Management - Contemporary Issues in Education - Assessment and Evaluation Techniques - Applied Educational Technology - Gender Studies 5. ASSESSMENT 5.1 Final assessment shall be by continuous assessment and formal examinations. 5.2 Continuous assessment shall constitute 40% of the final assessment. 5.3 Written examinations shall constitute 60% of the final assessment. 5.4 In order to pass, a candidate should obtain at least 50% of continuous assessment and examination combined 6. FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. 7. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION To proceed from one level to another a candidate should pass at least 75% of the modules.

698

8.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 8.1 To be awarded a degree in Education, a student must pass all the common modules and at least 11 of the subject specific modules. The candidate must have attained at least 80 credits. The classification of all modules and degrees shall be as stated in section 5 of the General Regulations

8.2

9.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code BED 104 ET HCS 103 HCS 106 *HTM 105 Module Description Curriculum Studies Computer Application in Education Digital Logic Design Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Linear Mathematics 1 (optional) Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 BED 101 BED 201 HCS 102 HCS 104 Research Methods and Statistics Assessment and Evaluation Techniques Introduction to Programming Systems Analysis and Design 4 4 4 4

699

HCS 203 *HTM 105

Operating Systems Mathematical Discourse and Structures

4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 BED 102 BED 105 G S 201 HCS 201 HCS 204 HCS 207 Applied Educational Foundations Contemporary issues in education Gender Studies Data Structures and Algorithm Design Data Communication and Computer Networks Advanced Programming 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 BED 202 ET 202 HCS 206 ET 201 HCS 402 Research Project Methods of Teaching Computers Models of Databases and Database Design The Internet and Classroom Teaching Object Oriented Programming 8 4 4 4 4

11.

MODULE SYNOPSES

ET 101 Introduction to Computers in Education. History of computers in Education, computer education in the Zimbabwean context. Performance / trends in computer-related subjects at secondary level. Teaching computing at secondary school and post secondary school level. Inquiry into technology and education in Zimbabwean context

700

HCS 101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications. Basic computer concepts. Data processing cycle. Number systems, computer arithmetic. Types of computers, computer peripherals, system software and application software. Data communications. Introduction to application packages: word processors, spreadsheet, graphics etc HCS 102 Introduction to Programming. Writing simple programmes using assignment. Variables. Simple types. Operators and expressions. Conditional and repetitive statements, input and output. Simple functions. Program structure and organization. Definition and scope. Introduction to classes and objects. HCS 106 Fundamentals of Computer Architecture. Variations in computer architectures including buses, internal and external memory. I/ O and interfacing, instruction Sets, RISC computers. HCS 103 Digital Logic Design Number systems and codes. Boolean algebra, karnaugh maps, combinational logic design, sequential logic design, single bit memory elements. Circuits. HCS 104 Systems Analysis and Design Systems development methodologies, system design, system implementation, system evaluation, system maintenance. HCS 201 Data Structures and Algorithm Design This module emphasise the definition usage and manipulation of fundamental data structures and their associated algorithms: stacks and queues, trees, tables, lists, arrays, strings, sets and will introduce files and access methods. HCS 203 Operating Systems Basic operating system concept, operating system evolution and functions, process management, CPU scheduling, process; file system, deadlocks, memory management, protection and security.

701

HCS 206 Models of Database and Database Design Review of the relational data models and introduction to distributed databases, DBMS architectures, data dependences, decomposition, algorithims, data dictionaries. concurrency, integrity, security and reliability issues. Query decomposition, optimization, and evaluation strategies. Physical database design. HCS 204 Data Communications and Computer Networks. Overview of networking. ISOs even layer network model. Basic transmission over network. Network architecture and infrastructure, circuit and packet switching networks, TDMA and CDMA. Broadband technologies. Wireless networking. IP telephony and high speed networks. Network security. LAN operating systems, client server and peer to peer. practical network design considerations. Implementation: cabling and connectors; LAN in computer laboratory/ school. Network administration. HCS 402 Object Oriented Programming Fundamental concept of object orientation; data abstraction, classes and objects, data members and functions. OO analysis and design, OO

702

FACULTY OF LAW

REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMME BACHELOR OF LAWS (LLB) (HONOURS)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed an approved programme and passed examinations in accordance with the General Regulations.

1.2

2.

CAREER PROSPECTS 2.1 The Bachelor of Laws Honours Degree graduates can be employed as Legal Practitioners, Magistrates, Prosecutors, Legal Advisors and Company Secretaries

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry 3.1.1 To qualify for normal entry into the Bachelor of Laws Honours Degree programme, a candidate, must satisfy the minimum requirements as prescribed under the General Regulations and in addition, the candidate must have passed English Language with at least a B or better at O Level, and must also have obtained a pass in A Level English Literature or History and any two A Level subjects from the Humanities, Social

Sciences, Commercials or Sciences.

3.1.2 The following subject weighting shall be used in considering the applicants:

703

Essential 3 points English Literature, History Relevant 2 points Other Humanities, Commercials, Social Sciences Desirable1 point Science Related subjects 3.2 Special Entry 3.2.1 To qualify for special entry into the Bachelor of Law Honours Degree Programme, a candidate, must have completed a relevant Diploma in the legal field e.g. Civil Service Law, Diploma in Local Governance, Police Diploma etc. 3.2.2 The candidate must also have passes in 5 O Level subjects including English Language. 3.3 Mature Entry 3.3.1 Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 3.3.2 No candidate may complete the degree in less than three academic levels. Successful completion of Work Related Learning component at Level IV is compulsory for all candidates.

3.3.3 4. DURATION

The programme shall normally be completed over a period of ten semesters on a full-time basis.

704

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 A candidate is required to register for a minimum of four (4) modules per semester The Work Related Learning level is worth forty (40) credits. The Department may accept students discontinued from other degree programmes on condition that they meet the entry requirements and subject to availability of places.

5.2 5.3

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Evaluation of students shall normally be based on continuous assessment as well as formal university examinations that are held at the end of each semester. 6.1.1 Continuous Assessment will account for 30% of the overall assessment. Final examination accounts for 70% of the overall assessment. Departments shall determine which items will be included in the continuous assessment and shall define the relevant weighting to each item.

6.1.2

6.1.3

6.2

To be admitted to the examinations, a candidate must; be a registered student of the University in accordance with the General Regulations. have satisfactorily attended and completed the approved modules of study. Satisfactory completion of modules shall require submission of all written assignments and tests that constitute the continuous assessment.

705

have attended and participated in seminars, tutorials and practical classes, work related placement and other activities as stated in the Departmental Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFYTHE EXAMINERS. Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 8 of the General Academic Regulations

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES 9.1 Students proceed on supervised Work Related Learning in their Level 4 of study. Once a student is on Work Related Learning with an organization approved by the Faculty, he/she is not allowed to change/move to another organization without the approval of the Faculty. A student who moves from an organization that has been approved by the Faculty to another organization without the approval of the Faculty shall be penalized by having 25% deducted from the final Work Related Learning mark that he/she would have obtained.

9.2

9.3

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 5 of the General Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING All levels carry equal weighting of 20%

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 All modules are compulsory

706

Code LB101 CS101 HCS115 LB108

Module Introduction to Law Basics of Communication Skills Introduction to Information Technology Interpretation of Statutes

Credits 4 2 2 2

Level 1 Semester 2 LB105 LB106 LB107 LB109 Contract Law Criminal Law Constitutional Law Law of Delict 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 All Modules are compulsory LB201 LB202 LB203 LB204 Criminal Procedure Law of Evidence Property Law Commercial Law 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 LB205 LB206 LB207 LB208 Civil Procedure Family Law Company Law Public International Law 4 4 4 4

707

LB209

Gender and the Law

Level 3 Semester 1 7 Compulsory modules plus three electives LB301 LB302 LB303 Law and Corporate Governance Accounting for Legal Practitioners Jurisprudence 4 4 4

2 Elective modules Level 3 Semester 2 LB304 LB306 LB309 LB504 Conveyancing Human Rights Law Labour Law Advanced Civil Procedure 4 4 4 4

1 Elective module Level 4 Semesters 1 and 2 LB401 LB402 LB403 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 5 Semester 1 4 Compulsory modules plus four electives LB501 LB505 Dissertation Clinical and Practical Skills Training 8 4

708

2 Elective modules Level 5 Semester 2 LB501 LB502 LB503 LB505 Dissertation Notarial Practice Legal Ethics Clinical and Practical Skills Training 8 2 2 4

2 Elective modules Elective Modules (Subject to Availability of Lecturers) Code LB310 LB314 LB312 LB313 LB311 LB315 LB316 LB317 LB318 LB319 LB 549 LB 551 LB 552 LB 553 Module Intellectual Property Law of Taxation Banking Law Law of Succession Law of Insurance Alternative Dispute Resolution Administrative and Local Government Law Law of Insolvency International Humanitarian Law International Business Transactions Law, Democracy & Good Governance Media Law Telecommunications Law International Economic and Law Credits 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4

709

LB520 LB521 LB523 LB524 LB526 LB527 LB529 LB530 LB531 LB532 LB533 LB534 LB536 LB537 LB543 LB544 LB546 LB548 LB550

Mining Law Computer Law Energy Law E-Commerce International Trade Law International Investment Law Advocacy Mental Health Law Medical Law Professional Negligence Law Social Security Law Law and Development Customary Law Consumer Law Criminology Penelogy Conflict of Laws Environment Law Biotechnology and Law

2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2

13. MODULE SYNOPSES LB101 Introduction to Law This module outlines the sources of law and explains in detail the Zimbabwean Legal System. It also teaches aspects of legal theory and the significance of Roman DutchLaw in the Zimbabwean Legal System.

710

CS101 Basics of Communication Skills Refer to the Department of Communication Skills HCS115 Introduction to Information Technology Refer to the Department of Computer Science LB105 Contract The student will be taught the nature and scope of the law of contract, the history and theory of contract. The module will cover the following topics; Formation, comprising what constitutes agreement, offer and acceptance, options, mistake and quasi-mutual assent, intention to create legally binding obligations, formalities, void and voidable contracts misrepresentation, dures, undue influence. Review of the relational data models and introduction to distributed databases, DBMS architectures, data dependences, decomposition, LB106 Criminal Law The module will cover requirements for Criminal Liability, actus reus, mens rea, criminal capacity, General Defences, consent, necessity, compulsion, obedience to orders, private defences, impossibility, deminimus, mistake of fact, mistake of law, criminal capacity. Inchoate crimes incitement, conspiracy, attempt. LB 107 Constitutional Law The theory of constitutional law the Zimbabwe Constitution. The Creationof the Rhodesian State and how the Republic of Zimbabwe came to beincluding background, national institutions, regional institutions and localinstitutions. The State and its subjects. LB 108 Interpretation of Statutes Introduction the intention of the legislature principles of interpretation including types and techniques of interpretation, rules of construction

711

including primary, secondary and external aids, presumptions and the Interpretation Act. LB 109 Law of Delict The nature of delict and its place in the legal system of Zimbabwe. The relationship between delict and other branches of the law e.g. contract, criminal law, human rights law. Burden of Proof and prescription of delictual claims. The Actio Legis Aquiliae the Aqilian and the Action injuriarum, definition and nature, purpose and function, conditions of liability, general defences, parties. LB 201 Criminal Procedure Courts and jurisdiction on public and private prosecutions, securing attendance of accused persons and witnesses, bail, arraignment and pleas, indictments and charges, trials review, appeals and punishments LB 202 Law of Evidence Introduction and sources, degree of proof, judicial notice, presumption, evidence of identity, admissibility and relevancy, documentary evidence, estoppel, competence, compellability and privilege, sufficiency of evidence corroboration LB203 Property Law Introduction and the classification of things real and personal rights, acquisition of ownership, the incidents and limitations of ownership, co-ownership, possession, servitudes, real security, sectional titles, share blocks and time sharing. The Land Acquisition Act and its legal effect on the law of property. LB204 Commercial Law The students will be taught the law of sale, the nature and definition, the definition of a thing, sold and price, ownership and risk, the sellers obligation and buyers remedies, buyers obligations and sellers remedies. The Law of Higher Purchase Agreements, the sale of land and credit agreements.

712

LB205 Civil Procedure Studying the Magistrate Court Act and rules; trials; rescission and variation of judgments; appeals; enforcement of judgments, reviews and appeal procedure; studying the Primary Courts Act. LB206 Family Law History of the family; nature and definition of marriage; espousals and breach of promise; formation of marriage; consequence of marriage; annulment, termination of marriage; the law of parent and child; legal regulation of sex,; contraception, sterilisation, abortion, and protection of the foetus. Factors affecting status, adoption, legitimacy, artificial insemination, gender, domicile, custody and guardianship, parental power, duty of support (maintenance) child abuse, child protection, legal capacity of minors, proprietary rights of minors. LB207 Company Law This module will introduce students to important legal structures of business enterprises, law regulating the conduct of business; relationship between various players in business legal entities like Companies, Partnerships, Private Business Corporations, Parastatals and Co-operatives will be considered. LB208 Public International Law Introduction: acquisition of statehood, recognition of states and Governments, self determination, state sovereignty, domestic jurisdiction, aliens, extradition, immunities, treaties, crimes, enforcement of international law, international institutions, the United Nations and its agencies. LB209 Gender and the Law Constitutional rights, personal status in law with particular reference to women and dual system of law, reproductive rights, health care and welfare rights, women, work education, criminal law.

713

LB300 Law and Corporate Governance The aim of the module is to provide students with an understanding of the legal framework governing a range of organisations, dealing with legal principles, their practical application and governance issues that may arise. LB302 Accounting for Legal Practitioners Students will be taught about the principle of Bookkeeping and the double entry system and the relationship between assets, capital and liabilities. Students will further be taught the difference between the Trust Account and the Business Account and the requirements of the Legal Practitioners Act and the by-laws made there under and the liability of the legal practitioners. LB303 Jurisprudence To introduce students to critical concepts about the nature and functioning of law. To teach students about law, justice and legitimacy, civil disobedience, the protection of human rights, the function of the legal practitioner, the role of courts, access to law, public interest law, alternative dispute settlement, public policy and changing legal principles. The module will also teach Legal Theory meaning of law, Law and morality, natural law and natural rights, the command theory of law, the pure theory of law, modern positivism, historical jurisprudence, sociological jurisprudence, legal realism, the rights theses, Marxist theories of law and state, sociology of law. LB304 Conveyancing Students will be taught about the Land Registration system in Zimbabwe, they will be taught how to draft Deeds of Transfer, Mortgage Bonds, Power of Attorney, Subdivisions and Consolidations. LB306 Human Rights Law Students will study Human Rights Law, with special emphasis on the Bill of Rights as enshrined in our constitution and will look at the International Human Rights Law and Conventions and how they affect Zimbabwe.

714

LB309 Labour law Introduction and historical overview, the common law contract of employment, collective bargaining and the Labour Relations Act Chapter 28:01 as amended and the regulations. The National Social Security Act Workers Insurance and Workmans compensation. The Labour Court Jurisdiction and rules of procedure. LB310 Intellectual Property This module teaches students key aspects of intellectual property law: the law of copyright, which primarily protects creative and entrepreneurial subject matter such as books, art, music and films. It focuses on key issues such as the history of and justifications for copyright; copyright subject matter; requirements for subsistence; ownership and exploitation issues; infringement, defences and remedies; and moral rights. LB314 Law of Taxation The tax system in Zimbabwe; Gross Income and Taxable Income. Exemption, deductions, rebates, computation of normal tax liability, the taxation of married women and minor children, special provisions relating to companies, donations tax, avoidance of tax, objections and appeals. LB312 Banking Law This module will focus primarily on the domestic law of banking. The module is designed to provide students with a solid grounding in banking law as well as an understanding of the broader social, economic and political issues underlying the rapid evolution that is presently taking place in the banking industry. In addition, the module aims to provide students with an understanding of the relationship between banking practice and law and the practical application of banking law. LB313 Law of Succession The module is an introduction, intestate succession, testate succession, administration of estates, History of the law of Succession in Zimbabwe; Customary Law perspective of succession law.

715

LB311 Insurance Law Nature and formation of the contract, insurable interest, duty of good faith warranties, agency, subrogation, duration of the contract, life and third party insurance. LB315 Alternative Dispute Resolution The module is designed to introduce students to the various approaches to dispute resolution, including negotiations, mediations, arbitration, mini-trials, and summary jury trials. LB316 Administrative and Local Government Law Introduction: the nature, history, control and classification of Administrative powers, judicial control of administrative powers, including the review power, locus standi remedies and the exclusion of the power of review, state liability, state privilege. The role of local government, local government acts, rules and regulations and rules of natural justice. LB317 Law of Insolvency History of the law of insolvency; The insolvency Act of Zimbabwe; The practical ways of declaring a person insolvent; Companies and individuals. LB318 International Humanitarian Law Definition, history and theory; contemporary relevance, sources, applicability of International Humanitarian Law, protected persons, methods and means of warfare, Implementation and Enforcement of International Humanitarian Law. LB319 International Business Transactions The module teaches students the law relating to certain major aspects of international business such as export sales/international sale of goods, their transportation and finance implications, marketing operations abroad, mergers and acquisitions and dispute settlement matters and mechanisms.

716

LB501 Dissertation A students will be required to choose a topic approved by a supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board and to write a dissertation thereon in English not exceeding 10 000 words, the dissertation should be a substantially researched chosen topic which makes and defends given propositions. LB502 Notarial Practice Students will be trained in the drafting of notarial documents, Deeds for Change of Name, Deed of Trusts, Notarial Covering Bonds and how to lodge the same with the Deeds Registry. LB503 Legal Ethics Students will be taught ethics and a legal practitioners duty to his client, colleagues, the courts and the public. Drafting documents, the brief, interviewing, pro-deo defences, unopposed actions, preparation and argument of appeals, opinions, advice on evidence, setting up a legal practice, examination and cross-examination of witnesses. LB504 Advanced Civil Procedure Jurisdiction of the High Court and the Supreme Court and the Rules of the High Court and Supreme Court. LB505 Clinical and Practical Skills Training This module will introduce students to basic professional skills, negotiating, legal drafting, advocacy and office management and practice skills LB520 Mining Law Explores all aspects of modern mining legislation and its impacts on the mining industry and its stakeholders. The module focuses on broad terms mine health and safety,

717

mining and the environment, exploration and mining, and miscellaneous issues. Concepts to be covered include duty of care, enabling legislation, safety management systems, the role of risk management, the role of the regulator, mining laws in developing countries, industrial law and other issues. LB522 Computer Law Teaches students how to investigate incidents while minimizing the risk for legal trouble. LB524 E-Commerce Provides students with an intensive survey of technologies used to support all aspects of electronic business and how these technologies interact.

LB526 International Trade Law This module deals with the rules of international trade governing the Word Trade Organisation (WTO) and Regional Trade Law. It taught from developing countries perspective. LB527 International Investment Law Introduction and history of international investment law, sources of international investment law, bilateral investment treaties, duties and rights of host state and investor, multilateral agreement on investment and dispute settlement. LB529 Advocacy This module is meant to teach and train students in procedural law and practice, practical evidence, and certain areas of substantive law relevant to practice in Zimbabwe. LB530 Mental Health Law Enables students to identify and analyse legal issues encountered by people with mental health challenges and to evaluate critically aspects of the operation of mental

718

health law in its historical, socio-economic and political contexts, including the legal (rights based) and medical approaches. LB 531 Medical Law This module aims to investigate a range of areas of law which are of topical interest but which are not otherwise specifically addressed in the Medical Law. LB 532 Professional Negligence Law This module examines the fast-growing specialist area of law, looking at the nature and definition of professions, the general legal and regulatory principles, and their application to selected professions. LB 533 Social Security Law The module teaches students how social security legislation is structured and use case law to interpret the law. LB 534 Law and Development The focus of the module will be not only on law as written rules but also on customary law, norms, practices and issues of enforcement in relation to development. LB 536 Customary Law Colonial laws and indigenous legal systems including codification and creation of courts, principles of African customary law including family law marriage, property, succession, delict, contract; comparative analysis of post-colonial societies in Southern Africa, comparison between customary law and Roman Private Law. LB 537 Consumer Law Discusses the rationale for consumer law and the different forms of regulating consumer markets.

719

LB 543 Criminology Classical theories, positivism and modern biological theories, crime and the environment, atomic theory, subcultures and gangs, conflict and critical criminology. LB 544 Penology General theories regarding crime control, the functions of the Zimbabwe Prison System. Criminal statistics and public participation in the criminal justice process. Alternative punishment systems. LB 546 Conflict of Laws Nature and scope of the law. Historical development, jurisdiction, the choice of law in selected topics including delict, contract, actions involving judgments sounding in money, immovable property incorporeals and matrimonial matters. LB 548 Environmental Law Module emphasizes on the right to a clean environment as a third generation right. Will analyze the Environmental Management Act where Zimbabwe is seeking to domesticate the International Environmental Instruments. The module highlights major themes and principles and provides practical examples of the Law in operation. LB 549 Law, Democracy and Good Governance Module is meant for those with an interest in the deeper understanding of constitutional issues. It will focus on Democracy and Good Governance. LB 550 Biotechnology and Law This module introduces students to how the law tries to regulate sciences especially biotechnology. It begins with theories of regulation and goes on to consider the ethical and safety consideration on the use of biotechnology. It also considers the issue of patenting of biotechnological inventions, including University patents.

720

LB551 Media Law The module provides a succinct and lucid introduction of all areas of the law relating to print, broadcast and electronic media. It offers practical and well-referenced insight into key media issues. LB552 Telecommunications Law Module focuses on the study of the legal implication surrounding Information Technology and Telecommunications. It covers the legal aspects of Information security, liability, intellectual property, e-commerce, telecommunications and access to public information. LB553 International Economic Law This module deals with international economic governance. It begins with a brief introduction to economics and then deals in depth with law governing the World Bank, International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Trade Organisation. It also deals with International Investment Law.

721

FACULTY OF NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as General Regulations. 1.2 The Faculty of Natural Resources Management and Agriculture offers the following undergraduate degree programmes: 1.2.1 Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Agricultural Economics and Development Honours Degree (HAGED) Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Agronomy Honours Degree (HAGRO) Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Horticulture Honours Degree (HHORT) Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Land and Water Resources Honours Degree (HLWRM) Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Livestock and Wildlife Management Honours Degree (HLWM) Bachelor of Science Natural Resources Management and Agriculture General (BSc NRMA General)

1.2.2

1.2.3

1.2.4

1.2.5

1.2.6

722

2.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 NORMAL ENTRY For normal entry to an undergraduate degree programme in the Faculty of Natural Resources Management and Agriculture, a prospective student must satisfy the entry regulations specified in the General Regulations and in so doing, must also meet the following Faculty requirements: Must have passed O Level Mathematics and English Language with C or better and obtained A Level passes in at least two of the following subjects or their recognized equivalents: Biology/Agriculture, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Geography. Each Department may prescribe specific combinations of these A Level subjects. 2.2 SPECIAL ENTRY Special entry would be granted to students who, in the opinion of the Departmental Board, have outstanding passes in a relevant Diploma, subject to such a qualification meeting part of the requirements of the respective programme. 2.3 MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of General Regulations.

3.

DEFINITION OF TERMS 3.1 FIELD TRIP

723

A field trip is an excursion outside the University Campus under the supervision of academic and/or technical staff of the university. It may last for part of a day or be conducted over a longer period. The field trip can form part of a module or if it is of a sufficient duration, form a module in its own right. 3.2 For the definitions of programme, semester, module, level, Work Related Learning and credit, refer to General Regulations.

4.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 The BSc. Natural Resources Management and Agriculture programme is a four-year, full time programme. In Level one (1) of the degree programme, students will take CORE Agricultural Practice (AGPR 101 and AGPR 102) modules. The practicals are normally conducted on Fridays and Saturdays. Students absent from these practicals three times in a semester without the written permission of the Executive Dean of the Faculty will automatically fail the module. During the vacation in level 1.2 a student is expected to go on compulsory non - credit farm attachment for 8 weeks and is expected to submit a student report and an assessment report from the employer. In their third level, students go on Work Related Learning for a period of at least ten (10) months and during this period they should undertake a Research Project. For each semester, all pre-requisites that apply to a module shall be listed in the special regulations for the degree programme of which the module forms a part. A student shall not register for a module unless he/she has passed all pre-requisites for that module. A student may include in his/her programme, modules offered by other Departments. A students selection of modules will be subject to the approval of the Dean of the Faculty and Chairpersons of all respective Departments. The selection will also be subject to:

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

724

4.6.1

A student enrolling for modules worth at least 24 credits in each semester except for the Work Related Learning level. Registration for modules to be taken in a semester being completed within the first two weeks of the semester.

4.6.2

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 The assessment of a module shall be based on a written examination and continuous assessment (assignments, tests andpracticals) submitted during the semester according to a schedule laid down by the appropriate Departmental Board. The examination shall normally contribute 70% of the final mark while continuous assessment accounts for 30%. Practicals and tutorials are compulsory and failure to attend practicals may result in a student being barred from sitting the final examinations. A student may not be allowed to sit an examination if he/she has no coursework mark.

5.2

6.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION 6.1 Students progress automatically from semester one (1) to semester two (2) at each level with the exception of special cases where Senate directs otherwise. To proceed to the next level the student must have accrued at least 36 credits. However, a student may be allowed to proceed carrying failed modules in order to enable him or her to accrue the required 48 credits per level. Students carrying over modules will be re-examined at the next regularly scheduled examination normally taken at the next semester examinations.

6.2

6.3

725

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of General Regulations. Refer to Section 10.2

8.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS Refer to Section 11.10 of General Regulations.

9.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 9.1 9.2 To be awarded the degree, a student must pass all core modules at all levels and must have accrued at least 184 credits. The classification of all modules and degree programmes shall be as stated in Section 5 of General Regulations.

10.

DEGREEWEIGHTING For purposes of degree weighting the results of Levels 1, 2, 3 and 4, the weighting shall be as follows: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 15% 20% 25% 40%

726

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND DEVELOPMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HAGED)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations for undergraduate degree programmes.

2.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 AIMS 2.1.1 To develop an agricultural economics and development related degree programme relevant to Zimbabwe and the developing regions through contributing towards sustainable food production, natural resources management and overall economic growth. To respond to stakeholders needs for viability related to Agricultural and Natural Resources Management, through teaching research and extension. OBJECTIVES 2.1.3.1 Provision of a supportive environment for the theory and practice of Economics of Agriculture and Development in Natural Resources Management and Agriculture. 2.1.3.2 Production of competitive and innovative graduates for various career opportunities in private and public sectors as well as self-employment. 2.1.3.3Creation of an understanding of a holistic or Integrated systems approach to agricultural development and related Natural Resources Management.

2.1.2

2.1.3

727

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 NORMAL ENTRY Prospective students should have at least five O Level passes including English Language, Science and at least a B in Mathematics and any two A Level passes in the following subjects Agriculture, Mathematics, Economics, Management of Business, Sociology, Accounts, Geography and Biology. 3.2 SPECIAL ENTRY Refer to Section 2.2 of the Faculty Regulations. 3.3 MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

4.

CAREER PROSPECTS On successful completion of the degree programme, graduates can be formally employed in the private or public sector. They may also be self employed. The following career prospects are available to graduates: 4.1 Private Sector Bankers, commodity brokers, Agri Business Finance Managers, Applied Economists, Consultants, Marketing Agents/Sales Representatives, Extensionists, Development and Communication Agents. Public Sector Researchers (Applied Economists, Marketing Agents,) Extensionists, Lecturers, NGOs and Development Agents, Development and Communication Agents. Self-Employment Farmers, Consultants.

4.2

4.3 5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The Bsc Agricultural Economics and Development is a four year fulltime programe.

728

5.2

Students will be expected to go on a non -credit compulsory farm attachment during the wet season vacation in level 1 to gain farm experience which they will not necessarily get during Work Related Learning in level 3. At the end of the attachment, students will submit an employers report and a students attachment report. Students with diplomas will be exempted from this attachment if they have acquired at least 1 year farm experience. In level 3, all students will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of ten months. During the same period, students will be expected to carry out a research project. A student shall be enrolled for at least six modules at any time during the semester, two of which should be core/compulsory. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments. Students may be allowed to change registration for modules taken in any semester only during the first two weeks of registration.

5.3.

5.4.

5.5.

5.6

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of General Regulations and Section 5 of Faculty Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERAL GUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

729

10.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREE WEIGHTING Refer to section 11 of Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 12.1 The degree programme shall have at least 36 taught modules spread over the six teaching semesters.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Title Prerequisite Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

*AGRO 101 Plant Biology and Physiology *AGPR 101 LWR 105 *CS101 *AGED101 *AGED103 *HCS115 AGED105 Agricultural Practice I Principles of Soil Science Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Agricultural Economics Mathematics for Agricultural Economics Introduction to Information Technology Intrduction to Rural Sociology

8 weeks Compulsory Farm Attachment during vacation Level 1 Semester 2 *AGED104 *AGED106 *AGED102 Macro Economics for Agriculture I Introduction to Agricultural Development Micro Economics for Agriculture 1 4 4 4

730

*AGPR 102 HORT103 *HCS 100 *WAP 103 AGRO 103 WAP117

Agricultural Practice II Principles of Horticulture

(AGPR 101) (AGRO101)

4 4 4 4

Introduction to Information Technology Principles of Ecology Crop Production (AGRO101)

4 4

Principles of Animal Production WAP115

8weeks Compulsory Farm Attachment during vacation * Core modules (Obligatory) Level 2 Semester 1 *AGED201 AGED202 *AGED203 *AGED204 *AGRO207 *GS 201 LWR217 *AGED205 Agri-Business Law Financial Management (Optional) Prerequisites 4 4 4 4 4 4 LWR105 4 4

Micro Economics for Agriculture II (AGED 102) Macro Economics for Agriculture II (AGED 104) Biometry Introduction to Gender Studies Land and Environment degradation

Economics of Environmental Management Prerequisites (AGRO207)

Level 2 Semester 2 *AGED206 Research Methods for Agricultural Economics Farm Business Management

4 4

*AGED207

731

*AGED 208 Agribusiness Management *AGED209 LWR216 AGED210 AGED211 Econometrics Climate Change and Adaptation NGOs and Agricultural Development Environmental Impact Assessment for Agricultural Development Projects (AGED 204) Gender, HIV and AIDS in Agricultural Development GS201

4 4 4 4

AGED212

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning Code AGPR 301 AGPR 302 AGPR 303 Module Title Prerequisites Credits 15 15 10

Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report

Level 4 Semester 1 Code *AGED 401 *AGED 402 AGRO 414 Module Title Prerequisite Credits 4 4

Agricultural and Food Marketing Agribusiness Finance Farming Systems Research in Agricultural Development

4 4

*AGED 412 Agricultural Policy Analysis WAP 417 Sustainable Management of Natural Resources (WAP103)

732

*AGED 403 Entrepreneurship in Agriculture AGED 404 WAP 428 Disaster and Relief Management

(AGED208)

4 4

Environmental Change and Agricultural Development

Level 4 Semester 2 Code *AGED408 AGED405 Module Title Dissertation Prerequisites Credits (AGED207) 8

Banking and Capital Markets (optional) (AGED202, AGED209) International Agricultural Marketing (AGED401) Project Management Agricultural Extension Insurance and Risk Management in Agriculture Agricultural Tourism Advanced Research Methods in Natural Sciences

AGED406

4 4 4 4 4 4

*AGED407 *AGED409 AGED410 AGED411 AGRO412 13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

AGPR 101 AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE 1 Farm orientation, Poultry production/ Feed mixing (University farm), Soil sampling and crop fertilization, Plant population and yield estimation, Irrigation scheduling, Blood samples and smears, Administering veterinary drugs, Cattle identification and detention, Surveying in agriculture, Introduction to vegetable production, Farm week practicals (all semesters), Crops planting and fertilizing, Pig production(examined in semester 11), Dairying university farm (examined in semester 11)

733

AGPR 102 AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE II Pig production at University at University farm, Dairying of University farm, Control of internal parasites in livestock, Use and calibration and spraying equipment, Ox harness and use of ox-drawn ploughs, Tractor handling and ploughing/contour construction, Soil coding for land classification, Vegetation coding in rangeland management, Farm budgets and Agric financing, Castration and dehorning (large and small stock), Game farming- visit to a commercial undertaking, Field visits: i) research station/ research trials ii) Large scale/ small scale farming AGED 101 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Economic systems and organization, theory of supply and demand, market equilibrium. Micro economics. Macro Economics. The consumption, investment and savings functions. The international economy. Monetary and fiscal policies. Employment and growth policies. The role of the agricultural industry in the national economy. AGED 103 MATHEMATICS FOR AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS The module is designed to give students a basic understanding of mathematical tools and techniques required in economics, policy formulation and business decision making. The module seeks to shows the relevance of mathematical tools/ concept such as integration linear algebra, differentiation and optimization theory in the field of economics. Trigonometry, probability, functions, graphs, solving equations, matrix algebra, multivariate calculus, differentiation and integration AGED 102 MICRO ECONOMICS FOR AGRICULTURE 1 Economics of agriculture production theorectical foundations; Physical and economic relations, The factor product relationship, the factor factorrelationship, the product product relationship. The product supply and input demand; Demand for inputs. Production Economics, Efficiency of resource use, Technical, Allocative and Economic efficiency, Risk and uncertainty. Economics of market demand AGED 104 MACRO ECONOMICS FOR AGRICULTURE I Definition of macro-economics. Module looks into the branch of economics at national level through variables such as macro-economic issues, inflation, the gross

734

national product, employment, national accounting, demand/supply, national economics equilibrium, monetary policy, bank rate, foreign currency reserves and balance of payments, foreign currency exchange market, food policy, agricultural policies, and production theories and agriculture at elementary level. Basic demand relationships, Elasticity of demand, Homogeneity condition. Developments in demand theory; New theories of demand, Equilibrium and Exchange, Definition of equilibrium, Partial vs General equilibrium, Interference with equilibrium. Analysis of agricultural markets, Competitive markets and Pareto optimality, Policy intervention in markets. Welfare Economics and Economics of trade. Food and Agricultural policy. AGED 105 INTRODUCTION TO RURAL SOCIOLOGY Examining Rural social systems and structures and how they impact positively or negatively on development. Examining social change theories and how they relate to the development discourse AGED 106 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Theoretical approaches used to study organization and management, Examines the structure and behavior as well as the main tasks of management. Looking in detail and questioning the applicability of management theory. Examining the application of management theory in relation to specific areas of activity. Current theory issues in reformation and improving management of Agricultural Development. AGRO 101 PLANT BIOLOGYAND PHYSIOLOGY Classification and nomenclature. Taxonomy, cytology, plant morphology, floral morphology, pollination, fertilisation, and seed formation, plant growth regulators, photosynthesis and respiration. Seed germination, plant water and nutrient relations. Photoperiodism and vernalisation. AGRO 103 CROP PRODUCTION This module is meant for non-crop scientists. It will cover Origin, domestication and classification of cultivated plants, cropping systems in Africa, international agricultural research systems, tillage, planting (crop establishment), fertilisers, plant water requirements and irrigation, weather and climatic factors affecting crop production,

735

crop protection, cropping patterns, monocropping and intercropping systems, harvesting, processing and marketing agencies. WAP103 PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY Refer to the Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management WAP117 PRINCIPLES OFANIMAL PRODUCTION Refer to the Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management HORT 103 PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURE Refer to the Department of Horticulture LWR 105 PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE Refer to the Department of Land and Water Resources Management AGED 201 AGRI-BUSINESS LAW The module will cover the following aspects as a matter of principles of law but more so as they apply to the current challenges in the agricultural sector; Sources of law, basics of law of sale defining and applying the legal terms of thing, price, ownership and risk as well as sellers obligations and buyers remedies. Contract law, definition, essentials and application to agricultural funding, operations and marketing. Modes of access to land (land tenure). The law of agency, challenging of agency. Employment contracts. Collective bargaining. National Social Security Authority (NSSA) Act. AGED 202 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Sources of agricultural finance in Zimbabwe. Interest rates. Working capital. Capital budgeting and appraisal techniques. Case studies of capitalization schemes. Cashflow budgeting. Basic interpretation of financial accounts; profitability anaylsis and ratios; equity ratios; Working capital ratios. Contracting as a source of financing. Impact of national programmes in agricultural finance and development. Taxation.

736

AGED 203 MICRO-ECONOMICS FORM AGRICULTURE II Theory of supply and demand - competition in markets, the law of demand and supply, shifts vs movements along the demand curve and supply curve, taxes, subsidies and rationing. The budget constraint Market equilibrium; product supply, demand for input; consumer theory - marginal utility, indifference curve, income and substitution effect, welfare economics, marketing boards discrimination regulation of a monopoly, the theory of the Agricultural household. AGED 204 MACRO ECONOMICS FOR AGRICULTURE II Looks at economic behaviour and policies related to consumption, savings, investment, balance of trade, equilibrium in the goods and money market, domestic and international debt, their implication in a more rigorous manner.

AGED 205 ECONOMICS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Environment and the micro-economy; Markets, Market failure and property rights, Government property rights, Economic instruments for environmental management, Attaching money values to environmental goods. Environment and the macroeconomy; the green economy, Macro economic policy and the environment, Environment and the international economy, Environmental regulation, comparative advantage and international competitiveness, trans boundary externalities and environmental policy, trade liberalization and environmental impacts, Economics of pollution control, theory of pollution economics, the practical use of economic instruments in pollution control, Natural resource economics Management of renewal resources, market and institutional failure in the natural resource sector AGRO 206 BIOMETRY Introduction to statistics, measures of dispersion, measures of central of central tendency, binomial distribution, poison distribution, t-distribution, test: one sample, two samples, chi square distribution, F distribution, Introduction to ANOVA, Simple Randomised Design, Randomised Complete Block Design, Mean separation, LSD, DMRT, Turkeys Test, Dunnets test, Correlation and Regression Analysis

737

AGED 206 RESEARCH METHODS FOR AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Research proposal formulation, problem definition, methods of data collection, Questionnaire formulation, and interviewing techniques, sampling procedures for surveys, organisation and implementation of surveys, survey quality control, analyses and interpretation, results presentation. Software; SPSS, GENSTAT, SAS etc AGED 207 FARM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BACKGROUND:-Functions of management-Forms of business organization in commercial agriculture. Farm records and Information systems management. -Labour management farm planning and budgeting:-Gross Margin Analysis. Whole farm budget and farm planning. Partial budget. Break-even budget. Cash flow budget. Sources of agricultural finance. Agricultural Support Schemes with special reference to. Government support scheme-. Contract Production schemes Management of working capital. Investment appraisal-Stock valuations and depreciation Farm trading accounts-Profit and loss account, Farm balance sheet, its analysis and interpretation. Variances analysis-Audit of farm operation and budgetary control. Business ethics. AGED 208 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT The module seeks to appropriately recall all values from other modules and contextualize them to advantage Agricultural Business Management through: Forms of business and analysis of business environment. Value chain in agricultural operations. Management principles. Cooperate governance. Operations research. Agribusiness viability and analysis. GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES Refer to Department of Gender studies AGED 209 ECONOMETRICS Module gives empirical content to economic theory. Uses mathematics and statistical tools to analyze economic behavior i.e. estimate relationships, infer the implications of the estimates, test hypothesis about economic behavior and predict economic behavior. The tools include regression models, specification testing, general linear

738

model, problems of single equation models and simultaneous equation models. The module content focuses on econometric techniques that provide students with the understanding need in modern economics. AGED 210 NGOS AND AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Types of non profit organisations in agricultural development. Registration, management structures of non profit organizations. Funding and financial management, scope, corporate governance and ethics in NGOs. Civil society theory. Participation theory. NGOs and agricultural development. NGOs and humanitarian relief. farming systems, stakeholder consultations in agricultural development, links with governmental and other developmental agencies. AGED 211 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Students to appreciate EIA as a holistic approach to sustainable agricultural development and environmental management. The module to cover EIA Policy in Zimbabwe and legal Environmental Management Act in Zimbabwe focusing on the process of EIA. Identify the diversity of agricultural developmental projects their life cycle and integrate the life cycles with EIA. Students must be able to carry out an EIA for an agricultural based developmental project using EIA methodologies and write an EIA report. AGED 212 GENDER, HIVAND AIDS IN AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Importance of understanding the interrelationships between gender relations, the environment and development. Brings attention to which outcomes of development programmes are affected by gender relations. Demonstrating the ways in which development programmes affect and change the roles and responsibilities of women and men. Looking at how womens work is ignored or undervalued in development. An introduction to Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). HIV Transmission, spread and prevention. Opportunistic diseases commonly associated with HIV/AIDS. Impact of HIV/AIDS on livelihood. Treatment and counseling. Peer, education in agricultural extension. Agricultural solutions to HIV/AIDS problems. Policy and institutional aspects. Stigma, discrimination and exclusion pertaining to PLWA

739

LWR 216 CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPTATION Refer to the Department of Land and Water Resources Management LWR 217 LAND AND ENVIRONMENT DEGRADATION Refer to the Department of Land and Water Resources Management

AGED 401AGRICULTUREAND FOOD MARKETING In addition to exploring marketing principles, this module also addresses unique marketing concepts related to Agricultural and Food Marketing. Definition of marketing, key roles of marketing in Agriculture; Price discovery; the food price dilemma, market structures; Structure, Conduct, Performance Model. Marketing principles, Consumer behavior, Marketing Concept, Marketing Mix. Agricultural marketing management; Market margin analysis; Economic performance conceptual framework in agricultural marketing; Agricultural marketing information services; Agricultural marketing extension, A market oriented approach to Post harvest Management; Agricultural Markets liberalization in Zimbabwe (Market Reforms) and Globalization. Strategic market planning and management; Marketing plans; Linking Production with Marketing (Contracting); Marketing research. AGED 402 AGRIBUSINESS FINANCE The agri - business finance function; financial statements. Financial analysis; financial control; cash budgeting; capital budgeting; credit management; financial planning and management; short term financing; long term financing; capital markets. Mergers and acquisitions. AGED403 ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN AGRICULTURE Role of entrepreneurship in agricultural development and the economy. Theories of entrepreneurship. Processes of establishing a business. Sources of funding. Feasibility studies. Planning production and marketing of enterprise. Entrepreneurship and public policy. Characteristics, nature and problems of small agricultural ventures. Advantages and disadvantages of big versus small. Management techniques.Linkages.

740

AGED 404 DISASTER AND RELIEF MANAGEMENT Introduction to disaster management. Assessment of disasters and emergency complex situations. Impact of disasters on communities and agriculture. Needs analysis during disasters. Disaster management and recovery plans. Ethics in disaster management. Long term planning in disaster management. Case studies of disasters affecting agriculture and communities. AGED 405 BANKING AND CAPITAL MARKETS The course deals with the description of the activities of banks in agriculture, financial intermediaries, central bank, regulatory agencies, and the monetary theory. Money market institutions. Capital market institutions. It shores up knowledge in bank management and capital markets as they relate to agriculture. AGED 406 INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL MARKETING Marketing of agricultural produce in a global economy is the aim of this module. Competition in the global market place as it affects agricultural products. Planning, organization, and implementation of agricultural marketing ventures across cultural boundaries. Entering markets, standardizing AGED 407 PROJECT PLANNING, MONITORING AND EVALUATION Defining the project as an instrument of change. Technical analysis of projects. The project life cycle., the project idea and implementation. The role of planning, monitoring and evaluation in project cycle management. The Logical Frame Metric (LFM). The Netplan techniques (CPM/PERT). Financial appraisals of projects. Economic analysis of projects. Stakeholder participation in PLC. Environmental issues in projects. HIV/ AIDS. Risk analysis in PLC. AGED 408 DISSERTATION This is a scientific report of between 15 000 and 20 000 words, based on supervised research by the student. The dissertation should be presented to a panel of the Departmental Board,

741

AGED 409 AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION BACKGROUND: history of agricultural extension in Zimbabwe- Definition of extension. Extension ethics- communication skills: Mass media: Kinescis: art of listening. Conducting successful meetings. EXTENSION METHODS AND TRAINING PROGRAMME PLANING: projects, programmes and Policy in Agricultural Extensioninterpretation of Agricultural policy and planning programmes. Farmer participation in extension programme planning, monitoring and evaluation. Research ExtensionLinkages. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION CHANGE MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT- what is change management- Donor Organisations in agricultural development and extension. Privatization of extension services- is this an option for the future? Female Extension Agents and Gender in Agricultural development and extension- Agrarian reform- challenges for extension. AGED 410 INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT IN AGRICULTURE Concepts of risk management in agriculture. Theories and definitions of risk management. The measurement of risk. And the stochastic basis of risk. The Beta. Risk adjustment methods and techniques used in dealing with risk, risk financing techniques. Hedging against risk, the futures options and contracts. Insurance in agriculture; crop, animal, farm vehicles. Policy wordings, underwriting and claims. AGED 411 AGRICULTURALTOURISM Origins and means of food production and the importance of sustainable practices. Definitions, reasons for agricultural tourism, its importance at the local and national levels. Examples of agricultural tourism in Zimbabwe and worldwide; Agro recreation and leisure business in farms, botanical gardens, city gardens, golf courses, ranches, safaris, agro and forest Estates, agro processing plants, hunting clubs, boating, polocross, horse racing. the viability and preservation of farms and ranches, natural resources conservation, economic and enterprise development, entrepreneurial education (including business planning, risk management, food safety, marketing, customer relations, product development, diversification and value added), policy analysis, regulatory policies and education of such to landowners, and public education.

742

AGRO 414 FARMING SYSTEMS RESEARCH IN AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Definition of farming systems. Successes and failures of the green revolution. Understanding the role farming systems research in agricultural development and extension. Case studies of farming systems approaches in Africa. Diagnosis of production constraints facing farming communities. Use of the farming systems approach in technology development/problem solving. Surveys and experimental designs in farming systems research. WAP 428 ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE AND AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Refer to the Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management AGRO 412 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN NATURAL SCIENCES Balanced and unbalanced incomplete block designs. Nested designs. Orthogonality. Techniques for missing observations. Checking model assumptions. Analysis of covariance, confounding. Repeated measures. Linear and multilinear models and analysis of variance. Time series and trend analysis. Community ordination, multivariate analysis and canonical correlation analysis. Discriminate analysis. Survey methods. Data presentation. Report writing. AGED 412 AGRICULTURAL POLICY ANALYSIS Focuses on how government impliments agricultural policy, key players in policy formulation. Issues of advocacy, Institutional set up are going to be analysed. Policy matrix and policy analysis toold will be reviewed.

743

DEPARTMENT OF AGRONOMY REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE AGRONOMY HONOURS DEGREE (HAGRO)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations and the General Regulations.

2.

AIM AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 AIM The Agronomy Department aims at contributing towards sustainable food and cash crop production, economic growth and overall food security. 2.2 OBJECTIVES The department will accomplish its mission by: a) developing curricula that provide appropriate theoretical knowledge and practical skills in field crop production. production of competitive and innovative graduates for various career opportunities in private and public sectors as well as self-employment. departmental participation in agricultural development through research and outreach programmes. collaborating with relevant stakeholders.

b)

c)

d) 3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 NORMAL ENTRY

744

Prospective students should have at least five O Level passes including English Language and Mathematics and at least two A Level passes in science subjects including Biology. The other science subjects considered are Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry or their equivalents. 3.2 SPECIAL ENTRY Refer to Section 2.2 of the Faculty Regulations. 3.3 MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 4. CAREER PROSPECTS On successful completion of the degree programme, graduates can be formally employed in the private or public sector. They may also be self employed. The following career prospects are available to graduates: 4.1 Private Sector Agronomists, Plant Breeders, Crop Protection officers, Technical and Sales Representatives, Farm Managers, Consultants. Public Sector Researchers (Agronomists, Plant Breeders, Crop Protectionists) Extensionists, Lecturers. Self-Employment Farmers, Consultants.

4.2

4.3 5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 In level 3, all students will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of ten months. During the same period, students will be expected to carry out a research project. A student shall be enrolled for at least six modules at any time during the semester, two of which should be core/compulsory. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments.

5.2

5.3

745

5.4

Students may be allowed to change registration for modules taken in any semester only during the first two weeks of registration.

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of General Regulations and Section 5 of Faculty Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to section 11 of Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 12.1 The degree programme shall have at least 36 taught modules spread over the six teaching semesters.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Title Prerequisite Credits 4 4

*AGRO 101 Plant Biology and Physiology *AGRO 102 Principles of Genetics

746

*AGPR 101

Agricultural Practice I

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

*AGED 101 Introduction to Agricultural Economics *WAP 110 *LWR 105 *WAP 103 *CS 101 *HCS115 Principles of Biochemistry Principles of Soil Science Principles of Ecology Basic Communication skills Introduction to Information Technology

*Core modules (Obligatory) Level 1 Semester 2 *HORT 101 *HORT 102 *AGPR 102 *HORT 103 LWR 107 Principles of Microbiology Introduction to Entomology and Nematology Agricultural Practice II AGPR 101 Introduction to HorticultureAGRO 101 Soil Fertility and Plant Mineral Nutrition (LWR 105, AGRO 101) WAP 113 Intermediary Biochemistry (WAP 110) 4 4 4 4 4 4

* Core modules (Obligatory) Level 2 Semester 1 *HORT202 *AGRO203 *AGRO207 Biology of Plant Pathogens (HORT102) Principles of Crop Production I Biometry (AGRO 101) Prerequisites 4 4 4

747

*AGRO201 *GS 201 AGRO206 HORT 203

Crop Ecology and Physiology Introduction to Gender Studies Agro forestry

(AGRO101)

4 4 4

(AGRO101)

Plant Propagation & Nursery Management (HORT103) Management of Natural Resources Fruit and Nut Production Principles of Irrigation (HORT103)

4 4 4 4

WAP202 HORT 204 LWR 203

* Core modules (Obligatory) Level 2 Semester 2 Code Module Title Prerequisites Credits 4 4 AGRO203) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

*HORT205 Biology of Insect Pests and Nematodes (AGRO104) *AGRO209 Experimental Designs (AGRO207)

*AGRO205 Principles of Crop Production II (AGRO 101, *AGRO204 AGED 208 AGRO202 AGRO208 AGRO 210 LWR 210 Weed Science (AGRO 101)

Farm Business and Management (AGED 101) Principles of Plant Breeding (AGRO102) Seed Science and Technology (AGRO101) Crop Simulation Modeling Soil and Water Conservation

748

LWR 206

Irrigation Systems Design

*Core modules (Obligatory) Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning AGPR 301 AGPR 302 AGPR 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 *AGRO405 Food Crop Production (AGRO 101, AGRO 201, AGRO203, AGRO 205) 4 4 4 4 4 4

*AGRO 405 Weed Management (AGRO 101, AGRO 204) *HORT402 *WAP 417 AGRO 404 Plant Pathogens and Insect Pest Management Sustainable Management of Natural Resources WAP 103 Crop processing and Storage (AGRO 203, AGRO 205) Project Planning and Feasibility Studies

LWR 405

* Core modules (Obligatory) Level 4 Semester 2 *AGRO 401 Cash and Industrial Crop Production AGRO101, (AGRO203, AGRO 205) Dissertation Applied Plant Breeding (AGRO102,AGRO20) Basic Agricultural Meteorology (AGRO 203, AGRO 205)

4 8 4

*AGRO 408 AGRO 402 AGRO 409

749

AGRO 407

Agricultural Mechanization (AGRO 203, AGRO 205) Agricultural Extension and communication Agriculture and food marketing (AGPR103, AGPR 203) Advanced Research Methods in Natural Sciences Farming Systems Research in Agricultural Development

4 4

AGED 409 AGED 401

4 4

AGRO 412 AGRO 414

A GRO 411

Applied Plant Biotechnology (AGRO 101, AGRO 102) * Core modules (Obligatory) 13. MODULE SYNOPSES

AGRO 101 PLANT BIOLOGYAND PHYSIOLOGY Classification and Nomenclature. Cytology. General anatomy and morphology of plants. Plant growth and development. Plant growth regulators: nature and function. Seed germination. Plant-water and nutrient relations. Photosynthesis (pathways) (C3/C4 plants). Photoperiodism and vernalization.

AGRO 102 PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS Introduction to genetics, Cellular division and chromosomes, Mendelian principles of inheritance, Gene interaction, chromosome theory of heredity, Sex determination and sex linkage, Nucleic acids, genetic code and protein synthesis, Gene and chromosomal mutations, Maternal effects and Cytoplasmic heredity GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES Refer to the Faculty of Education

750

AGRO 201 CROP ECOLOGYAND PHYSIOLOGY Growth Analysis, Crop growth rate, Absolute growth rate, relative crop growth rate, NAR, LAR, LAI, Photosynthesis, C3, C4 and CAM, Canopy Architecture and light interception Canopy system, PAR, crop ideotypes. Water and crop growth.Germination, water use efficiency, water stress, physiological effects on plants, adaptation to dry conditions, Temperature and crop growth Temperature and development, day degrees, physiological adaptation. Partition of Assimilates Population effects, sink-source relationships.Tissue Culture Modeling AGRO 202 PRINCIPLES OF PLANT BREEDING Probability analysis and chi-square tests in inheritance studies, Gene control models in eukaryotes, introduction to population genetics, Quantitative Inheritance, Components of heritability in plant breeding. Linkage and recombination in plant breeding, gene mapping in diploids, Reproductive systems and pollination control crop plants, Polyploidy in Plant Breeding, Interspecific hybridization, Tissue Culture in Plant Breeding, principles of Mutation Breeding, Principles of recombinant DNA Technology in plant breeding. AGRO 203 PRINCIPLES OF CROP PRODUCTION Definition and scope of Agronomy; Origin, domestication and classification of cultivated plants; Weather and Climatic factors that affect crop productivity; Biotic factors affecting crop productivity; Crop water requirements (moisture stress and its effects on yield. Water use efficiency. Water-logging and effects on crop growth). Zimbabwes Climate (Rainfall type and pattern, length of growing season, start and end; selecting crops or crop varieties to suit a given growing season); Agro-ecological zones of Zimbabwe; Land use Evaluation (Land capability and suitability). Crop establishment (Seed structure, storage and seed treatment; factors affecting germination and stand establishment). Methods of planting and planting time. Seed rate and seeding depth); Plant competition (inter and intra specific competition; effects on crop growth and development, plant arrangements within a crop stand; weed control); Main agronomic practices relating to crop production systems; Cropping systems and patterns (subsistence, shifting, permanent, multiple cropping, sole cropping, intercropping, intensity, crop rotations, agroforestry); Biological nitrogen fixation

751

AGRO 204 WEED SCIENCE Definition, characteristics and adaptation; Classification and identification of common weeds; Reproduction and dispersal mechanisms; Weed-crop interactions; Biology of problem weeds in Zimbabwe (terrestrial and aquatic); Parasitic weeds of the tropics; Poisonous plants of Zimbabwe. AGRO 205 PRINCIPLES OF CROP PRODUCTION II Crop yield function; Quality of crop products; Tillage methods; Principles of Irrigation (Importance and Scope in Southern Africa with special reference to Zimbabwe. The soil-plant-atmosphere interaction, crop and soil factors, soil water availability, irrigation water quality, Types of irrigations, drainage efficiency of irrigation; planning irrigation schemes; irrigation scheduling); Principles of Seed production; Importance of plant breeding in crop production; Grain Storage; Agricultural Pollution. AGRO 206 AGROFORESTRY The history, definition, concepts and principles of AF. Classification of AF systems. AF technologies in the tropics: Shifting cultivation, improved fallows, Taungya, alley cropping, fodder banks, biomass transfer, annual relay tree planting of fallow, rotational woodlots and indigenous fruit trees (IFTs). Plant aspects of AF: AF species, multipurpose trees (MPTs), fodder and firewood trees, N2-fixing trees, herbaceous species and plant propagation and management in AF. Soil-environmental aspects of AF: Nutrient cycling, biomass decomposition, soil productivity management, soil conservation and environmental amelioration. Economic aspects of AF: Economic and financial analysis, valuation of products and benefits. Social aspects: Sociocultural linkages, land tenure, gender, and institutional aspects of AF. Design and evaluation of AF systems: research methodologies and criteria, the Diagnosis and design approach, analysis and interpretation of data in AF, evaluation of AF systems. AGRO 207 BIOMETRY Introduction to statistics, measures of dispersion, measures of central tendency, binomial distribution, poison distribution, t-distribution, test: one sample, two samples, chi square distribution, F distribution, Introduction to ANOVA, Simple Randomised Design, Randomised Complete Block Design, Mean separation, LSD, DMRT, Turkeys Test, Dunnets test, Correlation and Regression Analysis

752

AGRO 208 SEED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Introduction to the physiology of development, ripening, and dormancy of crop seeds. Seed multiplication. Methods of harvesting, drying, processing, storage and marketing of seed. Tests for purity, germination capacity, and vigour, moisture contents, uniformity and health. Maintaining varietal purity. Procedures for certification, release and registration of cultivars. Seed laws and regulations. AGRO 209 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS Principles of design, randomization, replication, blocking, local control, completely randomized design, fixed effects model, random effects model, randomized complete block design, factorial experiment, treatment interaction, missing observation. Latin square, split plot, split block, strip plot, Analysis of covariance, regression analysis, trend analysis, analysis of variance cross sites and seasons. Crossover designs cross-classified designs, nested designs. Balanced incomplete block design, lattice design, alpha lattice, repeatability, and data management. AGRO 210 CROP SIMULATION MODELING Students will analyse biological and environmental aspects of crop production using models, evaluate the behaviour and environmental aspects of crop production using simulation models, evaluate the behaviour and results of computer models for crop production, and use computer models to make management decisions. AGRO 401 CASH AND INDUSTRIAL CROP PRODUCTION Origin and Classification, Uses and Economic importance, Adaptation, Detailed agronomic practices, Production constraints, Grading and processing of products, Marketing, Research and developments of major cash and industrial crops grown in Zimbabwe (Cotton, tobacco, oilseed crops, cassava, sugar cane, beverage crops, paprika) AGRO 402 APPLIED PLANT BREEDING Goals of plant breeding, Plant Introduction and Domestication, Genetic Consequences of Hybridisation, Introduction to theory of selection, The Pure Line theory; Breeding methods with self-pollinated crops; Breeding methods with cross pollinated plants; Special breeding strategies; Breeding for disease and pest resistance; Breeding for

753

drought tolerance. Breeding for quality. Molecular Marker assisted selection in plant breeding, Distribution and maintenance of improved varieties; Conservation of genetic resources, Future of plant breeding AGRO 403 BASIC AGRICULTURAL METEOROLOGY Scope of agricultural meteorology; Aspects of physical climatology important to Agriculture; Heat balance of the soil- soil temperature; Water and the hydrological cycle in Agriculture; Microclimate (influencing factors and effects on agricultural production); Meteorological instrumentation (familiarisation with the operation and interpretation of data from various meteorological equipment including rain gauge, maximum and minimum thermometer, wet and dry bulb thermometer, Class A evaporation pan and cup-anemometer). Weather hazards affecting crop production; Applied / operational agrometeorology (case studies). AGRO 404 CROP PROCESSING AND STORAGE Introduction to post-harvest technology. Post-harvest losses. Crop moisture content and measurement. Crop drying. Crop storage (causes of in store losses and their control; types and management of storage structures). Primary processing of agricultural products (grains and oilseeds). AGRO 405 FOOD CROP PRODUCTION Food Security concepts: Food Security Assessment with particular reference to Zimbabwe: Contribution of crop production to national food security: Origin and Classification of major food crops; adaptation of major food crops; Production, marketing, research and developments on the following crops, in Zimbabwe; maize, groundnuts, sorghum and millets, Irish potato, cassava, winter cereal crops (wheat, barley), rice, field beans, cowpeas, bambara nuts sweet potato; Pigeon pea and its importance in Agro forestry. AGRO 406 WEED MANAGEMENT Concept of Integrated Weed Management; Methods of weed control; Herbicides (use regulations and registration process in Zimbabwe); Weed management in specific crops; Parasitic weeds; Management of specific problem weeds; Economic effects of weed; Developing a weed management program.

754

AGRO 407 AGRICULTURALMECHANIZATION Animal power (Training of draught animals; yoking equipment; animal drawn equipment); Tractor power (Principles of the four stroke engine; Types of tractors; Tractor drawn equipment); Equipment/ machinery used for the different agronomic practices (Tillage, Planting, Fertilizer application, weed control and harvesting) Machine selection and field capacity (costing of machinery operations). Pumps and irrigation equipment. AGRO 411 APPLIED PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY Recombinant DNA technology, restriction enzymes, palindrome, vectors; plasmids, cloning enzymology, genetic libraries and their screening, transgenic plants, herbicide resistance, insect resistance, Bt gene, polymerase chain reaction, molecular markers; RFLP, RAPDs, microsatelites, Southern Blotting, Northern Blotting, tissue culture; totipotency, Murashige and Scoog Media, callus, pollen, culture, ovule culture, embryo culture, embryo rescue, somaclonal variation, protoplast fusion, micropropagation. Pros and cons for biotechnology, ethical considerations. Current issues of biotechnology. AGRO 412 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN NATURAL SCIENCES Balanced and unbalanced incomplete block designs. Nested designs. Orthogonality. Techniques for missing observations. Checking model assumptions. Analysis of covariance, confounding. Repeated measures. Linear and multilinear models and analysis of variance. Time series and trend analysis. Community ordination, multivariate analysis and canonical correlation analysis. Discriminate analysis. Survey methods. Data presentation. Report writing. AGRO 414 FARMING SYSTEMS RESEARCH IN AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Definition of farming systems. Successes and failures of the green revolution. Understanding the role farming systems research in agricultural development and extension. Case studies of farming systems approaches in Africa. Diagnosis of production constraints facing farming communities. Use of the farming systems

755

approach in technology development/problem solving. Surveys and experimental designs in farming systems research.

AGRO 408 DISSERTATION

Students are expected to carryout research which culminates into submission of a dissertation. The research project should be carried out on agronomy related subjects.

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CROP SCIENCE (MCS)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with Faculty of Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.

2.

OBJECTIVES This programme aims to give graduates in various areas of Crop Science and related fields an opportunity to broaden their knowledge in Crop Science. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific aspects of Crop Production, Crop Improvement and Crop Protection that are relevant to agriculture. On completion of this programme, graduates will be able to: 2.1 develop an understanding of the disciplines related to crop production, protection or improvement; make them familiar with chemical, biological, and physical principles that relate to crop plants and their environment. develop their skills to apply the principles related to crops, soils, and environment to solve crop production, improvement and protection problems. develop their leadership, communication, and technical skills in crop sciences.

756

2.2

manage agricultural enterprises and develop entrepreneurship skills to create employment and improve the economy of the country.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS After completing the programme, graduates should be able to: teach at universities and colleges work as agronomists, crop protectionists, plant breeders and horticulturalists work as researchers in public and private institutions work as consultants create their own business ventures work in NGOs, National Agricultural Research Systems (NARS) and International Agricultural Research Centres (IARCs).

4.

GENERAL ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible in the programme, a candidate must normally be a holder of at least a good first degree in Agronomy, Crop Science or Horticulture or related fields from a recognised University. Candidates with lower degree classes may be admitted upon showing proof of working in a crop science related field for at least three years.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The programme shall normally be studied over a minimum of four semesters on a block release basis. 5.1.1 This programme is taught Masters programme with modular work in the first two semesters and research and dissertation writing in the third and fourth semesters. 5.1.2 Continuous assessment consists of lectures, presentations, seminars, and practical classes.

757

5.1.3

Lectures and taught modules shall normally be at the Midlands State University while practicals and field trips will be at any other suitable venues

5.2

DISSERTATION Refer to Section 8 of General Regulations. 5.2.1 The dissertation shall constitute two semesters in level II during which the student is expected to undertake research for a period which may not exceed twelve months. Each student has to identify at least two supervisors who shall be approved by the Department of Agronomy. There shall be oral presentations for the Project Proposal and Research Findings. Weighting of these, together with the final written document, shall be as follows: Dissertation Proposal Presentation of Research Findings Final Written Document 5.2.4 15% 15% 70%

5.2.2

5.2.3

Each candidate is expected to submit a dissertation of between 15,000 and 20,000 words. Candidates shall be expected to submit at least three executive bound copies of the dissertation. The format of the dissertation shall be provided by the Department of Agronomy.

5.2.5

5.2.6

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Continuous assessment shall be in the form of tests, quizzes, assignments, seminar, presentations, laboratory practicals or field

758

practicals. 6.2 6.3 Formal examinations shall be held at the end of each semester. Continuous assessment shall account for 30 % of the overall assessment, while the examination shall account for 70 % of the overall assessment The aggregate pass mark shall be 50 %

6.4 7

PROGRESSION A student must have passed modules worth at least 32 credits in the first level in order to proceed to the second level

8.

MARKING SCHEME Refer to section 21 of General Regulations

9.

DEGREEWEIGHTING For the purposes of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 (Semester 1 and 2) Level 2 (Semester 3 and 4) 50 % 50 %

10.

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 42 of the General Regulations.

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE The following structure would allow candidates to major in Crop Production, Crop Improvement or Crop Protection:

759

Level 1 Semester 1 Crop Production Code MCS702 MCS703 MCS708 Plus any one MCS715 MCS716 Plant Genetic Resources Conservation Sustainable Agricultural development 4 4 Advanced Crop Physiology Advanced Crop Protection Agroclimatology and Environmental issues Credits 4 4 4

Crop Improvement option MCS702 MCS703 MCS713 MCS715 MCS710 Advanced Crop Physiology Advanced Crop Protection Basic Biotechnological techniques Plant Genetic Resources Conservation Advanced Plant Breeding and Genetics 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 Crop Production Option Core Modules: MCS701 MCS705 MCS706 Advanced Experimental Design and Analysis Advanced Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition Advanced Soil Plant Water Relations 4 4 4

760

ELECTIVES: Choose any one from MCS709 MCS707 MCS717 MCS704 Advanced Seed Biology and Technology Advanced Horticultural Technologies Rural development Entrepreneurship and Agribusiness Management 4 4 4 4

Crop Improvement Option Core Modules: MCS701 MCS711 MCS712 MCS709 MCS 714 Advanced Experimental Design and Analysis Quantitative Genetics in plant breeding Population Genetics in plant breeding Advanced Seed Biology and Technology Plant Biotechnology 4 2 2 4 4

Level 2 Semester1 and 2 MCS 870 Dissertation 24

12. MODULE SYNOPSES MCS 701 ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS AND ANALYSIS Methods of research and experimentation in Crop Science and Production. Data Collection and Organisation. Experimental designs and data analysis in crop production. Regression models and analysis. Intensive practicals on use of statistical software for data processing. Principle component analysis. Survey Methodology and Scientific Communication. MCS 702 ADVANCED CROP PHYSIOLOGY Effects of environmental factors (temperature, photoperiod, rainfall, etc.) on crop

761

growth and development. Adaptation of crop plants to stress factors. Analysis of growth and development. Maximisation of crop yield through optimisation of photosynthetic potential: C3, C4 and CAM plants. Photosynthate partitioning in relation to yield, modification of yield potential by chemical and cultural means. Phytohormones and plnat, growth regulators in crop production. Physiological role of mineral nutrition. Crop geometry and competition. Photosynthesis, phototropisms and photomorphogenesis; and their relationship with photosynthetically active radiation (PAR). Artificial lighting and light quality for crop production. MCS 703 ADVANCED CROP PROTECTION Cultural, physical, chemical, biological, host-plant resistance, genetic and biotechnological methods of pest, disease, nematode & weed control. Environmental aspects of chemical control of pests; Economics pest control, Pest scouting; Integrated Pest Management. Applications of molecular methods in crop protection. MCS704 ENTREPRENUERSHIPAND AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT Role of entrepreneurship in agricultural development and the economy. Theories of entrepreneurship. Processes of establishing a business. Sources of funding. Feasibility studies. Planning production and marketing of enterprise. Entrepreneurship and public policy. Characteristics, nature and problems of small agricultural ventures. Advantages and disadvantages of big versus small. Management techniques.The agri-business finance function; financial statements. Financial analysis; financial control; cash budgeting; capital budgeting; credit management; financial planning and management; shortterm financing; long term financing; capital markets. Mergers and acquisitions. MCS705 ADVANCED SOIL FERTILITY & PLANT NUTRITION General concepts of soil fertility; Factors affecting soil fertility; soil reactions. Essential plant nutrients: forms, functions, deficiency symptoms, transformations; Techniques of evaluating soil fertility: deficiency symptoms, yield responses, plant tissue analyses; Approaches to managing and maintaining soil fertility: cropping systems, organic fertilizers, organic matter decomposition and theories of humus formation, organic fertilizer sources, soil amendments, fertilizers-types, manufacturing, formulation, methods of application and management; Fertilizer recommendations for crops; Biological management of soil fertility and rhizosphere effect. Fertilizer pollution,

762

MCS706 ADVANCED SOIL PLANT WATER RELATIONS Concepts of water potential and movement in soil plant atmosphere continuum; water and nutrient uptake by plant roots; water budgets; effects and measurement of water in soil and plants, research techniques in studies on soil plant water relations and their applications. Irrigation planning and design; management of irrigation water; control and management of salts in irrigation; agronomic and socio-economic factors in irrigation management; evaluating irrigation systems; use of industrial and urban effluent for irrigation; selected irrigation problems with special reference to Zimbabwe. MCS707 ADVANCED HORICULTURAL TECHNOLOGIES Greenhouse and other types of structures for protected agriculture. Production under protected structures permanently or for crop season extension. Greenhouses designs and their operation: permanent or retractable structures. Plastic and net-houses. Hydroponics production. Plasticulture: low tunnels, walk-in tunnels and plastic mulches. Hydroponic media and hydroponic production systems. Nutrient film and other techniques. Plant culture in hydroponics. Fertigation techniques in protected agriculture: pH, EC, macronutrient and micronutrient optimization. Postharvest handling of fresh produce, and their processing. Pollinating agents in greenhouses. Transplant production in protective structures. Bio-control of pests in greenhouses MCS708 AGRO-CLIMATOLOGYAND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Definition and concepts of agro-climatology. Economic significance and importance of weather; Introduction to agro-meteorology: greenhouse effect, energy budgets; Atmospheric moisture and precipitation; weather teleconnections, Global climatic change and variability and agriculture, vulnerability adaptation and mitigation. International conventions on climate Weather patterns over Zimbabwe. Extreme weather events and management. Use of weather data for irrigation scheduling. Weather effects on pest and disease incidence. Crop weather modeling. Environmental impact assessment, agricultural pollution. MCS709 ADVANCED SEED BIOLOGYAND TECHNOLOGY Principles of seed production, seed processing, quality control and storage. Seed

763

treatment (protection) and seed physiological enhancement. Seed development, maturation, dormancy and germination. Seed anatomy and germination physiology. Seed composition. Environmental and endogenous factors affecting dormancy and germination. Primary and secondary dormancy. The harvesting processes, seed cleaning, conditioning, testing, seed certification and quality control. Seed vigour test methods. Viability test methods. Seed health testing and seed borne diseases. Factors affecting seed demand and demand focasting, marketing and distribution. Formal and informal seed production systems, seed industry development, varietal registration and plant breeders rights. Seed Regulations and the Zimbabwe Seed Certification Notice , Site selection and isolation standards, Inspections. MCS710 ADVANCED PLANT BREEDINGAND GENETICS Goals of plant breeding. Plant breeding organizations in Zimbabwe. International breeding organisations Patterns of evolution in crop plants. Hybridization, mutation in crop improvement. Ideotype concept in crop improvement. Breeding for quality. Breeding for abiotic and biotic stresses. Varietal development, Varietal adaptation and model, application of Biotechnology to conventional breeding, Future of plant breeding MCS711 QUANTITATIVE GENETICS IN PLANT BREEDING Mating systems, mating designs, genotype X environmental interaction, Inbreeding depression and heterosis, genetic variance, heritability, biometrical techniques in plant breeding, assessment of variability, aids to selection; quantitative trait loci analysis in plant breeding, choice of parents and breeding procedures, varietal adaptation MCS712 POPULATION GENETICS IN PLANT BREEDING Introduction to Population Genetics; Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium Genetic Variation Linkage Disequilibrium, Population Subdivision, Inbreeding, and Gene Flow The binomial coefficient and binomial equation. Application of binomial equation to HWE, LD, and drift. The Poisson distribution and the impact of variance in reproductive success and the effective population size. Gene Flow and Population differentiation, fitness, migration, founder effect, mutation, selection theory, breeding values, linkage relationships. Theory of selection, testers and combining ability

764

MCS 713 BASIC BIOTECHNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES This module will focus on selected aspects of biotechnology that provide the nonspecialist with the principles for understanding techniques in biotechnology including microscopy, separation of biomolecules and organs and their extraction and characterization, aseptic techniques, molecular based diagnostic techniques, tissue and organ culture techniques, DNA manipulation, sequencing, cloning, subcloning, library construction, screening, RNA isolation and characterization, analysis of expression, cDNA synthesis (RT-PCR) and analysis, microarrays and gene chips, and Real-Time-PCR.

MCS714 PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY Students will learn the application of the latest and emergent biotechnology options in crop improvement such as application of molecular markers in plant breeding, and principles of genetic engineering and modification, molecular tools for seed quality assessment such as genetic finger printing. It will also cover bioinformatics for crop improvement and production. MCS715 PLANT GENETIC RESOURCES CONSERVATION Centres of origins, domestication and plant introduction. Importance of germplasm conservation. Germplasm conservation organizations, role of national, regional and international bodies in germplasm conservation. Selection, collection and conservation of germplasm including in-situ, ex-situ and invitro conservation. Maintenance of germplasm. MCS 716 SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Students will learn concepts of sustainable agricultural development. International, regional and national initiatives on sustainable development, Analysis of the various sustainable development initiatives. Institutionalization of sustainable development in Zimbabwe and other country case studies. Suitability assessment of agriculture resource utilization- tools and techniques. world soil resources i.e. UNESCO/FAO soil map of the world.

765

MCS 717 RURAL DEVELOPMENT The module explores contemporary ideas in the policy and practice of rural development and project management, centering on the sustainable livelihoods approach, analyse some of the major theories surrounding the process of agricultural transformation in developing countries, and discuss the policy issues of rural development by concentrating on theoretical approaches to rural development and evaluating the most significant rural development strategies implemented in the third world. Significance of rural development; agrarian question; peasants, capitalism and paths of transformation; households, production and reproduction; agrarian systems and the state; technical change; green revolution and appropriate technology; integrated rural development and other programmes; land settlements; land reforms; the significance of genetically modified food for third world agriculture; the role of Transnational Cooperations role in the transformation of Third World agriculture; decentralisation and participatory rural development; neo-liberalism and Third World agriculture; Socialist agriculture MCS 870 DISSERTATION The dissertation provides an opportunity for the students to undertake and contribute to a piece of original research work, in an area related to crop science. The students are required to design an experiment (or investigation, survey or other means) to test a hypothesis or proposition, to plan and execute the research work, to evaluate the outcomes and draw valid conclusions. The research work is carried out individually, under guided supervision.

766

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENTAND AGRICULTURE HORTICULTURE HONOURS DEGREE (HHORT)

1.

INTRODUCTION The Department of Horticulture is concerned with sustainable agricultural production, economic growth and overall food security of Zimbabwe. The Departments modules are relevant to the changing agricultural production systems. The modules on offer are genuinely multi- and inter disciplinary both in the make-up of the degree programmes core modules and in the variety of optional modules.

2.

AIMS The Department of Horticulture aims at contributing towards sustainable horticultural crop production, economic growth and overall food security. To achieve this the department will embark on imparting relevant knowledge and work-related skills to students.

3.

OBJECTIVES The department will accomplish its mission by: 3.1 developing curricula that provide appropriate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to the students. preparing prospective graduates for various career opportunities in private and public sectors as well as self-employment. departmental participation in agricultural development through teaching, research and extension. collaborating with relevant stakeholders.

3.2 3.3 3.4 4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 NORMAL ENTRY

767

Prospective students should have at least five O levels with passes in English Language, Science and Mathematics and at least two A level passes including Biology and either Mathematics, Physics or Chemistry. 4.2 SPECIAL ENTRY Refer to Section 2.2 of the Faculty Regulations. 4.3 MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 In level 3, all students will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of ten months. During the same period, students will be expected to carry out a research project. A student shall be enrolled for at least six modules, a minimum of which two should be core/compulsory at any time during the semester, Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments. The module combination should be feasible in terms of the timetable. A student may change his/her registration for modules to be taken in any semester only during the first two weeks of the beginning of each semester.

5.2

5.3

5.4 5.5

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of General Regulations and Section 5 of Faculty Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

768

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 12.1 In the first year students are expected to acquaint themselves with introductory modules of the degree programme. Choice of modules should be done with guidance of Departmental staff. The degree programme shall have at least 36 taught modules spread over the 6 teaching semesters.

12.2

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Title Prerequisites Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

*AGRO 101 Plant Biology and Physiology *AGRO 102 Principles of Genetics *AGPR 101 *WAP 110 *LWR 105 Agricultural Practice I Agricultural Biochemistry I Principles of Soil Science

*AGED 101 Introduction to Agricultural Economics *WAP 103 Principles of Ecology

769

*CS 101 AGED 101 *HCS115

Basic Communication Skills Introduction to Agricultural Economics Introduction to Information Systems

4 4 4

*Core modules (Obligatory) Level 1 Semester 2 *HORT 101 *HORT 102 Principles of Microbiology Introduction to Entomology &Nematology 4 4

*AGPR 102 *HORT 103 WAP 113

Agricultural Practice II Introduction to Horticulture Intermediary Biochemistry

(AGPR 101)

4 4 4

LWR 107

Soil Fertility and Plant Mineral Nutrition

* Core modules (Obligatory) Level 2 Semester 1 *HORT 201 AGRO 207 *HORT 202 *HORT 203 Biology of Plant Pathogens Biometry Olericulture Plant Propagation Nursery Management Principles of Irrigation HORT 103 (HORT 103) 4 4 (HORT 101) 4 4 4

LWR 203

*Core modules (Obligatory) GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies 4

770

Level 2 Semester 2 *AGRO 206 Weed science *AGRO 209 Experimental Design *HORT 204 *HORT 205 Fruit and Nut Production (AGRO 207) HORT 103 4 4 4 4

Biology of Insect Pests and (HORT102) pathogens Floriculture (HORT 103)

*HORT 206

4 4 4

*AGED 208 Farm Business Management Nematodes HORT 207 Viticulture (HORT207)

4*Core modules (Obligatory) Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning AGPR 301 AGPR 302 AGPR 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 *HORT 401 Plant pathogens and insect (HORT 205) pest management Landscape Horticulture (HORT 203) (AGRO 206) 4

*HORT 412

4 4 4

*AGRO 405 Weed Management AGED 401 Agricultural and Food Marketing

*Core modules (Obligatory)

771

Level 4 Semester 2 *HORT 403 *HORT 405 *HORT 406 *HORT 413 *HORT 407 HORT 404 AGED 409 AGED 407 AGRO412 AGRO414 Plant Biotechnology (HORT 203) 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4

Post harvest physiology and technology Dissertation Herbal Horticulture Organic Farming Mushroom production Agricultural Extension Project Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation Advanced Research Methods in Natural Sciences Farming Systems Research in Agricultural Development

*Core modules (Obligatory) Students can choose the other three modules from the non-core module listed above or from any other departments totaling at least eight credits. 13. MODULE SYNOPSES

HORT 101 PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY Introduction to the range of micro-organisms. Bacteria and fungi. Viruses and viroids. Protozoa. Microorganisms as agents of diseases: Beneficial aspects of microbes. Food spoilage. Food and industrial microbiology. HORT 102 INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGYAND NEMATOLOGY The importance and success of insects, ticks and mites. External morphology of insects, ticks and mites with special reference to structures used in identification. Internal anatomy of insects; Insect ecology and population studies. Classification

772

and morphological characteristics of major orders and families. Classification and general characteristics of nematodes. HORT 103 INTRODUCTION TO HORTICULTURE Definition, characteristics and importance of horticulture; Horticultural classification; Environmental factors affecting horticultural production at different phenological stages; Management of environmental factors influencing horticultural plants; Pruning and training of horticultural crops; Harvesting, post harvest handling and storage. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to Department of Gender Studies HORT 201 PLANT PATHOGENS Classification of plant diseases. Fungi and Bacteria -major types of diseases and their life cycles. Viruses- plant viruses of economic importance, their life cycles and diseases they cause. Viroids, satellite viruses and RNAs. HORT 202 OLERICULTURE Classification of vegetables and their economic importance; Production and management of the following groups: Solanaceuos crops, Cucurbit crops, Cole crops, Legume crops, Leafy Vegetables, Alliums, Root crops, Traditional Vegetables, Export Vegetables, Herbs and Spices. HORT 203 PLANT PROPAGATION AND NURSERY MANAGEMENT The regeneration of plants from vegetative and reproductive tissue and organs. Horticultural and physiological principles, methods, and techniques for laboratory greenhouse, nursery, field and orchard. Nursery and ornamental crop production management: nature of industry, layouts for efficient production, handling and distribution, programming production, nursery practices, field and container growing of woody ornamentals, mechanization, quality control, record keeping, application of technology and management principles to solving production problems.

773

HORT 204 FRUIT AND NUT PRODUCTION Plant growth and development in relation to tree fruit production; emphasis on canopy development and pruning, flowering and fruit set and development and dormancy. Overview of the Zimbabwe fruit and nut industry. Fruits include both indigenous and exotics. HORT 205 BIOLOGY OF INSECT PESTS AND NEMATODES Plant parasitic nematodes of economic importance. Major crop pests of important crops (food, cash and horticultural crops). Examples of orders of economic importance: Orthoptera, Isoptera, Homoptera, Heteroptera, Thysanoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and Acarina. HORT 206 FLORICULTURE Importance of flower production. Factors affecting flower production. Ecological requirements of flower production. Greenhouse flower production. Field flowers. Shade flower production. Indoor/ Pot planst. Marketing of flowers. Research trends in floriculture. HORT 207 VITICULTURE Botany and culture of grapes, vineyard management. Training and pruning. Diseases and pests of grapes. Commercial production of grapes. Post harvest handling of grapes. Wine production process(yeast selection, fermentation, filling and filtration). Organic viticulture. Research in grape management. HORT 401 PLANT PATHOGEN AND INSECT PEST MANAGEMENT Spray application technology; Pesticide science; Integrated Pest Management (IPM); Insect Control methods; Disease Control methods. Nematode control. Control of vertebrae pests. Hazards of pesticides. Safe use of pesticides. Economics of pesticides use. Resistance to pesticides. HORT 403 PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY Principles, methods and applications of plant organ, tissue, cell and protoplast culture. Laboratory is important part of the course.Topics include callus culture, regeneration,

774

micro propagation, anther culture, mutant selection, somatic hybridization and transformation. HORT 404 MUSHROOM PRODUCTION Mushroom biology, spawn production, preparation of media and tissue cultures, cultivation techniques, types of substrate, mycorrhiza and edible fungi, preparing and spawning straw substrate, oyster mushroom cultivation, HORT 405 POST HARVEST PHYSIOLOGYANDTECHNOLOGY Storage physiology and biochemistry of fruits, vegetables and ornamental crops. Influence of pre-harvest grading. storage, packing, transportation and marketing. Effects of storage temperature CO2 ,O2, ethylene on ripening. HORT 407 ORGANIC FARMING Organic production systems, soil and plant nutrition, nutrient cycling. Organic pest and disease control, managing and saving weeds. Livestock integration in organic farming. Marketing of organic products. Research and development. HORT 412 LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE Introduction to landscape planning. Plant material design and function. Urban landscaping. Palms, lawns, turfs, landscape plants and ornamentals. Landscape function software. HORT 413 HERBAL HORTICULTURE Herbal botany, Biology and physiology of herbal plants and spices. Compounds of medicinal plants. Propagation methods of medicinal plants. Intensive herb and spices production. Research trends in herbal and spice production. Marketing. Plants include Aloe vera, Russian comfrey, Chinese mint, Balbernella, Crotolaria spp, Moringa olifera and many others. HORT 406: DISSERTATION Dissertation

775

DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CROP PROTECTION (MCPR)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with Faculty of Natural Resources Management and Agriculture Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2 The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examination in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty regulations.

2.

OBJECTIVES This programme aims to give graduates in various areas of Crop Protection and related fields an opportunity to broaden their knowledge in Crop Protection, implication of climate change on crop protection and interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific aspects of Crop Protection and other fields relevant to agriculture. On completion of this programme, graduates will be able to: 2.1 develop an understanding of the disciplines related to crop protection and make them familiar with chemical, biological, and physical methods of controlling crop pests and diseases. develop their skills to apply the principles related to crops, soils, and environment to solve crop protection problems. develop their leadership, communication, and technical skills in crop protection.

2.2

2.3

776

2.4

to manage agricultural enterprises and develop entrepreneurship skills to create employment and improve the economy of the country.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS After completing the programme, graduates should be able to: teach at universities and college work as crop protectionists, agronomists and horticulturalists work as researchers in public and private institutions as well as in International Agricultural Research Centres (IARCs) and NGOs. work as consultants create their own business ventures

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible in the programme, a candidate must normally be a holder of a good first degree in Agronomy, Horticulture or Crop Science or related fields from a recognised University.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The programme shall normally be studied over a minimum of four semesters on a block release basis. This programme is taught Masters programme with modular work in the first two semesters and research and dissertation writing in the third and fourth semesters. Continuous assessment consists of lectures, presentations, seminars, and practical classes. Lectures and taught modules shall normally be at the Midlands State University while practicals and field trips will be at any other suitable venues

5.2

5.3

5.4

777

6.

DISSERTATION Refer to Section 8 of General Regulations. 6.1 The dissertation shall constitute two semesters in level II during which the student is expected to undertake research for a period which may not exceed twelve months. 6.2 Each student has to identify at least two supervisors who shall be approved by the Department of Horticulture. 6.3 There shall be oral presentations for the Project Proposal and Research Findings. Weighting of these, together with the final written document, shall be as follows: Dissertation Proposal 15%

Presentation of Research Findings 15% Final Written Document 6.4 70%

Each candidate is expected to submit a dissertation of between 15,000 and 20,000 words. Candidates shall be expected to submit at least three executive bound copies of the dissertation. The format of the dissertation shall be provided for by the Department of Horticulture.

6.5

6.6

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Continuous assessment shall be in the form of tests, quizzes, assignments, seminar presentations, laboratory practicals or field practicals. Formal examinations shall be held at the end of each semester.

7.2

778

7.3

Continuous assessment shall account for 40 % of the overall assessment, while the examination shall account for 60 % of the overall assessment.

7.4 8.

The aggregate pass mark shall be 50 %

PROGRESSION A student must have passed modules worth at least 32 credits in the first level in order to proceed to the second level (dissertation).

9.

MARKING SCHEME Refer to Section 21 of the General Regulations

10.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION For the purposes of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 (Semester 1 and 2) 50 % Level 2 (Semester 3 and 4)50 %

11.

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 42 of the General Regulations

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MCPR701 MCPR702 MCPR703 Description Advanced Experimental Design and Analysis Advanced Weed Biology and Ecology Advanced Bacteriology, Virology and Nematology Credits 4 4 4

779

Optionals (Choose one) MCPR704 MCPR709 MCPR710 Advanced Biotechnological Techniques Agro-climatology and Environmental Issues Entrepreneurship and Agribusiness Management 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MCPR705 MCPR706 MCPR707 MCPR708 Advanced Mycology and Disease Epidemiology Advanced Weed Management Advanced Insect Pest Ecology and Biology Advanced Pesticide Science and Insect Pest Management 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 and 2 MCPR 870 13. Dissertation 24

MODULE SYNOPSES

MCPR701 ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS Methods of research and experimentation in crop protection science. Data collection and organisation. Experimental designs and data analysis in crop production. Regression models and analysis. Intensive practicals on use of statistical software for data processing. Principle component analysis. Survey methodology and scientific communication. MCPR702 ADVANCED WEED BIOLOGYAND ECOLOGY The weed problem, Weed identification and classification, Zimbabwes problem weeds; Weed reproduction and dispersal; weed dormancy; genetics and evolution of weeds; patterns of evolutionary development; Weed demography and population dynamics; Associations of weeds and crops; competition, response of crops and weeds to

780

competition, competition thresholds; allelopathy. Biology of problem of Zimbabwes problem weeds, Biology of common poisonous weeds in the tropics, Biology and ecology of Aquatic weeds. MCPR703 ADVANCED BACTERIOLOGY, VIROLOGYAND NEMATOLOGY Bacteria: Structure, classification, characteristics, diversity and identification techniques;Symptomatology/Effects of plant pathogenic bacteria; Survival, reproduction, multiplication and dispersal. Viruses: Characteristics, classification, reproduction, transmission diversity and identification techniques; Symptoms. Viroids and mycoplasmalike organisms. Plant disease management tactics: cultural, biological, hostplant resistance, chemical; the role of biotechnology in plant disease management. Classification, Structure, General characteristics, identification, ecology. Symptomatology, dispersal. Major nematode pests of economic importance in agriculture. Nematode management tactics: cultural, biological, host plant resistance, chemical and integrated nematode control in specific crops. MCPR704 BASIC BIOTECHNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES This module will focus on selected aspects of biotechnology that provide the nonspecialist with the principles for understanding techniques in biotechnology including microscopy, separation of biomolecules and organs and their extraction and characterization, aseptic techniques, molecular based diagnostic techniques, tissue and organ culture techniques, DNA manipulation, sequencing, cloning, subcloning, library construction, screening, RNA isolation and characterization, analysis of expression, cDNA synthesis (RTPCR) and analysis, microarrays and gene chips, and RealTime PCR. MCPR705 ADVANCED MYCOLOGYAND DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY Fungi: Classification, Structure, characteristics, and diversity; Symptoms incited by plant pathogenic fungi; Survival, reproduction. Plant disease management tactics: cultural, biological, host plant resistance, chemical; the role of biotechnology in plant disease management. Management of specific fungal diseases in selected crops.

781

Factors in disease epidemics, disease progress curves, disease forecasting and modeling, relating disease severity and incidence to yield loss. MCPR706 ADVANCED WEED MANAGEMENT Concept and methods of weed management: preventive, cultural, biological, mechanical, and chemical and the role of genetic engineering in weed management. Integrated weed management. Herbicide classification, properties of major herbicide classes, herbicide movement in soil and plants, herbicide persistence; application; formulations; safety and environmental issues. Weed management system design and implementation; weed management in different systems (annual crops, aquatics, perennial cropping, conservation agriculture etc). MCPR707 ADVANCED INSECT PEST ECOLOGYAND BIOLOGY General characteristics and effects of insect pests and mites; systematics of agriculturally important orders; general reproduction and development; insect and mite ecology; insect surveillance and population dynamics. Diversity of vertebrate and other invertebrate plant pests, biology, ecology. Effects and management of migratory and storage pests. MCPR708ADVANCED PESTICIDE SCIENCEAND INSECT PEST MANAGEMENT Classification and diversity of pesticides Pesticide toxicity; pesticides and the environment;movement in plants; pesticide resistancecauses, mechanisms and management; implications for pest management; use regulations and registration. Pesticide application technologies: nozzles, calibration of sprayers. Safe and effective use of pesticides. Quantitative basis of pest management, systems analysis and modelling. Pest threshold levels, cost of pest management, estimation of damage by insects, birds, diseases. Ecological basis of pest management. Management techniques cultural, physical, biological, genetic, hostplant resistance, chemical, for specific insect pests and nematodes. MCPR709 AGRO-CLIMATOLOGYAND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Definition and concepts of agro-climatology. Economic significance and importance of weather; Introduction to agro-meteorology: greenhouse effect, energy budgets; Atmospheric moisture and precipitation; weather teleconnections, Global climatic

782

change and variability and agriculture,vulnerability adaptation and mitigation. International conventions on climate Weather patterns over Zimbabwe. Extreme weather events and management. Use of weather data for irrigation scheduling. Weather effects on pest and disease incidence. Crop weather modeling. Environmental impact assessment, agricultural pollution. MCPR710 ENTREPRENUERSHIPAND AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT Role of entrepreneurship in agricultural development and the economy. Theories of entrepreneurship. Processes of establishing a business. Sources of funding. Feasibility studies. Planning production and marketing of enterprise. Entrepreneurship and public policy. Characteristics, nature and problems of small agricultural ventures. Advantages and disadvantages of big versus small. Management techniques. The agribusiness finance function; financial statements. Financial analysis; financial control; cash budgeting; capital budgeting; credit management; financial planning and management; short term financing; long term financing; capital markets. Mergers and acquisitions. MCP R 870 DISSERTATION The dissertation provides an opportunity for the students to undertake and contribute to a piece of original research work, in an area related to crop science. The students are required to design an experiment (or investigation, survey or other means) to test a hypothesis or proposition, to plan and execute the research work, to evaluate the outcomes and draw valid conclusions. The research work is carried out individually, under guided supervision.

783

DEPARTMENT OF LAND AND WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE LAND AND WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HLWRM)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations apply to students in the department of Land and Water Resources Management and should be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and Faculty Regulations, which have precedence over the departmental regulations.

2.

AIM 2.1 The ultimate aim of the department is to raise the standards of living of Zimbabweans, directly or indirectly, through teaching, research, development and application of sustainable land and water resources management technologies. To achieve its goals, the department will produce graduates who will bring benefits to human beings, animals and the environment. The department aims to provide students with a detailed understanding of land use planning, soil and water conservation, irrigation and other technologies appropriate for sustainable development based on agriculture and to enable the students to investigate problems professionally and to make sound and informed decisions. The department will strive to establish and maintain a good working relationship with related universities, public and private agencies including farmer organizations.

2.2

2.3

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 NORMAL ENTRY

784

At least five O level subjects including English Language, Mathematics and one Science subject at grade C or better, plus A Level passes in Maths/Physics and Biology or Agriculture and any one of the following: Chemistry, Geography, Engineering Drawing or their equivalents. 3.2 SPECIAL ENTRY Refer to Section 2.2 of the Faculty Regulations. 3.3 MATURE ENTRY Refer to Faculty Regulations and Section 3.3 of General Regulations. 4. CAREER PROSPECTS 4.1 Graduates can follow any of the following careers; 4.1.1 Within industry as designers, research officers, field and sales officers. Within government as lecturers, extension officers or research officers with institutes and research stations. Within agricultural enterprises as managers, development officers and consultants. Self-employment as farmers, agricultural contractors and consulting Engineers. Graduates can also continue into higher degree programmes, which provide a basis for research and academic careers.

4.1.2

4.1.3

4.1.4

4.1.5

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 In level 3, all students will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of ten months. During

785

the same period, students will be expected to carry out a research project. 5.2 A student shall be enrolled for at least six modules, a minimum of which two should be core/compulsory at any time during the semester, Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other departments. The module combination should be feasible in terms of the timetable. A student may change his/her registration for modules to be taken in any semester only during the first two weeks of the beginning of each semester.

5.3

5.4 5.5

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 RESEARCH PROJECT A draft report of the project must be submitted to the departmental Chairperson by the last day of the first semester of the final year of study. The Final Project write up is submitted not later than eight weeks after the official opening date of the second semester of the final year of study. The Research Project mark shall consist of an oral presentation and a write up whose contributions are 25% and 75% respectively. 6.2 For assessment of modules and Work Related Learning please refer to Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations.

786

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 10 of Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE 12.1 In each semester, with the exception of semester 8 in which a student may register for five modules, a student must register for six modules worth at least twenty-four (24) credits including all core modules.

13.

DOCTORATE AND MASTERS DEGREES AWARDED HONORIS CAUSA 13.1 The degree is one offered by the Department to individuals who would have distinguished themselves in the field of land and water resources management.

Level 1 Semester 1 LWR 105 AGPR 101 AGRO 101 SVG 109 Principles of Soil Science Agricultural Practice Plant Biology and Physiology Principles and Practices of Surveying 4 4 4 4

Recommended Optionals

AGRO 102 *GES 111

Principles Of Genetics Techniques in Geography and Environmental Studies I

4 4

787

SVG 106

Cartography I

Level 1 Semester 2 LWR 104 LWR 106 LWR 107 Principles of Hydrology Soil Plant Water Relations Soil Fertility and Plant Mineral Nutrition 4 4 4

AGPR 102

Agricultural Practice

Recommended Optionals BM 103 *GES 124 SVG 206 Principles of Economics Techniques in Geography and Environmental Studies II Cartography II 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 LWR 203 LWR 210 LWR 211 LWR 214 GS 201 Principles of Irrigation Soil and Water Conservation Land Resource Survey Methodology Soil and Water Management Research Introduction to Gender Studies 4 4 4 4 4

Recommended Optionals GES 213 Geographical Information Systems and Remote Sensing I Introduction To Programming

4 4

CSC 112

788

Level 2 Semester 2 CODE LWR 205 LWR 206 LWR 212 LWR 213 LWR 215 LWR 216 Module Description Water Engineering Irrigation Systems Design Pump Technology Farm Mechanisation Water Quality Climate Change and Adaptation Credits 4 4 2 4 4 4

Recommended Optionals AGRO 207 AGRO 210 CSC 115 GES 223 Biometry Principles of Crop Production II Simulation and Modeling Geographical Information Systems and Remote Sensing II 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning AGPR 301 Work Related Learning Report 15

AGPR 302 AGPR 303

Employers Assessment Report Academic Supervisors Report

10 15

Level 4 Semester 1 LWR 403 LWR 405 Land Evaluation Project Planning and Feasibility Studies 4 4

789

LWR 406 LWR 407

Applied Watershed Management GIS Application in Land Management

4 4

Recommended Optionals GES 413 AGPR 103 Geographical Information Systems and Remote Sensing III Farm Business Management

4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 LWR 470 LWR 401 LWR 402 LWR 410 LWR412 Dissertation Computer applications to Water Resources Management Land Use Planning Water Resource Management Land Reclamation 8

4 4 4 4

Recommended Optional BM 406 Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurship Management 4

13. MODULE SYNOPSES LWR 105 PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE Soil formation, Soil minerals, Soil classification, Soil texture and structure in relation to tillage, Soil colour, Other physical properties of soil e.g. drainage, permeability, infiltration, Land capability classification, Soil profiling, Soil sampling.

LWR 106 SOIL-PLANT-WATER RELATIONS Physical properties of soil and water, water retention and availability to plants, soil water movement, crop-water relations, salinity, evapotranspiration and crop water requirements.

790

LWR 107 SOIL FERTILITYAND PLANT MINERAL NUTRITION Plant nutrition, Fertilizers and Soil Fertility Management, Liming Requirement, Salt affected Soils and their Reclamation, Soil Organic Matter. Soils and Environmental Pollution.

LWR 104 PRINCIPLES OF HYDROLOGY The hydrological cycle; meteorological parameters, their definitions and measurements; rainfall-intensity/duration/frequency relationships; evaporation; infiltration; groundwater; surface runoff-processes, rainfall/runoff correlations; hydrograph analysis; flood routing surface runoff processes, rainfall/runoff correlations; hydrograph analysis flood routing. Interception of depression storage. Hydrological statistical. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies LWR 210 SOILAND WATER CONSERVATION PLANNING Overview of the soil erosion problem, Strategies for soil erosion control, Agronomic practices, types of drains; design of drains; layouts of drains; Ground water Drainage, types of drains; design of drains; layouts, wind erosion control measures benefit/ cost analysis of conservation projects, water conservation practices. LWR 203 PRINCIPLES OF IRRIGATION Role and history of irrigation development in Zimbabwe. Background of irrigation development in Zimbabwe, Irrigation Agronomy and Crop Water Requirements. Planning irrigation projects. Land leveling for irrigation Land smoothing, least squares method water flow in pipes and basic principles of hydraulics. Sprinkler irrigation systems and components. Surface irrigation systems and components Drip irrigation systems and components. LWR 205 WATER ENGINEERING Demand for water; fish ponds, fish farming; siting of fish ponds; design and construction; farm dams-site selection; site investigations; embankment designs;

791

determination of storage capacity; dam construction; sedimentation; maintenance, Weirs-types; site selection; design and construction; catchments protection. LWR 206 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS DESIGN Irrigation calculations, Design of Sprinkler system, Design of drip systems, Design of surface systems, Design of irrigation pumping systems, Organisation of Irrigation schemes, irrigation project performance evaluation and management, impacts of irrigation and water rights. LWR 211 LAND RESOURCES SURVEY METHODOLOGY Concepts of land resources inventory, types of data and data analysis, resource survey methodology, early contributions to the subject of remote sensing, electromagnetic energy in remote sensing, interactions of electromagnetic radiation with the atmosphere and earths surface, satellite remote sensing, air photography interpretation, land capability, classification, land use intensities. LWR 212 PUMP TECHNOLOGY The evolution of pumps. Types of pumps used in irrigation. Pump size selection. Affinity laws, Pump failures. LWR 213 FARM MECHANISATION Animal Power types and potential. Tractor Power Engine components, models, horsepower, linkages. Farm Implements Land clearing and preparation, weeding, spraying, harvesting, processing, drying and storage, transport. Workshop Management LWR 214 SOILAND WATER MANAGEMENT RESEARCH Soil Erosion Research Laboratory experiments, field trials, and models. Water Management Research, Rainfall Studies, Runoff Measurements, Sedimentation, Sampling techniques, Data Analysis. LWR 215 WATER QUALITY Aquatic Chemistry, microbiology, standards, engineering and environmental problems, testing techniques and equipment sampling methodology.

792

LWR 401 COMPUTER APPLICATION TO WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Computer based simulation models as a decision support tool, types of models, model requirements/selection for water resources management, model parameterisation parch-thirst, WAFSA, CROPWAT, optimising water resources uses, scenario building, productive and evaporative water use and loss. Management Information System in Water Resources Management. Intergrated water resource management. Legal and institutional framework for water management. LWR 402 LAND USE PLANNING Land use planning in early civilization, UN contributions to concepts of land use planning, definition of land use planning, functions of land, concepts of sustainability, the cycle of land use planning, degrees of limitation, land quality indicators, 1 25 LQs. LWR 405 FEASIBILITY STUDIES AND PROJECT PLANNING Project Planning and feasibility Studies, Project cycle, Project Appraisal techniques, Feasibility Studies, Climate, soils, water, labour, cropping patterns, irrigation systems, budgeting, stakeholder participation in project planning and Rsik Management. LWR 406 APPLIED WATERSHED MANAGEMENT Applied Watershed Management, characteristics of watersheds, principles of integrated watershed resources management, soil erosion estimation models, strategies for integrated watersheds resources conservation, environmental analysis. LWR 407 GIS APPLICATIONS IN LAND MANAGEMENT Introduction, definition of GIS, history, areas of application, GIS mapping, reality models, object spatial distribution, raster and vectors, digitization. Factors to consider in implementing a GIS benefits derived from GIS, Operational applications of GIS, inhibitors to GIS.

793

LWR 470 DISSERTATION Scientific report on a Research Project undertaken by the student during their Work Related Learning period. LWR 410 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Management issues in the water sector the global concept context, a multi-disciplinary approach to water resource management. Competing users of the water resource. Water sector policy policy alternative for water resource management, project planning in water resource management. Alternative supply augmentation technologies, water sector financing and management policy. Appropriate pricing for water delivery services. Selected case studies. Hydro climatic disaster in water resources management Integrated water resource management Legal and institutional framework for water management LWR 412 LAND DRAINAGE AND RECLAMATION Salinity problem, Aluvial mining, under ground mining, Riverbed sand abstraction, industrial dumps, Drainage structures for rehabilitation and protection, revegetation, policy framework.

LWR 413 WATER POLLUTION Aquatic chemistry, microorganisms, solid and international standards. Environmental effects of contaminated water. Sampling and testing methods.

794

DEPARTMENT OF LIVESTOCK AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENTANDAGRICULTURE HONOURS LIVESTOCK AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE (HLWM)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations apply to undergraduate students in the Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management and should be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, which have precedence over these regulations.

2.

AIMS The Department of Livestock and Wildlife Management seeks to promote the productive and sustainable management of livestock and wildlife resources and in so doing contribute towards sustainable food security, self-reliance and overall well being of the entire Zimbabwean population.

3.

OBJECTIVES The department will seek to achieve its aims through: 3.1 a curriculum and academic culture that provides for sound theoretical and hands-on animal and wildlife management. equipping students with competitive and relevant knowledge and workrelated skills. aggressive research and outreach programmes in the utilisation and management of the livestock, wildlife and natural resources. tailor-making the curriculum to enable the graduates to successfully tackle the problems in both rural and commercial sectors. preparing the graduates for a diversity of careers.

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

795

3.6

creating an awareness and understanding that the holistic or integrated approach to problem solving brings sustainable solutions. working closely with other stakeholders in the field of teaching, research and extension in livestock and wildlife management.

3.7

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry 4.1.1 4.1.2 These will normally be as specified in the Faculty Regulations The department will however give preference to students with A level passes in Biology or Agriculture, Chemistry and any of the following: 4.2 Mathematics Physics Geography

SPECIAL ENTRY For special entry, students with outstanding passes in a diploma with a livestock or wildlife bias can be admitted.

4.3

MATURE ENTRY Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can be employed in the following areas: In the private sector - consultants and specialists. In government - extension and research officers and consultants. In academic institutions lecturers and consultants. Self-employment - farmers and consultants.

796

6.

Students can also further their studies to follow academic careers

GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.1 In level 3, all students will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of ten months. During the same period, students will be expected to carry out a research project. A student shall be enrolled for at least six modules at any time during the semester, two of which should be core/compulsory. Students can include in their programme of study, modules offered by other Departments. Students may be allowed to change registration for modules taken in any semester only during the first two weeks of registration.

6.2

6.3

6.4

7.

ASSESSMENT 7.1 Dissertation 7.2.1 For the research project assessment, each student will present a dissertation and an oral presentation on the research project. The dissertation and the oral presentation will contribute 75% and 25%, respectively, to the final mark for the research project.

7.2.2

7.2 For the assessment of modules and Work Related Learning Refer to Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations. 8. FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Academic Regulations. 9. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of Faculty Regulations.

797

10.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of Faculty Regulations.

13.

Programme Structure All modules are compulsory

Level 1 Semester 1 Code AGED101 AGPR101 HCS115 CS101 WAP104 WAP110 AGRO102 LWR111 WAP111 Description Introduction to Agriculture I Credits 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4

Introduction toAgricultural Practice 1 Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills Animal Anatomy andHistology Principles ofBiochemistry Principles of Genetics Principles of Soil Science Diversity of Life

Level 1 Semester 2 Pre-requisites AGPR102 Agricultural Practice 2 4

798

WAP103 WAP115 WAP118 WAP113

Principles of Ecology Principles of Microbiology Growth and Development Intermediary Metabolism (WAP110)

4 3 3 3 4

WAP116/AGRO101 Plant Biology and Plant Physiology Level 2 Semester 1 WAP223 WAP213 WAP215 WAP216 WAP217 GS 201
AGRO207

Reproduction and Lactation Physiology (WAP112) Digestion, Absorption and Assimilation of Nutrients (WAP112) Biology of Vertebrates Evaluation of Feedstuffs Homeostasis Introduction to Gender Studies Biometry (WAP111) (WAP113)

3 3 4 3 3 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 WAP206 WAP214 WAP220 WAP219 WAP222 AGRO209 WAP221 Animal Health (WAP114, WAP115) 4 3 3 3 4 4 4

Principles of Animal Breeding (AGRO102) Feeds and Feeding (WAP213, WAP216)

Grassland Science (WAP103,WAP116, WAP216) Applied Ecology Experimental Designs (WAP103/HBIO103) (WAP218/AGRO207)

Feeding Standards and Ration Formulation

799

Level 3 Semester 1 And 2: Work Related Learning AGPR301 AGPR 302 AGPR 303 Work Related Learning Report Employers Assessment Report Academic Supervisors Report 15 10 15

Level 4 Semester 1 WAP411 Dairy Production Systems(WAP206,WAP212, WAP214,WAP217, WAP220, WAP221) Beef Production Systems (WAP206,WAP212, WAP214,WAP217,WAP220,WAP221) Range Animal Management (WAP219, WAP221) Applied Animal Breeding Applied Aquatic Ecology (WAP214) (WAP222/HBIO210) 3

WAP412 WAP424 WAP414 WAP415 WAP416 WAP417

3 3 3 4 4 4

Applied Terrestrial Ecology (WAP222/HBIO210) Sustainable Management of Natural Resources (WAP103)

Optional Module WAP418 Animal Products Processing (WAP113, WAP115) 3

Level 4 Semester 2 WAP419 WAP421 WAP422 IntensiveWildlife Production Systems (WAP415, WAP416) Poultry Production Systems (WAP206, WAP212, WAP214, WAP217WAP220, WAP221) Pig Production Systems (WAP206, WAP212, WAP214, WAP217, WAP220, WAP221)

4 4 3

800

WAP423 WAP427 WAP425 WAP426

Small Ruminant Production Systems (WAP206, WAP212, WAP214, WAP217, WAP220, WAP221) Sustainable Wildlife Resources Management (WAP415, WAP416) The Biology of Vertebrate Faunas of Zimbabwe Research Project

3 3 4 8

Optional Module WAP420 Principles In Wildlife Experimentation WAP223, WAP414, WAP415

14. MODULE SYNOPSES WAP103 Principles of Ecology 4

Definitions and examples of ecological parameters. Hierarchy of organisation (molecular biosphere). Population and community ecology structure and development in relation to environmental factors, interaction, e.g. competition and other biotic factors Agricultural ecosystems, evolution, succession and climax. Stability and productivity of ecosystems. Major ecosystem types of the world. WAP104 Animal Anatomy and Histology Definition of terms; Embryology/developmental anatomy, histology, gross anatomy, comparative anatomy, Systematic anatomy. Reference planes and terms. A practical and theoretical exploration of structure in relation to function of organs and systems of the body. WAP 110 Principles of Biochemistry The biochemical environment. Bio-molecules: Chemistry of carbohydrates and their functions; lipid chemistry and function, plasma membrane structure; nucleosides, nucleotides, nucleic acid structure with reference the central Dogma of genetic information processing.; protein structure and function illustrated in selected structural types; vitamin structures and functions. Enzymes and coenzymes: biochemical

801

reaction energetics and kinetics, catalysis and the regulation of enzyme activity. Minerals and their functions. Biochemical methods (practicals) WAP112 Introduction to Neurology and Endocrinology The vertebrate nervous system:- Structure and function of the CNS, Structure and function of the Peripheral Nervous System; The Autonomic nervous system; The sympathetic nervous system, he parasymphathetic nervous system; The Somatic nervous system. Nerve cell physiology:- Structure of the various types of neurons; Sensory Receptors, Membrane excitation and the generation of action potentials, Propagation of nerve impulses, Synaptic transmission, Effects of drugs and other agents on the synapse. Reflex Action; The simple reflex, Conditioned reflex. Muscle physiology; Structure in relation to function of skeletal, smooth, and cardiac muscle cells, The sliding filament theory and muscle contraction, Control of skeletal muscle contraction. The motor unit; The Neuromuscular junction, Control of cardiac and smooth muscle contraction. Muscle fibre metabolism; Energy metabolism, Metabolic subtypes of striated muscles, Muscle fatigue, Rigor, Adaptation to exercise. Endocrinology:- Hormones as chemical messengers/regulators; Overview of chemical messengers and regulators, Vertebrate endocrine glands and hormones, Chemical and functional classification of hormones, Modes of action & control of hormone action, Feedback systems WAP114 The Internal Environment and Cell Physiology The internal environment: composition of the animal body; fluid compartments; the composition, physical and chemical properties of body fluids, component exchanges between the fluid compartments, homeostasis. Functions of blood and blood components. Membrane structure and transport processes, Cell-cell communication. WAP113 Intermediary Metabolism Overview of metabolic organisation and regulation. Thermodynamics of biochemical reactions: the laws of thermodynamics, the role of ATP and other phosphagens, the ATP cycle. Carbohydrate metabolism: Glycolysis, gluconeogenesis, the TCA cycle, the pentose phosphate pathway. Carbohydrate fixation in plants; The light reaction, C3, C4, and CAM. Lipid metabolism: -oxidation, fatty acid and steroid synthesis.

802

Disorders of lipid metabolism. Amino acid and protein metabolism: amino acid and protein anabolism, amino acid catabolism and the ornithine cycle. WAP115 Animal Microbiology and Parasitology Introduction to Microbiology, Mycology, Bacteriology, Virology, Parasitology. Classification and identification of micro-organisims. WAP 118 Growth terms - process of fertilisation, implication and placentation. Growth and differentiation as functions of differential gene action. Post natal growth of bone, sleletal, muscle and adipose tissue. Measurement of growth, growth functions and biometry effects of sex, age, environment, nutrition, compensatory growth, stunting. Manipulation of growth and body composition. GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the Department Gender Studies. WAP206 Animal Health Veterinary methods and techniques in the care and treatment of injured, sick and vulnerable animals. Immunology: types of immunity; origin, development and functions of the leucocytes, the primary and secondary immune responses; theory of vaccination. Antibiotics; types and mechanisms of action. Causes of disease, transmission, host specificity, host response and defence, evasion of immunity, diagnostic methods, disease prevention and control with reference to common viral, bacterial, rickettsial, protozoal, fungal diseases and endo/ecto-parasitism of livestock common in the in the tropical environment. Environmental influences on disease incidence and spread of disease. Statutory regulations and the movement of animals and trade in animal products. WAP 212 Reproduction and Lactation Physiology The comparative physiology of reproduction in various vertebrate species. Manipulation of reproductive function in domestic animals. Lactation physiology:

803

mammary gland development, biochemistry of milk synthesis and milk let down. The lactation curve. WAP213 Digestion, Absorption and Assimilation of Nutrients Overview of nutritional strategy and anatomical, physiological adaptation to diet in various vertebrates. Comparative physiology of digestion in various species; nonfermentative and fermentative digestion, the role of accessory organs, endocrine and neural control of the digestive system. The central metabolic role of the liver in nutrient processing, distribution and detoxification. Nutrient assimilation into various animal products, the regulation of nutrient partitioning in various metabolic states. WAP214 Principles of Animal Breeding Description of various domestic livestock species, breeds, their origin, productive and adaptive characteristics. Review of Mendelian and Population genetics; Causes of change in gene, genotype frequencies: random mating, assortative mating, inbreeding and its effect, mutation, migration, chance or random genetic drift, natural and artificial selection, the importance of changing gene/genotype frequencies in livestock improvement, the concept of and evidence of evolution by natural selection, adaptation and adaptive radiation. Computing Relationships and the inbreeding coefficient, uses of inbreeding. Quantitative genetics: the quantitative traits model, components of phenotypic and genetic variance and their estimation, genotype value, additive genetic or breeding value, dominance genetic value, epistatic genetic value, influence of selection, influence of inbreeding, the selection response, heritability and repeatability, genotype *environment interaction, phenotypic, genetic and environmental correlations. WAP216 Evaluation of Feedstuffs A nutritional description of the components of feedstuffs. Feed evaluation methods: Chemical analyses; Physical procedures; in vivo, in situ/in sacco, in vitro methods. Evaluation of energy and protein value in ruminants and in monogastrics.

804

WAP217 Homeostasis The physiology of the respiratory, cardio-vascular and the urinary systems with emphasis on homeostatic function and the comparative ecological physiology of vertebrate species: - water balance and osmoregulation, thermoregulation; bioenergetics in endotherms ie factors governing heat loss, basal metabolism and mechanisms of heat exchange; adaptation vs acclimatisation to environment. WAP219 Grassland Science Forage plants: - Morphology and identification of species, growth physiology and defoliation effects, nutritive attributes and habitat description. Animal foraging behaviour. Grazing management terminology. Herbage quality, productivity and animal performance in tropical grasslands. Veld types; vegetation, productivity, and nutritive value. Basic veld ecology: energy flow, mineral and water cycles, climax communities, successional processes and the concept of range condition. Principles of grazing management: - stocking rates, grazing and rest periods, bush control, top hamper removal, use of fire, advantages and disadvantages of different grazing management systems. Grass and legume forage/pasture species:- establishment, management, productive and nutritive attributes, harvesting, conservation and utilisation of forages. Grassland research methods: - measurement of forage availability, yield estimation, estimates of voluntary intake. WAP220 Feeds and Feeding Overview of tropical feed resources in relation to animal production. Description of nutritive value and utilisation of feedstuffs including a comprehensive analysis of anti-nutritive factors; Classification into cereal grains and processing by-products, protein rich grains and oilseed cakes, animal by-products, grasslands and other forages, conserved (and conservation of) forages, miscellaneous feedstuffs. Feed processing; reactivity of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and vitamins under normal conditions of treatment and storage, chemical/biological/hydro-thermo-mechanical processing of various feedstuffs, quality control in stock-feed manufacturing.

805

WAP 221 Feeding Standards and Ration Formulation The regulation and prediction of voluntary feed intake in domestic animals. A historical review of the various energy and protein systems, with emphasis on the experimental bases and validity. Description of energy and protein utilisation and consequences of deficiency in various productive states, micor-nutrient metabplism, function deficiency and possible toxicity. Methods in evaluation of protein, energy and micronutrient requirement: description and feeding standards and typical rations for various species and productive states, the use of nutrient requirement and feed composition tables in ration formulation. WAP 222 Applied Ecology Population ecology, including: experimental and logistic models of population growth, life tables, life history strategies, community ecology, patterns in multispecies communities, stability and complexity, linear and non-linear succession models, phenology. World biomass and productivity, utilisation by man. Effects of utilisation. WAP 223 Reproduction and Lactation Physiology The comperative physiology of reproduction in various vetebrate species. Manipulation of reproductive function in domestic animals lactation. Physiology: mammary gland development, biochemistry of milk synthesis and milk let down. The lactation curve. WAP411 Dairy Production Systems The Dairy Industry in Zimbabwe. Properties of milk, milk marketing and the quality premium scheme. Methods of processing of milk and the manufacture of dairy products. Starting a dairy enterprise:- Choice of breed, land, agro-ecology and feed flow, machinery and buildings, legislative and market requirements. Milking parlours and other handling facilities. Hand and Machine Milking. Clean milk production. Reproduction, breeding, nutrition, health, and routine management tools and practices. Calf and heifer rearing. Economics of milk production. Practical interaction in dairy enterprises.

806

WAP412 Beef Production Systems The beef industry in Zimbabwe. Beef breeds and their characterization. Principles of beef production:- Handling facilities, routine management tools and practices, health, reproduction, breeding, nutrition and grazing management. The beef management calendar. Beef herd dynamics, factors guiding choice of production policy. Beef Production systems. Pen and off-veld finishing systems. Transport and marketing of cattle. Meat quality, carcass grading and the economics of beef production. Practical interaction in beef enterprises. WAP427 Sustainable Wildlife Resources Management Wildlife Values. Consumptive and non-consumptive exploitation of wildlife. Ecological and zoological principles in game park management with emphasis on environmental protection, assessment of animal impact, impact of ecotourism, harvest intensity and conservation of biodiversity in wildlife species. Case studies on environmental degradation and rehabilitation strategies, on endangered species and strategies of restoration. An analysis of national and international statutory instruments guiding the sustainable utilisation of wildlife resources. Studies on the impact of sustainable use initiatives in Zimbabwe and the Southern African region; Campfire, Intensive Protection Zones, The Conservancy Concept and Cattle-wildlife integrated or multiuse systems, Trans-frontier Parks. WAP414 Applied Animal Breeding Livestock improvement strategies: Selection; Performance testing- progeny tests, collateral relatives, contemporary comparison, pedigree selection, comparative genetic progression, factors affecting genetic progress through selection. Mating systems: random mating, positive and negative assortative mating. Breeding Systems: crossbreeding. Inbreeding, line breeding. Principles and practice in nucleus breeding schemes;.records and data processing, computer applications in animal breeding. Biotechnology and animal improvement: Syncronisation of oestrus, AI, MOET, sperm sexing, embryo sexing, Blood typing and DNA mapping, Cryopreservation, cloning, transgenic animals. Practical interaction in livestock improvement units/schemes. WAP417 Sustainable Management of Natural Resources Reductionism and Holistic approaches to resource management. Bio-diversity, ecosystem stability, ecology, and conservation. Biological monitoring and control of

807

the ecosystem processes. Land and property rights. Common property resource management. Institutional analysis and natural resources management. Entitlements and well-being of communities. Sustainability; principles and practices. Ecosystems and the carrying capacity concept; Boseruption and Malthusian theories. Environment impact assessment. WAP 415 Appied Aquatic Ecology Introduction to limnology, hydrological cycle and nature or aquatic environments physical and chemical properties of water in streams and lakes. Nature and function of communities, benthos, plankton, epiphytes, macrophytes and fish, invasive drainange and siltation, fishing and exploitation. Effect of men on systems pollution euphophication, exploitation. WAP 416 Applied Terrestial Ecology Adaptive management of wildlife. The influence of body size of large mammal ecology. Forging Theory. Optimal Forging: population regulation, survival and extinction of species, conservation strategies,case studies, determinants of community structure, large mammal biomass, density, carrying capacity and culling, census method, wildlife utilisation. WAP418 Animal Products Processing Food borne diseases, with reference to handling of meat, eggs, milk and milk products, fish, and water. Water quality and processing. Milk; handling, quality, processing:pasteurization, sterilisation, microbiology of sour milk production, yoghurt and cheese making, skimmed milk and butter making. Meat science; processing physiology, composition and other qualitative factors. Hides; quality, pre-treatment, tanning. Wool, mohair, cashmere, feathers; quality and processing products. Other minor animal products. WAP419 Intensive Wildlife Production Systems Intensive apiculture; the biology of bees, apiculture equipment, harvesting, processing, yield, by-products and marketing. Ostrich farming; handling facilities, nutrition, disease, reproduction, egg collection and hatchery management, ostrich

808

products and marketing. Fish farming; the biology of fish in the pond, large fresh water bodies, and controlled environments, transport of live fish. Pond management; construction, fertilisation, weed control, stocking and predator control. Fish harvesting; growth cycles, netting. Principle and practice of fish production in artificially controlled environment systems. Principle and practice in integrated beefwildlife systems. WAP420 Principles and Methods in Wildlife Experimentation Wildlife Studies Design and analysis of wildlife experiments: ecological data type, collection and recording techniques, scales of measurement, measurement of abundance; mark and recapture techniques, quadrat counts, line transects, distance and removal methods of remote sensing. Community parameters; species diversity measures, niche overlap, diet analysis, survival rates. Sample size determination, sampling methods WAP421 Poultry Production Systems Biology of the Chicken; Breeds & their origin, Reproductive Physiology, Respiratory Physiology. Poultry production systems. Principles of poultry production in Broiler, Layer, Breeder stock management; Routine management practices, tools and equipment, Housing and environmental management, Factors affecting, and the management for reproductive efficiency in layers and breeder stock, Applied Breeding, Applied Nutrition, Poultry Health. Practical interaction in meat, egg, and breeding enterprises. WAP422 Pig Production systems Characterization of pig breeds. Pig production systems, and production options. Reproduction, health, breeding and nutritional management. Handling facilities, routine management tools and practices. Carcass quality, grading and marketing. Economics of pig pproduction. Practical interaction in pig production enterprises. WAP423 Small Ruminant Production Systems Characterisation of small ruminant breeds. Contribution to livestock industry. Reproduction, breeding, nutrition management. Handling facilities and routine management tools and activities. Production systems. Constraints and opportunities.

809

Review of small ruminant research in Zimbabwe. Grading and processing of small ruminant products. Economics of small stock production. Practical interaction in production enterprises. WAP424 Range Animal Management A description of the critical factors in range and animal management objectives:- Beef herd dynamics, herd composition, separation of herds, productivity in terms of growth rate or milk production etc, reproductive performance, target market age and weight, the cost of supplementary feeding. Veld management planning:- application of principles of land use planning in general, stereo interpretation, carrying capacity and condition assessment, livestock planning, fencing layout, allocation of paddocks, planning the rotational grazing regimes. Economic and ecological comparison of single versus multi-use options. The role of browsable tree species. Poisonous plant species and other anti-herbivory attributes of range plants. Drought mitigation strategies. Planning of communal area grazing systems:- The grazing schemes concept versus alternative grazing management. Veld reinforcement. Veld rehabilitation. WAP426 Dissertation Independent scientific studies on or in a subject related to animals or poultry, domestic or wild.

810

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND AGRICULTURE (GENERAL) DEGREE PROGRAMME

1.

PREAMBLE These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty Regulations. and the General Regulations The regulations apply to undergraduate students and the programme shall run on a block release basis.

2.

AIM AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 AIM The programme aims to promote environmentally and economically sustainable management of natural resources and agriculture and contribute towards sustainable food security, self-reliance and well being of the entire Zimbabwean population. 2.2 OBJECTIVES The programme will seek to achieve its mission through: 2.2.1 A curriculum and academic culture that provide for sound hands-on skills in agricultural and natural resources management; Aggressive research and outreach programmes in the management of natural resources and agricultural enterprises; Tailor-making the curriculum to enable the graduates to successfully tackle the challenges in all natural resources management and agricultural sectors; and, Working closely with other stakeholders in the field of teaching, research and extension in agricultural and natural resources management and development.

2.2.2

2.2.3

2.2.4

811

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS In addition to satisfying the minimum conditions prescribed under the General Regulations, a candidate must have: 3.1 A good pass in a recognized agricultural or natural resources management diploma Preference will however be given to candidates with O Level passes in English, Mathematics, Biology or Agriculture, Physical Science and Geography. An A Level pass in Biology or Agriculture will be an added Advantage

3.2

3.3 4.

CAREER PROSPECTS The programme is meant to cater for holders of recognised diplomas in Agriculture who are also in full time employment. On successfully completing the degree programme, graduates could be employed in the areas of Agronomy, Horticulture, livestock production as well as: In the private sector as consultants and specialists In government as extension and research officers and consultants In academic institutions as lecturers and consultants Self-employment as farmers and consultants Students can also further their studies to follow academic careers

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 5.2 This is a three-year block release programme. In each semester, a candidate must register for six modules that carry at least 24 credits including all core modules The Work Related Learning will run concurrently with Level Two.

5.3

812

5.4 6.

The Work-Related Learning modules will carry a total of forty credits.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 6 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING For purposes of degree weighting the results of levels 1, 2 and 3, the weighting shall be as follows: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 25% 30% 45%

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code NRM101 Description Pre-Requisites Credits 4

Principles of Animal Science

813

NRM102 NRM103 NRM104 NRM105 NRM106 HCS115 CS101

Plant Biology andPhysiology Principles of Genetics Principles of Agricultural Economics Principles of Soil Science Agricultural Biochemistry Introduction to Information Technology Communication Skills

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 NRM108 NRM110 NRM111 NRM112 NRM113 Principles of Ecology Principles of Microbiology Introduction to Entomology and Nematology Soil Fertility Mangement Biometry 4 4 4 4 4

Optional Modules NRM114 NRM115 Nutritional Biochemistry Principles of Hydrology 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Code NRM201 NRM202 Description Grassland Science Pre-Requisites (NRM102) Credits 4

Principles of Sustainable Crop Production 1 (NRM102)

814

NRM203 NRM204 NRM205

Biology of Plant Pathogens (NRM203 & NRM204) Principles of Horticulture (NRM102)

4 4 4

Soil and Water Conservation

Optional Modules NRM206 NRM207 NRM208 Livestock Improvemnet (NRM103) 4 4

Soil and Water Management Research (NRM112) Ecology and Physiology of Edible Mushroom (NRM203 & 204) Crop Ecology and Physiology (NRM102 ) Plant Breeding and Conservation Introduction to Gender Studies (NRM103)

4 4 4 4

NRM209 NRM220 GS 201

Level 2 Semester 2 Code NRM210 NRM211 Description Farm Business Management Pre-Requisites (NRM104) Credits 4

Principles of Wildlife Management (NRM101 & NRM301) Principles of Sustainable Crop Production (NRM109) Principles of Irrigation Research Methods (NRM112 & NRM102 ) (NRM113)

4 4 4 4

NRM212 NRM213 NRM219

Optional Modules

815

NRM214 NRM215 NRM216 AGRO210 GES223

Animal and Poultry Nutrition (NRM114) Animal Health Fruit and Nut Production Simulation Modeling Geographical Information Systems and Remote Sensing Water Quality Water Quality Farm Mechanisation Weed Biology, Ecology and Management (NRM102) (NRM109) (NRM203)

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

NRM221 NRM217 NRM218

Level 3 Semester 1 Code NRM301 NRM302 NRM303 NRM304 NRM305 Description Pre-Requisites Credit 4 4 4 4 4

Tropical Animal Production (NRM101 & NRM201) Economics of Environmental Management (NRM 104) Olericulture Agricultural Extension Resource Survey Methodology (NRM203)

Optional Modules NRM306 Food and Cash Crop Production (NRM202 & NRM212) Intensive Wildlife Production (NRM211) Ruminant Production Systems (NRM101 & NRM201)

4 4 4

NRM307 NRM308

816

NRM310

Plant Propagation and NurseryManagement (NRM102) Organic Horticulture (NRM203 & NRM204) GIS Application inland Management Biology of Plant Insect Pests

4 4 4 4

NRM323 NRM311 NRM 325

Level 3 Semester 2 Code NRM322 NRM313 NRM314 NRM315 NRM316 Description Pre-Requisites Credit 4 4 4 4 4

Plant pathogens & Insect Pest Management (NRM203) Sustainable Management of Natural Resources (NRM204) Agricultural and Food Marketing (NRM104 & NRM210) Project Planning and Management Dissertation

Optional Modules NRM312 NRM317 NRM318 NRM319 NRM320 NRM321 NRM324 NRM325 Post Harvest Technology (NRM203, NRM204, NRM403) Ornamental Horticulture (NRM303 & NRM304) Plant Biotechnology (NRM210) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Animal Products Processing (NRM203 & NRM301) Wildlife Resource Management ( NRM211 &NRM307) Monogastric Production System ( NRM101) Applied Watershed Management Biology of Plant Insect Pests

817

13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

NRM101 PRINCIPLES OFANIMAL SCIENCE Definition of terms. Structure of the somatic cell. The anatomy and physiology of systems of the body; a comparative approach. Basic comparative embryology. Homeostasis and environmental physiology. NRM103 PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS Course objectives: The course is designed to develop a base for those who will pursue breeding courses. It covers basic genetic principles. Course content: Cellular division and chromosomes; Mendelian principles of inheritance; Gene interactions; Sex determination and sex linkage; Linkage and recombination; Nucleic acids, genetic code and protein synthesis; Gene and chromosomal mutations; Maternal effects and cytoplasmic heredity; Introduction to population genetics; Introduction to quantitative inheritance. NRM104 PRINCIPLES OFAGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Economics of agricultural production-theoretical foundations; Physical and economic relations, The factor- product relationship, the factor-factor relationship, the productproduct relationship. The product supply and input demand; Product supply, Demand for inputs. Production Economics; Efficiency of resource use, Technical, Allocative and Economic efficiency, Risk and uncertainly. Economics of market demand; Basic demand relationships, Elasticity of demand, Homogeneity condition. Developments in demand theory; New theories of demand, Equilibrium and exchange, Definition of equilibrium, Partial vs. general equilibrium, Interference with equilibrium. Theory of the agricultural household; the z-goods model of the agricultural house. Analysis of agricultural markets. Competitive markets and Pareto optimality, Policy intervention in markets. Economics of trade; Theory of comparative advantage, measuring terms of trade. Food and agricultural policy. Macroeconomics and microeconomics. National Income, Excess Demand and Spare capacity. Consumption function. Government

818

expenditure. Exports and imports Investment. Money. Theories of Money and Monetary Policy. Inflation.

NRM105 PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE Soil formation, soil minerals, soil classification, Soil texture and structure in relation to tillage, Soil colour, Other physical properties of soil e.g. drainage, permeability, infiltration, Land capability classification, Soil profiling, Soil sampling. NRM106 AGRICULTURALBIOCHEMISTRY The biochemical environment. Chemistry and functions of biomolecules: carbohydrates, liquids, nucleic acids, vitamins and coenzymes, proteins, minerals. Enzymes: catalysis, reaction kinetics, regulation of enzymes activity. The plasma membrane, structure, transport. Intermediary metabolism: Bioenergetics; principles of thermodynamics, the ATP cycle; general description of metabolic organization and of central metabolic pathways, regulation of metabolism.

NRM108 PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY Definition and examples of ecological parameters, Hierarchy of organization (molecular biosphere). Population and community ecology structure and development in relation to environmental factors, interaction, e.g. competition and other biotic factors. Agricultural ecosystems, evolution, succession and climax. Stability and productivity of ecosystems. Major ecosystem types of the world.

NRM110 PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY The biology and classification of microorganisms of importance in livestock production and product processing. Pathogenic and beneficial microorganisms Parasitology; the biology and classification of common endo and ecto parasites of livestock, lifecycles, identification (adult and immature stages), treatment, control and prevention.

819

NRM112 SOIL FERTILITY MANAGEMENT Plant nutrition, fertilizers and soil fertility management, Liming Requirement, salt affected Soils and their Reclamation, Soil Organic Matter. Soils and Environmental Pollution. Water Resources and Irrigation. NRM113 BIOMETRY Module objectives: acquisition of skills to enable students to understand and interpret data that is presented ordinarily and in scientific research. To have ability to use statistical analytical tools and tests to validate conclusions of scientific research. Course content: Introduction to statistics, definition of population, sample variation and sampling techniques; Descriptive statistics, probability distributions and hypothesis testing; Analysis of categorical data; Basic experimental designcompletely randomized design and randomized complete block design; Mean separation techniques and regression analysis. Survey design, statement of the problem, sampling design, methods of measurement, data collection, data management and analysis and report writing. NRM114 NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY Chemical and nutritional description of nutritive components of feedstuffs. Antinutrional factors. Comparative study of nutritional strategy and digestive physiology; Methods of feed evaluation: chemical methods, in vitro-in sacco techniques, digestion and metabolism experiments. Measures of protein and energy value in ruminants and monogastrics. NRM115 PRINCIPLES OF HYDROLOGY The hydrological cycle; meteorological parameters, their definitions and measurements rainfall-intensity/duration/frequency relationships; evaporation; infiltration; groundwater; surface runoff-processes rainfall/runoff correlations; hydrograph analysis; flood routing surface runoff processes, rainfall/runoff correlations; hydrograph analysis food routing.

820

GS201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES The module empowers the students with knowledge and skills that enable them to be gender sensitive in the university, workplace and in all their social interactions. Topics covered include, Understanding Gender, Theories of Gender Inequalities, Historical Development of Gender, Gender Analysis, and Gender Issues in Zimbabwe, Redressing Gender Imbalances, Empowerment and Strategies for creating a gender responsive environment. Every student has to pass the module in order to graduate. NRM201 GRASSLAND SCIENCE Forage plants:- Morphology and identification of species, growth physiology and defoliation effects, nutritive attributes and habitat description. Animal foraging behaviour. Grazing management terminology. Herbage quality, productivity and animal performance in tropical grasslands. Veld types; vegetation, productivity, and nutritive value. Basic veld ecology: energy flow, mineral and water cycles, climax communities, success ional processes and the concept of range condition. Principles of grazing management. Grass and legume forage/pasture species:- establishment, management, productive and nutritive attributes, harvesting, conservation and utilisation of forages.

NRM202 PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE CROP PRODUCTION I Module objectives: Principles of sustainable crop production modules are intended to provide a broad understanding of crop plants and their interaction with their environment at the plant crop and cropping systems level. Students will also be equipped with basic knowledge and skills of producing a crop. Application/reference will be made to cropping practices in Zimbabwe and the arid and semi-arid tropics in general. Course content: Definition and scope of crop production; Origin, Domestication and Classification of crop plants; Factors that affect crop production; plant nutrition and biological nitrogen fixation; crop water requirements, Water use efficiency, effects of moisture stress and water logging on crop growth and yield; Zimbabwes climate and Agro-ecological zones of Zimbabwe; Crop production techniques and practices; cropping systems and patterns.

821

NRM205 SOILAND WATER CONSERVATION Overview of the soil erosion problem, Strategies for soil erosion control, Agronomic practices, types of drains; design of drains; layouts of drains, Ground water Drainage, types of drains; design of drains; layouts, wind erosion control measures benefits/ cost analysis of conservation projects, water conservation practices. NRM207 SOILAND WATER MANAGEMENT Soil Erosion Research Laboratory experiments, field trials, and models. Water Management Research, Rainfall Studies, Runoff Measurements, Sedimentation, and Sampling techniques, Data Analysis. NRM211 PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT Zoogeography and description of important wildlife species in Southern Africa. Values of wildlife resources. Wildlife biology: reproduction; fecundity, natality, recruitment, biotic potential, sex relations, density dependent mortality, starvation and malnutrition, predation, and disease; nutrition, nutritional strategy, feeding habits and preference, water, requirements. Wildlife behaviour and environmental physiology. NRM214 ANIMALAND POULTRY NUTRION Feeding standards Tropical feed resources and animal productivity. Production, harvesting and conservation of harvested forages. Feed processing and quality control during manufacturing. The physiology dietary choice and the refulation of intake. Evaluation of nutrient requirement: feeding systems for energy and protein, techniques in ration formulation Management for optimum nutritional efficiency in various enterprises. NRM215ANIMAL HEALTH Principles of animal health: immunology; types of immunity; origin, development and functions of the leucocytes, the primary and secondary immune responses; theory of vaccination microbiology, causes of disease, transmission, diagnostic methods, disease prevention and control; antibiotic types and mechanisms of action. Parasitology; biology of vectors and parasites of livestock; identification, life cycle, host specificity, host response, evasion of immunity and control strategies. Practical

822

experience in the care and treatment of injured, sick and vulnerable animals. Statutory regulations in animal and wildlife production. NRM206 LIVESTOCK IMPROVEMENT Breeds of domestic livestock; origin, description. Genetic and statistical concepts. Methods and aids in genetic improvement; dairy, beef, small ruminants, pigs and poultry. NRM209 CROP ECOLOGYAND PHYSIOLOGY Plant Biology and Physiology is a pre-requisite for this course; Course Outline: Growth Analysis: Germination and growth, Crop growth rate, Absolute growth rate, relative growth rate, crop growth rate, NAR, LAR, and LAI Photosynthesis and Respiration; C3, C4 and CAM. Photorespiration, growth respiration, and maintenance respiration; Canopy Architecture and light interception Canopy system, PAR, crop ideotypes; Water and crop growth, Classification according to water requirements, water use efficiency, water stress, physiological effects on plants, adaptation to dry conditions. Temperature and crop growth, Temperature and development, day degrees, phydiological adaptation. Partitioning of Assimilates, Population effects, sink-source relationships. Nutrient temperature, drought and plant population effects on dry matter accumulation. NRM210AGRICULTUREAND FOOD MARKETING In addition to exploring marketing principles, this module also addresses unique marketing concepts related to Agricultural and Food Marketing. Definition of marketing, key roles of marketing in Agriculture; Price discovery; the food price dilemma, market structures; Structure, Conduct, Performance Model. Marketing principles, Consumer behavior, Marketing Concept, Marketing Mix. Agricultural marketing management; Market margin analysis; Economic performance conceptual framework in agricultural marketing; Agricultural marketing information services; Agricultural marketing extension, A market oriented approach to Post harvest Management; Agricultural Markets liberalization in Zimbabwe (Market Reforms) and Globalization. Strategic market planning and management; Marketing plans; Linking Production with Marketing (Contracting); Marketing research.

823

NRM212 PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE CROP PRODUCTION II Module Objectives: Principles of sustainable crop production modules are intended to provide a broad understanding of crop plants and their interaction with their environment at the plant, crop and cropping systems level. Students will also be equipped with basic knowledge and skills of producing a crop. Application/reference will be made to cropping practices in Zimbabwe and the arid and semi-arid tropics in general. Course Content: Crop Yield (Definition of yield, The yield function, Processes essential for yield attainment, Cultural practices that enhance crop growth and yield, Potential yield versus actual yield; tillage; importance of plant breeding in crop production, Principles of Seed Production; Grain storage; Agriculture and environment pollution.

NRM213 PRINCIPLES OF IRRIGATION Role and history of irrigation development in Zimbabwe. Background of irrigation development in Zimbabwe, irrigation Agronomy and crop Water Requirements. Planning irrigation projects. Land leveling for irrigation Land smoothing, least squares method water flow in pipes and basic principles of hydraulics. Sprinkle irrigation systems and components. Surface irrigation systems and components. NRM217 FARM MECHANISATION Animal Power types and potential. Tractor Power Engine components, models, horsepower, linkages. Farm implements Land clearing and preparation, weeding, spraying, harvesting, processing, drying and storage, transport. Workshops Management.

NRM218 WEED BIOLOGY, ECOLOGYAND MANAGEMENT Module Objectives: this is a module on weed science and weed management. The module is designed to meet specific objectives, which are: to give a sound Weed Biology and Weed Ecology knowledge to enable students to have a good understanding of the Principles of Weed Management; to equip students with sufficient knowledge for them to comfortably develop Weed Management Programmes (WMP); to promote the concept of Integrated Weed Management (IWM)

824

Module Content: the weed science component of this module places emphasis on weed biology and weed ecology. Individual topic covered in this component of the module include: Definition of keys words and terms; weed characteristics and classification; Weed identification; Weed reproduction; Weed-crop interaction; competition and allelopathy, Biology and ecology of problem weeds in Zimbabwe; Parasitic weeds of the tropics; Poisonous plants of Zimbabwe The weed management component of this module includes: definition of key words and terms, methods of weed management: Machinery and equipment used in weed management; weed management of specific crops; Management of specific problem weeds; developing a weed management programme (WMP) integrated methods of weed management (IWM) NRM219 RESEARCH METHODS Module objectives:- to develop scientific skills in research, develop project objectives and design a research project , implement and monitor, and data collection procedures, apply the steps involved in a research process, finally project write-up and effective communication of scientific information. Research ethics and professionalism are incorporated into the teaching of research methods. Module content: Definition of research and research methodology, research ethics, principles of designing of experiments, randomization, replication and blocking, requirements of a good comparative experiment, simple designs, completely randomized design, randomized complete block design, split-plot design, nested designs and cross-over designs. Factorial experiments, interaction interpretation, missing observations. Analysis assumptions and transformations Analysis of covariance, regression analysis, trend analysis. Introduction to survey methodology, sampling methods, questionnaire design. Data analysis and interpretation, introduction to statistical software. Scientific report writing and reporting.

NRM220 PLANT BREEDING AND CONSERVATION OF PLANT GENETIC RESOURCES Module objectives: the module is designed to cover the basic principles in plant breeding and the methods used in the breeding of both self and cross-pollinated crops.

825

Module content: The module covers Nature and goals of plant breeding, patterns of evolution in cultivated plants, plant introductions and domestication, reproductive systems and pollination control in crop plants, selection under cross and selffertilization, genetic consequences of hybridization and an introduction to the theory of selection, plant breeding methods in self and cross-pollinated crops, conservation of plant genetic resources (in-situ and ex-situ conservation) NRM 221 WATER QUALITY

NRM301 TROPICALANIMAL PRODUCTION Description of the animal production industry in the tropics; animal, productivity and trends in comparison with other regions of the word. Opportunities and constraints in tropical livestock production; genetics, nutrition, health and environmental management. Breed of domestic livestock; origin and description Major diseases of domestic livestock and control strategies. Theory and practical experience in the management of beef, dairy, small ruminant, pig and poultry units with emphasis on production cycles; herd/flock dynamics, influence of level of management, season, and market forces, farm buildings, handling facilities machinery and equipment for livestock farmers. Livestock production systems; objectives, land, capital, variable costs and environmental constraints. Integrated farming systems. NRM302 ECONOMICS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Environment and the micro-economy; Markets, Market failure and property rights, Government property rights, Economic instruments for environmental management, Attaching money values to environmental goods. Environment and the macroeconomy; the green economy, Macro economic policy and the environment, Environment and the international economy, Environmental regulation, comparative advantage and international competitiveness, trans boundary externalities and environmental policy, trade liberalization and environmental impacts, Economics of pollution control, theory of pollution economics, the practical use of economic instruments in pollution control, Natural resource economics Management of renewal resources, market and institutional failure in the natural resource sector.

826

NRM304 AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION BACKGROUND: history of agricultural extension in Zimbabwe What is extension? Extension ethics communication skills: Mass media: kinescis: art of listening. Conducting successful meetings. EXTENSION METHODS AND TRAINING PROGRAMME PLANNING: projects, Programmes, and Policy in Agricultural Extension Interpretation of Agricultural policy and planning programmes.Farmer participation in extension programme planning, monitoring and evaluation. Research Extension Linkages. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION CHANGE MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT what is change management. Donor Organizations in agricultural development and extension. Privatization of extension services is this an option for the future? Female Extension Agents and Gender in Agricultural development and extension Agrarian reform challenges for extension. NRM305 RESOURCES SURVEY METHODOLGY Physical components of land, remote sensing and interpretation of veld, soil, water and topography land capability classification. NRM307 INTENSIVE WILDLIFE PRODUCTION SYSTEMS Intensive Apiculture; the biology of bees, apiculture equipment, yield, harvesting processing and marketing of honey and its byproducts. Fish farming, the biology and management of fish in pond, large fresh water bodies, and in controlled environments. Fish harvesting; growth and reproductive cycles, netting. Processing of fish. Ostrich farming; handling facilities, nutrition, disease, reproduction, egg collection and hatchery management, ostrich products and marketing. Principle and practice in integrated beef-wildlife systems NRM308 RUMINANT PRODUCTION SYSTEMS The Dairy industry in Zimbabwe Properties of mild, milk marketing and the quality premium scheme. Methods of processing of milk and the manufacture of dairy products. Starting a dairy enterprise:-Choice of breed, land, agro-ecology and feed flow, machinery and buildings, legislative and market requirements. Milking parlours and other handling facilities. Hand and machine Milking. Clean milk production. Reproduction, breeding, nutrition, health, and routine management tools and practices.

827

Calf and heifer rearing. Economics of milk production. Practical interaction in dairy enterprises. The beef industry in Zimbabwe. Beef breeds and their characterization. Principles of beef production:-handling facilities, routine management tools and practices, health, reproduction, breeding, nutrition and grazing management. The beef management calendar. Beef herd dynamics, factors guiding choice of production policy. Beef production systems. Pen and off-veld finishing systems. Transport and marketing of cattle. Meat quality, carcass grading and the economics of beef production. Practical interaction in beef enterprises. Characterization of small ruminant breeds. Contribution to livestock industry. Reproduction, breeding, nutrition management. Handling facilities and routine management tools and activities. Production systems. Constraints and opportunities. Review of small ruminant research in Zimbabwe. Grading and processing of small ruminant products. Economics of small stock production. Practical interaction in production enterprises. NRM310 FOOD AND CASH PRODUCTION Module objective: the module is designed to provide students with knowledge in the economic importance, production, marketing and research developments in the major cash, food and industrial crops grown in Zimbabwe. Students will be expected to use the knowledge they obtained in Principles of Sustainable crop production to produce specific crops as required by the Zimbabwean context. Module Content: Students are expected to know detailed agronomic practices of the following crops: Cotton, tobacco, paprika, sugarcane, soyabean, sunflower, coffee and tea. Maize, wheat, groundnuts, sorghum, pearl and finger millet, Irish and sweet potato, cassava, field beans, cowpeas and bambara nuts NRM311 GIS APPLICATION IN LAND MANAGEMENT Factors to consider in implementing a GIS benefits derived from GIS, Operational application of GIS, inhibitors to GIS NRM313 SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES Reductionism and Holistic approaches to resource management. Bio-diversity, ecosystem stability, ecology, and conservation. Biological monitoring and control of

828

the ecosystem processes. Land and property rights. Common property resource management. Institutional analysis and natural resources management. Entitlement and well-being of communities. Sustainability; principles and practices. Ecosystems and the carrying capacity concept; Boseruption and Malthusian theories. Environment impact assessment. NRM314 FARM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BACKGROUND:-Functions of management-Forms of business organization in commercial agriculture. Farm records and Information systems management. -Labour management FARM PLANNING AND BUDGETING:-Gross Margin Analysis. Whole farm budget and farm planning. Partial budget. Break-even budget. Cash flow budget. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. Sources of agricultural finance. Agricultural Support Schemes with special reference to. Government support scheme-. Contract Production schemes Management of working capital. Investment appraisal-Stock valuations and depreciation Farm trading accounts-Profit and loss account, Farm balance sheet, its analysis and interpretation FARM MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS Variances analysis-Audit of farm operation and budgetary control. BUSINESS ETHICS. NRM315 PROJECT PLANNINGAND MANAGEMENT Project Planning and feasibility Studies, Project cycle, Project Appraisal techniques, Feasibility Studies, Climate, soils, water, lab our, cropping patterns, irrigation systems. NRM316 DISSERTATION Independent studies in a crop, animal, poultry, wildlife or land and water subject area. Students will produce a dissertation NRM318 ANIMALPRODUCTS PROCESSING Biology of important microorganisms in animal product processing and preservation. Laboratory techniques; the aseptic technique, microbial culture. Food borne diseases and quality control, with reference to the handling, processing and storage of mea, eggs, milk and milk products, fish water. Processing versus quality of meat and milk/ milk products, hides, wool, mohair cashmere and other animal products. Hygiene in

829

animal houses and product processing units; ventilation, sterilization, disinfection, fumigation, staff control. Statutory regulation on product and animal houses. NRM321 MONOGASTRIC PRODUCTION SYSTEMS Biology of domestic poultry species of economic importance. Description of broiler and layer breeds. Poultry production systems. Principles of poultry production:routine management tools and practices, health, reproduction, breeding, nutrition. Principles and practice in the production of table, hatching eggs, day old chicks and point of lay pullets. Poultry equipment, housing, and environmental (temperature, humidity, lighting regimes) management. Economics of poultry production. Practical interaction in meat, egg, ad breeding enterprises. Economics of poultry production. Practical interaction in meat, egg, and breeding enterprises. Characterisation of pig breeds. Pig production systems, and production options. Reproduction, health, breeding and nutritional management. Handling facilities, routine management tools and practices. Carcass quality, grading and marketing. Economics of pig production. Practical interaction in pig production enterprises. NRM324APPLIED WATERSHED MANAGEMENT Management issues in the water sector the global concept context, a multi-disciplinary approach to water resource management. Competing users of the water resource. Water sector policy policy alternative supply augmentation technologies, water sector financing and management policy. Appropriate pricing for water delivery services. Selected case studies. Salinity problem, Alluvial mining, under ground mining, Riverbed sand abstraction, industrial dumps, drainage structures for rehabilitation and protection, revegetation, policy framework.

830

FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as General Regulations. These Regulations are in respect of programmes for the following degrees offered by the Faculty of Science and Technology: Bachelor of Science Biological Sciences HonoursDegree [HBZ] Bachelor of Science Chemical Technology Honours Degree [HCT] Bachelor of Science Computer Science Honours Degree [HCSC] Bachelor of Science Food Science and Nutrition Honours Degree [HSFN] Bachelor of Science Information Systems Honours Degree [HINFO] Bachelor of Science Mathematics Honours Degree (HMT) Bachelor of Science Physics Honours Degree (HPHY) Bachelor of Science Surveying and Geomatics Honours Degree (HSVG) Bachelor of Science Telecommunications Honors Degree (HTEL) 1.3 The Faculty of Science and Technology also offers the following Masters programmes: Master of Science in Ecological Resources Management (MERM)

1.2

831

Master of in Science Information Systems Management (MISM) Master of Science in Food Science and Nutrition ( MFSN) Master of Science in Materials Physics (MSMP) Master of Science in Materials Chemistry (MSMC) 1.4 The appropriate Degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved programme. 2. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2.1 A Practical theory module is a module which contains both practical and theory components in the formal examination. A Practical module is a module in which a student is required to carry out, under the direction and supervision of a member of staff in a laboratory, a series of practical exercises related to particular topics within a subject. A Field Trip is an excursion outside University Campus under the supervision of academic and/or technical staff of the University. It may last for part of a day or be conducted over a longer period. The Field trip can form part of a module or if it is of sufficient duration, form a 4-credit module in its own right. A Project module is a module in which a student is required to carry out under the direction and supervision of a member of the academic staff, private studies or investigations related to a particular topic within a module. Each Project module shall be weighted based on the amount of time it occupies compared with a theory module. A pre-requisite is a module the departmental board requires the student to pass prior to the student registering for any other related higherlevel modules.

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

832

3.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Normal Entry For one to qualify for normal entry to an Undergraduate Degree programme in the Faculty of Science and Technology, a prospective student must satisfy the entry Regulations specified in the General Regulations and in so doing, must also meet the following Faculty requirements: 3.1.1 have obtained a pass at A Level in at least two of the following subjects or their equivalents: B i o l o g y , Mathematics, Chemistry,Physics, Computer Science, Management of Business, Accounting and Economics have obtained a pass at O level in a third subject chosen from those listed in section 3.1.1. have obtained a pass at O Level in Mathematics and English Language.

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.2 Special Entry Refer to Section 3.2 of the General Regulations. 3.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS 4.1 In level 1, normally a student shall register for at least 12 modules from at least two subjects of which a maximum of 4 modules shall be from other Faculties. For level 2 and higher modules, all pre-requisites that apply to the modules shall be listed in the special regulations for the subject to which the modules form a portion. A student shall not be admitted to level 2 or higher level modules unless he/she has passed all pre-

4.2

833

requisites for the module prior to the start of the semester in which he intends to study that module. 4.3 A student may include in his/her programme, modules offered by other Faculties up to a total equivalent of at most 8 modules. A students section of modules of a Degree programme is subject to the approval of the Dean of Science and Technology and the Chairpersons of all relevant Departments and to the following conditions: 4.4.1 The student shall register for at least 12 modules at any time during the academic year. The module combination is feasible in terms of timetable, The student may change his/her registration for modules to be taken in the second semester during the last week of the first semester or the first two weeks of the second semester and A student may apply for exemptions during the first four weeks of the semester.

4.4

4.4.2 4.4.3

4.4.4

4.5

The Departmental Board responsible for a programme may designate, in the special regulations for the programme, certain modules as core modules for that programme. Core modules are the modules, which are considered to be essential for qualification in a particular programme. A department shall not designate more than 8 modules as core modules per level. A student may be exempted from studying modules that have been passed in programmes similar or equivalent to those on offer. However, the student has to apply for a credit transfer. In his/her application the following should be attached: A transcript of the module[s] to be credit transferred, A synopsis of the module[s] from the University /College where the module was studied,

4.6

834

A support letter from the Registrars office of the institution where the credits were attained.

5.

ASSESSMENT 5.1 The assessment of a practical module shall be based on either written reports submitted during the semester or according to a schedule laid down by the appropriate Departmental Board. The assessment of a Field module or a Project module shall be based on either the written reports or a dissertation submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board and the students shall be notified of this date at the start of the module. The assessment of a Practical-Theory module shall be based on a formal theory examination, a formal practical examination and continuous assessment. All other modules shall be assessed by continuous assessment and formal theory examination. Each formal examination shall normally be held during an examination period at the end of a semester, in which the module is completed. 5.5.1 The formal theory examination for a module shall normally be of two hours duration. A Practical-Theory module shall contain a practical component in the continuous assessment. The continuous assessment may be entirely practical or contain theory and practical components, but the relative weightings shall be stated in the special Regulations for the programme. In Level 3 the student will be on Work Related Learning for a minimum period of 10 months.

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.5.2

5.5.3

5.6

For each module that contains a theory and a practical component the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine for each student a

835

theory continuous assessment mark, a practical continuous assessment mark, a formal examination mark, a formal practical examination mark (where appropriate), and a final mark for the module. If a student obtains a final mark of at least 50%, an overall continuous assessment mark of at least 45%, and an overall practical mark of at least 40%, that student passes the module. 5.7 In a module other than Project module, Practical module and PracticalTheory module, if a student obtains less than 40% in the practical continuous assessment the student may at the discretion of the Departmental Board of Examiners, be assessed by a special practical examination, which must be held before the end of the formal examination period of the semester in which the module is completed. For each practical module, field work and project module the Departmental Board of Examiners shall determine a final mark, for that student, for that module based on the assessment of the written reports or the dissertation submitted by that student. The Board shall determine whether the student has passed or failed the module. The Departmental Board shall submit, for each module under its control and for each student enrolled in that module, the final mark to the Faculty Board of Examiners. For each student it shall indicate the results of the modules under its control.

5.8

5.9

5.10 The final mark will be calculated as follows: Final mark = (60% to 75%) examination mark + (25% to 40%) continuous assessment. 6. FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations. 7. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 7.1 In order to proceed from level 1 to level 2 a student must have attained at least 32 credits.

836

7.2

To proceed from level 2 to level 3 the student must have attained at least 40 credits from the modules in that level including the core modules of the subject. To proceed from level 3 to level 4 the student must have passed Work Related Learning or fulfilled the requirements for proceeding in the Faculty of Education of studying for a Bachelor of Science with Education degree.

7.3

8.

WORK-RELATED LEARNING PROGRAMME GENERAL GUIDELINES 8.1 The student is subject to Section 10 of the General Academic Regulations and the company regulations during the Work Related Learning period. Once a student is on Work Related Learning with an organization approved by the Department/Faculty, he/she is not allowed to change/ move to another organization without the approval of the Department/ Faculty. The student is expected to; 8.3.1 conform to the companys regulations, working time and discipline, fulfill the supervisors instructions concerning the training process and carrying out of the work related research project. write a log book on a daily basis and submit a report after finishing the training in a given department (or training unit). take part only with educational purpose in mind according to the ultimate instructions of the supervisor. put his/her best effort to acquire extensive knowledge and skills in order to achieve the required standard of training. keep good relations with all staff of the company and promote the good image of Midlands state University.

8.2

8.3

8.3.2

8.3.3

8.3.4

8.3.5

8.3.6 8.3.7

837

8.4

The student is expected to always bear in mind that his/her conduct during Work Related Learning will reflect not only on him/her but also on Midlands State University and that it may also affect considerably, future placements and the relationship between the University and that particular company.

9.

REMARKING OF EXAMINATIONS Refer to Section 11.10 of the General Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 10.1 To be awarded a Bachelor of Science with Education Degree a student must pass each core module listed in that programme and must have accrued at least 160 credits, 128 of the 160 credits should be at level two and higher. To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Honours degree a student must pass each core module listed in that programme and must have accrued at least 120 of the 152 credits which should be at level two and higher. The classification of all modules and degree programmes shall be as stated in Section 5 of the General Regulations.

10.2

10.3

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING For the purpose of degree classification, weighting of the results of the different levels shall be: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 10% 20% 30% 40%

838

12.

MASTERS AND DOCTORATE DEGREES AWARDED HONORIS CAUSA 12.1 The Faculty may award Degrees, honoris causa to individuals who have distinguished themselves in the field of Science and Technology: 12.1.1 Master of Science (MSc) 12.1.2 Doctor of Science (DSc) and 12.1.3 Doctor of Science (honoris causa) DSc

839

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES HONOURS DEGREE (HBZ)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Special Faculty and General Academic Regulations. The course develops from observations of biological phenomena at the broadest scales (Biosphere and Ecosystems) to those at the finest (molecular) level. Strong emphasis is placed throughout on methods of biological investigations. The interrelationship of Biological Sciences to other subjects is stressed, although, the distinctiveness of Biology should also be apparent.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 After completing the programme, students should be able to: work in Biology related fields, carry out postgraduate studies in Biological Sciences and other related fields, provide solutions to environmental problems and participate actively in the development of the country.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates with the BSc Honours degree Biological Sciences can be employed as the following: research scientists in research institutions and medical laboratories, ecologists with National Parks or environmental organizations, microbiologists in the food and pharmaceutical industries, geneticists in plant and animal breeding,

840

4.

entomologists in research institutions, parasitologists in research institutions and medical laboratories, curators in various disciplines in the Natural History Museum, botanists in research institutions and National Parks, and lecturers in Technical colleges as well as A Level Biology teachers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for acceptance into the BSc (Honours) degree in Biological Sciences, a student should possess the following qualifications: 4.1 Normal Entry Passes at A level in Biology and any one of the following subjects: Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry or Geography. 4.2 Special Entry The following persons may apply for Special Entry and for permission to proceed to a first degree with exemption from the whole or part of the normal entry requirements:4.2.1 A person who has obtained a degree of this or another University or degree awarding institution. A person who has obtained from another University or an Institution of similar status, academic qualifications (other than degrees) acceptable to Senate. These may include a diploma in Education, Forestry, Fisheries, Entomology, Food Science and Biological Sciences. Students who qualify under the Special Entry may apply to Senate to be exempted from certain modules and examinations.

4.2.2

4.2.3

841

4.3

Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Refer to Section 4 of the Faculty Regulations

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

N.B. * denotes core modules Level 1 Semester 1

842

Code HBIO101* HBIO102* HBIO105* HBIO106 HCS101 HCS102 CS 101 *

Module Description Diversity of Life I Diversity of Life II Cell Biology

Pre-requisite

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Biological Methods & Techniques Introduction to Computers Introduction to Programming Communication Skills

Level 1 Semester 2 HBIO103* HBIO107 HBIO104* HBIO109* HBIO110* HBIO111 Ecology I Introductory Mycology Genetics and Evolution Plant Form and Function Biomathematics I Immunology 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 HBIO209* HBIO202* HBIO203* HBIO206* Vertebrate Biology Bacteriology Mycology Plant Physiology (HBIO102) (HBIO101) (HBIO101/ HBIO107) (HBIO109) 4 4 4 4

843

HBIO210* HBIO212 CT211 GS201

Applied Ecology Nutritional Biology Quality Management Gender Studies

(HBIO 103) (HBIO108)

4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 HBIO201 HBIO204 HBIO205* HBIO208* HBIO207 HBIO211* HBIO213* Ethology Enzyme Technology (HBIO 212) Invertebrate Biology Arthropod Biology Biotechnology Animal Physiology Molecular Genetics (HBIO 102) (HBIO 104) (HBIO 102) (HBIO 102) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semesters 1 and 2 HBIO301 HBIO302 HBIO303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 and 2 HBIO401* HBIO402* Biomathematics II Dissertation (HBIO110) 4 8

In addition to the above 2 modules, a student must register for electives offered by the department worth 36 credits.

844

Electives: HBIO403 HBIO404 HBIO405 HBIO406 HBIO407 HBIO408 HBIO409 Animal Parasitology Plant Nematology Applied Entomology Industrial Microbiology (HBIO205) (HBIO205) (HBIO205 & 208) (HBIO202/204) 4 4 4 4 4 4

Environmental Microbiology(HBIO202) Plant Pathology (HBIO203)

Microbial Genetics and Virology (HBIO202/ 213/104) Applied Aquatic Ecology (HBIO210) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

HBIO410 HBIO411 HBIO412 HBIO413 HBIO414 HBIO415 HBIO416 HBIO417 HBIO418 HBIO419 HBIO420 HBIO421

Applied Terrestrial Ecology (HBIO210) Rangeland Ecology Systematic Botany Applied Botany (HBIO210) (HBIO206 & 214) (HBIO206 & 214)

Advanced Plant Physiology HBIO206, HBIO214) Comparative Animal Physiology (HBIO211) Experimental Zoology (HBIO209)

Ecological Animal Physiology (HBIO211, 210) Vertebrate Zoology Genetic Control Mechanisms (HBIO209) (HBIO213)

Quantitative and Population Genetics (HBIO213)

845

HBIO422 HBIO423 11.

Applied Genetics Advanced Molecular Genetics

(HBIO213) (HBIO213)

4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES HBIO 101 Diversity of Life I

(a)

Origins of life spontaneous generation; comparative metabolism; stromatolites and other fossils; the geological time scale; the primitive atmosphere and the evolution of the genetic code. Taxonomy and phylogeny the goals of classification; the stages of classification; phenetic, cladistic, and evolutionary systemstics, taxonomic characters, homology; analogy; taxonomic keys, and phylogenetic trees. Viruses and Monera the diversity among viruses and in the kingdom Monera Protista the diversity among the Fungi, including the division eumycota and the lichens. Fungi the diversity among the Fungi, including the division eumycota and the lichens. Plants brown algae; red algae; green algae; bryophytes; psilopsids; lycopsids; sphenopsids; ferns; gymnosperms and angiosperms; tracheophyte; leaves and adaptations to terrestrial life.

(b)

(c ) (d)

(e)

(f)

HBIO 102 Diversity of life II Animalia: a brief outline of the grades of organisation and the evolution of the two main lines of animals (vertebrates and invertebrates; particularly arthropods). HBIO103 Ecology I Levels of biological organisation: individuals, populations, communities, ecosystems, and the biosphere; the hierarchial link between pattern and process; distribution and abundance of organisms in space and time: causes and consequences; concepts of habitat and niche; population growth and regulation; intra-and inter-specific interactions, including competition, predation and mutualisms.

846

HBIO104 Genetics and Evolution Genetics: Mitosis and meiosis; Mendelian genetics and the chromosome theory of heredity; mutation and variation; introduction to population genetics. Evolution: population genetics and variation; the concept of, and evidence for evolution; theory of evolution by natural selection; adaptation and adaptive radiation; the nature of species; specific mate recognition systems; isolating mechanisms; speciation. HBIO105 Cell Biology Structure of eukaryotic cells; function of different organelles, membrane structures including modifications e.g. gap and tight junctions; transport across membranes; membrane synthesis, protein synthesis; sorting and delivery the organelles involved, the role of lysosomes in recycling cellular components, functional importance of motochondrial membranes in respiration, the components of the cytoskeleton; cell motility; cell differentiation, unlimited cell growth and cancer cells. HBIO106 Biological Methods and Techniques Laboratory safety practices and procedures; Preparation of solutions and standards in laboratories; Absorbency spectroscopy, principles, techniques and biological applications; Electrophoresis, types, principles and applications of each type; Centrifugation, basis, types and applications; Chromatography; Introduction to biosensors. HBIO107 Introductory Mycology Fungal taxonomy; life cycles; mycelial organisation and growth; nutrition and extracellular enzyme function; reproduction; mycogenetics. Conidiogenesis spore liberation, dispersal and germination. Ecological roles of fungi levels of saprotrophy, necrotrophy and biotrophy. HBIO109 Plant Form and Function Integrated structure and function of higher plants, Basic plant anatomy and architecture/morphology, Tissues of the higher plant body and their functions, Tissue organisation in the various organs (including wood structure), Reproductive structures; seeds; fruits and dispersal mechanisms, General adaptations of anatomy and morphology to environment.

847

HBIO110 Biomathematics I What is Statistics? Variability and error; precision and accuracy. Summarising datapopulations and samples; descriptive statistics, graphical presentation of data, measures of the centre, measures of dispersion, Estimation and hypothesis testing the normal distribution, inferences about the mean, standard error of sample mean, testing hypotheses about mean, t-tests, confidence intervals, comparing two samples. Contigency tables; Chi-squared tests for two- way tables. Mann Whitney U-test, relative merits of parametric and non- parametric procedures. HBIO 111 Immunology Definition of immunology; cellular participants in immune response i.e. leukocytes; types of immunity, passive vs acquired, cytotoxic T lymphocytes, cytokines; primary and secondary responses; antigens and antigen processing; structure and functions of antibodies (the immunoglobulin fold, including experiments that led to the elaboration of this structure); Antibody - antigen interactions, non-covalent interactions, affinity, avidity, specificity; Antibody - antigen reactions (neutralisation, precipitation, agglutination); Theory of vaccination; Basis of cellular immunity - clonal selection theory of McFarlane Burnet; Immune tolerance; Monoclonal vs polyclonal antibodies; AIDS and HIV -immunological basis. CS101 Communication Skills Refer to Department of Communication Skills Centre HCS101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Systems Refer to the Department of Computer Science HBIO 201 Ethology Evolution of behaviour. Social behaviour e.g. human society. Communication in animals. Cultures. General information transmission e.g. Aggression and Submission. Significance of mating systems. Predictive models, Plasticity of mating systems. Parental care of offspring, adaptive behaviour: Behaviour in influencing reproductive success, e.g. Avian mating systems.

848

HBIO202 Bacteriology The history of bacteriology. The methods in microbiology, including principles of aseptic techniques, sterilisation and exenic culture. Review of bacterial cell structure. Bacterial diversity, including methods and criteria used for identification and classification. Basic principles of bacterial nutrition. Bacterial metabolic pathways; chemoautotrophy and photosynthesis. Bacterial genetics the nature and replication of the bacterial genome, mutation, transformation, transduction and conjugation. HBIO 203 Mycology The module covers the general characteristics, body plan, organelles and cell biology, biochemistry and cell composition, reproduction, life cycles, classification, ecology and importance of all the organisms that traditionally have been studied by mycologists such Oomycetes, slime moulds and true fungi. Emphasis will be placed on the divisions Zygomycota, Chytridiomycota, Ascomycota, and Basidiomycota. Protistan fungi such as the Oomycota and slime moulds such as the Acrasiomycota, Dictyostelliomycota and Myxomycota will also be studied. The applied aspects of fungi such as their role as mycorrhizae, their role in medicine, industry, wood and litter decay, and in agriculture will be considered. HBIO204 Enzyme Technology Proteins and protein techniques, Sources of enzymes, screening and extraction from the sources; classes of enzymes with reference to conditions within they operate (acidic - alkaline, thermostable); enzyme kinetics (one substrate first order kinetics, construction of double reciprocal plots and advantages of such plots i.e. information obtained from the plots); Overview of operation of enzymes in different media - water, organic solvents and immobilisation of enzymes; Industrial applications of enzymes - scrap meat recovery, production of fructose high syrup, cellulose and lignin degradation, enzyme detergents. HBIO 205 Invertebrate Biology Examination of the structural and functional characteristics of the main invertebrate. Phyla with emphasis on evolutionary developments; locomotion, hydrostatics and

849

the coelom, nutrition, respiration, excretion, osmotic and ionic regulation, patterns of reproduction; intimate associations and parasitism; a brief introduction to the arthropods; anatomy, evolution and bionomics of arthropod phyla, in particular uniramia. HBIO 206 Plant Physiology Ecophysiology of Photosynthesis (C3, C4, CAM) and respiration. Plant nutrition functions of macronutrients and micronutrients. Mechanisms and control of transport processes. Plant hormones and growth substances. Internal vs external stimuli. Plant environment interaction.

HBIO207 Biotechnology Definition; Methods in biotechnology - traditional and modern; Ethical issues or Biopolitics, introduction to legislation, Applications - agriculture: viral elimination by meristeming, frost prevention, Bt genes, antisense technology, breeding for resistance/ tolerance, state of art of certain crops in Zimbabwe; Food industries - strain improvement (for unique flavors, increased nutritional value), other recent examples; medical applications - drug production, gene therapy and other examples. HBIO208 Anthropod Biology The teaching objective of this course is to explore the evolutionary relationships of Arthropod groups and understand the adaptive diversity within the phylum and groups. Arthropodian characteristics; general characteristics; phylogenetic relationships. Structure and function of arthropod systems: exoskeleton, circulatory, digestive, nervous, respiratory, reproduction and development. Triloobites, chelicera, Crustacea, Myriapoda, Insecta: structural and functional modifications of the various systems in these groups; examples drawn from economically important classes/orders. Milestones in the history of insect classification. The practical part of this course is to: apply the knowledge of morphology to identify arthropods to their correct phyla, classes and orders, explore the adaptive radiation in structure and function of the different systems in the arthropod groups.

850

HBIO 209 Vertebrate Biology An introduction to the phylum Chordata, its relationships and evolution. Major vertebrate systems are examined from an evolutionary viewpoint the skeleton, integument, respiratory and circulatory systems. The classification and evolution of vertebrates, palaeontology and continental drift in relation to vertebrate evolution. HBIO 210 Applied Ecology Population ecology, including: exponential and logistic models of population growth; life-tables and Leslie - type matrices; life history strategies; inter-and intra-specific competition; predator-prey interactions. Community ecology, including: patterns in multispecies communities; stability and complexity; linear and non- linear succession models; phenology. Biomes of the world, concentrating on tropical rain forests, savanna ecosystems, grasslands and arid lands. Biomass and productivity; utilisation by man. HBIO211 Animal Physiology Introduction to animal physiology homeostatics. Respiration in water and air, in fish, birds, mammals and insects; gas transport and properties of blood; Circulatory patterns; Locomotion in water and buoyancy; digestion, especially in herbivores; Information and control, including excitable cells; nervous system and control of effectors; Hormonal control.

HBIO212 Nutritional Biology Cellular metabolic processes - metabolism of proteins, lipids and carbohydrates; Concepts and principles of nutrition; role of oxygen; various nutrients and their participation in the body; Human nutritional requirements (consider special cases like injury, pregnancy and illness); vegetarianism; Role of exercising and balanced nutrient intake. HBIO 213 Molecular Genetics The chemical basis of heredity. The genetic material: DNA, RNA and their structure. Organisation of DNA into chromosomes. Gene expression, The Central Dogma, genetic code, Transcription, translation. Gene structure and function.

851

CT211 Quality Management Systems Refer to Department of Chemical Technology. GS201 Gender Studies Refer to Department of Gender Studies.

HBIO401 Biomathematics II Statistical methods for biologists descriptive statistics, hypothesis testing, X2 tests, Linear regression and correlation, Analysis of Variance, Nonparametric methods. Experimental design.

HBIO402 Dissertation The module provides students with an opportunity to design, undertake or conduct an independent piece of research or study related to his/her programme of study under the guidance of a supervisor who is normally a member of the academic stuff of the department. The module helps the student to develop skills required to critically investigate a topic or problem, to gather and analyse information, and present and discuss the results. ELECTIVES: HBIO 403 Animal Parasitology Intimate associations; protoctistan parasites; life cycle strategies; categories of nematode parasitism; cestodes; digeneans; monogeneans and acanthocephalans; parasitic arthropods; host specificity; host response and defence; parasite evasion of immunity; adaptations to parasitism; parasite control; specimen collection and analysis.

HBIO 404 Plant Nematology The course gives students theoretical and field practical aspects of general nematology with more emphasis on plant nematology. The course covers general morphology, anatomy (digestive, reproductive, excretory and nervous systems) and biology of plant parasitic nematodes. The course also covers reproduction processs; sex

852

determination; embryology; classification and systematics, parasitism and host parasite relationships for both plants and animals, nematodes as vectors of plant viruses; nematode interactions with fungi and bacteria; nematodes in ecosystems; mechanisms of resistance; population dynamics and nematode management strategies. HBIO 405 Applied Entomology The course covers material such as introduction to the causes of pest outbreak, approaches to control, introduction to methods in chemical control, biological control and biologically based control and some detailed work on control of tsetse flies, maize pest and cotton pests. Practical work is oriented towards aspects identification of insects, and control such as spray droplet spectra. Searching behaviour of insects, population growth and types of insect traps and the catches that may be expected. HBIO 406 Industrial Microbiology Review of microbial nutrition and growth in both batch and continuous culture. Fermentation equipment, design and operation. Development of industrial fermentations including screening of microorganisms; design of fermentation media; scale up of fermentation starting with laboratory scale; recovery and extraction of fermentation products (introduction to bioprocess engineering); study of specific examples of industrial fermentations including among others antibiotic production, brewing, single cell protein production, production of some fermented dairy products and enzyme production. HBIO 407 Environmental Microbiology Application of general ecological concepts to the microbial situation. Limiting factors, population dynamics, energy flow, community structure. The microbial role in nature. A survey of microbial habitats. Biodeterioration, wood decay and food spoilage. Waste disposal- sewage treatment, compositing. Associations of microbes with animals including brief consideration of epidemiology of human disease. Microbes in fresh water. Pollution. Bioremediation.

853

HBIO 408 Plant Pathology The diversity of pathogen-induced plant diseases. Abiotic plant diseases. A survey of important fungal, bacterial, viral and mycoplasmial plant diseases using selected examples. Seed-borne diseases, epidemiology of plant diseases the concept of inoculum potential, source of inoculum production, liberation, dissemination and deposition of pathogen inoculum. Host-pathogen interaction- the physiology and biochemistry of pathogen penetration, colonisation pathogenesis and diseases resistance. Assessment and forecasting of plant disease outbreaks. The principles of plant disease control: chemical control, cultural control, biological control, breeding for resistance, control by legislation-quarantine, phytosanitatory regulations and seed health testing. HBIO 409 Microbial Genetics and Virology Mutations and genetics of mutations, recombinant systems in fungi, prokaryotes and viruses- including conjugation, transduction and transformation. Introduction to genetic engineering in microosragnisms. DNA and RNA bacteriophages, detailed descriptions of the main genera and groups of animal and plant viruses, virus genetics and variability. Virus detection and serology. HBIO 410 Applied Aquatic Ecology An introduction to limnology; the hydrological cycle and the nature of aquatic environments; physical and chemical properties of water and physical and chemical processes in streams and lakes. The nature and functioning of aquatic communities including benthos, plankton, epiphytes, macrophytes and fish. The effect of man on aquatic ecosystems; pollution, eutrophication, introduced and invasive species, drainage and siltation, fishing and exploitation of natural resources. HBIO 411 Applied Terrestrial Ecology Overview of definitions, objectives and principles of adaptive management of wildlife; the influence of large size on large mammal ecology; foraging theory; techniques used to quantify feeding and activity patterns; determinants of large mammal community structure and the distribution of large mammal biomass density; carrying capacity and culling; census methods; wildlife utilization.

854

BIO 412 Rangeland Ecology Characteristics of tropical rangelands (savannas); features and determinants of ecosystem structure and functioning; geology, landforms and soils; moisture availability, nutrient availability, herbivory, fire, disturbance. Management of rangelands: objectives, assumptions, options, constraints; manipulation of grazing and fire regimes. Dynamics of rangeland ecosystems: equilibrium vs non-equilibrium views. HBIO413 Systematic Botany Angiosperm plant keying theory and practice: Plant classification and nomenclature. Species concepts. Modern computer methods in plant taxonomy: Phenetics versus cladistics. Plant families of ecological and economic importance in the flora Zambesiaca. Seeds, fruits and their dispersal. Adaptations of plants to pollinating agents. The weed flora of Zimbabwe. HBIO 414 Applied Botany General classification of plants of economic importance. Useful structures of plants. Origins of major modern crops. Cereals and grain legumes. Fruits and vegetable. Plant extracts. Fibres, timber and wood products. New crops and alternative valuations of plant resources. HBIO 415 Advanced Plant Physiology The chloroplast structure, function and bioenergetics. Photosynthesis. Light absorption, leaves and fluxes. Plant hormone physiology. Plant atmosphere relationships. Nitrogen and carbon metabolism. Physiology of flowering. HBIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology Function of cell membranes and transporting epithelia; comparative aspects of osmotic and ionic regulation in marine, estuarine, freshwater and hypersaline animals. Water balance in land animals; interactions between thermoregulation and water balance. Comparative nitrogenous excretion. Renal and extra-renal homeostasis in vertebrates; excretory organs in invertebrates. Aestivation and crytobiosis. Endocrine aspects of osmoregulation.

855

HBIO 417 Experimental Zoology Resting metabolism scaling with body size phylogenetic ecological correlates. Activity metabolism aerobic and anaerobic pathways of energy liberation, sustainable and non-sustainable activity levels of ectotherms and endotherms; foraging mode and metabolism. The cost of locomotion; basic muscle physiology. Skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscle, fast and slow fibres in vertebrates. Invertebrate muscle; control of invertebrate muscle. Physiology of diving and adaptation to high altitude. HBIO 418 Ecological Animal Physiology Physiological effects of temperature. Heat balance and mechanisms of heat exchange; lethal temperature and tolerance adaptations. Acclimatization and evolutionary adaptation to temperature. Thermoregualtion in endotherms; thermoreception and control of body temperature. Thermoregulation in ectotherms; behaviour and physiological mechanisms. Energy budget equations and measurements of components; feeding and digestion as strategies. Energy use in production- growth, storage and reproduction. Allocation to growth or survival vs reproductionreproductive strategies. Energetics of ectotherms and endotherms and ecological correlates; Evolution of endotherm- hot blooded dinosaurs. HBIO 419 Vertebrate Zoology Vertebrate faunas of Africa in general and Zimbabwe in particular: composition, distribution, ecology and conservation. Special attention will be given to groups that illustrate evolutionary principles. Primate evolution; especially the evolution of man. HBIO 420 Genetic Control Mechanisms Control of gene expression in prokaryotes-enzyme repression and induction; the lactose operon of E. coli; attenuation in the trypophan operon. Lysis and lysogen in bacteriophage Lambda; control of pathways. Mating behaviour in yeast; how certain strains change mating type. Control of gene expression in higher eukaryotes, the dynamic nature of the eukaryotic genome-gene amplification, gene rearrangement and mobile units. Regulation at the transcriptional level promoters, enhancers and transcriptional factors. Post-transcriptional regulation processing transcripts, differential mRNA processing, control of mRNA stability. Changes in chromatin structure and gene regulation.

856

HBIO 421 Quantitative and Population Genetics Quantitative Genetics Types of quantitative traits, the normal distribution and basic statistical notions, artificial selection, prediction equation, genetic basis of quantitative traits, number of genes affecting quantitative traits, intensity of selection, heredity, resemblance between relatives, long term artificial selection inbreeding depression, correlated responses and selection limits. Population Genetics Darwins revolution, phenotypic diversity and genetic variation. Allozyme polymorphisms, DNA restriction fragment length polymorphisms. Organisation of genetic variation models: random mating, the Hardy Weinberg principle, special cases of random mating, assortative mating, inbreeding and its effect; causes of evolution- random genetic drift, mutation, migration selection balance, the neutral theory, synthesis of forces and origin of species. HBIO 422 Applied Genetics Mendelian genetics, examples and limitations. Theory of quantitative genetics: binomial expansion and phenotype distributions, states of dominance, components of phenotypic and genetic variance, heretability; natural and artificial selection: selection differential and intensity of selection; realised heritability; criteria for selection, individual, family, within family and index selection; effects of selection, inbreeding, cross breeding, heterosis and hybridisation. Case histories: poultry, maize and wheat. Other applications: human diseases, genetic counselling and eugenics, genetic methods of pest control. HBIO 423 Advanced Molecular Genetics Gene technology, chromosomes, genes, genomes and their organisation, size and complicity. Genetic expression, review of replication, transcription, translation and how they relate to chromosome structure. Plasmids, cosmids, F- plasmids insertion sequences, transposable genetic elements vectors. Recombination type, recombination in bacteria, bacterial transformation, conjugation and transduction, phage genetics, gene cloning vectors, DNA libraries, probes, DNA-DNA hybridisation, southern blots, release of engineered organisms, reverse transcription, retrovirology structural organisation.

857

REGULATION FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ECOLOGICALRESOURCES MANAGEMENT

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and the examinations in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

2.

AIMS 2.1 The overarching objective of this programme is to equip graduates with knowledge, skills and techniques relevant to the sustainable management of ecological resources with emphasis on the southern Africa region. In doing this, the programme recognizes that sustainable management includes utilization of resources and their protection. The programme is directed at outcomes based education at the Masters level with emphasis on the application of principles of population and community ecology to environment management and conservation in Southern Africa. Graduates completing the programme should have the ability to apply scientific methods to solve conservation and community ecology to environmental management related problems and to predict and monitor the consequences of human activities on theenvironment.

2.2

2.3

2.3

3.

EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS After completing this programme, graduates should be able to:

858

4.

teach at universities work as environmentalists work as fisheries and wildlife scientists create environmental awareness

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be eligible for admission to the programme, a candidate must normally be a holder of at least an upper second- class first degree in Biological Sciences or other related degree awarded by the Midlands State University or any other recognized institution.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The programme shall normally be studied over a minimum period of one and half years (three semesters) on a full time basis. Dissertation Refer To Section 8 The General Regulations 5.2.1 The dissertation shall constitute a single semester in level two during which time the student is expected to undertake research for a period not exceeding six months. Each candidate is expected to submit a dissertation not exceeding one hundred and fifty (150) pages. 5.2.2 Candidates shall be required to submit three typed copies one of which shall be deposited in the university library, one shall be submitted to the departmental library and the last copy will be returned to the student. The format of the dissertation shall be provided by the Department of Biological Sciences.

5.2

5.2.3

859

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 6.2 Formal examination will be held at the end of each semester. Continuous assessment shall account for 30% of all the overall assessment, while the final examination will account for 70% of the overall assessment. The aggregate pass mark shall be 50% The aggregate pass mark will comprise a pass in the final examination and a pass in the continuous assessment.

6.3 6.4

7.

PROGRESSION A student must have passed modules worth at the least 30 credits in the first level in order to proceed to the second level (dissertation).

8.

MARKING SCHEME Refer to Section 21 of the General Regulations

9.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION For the purpose of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be classified as follows: Level 1 (semester 1 and 2) 70% Level 2 (Dissertation) 30%

10.

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 42 of the General Regulations

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

860

MERM701 MERM702 MERM 703 MERM704 Level 1 Semester 2 MERM 705 MERM 706

Scientific Research Methodology Principles of Environmental Management Conservation Biology Systematics and Biodiversity

4 4 4 4

Environmental Biotechnology Seminar and Review Paper

4 2

Elective Modules: Choose any two MERM 707 MERM 708 MERM 709 Aquaculture and Fisheries Management Wildlife Management Freshwater Resources Management and Environment Sanitation Fisheries and Wildlife Parasitology Terrestrial Ecology 4 4

4 4 4

MERM710 MERM 711 Level 2 Semester 1 MERM 801

Dissertation

12. MODULE SYNOPSES MERM 701 SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Analytical and writing skills essential for careers in Ecology, Conservation and Environmental Management ranging from: sampling & experimental design; exploratory data analysis; statistical inferences in regression analysis & univariate statistical analysis; multivariate techniques; non parametric tests estimating abundance in animal & plant populations; estimating community parameters;

861

estimation of survival rates; transformations; database management, and scientific communication skills MERM702 Principles of Environmental Management Principles and legislation governing, and techniques used in Environmental Management. The module content includes: Definitions; Social Impact Assessment; Environmental management Policy (ISO 14000); Environmental Auditing; Product Life cycle assessment; Environmental Risk Management; Environmental legislation in Zimbabwe. MERM 703 Conservation Biology Application of biological techniques to the specific problems of biodiversity, species preservation, ecological sustainability, and habitat fragmentation in the face of advancing human, social, economic, and industrial pressures. Includes instruction in ecology, environmental science, biological systems, extinction theory, human animal and human plant interaction, ecosystem science and management. Environmental problems in wetlands, forest and wildlife biology over a variety of scales(local to global) from a conservation perspective. Ecological principles applied to conservation of habitats and biodiversity. Influence of human activity on population dynamics, genetics, and community structure. Mathematical and evolutionary treatment of population growth and regulation, niche theory, foraging theory, predator-prey theory, habitat selection, and competition. Characteristics of tropical ecosystems, tropical biological communities and human cultures in the tropics and the implications for communities and conservations. Social science dimensions of conservation and sustainable development, social economic, and political considerations in managing natural resources, policy-level aspects to project implementation. MERM 704 Systematics and Biodiversity History of taxonomy and uses of classifications and phylogenies- process of plant identification, use of identification tools including handbooks and principles of automated key construction, nomenclature, revisionary taxonomy, scientific description and illustration. Sources and handling of taxonomic data, taxonomic collections- curational and financial aspects of herbaria and museum collections. Theory and practice of biodiversity assessment. Conceptual issues of biodiversity and analysis and practical application will be discussed. Within country monitoring

862

of biodiversity and conservation programmes will be looked at. Analytical methods include diversity indices, species abundance models, species accumulation curves, comparative species richness and abundance. MERM 705 Environmental Biotechnology Use of biotechnology in preventing and abating environmental pollution. It involves; an overview of biotechnology and environment, environmental monitoring; monitoring pollution. Water quality concept, Waste, Sewage and Sludge treatment. Waste minimization, Bioremediation, Energy and environment, Natural Resources recovery, Biosafety and legislation, Environmental Impact assessment. MERM 707 Aquaculture and Fisheries Management Fish biology, ecology and habitats relevant fisheries on both a global and regional (Southern Africa) scale. Course focuses on the general biology of fishes, with emphasis on trends in their evolution, integrative and sensory biology, physiology, feeding ecology, reproductive growth, and population dynamics as they relate to fisheries. Principles of fish management in freshwater systems. Population sampling and estimation, statistical assumptions and robustness, length-frequency analysis, length-weight relationships, transformations, data presentations, mark-recapture, growth and empirical modeling of populations, General Aspects of Aquaculture, Freshwater Ecology, Larval Food Production and Larviculture, Freshwater Ecology, Algae/Fish Culture, Environmental Impact, Fish Breeding; Genetics and Nutrition, Health and Disease Control, Management of culture systems, Tropical aquaculture species, Fish Farming Systems, Tropical Aquaculture, Farm Management, Management in the Aquaculture Industry. MERM 708 Wildlife Management Introduction to the wildlife of Zimbabwe, an overview of the present status of that wildlife, and an understanding of both conservation problems and management solutions. Issues in wildlife management are exemplified using a broad range of vertebrate species occupying different environments. Assessing population status and recognizing differences between small populations and declining populations. Introducing methods used in population pattern analysis, demographic analysis, threat and resource assessment, emphasizing the value of a coordinated and interdisciplinary approach to problem recognition and resolution. Evaluation of the

863

likely cost-effectiveness of programs such as captive breeding and re-introduction programs. Develop knowledge of the technologies available to capture and translocate wildlife, and of the planning required to ensure the best possible chance of success. It will also consider the tools that are available to manage captive populations, including molecular genetics and enhanced reproduction technologies. MERM709 Freshwater Resources Management and Environmental Sanitation Concepts developed in the Aquatic Ecology and Conservation modules will be developed and applied to conservation and management of plant and animals in Aquatic Ecosystems. Interbasin water Transfers, Ecological Reserve concept, Water demand management, introduced plant and animal species in Southern Africa; Sources and causes of aquatic pollution; Methodologies for detection and analysis of aquatic pollution; prevention and abatement of aquatic pollution; biodiversity conventions and government obligation; Exploitation of natural populations; Aquatic ecotoxicology; Risk assessment of chemicals. MERM 710 Fisheries and Wildlife Parasitology Fish parasites protozoans, monogeneans, cestodes and nematodes, treatment procedures against fish parasites; water borne diseases caused by protozoans and helminthes; relationship of adverse environmental factors and diseases caused by fish parasites; relationship between the severity of pollution in natural waters and parasitic diseases; fish health management in re-circulating aquaculture systems. Wild life parasitology- diversity and complexity of host parasite relationship in our indigenous wildlife; identification of wildlife parasites and effects of parasitism on host behavior. MERM 711 Terrestrial Ecology Terestrial ecology can be subdivided into forest, grassland, arctic, and desert ecology, concerns such aspects terrestrial ecosystems as microclimate, soil chemistry, soil fauna, hydrologic cycles, ecogenetics, and productivity. An introduction to a range of terrestrial ecosystems. Topics covered include ecological principles, ecosystem dynamics and functioning, restoration, conservation genetics, conservation ecology, forest ecosystems, wetland ecosystems and modified ecosystems. There is a

864

compulsory practical requirement including attendance at field trips. The aim is to ensure that by the end course students will have background knowledge of the administration of understanding of the principles of conservation management. Students will also gain some experience about the threats to natural and semi-natural sites from direct loss (e.g industry, urbanization, agriculture) and from changes due to succession or visitor pressure. The ecology of some key habitats grasslands, woodlands wetlands will be covered. MERM 801 Dissertation Each student will complete a 6-month research project drawn broadly from ecology, parasitology and conservation. The project will give practical experience of fieldwork, molecular lab work, experiments, and /or theory as well as wide range of general skills. Students can choose topics from the following areas. Population and conservation Genetics Herbivores and plant species richness Aquatic Ecology Fisheries Management Environmental Biotechnology Entomology Animal Parasitology Aquaculture

865

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OFSCIENCE CHEMICALTECHNOLOGY HONOURS DEGREE (HCT)

1.

INTRODUCTION These Departmental regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations for undergraduate degrees and the Faculty Regulations.

2.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 The programme aims to provide a broad range of chemical technologies that enables graduates to work effectively in industry. There is emphasis on the application of chemical knowledge and entrepreneurship. The programme hopes to achieve the following broad objectives:develop skills and attitudes that will enable graduates to participate actively in the development of the country produce professionals who can utilise natural resources (agriculture, mining, water, air) for the benefit of the country produce professionals who are innovative and capable of creating employment for themselves positively impact on the life of the ordinary Zimbabwean.

2.2

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS After completing the programme graduates will be open to the following opportunities: starting a chemical manufacturing business.

866

in chemical industry as technical business analysts, production managers (supervisor), product development chemists/managers, quality controllers, quality assurance managers in the public sector such as customs(chemical experts) environmental pollution control, industrial development organisations and industrial/research laboratories. in the Police Force as Forensic Scientist. as chemists in food, metallurgical, pharmaceutical, textile, paint, agrochemicals, plastics, rubber and allied, pulp and paper, mining industries and agriculture, water and effluent treatment plants.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry In order to qualify for normal entry to a Bachelor of Science Chemical Technology Honours Degree, a prospective student must satisfy the Entry Requirements specified in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations. In addition the applicant must: 4.1.1 have obtained a Pass at A level in Chemistry and Physics or Mathematics and any one of the following subjects or their equivalents: Biology, Computer Science and Food Science.

4.2

Special Entry The following persons may apply for Special Entry and for permission to proceed to a first degree with exemption from the whole or part of the normal entry requirements:

867

4.2.1

A person who has obtained a degree of this or another university or degree awarding institution. A person who has obtained from another university or an institution of similar status, academic qualifications (other than degrees) acceptable to Senate. These may include a diploma in Applied Chemistry, Food Science and Chemical Engineering. Students who qualify under the Special Entry Provisions may apply to Senate to be exempted from certain modules and examinations.

4.2.2

4.2.3

5.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE. N.B * denotes core modules.

LEVELONE Level 1 Semester 1 Module *CT101 *CT102 CT 109 *CT 104 CT 105 HMT101 *CS 101 Level 1 Semester 2 CT 107 Polymer Chemistry 4 Description Pre-requisites PhysicalChemistryI Inorganic Chemistry I Mineral Processing Analytical Techniques I Laboratory Techniques Calculus I Basic Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

868

CT 108 *CT 103 CT 106 *HCS101 Level 2 Semester 1 *CT 201 *CT 202 *CT 203 *CT 204 CT 205 *GS 201 Level 2 Semester 2 CT 207 CT 208 *CT 209 *CT210 *CT 211 CT313 *CT 206

Industrial Chemistry Organic Chemistry I Material Chemistry Introduction to Computers and Application

4 4 4 4

Physical Chemistry II Inorganic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry II Chemical Instrumentation I

(HCT 101) (HCT 102) (HCT 103) (HCT 104)

4 4 4 4 4 4

Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry Gender Studies

Material Technology I Plastics Technology I Mineral Technology I

(CT 107) (CT 103) (CT 109)

4 4 4 4 4 4

Laboratory Quality Management Systems Quality Management Systems Research Methods and Statistics Industrial Technology (CT 106)

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 CT 301 CT 302 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report 15 15

869

CT 303

Employers Assessment Report

10

Level 4 Semester 1 *CT 401 *CT 402 *CT 403 CT 404 CT 405 CT 406 Physical Chemistry III Inorganic Chemistry III Organic Chemistry III Chemical Instrumentation II Pharmaceutical Technology Pulp and Paper Technology (CT 201) (CT 202) (CT 203) (CT 204) (CT 205) 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2

CT 407 CT 408 CT 409 CT410 CT411 CT 412 CT 413 *CT 414 6.

Material Technology II Plastics Technology II Mineral Technology II Forensic Technology Fuel Technology Paint Technology Agrochemicals Project

(CT 207) (CT 208) (CT 209) (CT204)

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8

MODULE SYNOPSES

CT101 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I Thermodynamics, Work, heat and energy, first law of thermodynamics, reversible and irreversible changes, thermo chemistry, reaction kinetics, electrochemistry, thermodynamics of electrochemical cells, ions in solution.

870

CT102 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I Atomic Structure, Electronic structure of atoms, Periodicity of atomic properties, Polyatomic molecules, Transition Metal Chemistry: Introduction to the magnetic properties of transitional metal complexes. Practical Inorganic Chemistry: Qualitative analysis. CT 103 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I Bonding and structure of organic reactions and their mechanisms, stereochemistry, projection formulae i.e. Fischer, Saw horse, Newman, D/L configurations, R/S systems, compounds with more than one chiral centre. Aromatic chemistry, aromatic substitution reactions, Organic practicals: isolation of selected simple natural products from local plant materials. CT 104 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES I Ionic Equilibrium, Chemical composition of solutions Chemical equations and stoichiometry, Elementary treatment of analytical data, Gravimetric Methods: Precipitation from homogeneous precipitation (PFHS), Volumetric (titrimetric) methods of analysis. CT 105 LABORATORY TECHNIQUES Sampling techniques, separation and purification techniques, Concentration techniques, Apparatus/instrumental basis handling techniques. CT 106 MATERIAL CHEMISTRY Structure, processing properties and performance. The range of engineering materials, structure of materials, growth of metal crystals, slip, dislocations, movement of dislocations. Structure of alloys: Gibbs phase rule, phase diagrams for binary alloys, properties and phase diagram, precipitation. Structure of non-metals, ceramics, structure of electric and magnetic materials, Materials of engineering: Ferrous alloys: Heat treatment of steels, Wood.

871

CT 107 POLYMER CHEMISTRY Polymerisation methods, bonding in polymers, polymerisation reactions and their mechanisms, structure and stereochemistry, polymerisation practice/techniques, molecular masses of polymers, characterisation of polymers, ageing of polymers, properties and applications of selected polymer, polymer waste disposal and recycling, new trends in polymer chemistry. Practical polymer chemistry. CT 108 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY Unit operations, industrial finance, industrial separation processes, drying of solids, industrial gases: Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Hydrogen, liquefied Natural Gases: Acetylene, Carbon dioxide, Nitrous oxide, sulphur and sulphuric acid, Nitrogen compounds: Cement: Wood: Paper Technology. CT 109 MINERAL PROCESSING Introduction to Metallurgical Principles: Mineral dressing, Extraction, Refining. GS 201 INTRODUCTION TO GENDER STUDIES Refer to Gender Studies department. CT 201 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II Quantum Mechanics and Molecular Spectroscopy: The Dawn of the Quantum Theory Postulates of Quantum Mechanics. Molecular Spectroscopy, Raman spectra, General & Gas Phase Kinetics, Simple Collision theory of bimolecular reactions, The transition state theory, Unimolecular reactions, Lindermann mechanisms, RRKM Theory, Complex reactions, Unbranched chain reaction, Explosion reactions. CT 202 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II Periodic trends of elements and their compounds Groups I to VIII. Introduction to bonding in coordination compounds: valence bond theory, crystal field theory, ligand field theory and molecular orbital theory. Isomerism in coordination compounds Jahn Teller distortions and geometry in complex compounds. Introduction to spectra

872

Electron transfer reactions: inner sphere mechanism and outer sphere mechanism. Practical inorganic chemistry:synthesis and characterization. CT 203 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II Introduction to organic spectroscopy, Synthetic Methods 1 and Reaction mechanism, Formation of C-C bonds, Multi-centre reactions e.g. Wittig and Diels Alder reactions, oxidation reactions, Epoxidation of alkenes and ring opening, Reduction reactions. Practical in organic chemistry. CT 204 CHEMICAL INSTRUMENTATION I Introduction to Instrumental methods, Statistical treatment of analytical data, Spectroscopic methods of analysis, Chromatographic methods of analysis, Electrochemistry, Practical. CT 205 INTRODUCTION TO MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY Selective toxicity, Drug design and development, Synthesis of some pharmaceutical products: analgesics, anti-allergy agents, antibacterial, antibiotics, antidepressants, and antiviral. CT 206 INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY II Unit operations, Industrial Finance, Industrial separation processes, Drying of Solids. Industrial gases: Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Hydrogen, Liquefied Natural Gas, Acetylene, Carbon dioxide, Nitrous oxide. Sulphur and sulphuric acid: Nitrogen compounds: Cement: Wood: Paper Technology. CT 207 MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY I Structure, processing properties and performance. The range of engineering materials, Structure of materials, growth of metal crystals, slip, dislocations, movement of dislocations. Structure of alloys: Gibbs phase rule, phase diagrams for binary alloys, properties and phase diagrams, precipitation. Structure of non-metals, ceramics, Structure of electric and magnetic materials, Materials of engineering: Ferrous alloys: Heat treatment of steels, Wood.

873

CT 208 PLASTICS TECHNOLOGY I Definition of terms used in plastic technology, Polymer structure, Testing of plastics, Plastics Rheology, Plastics and the environment. CT 209 MINERAL TECHNOLOGY I Metallurgical Principles. Mineral dressing: Milling Size Control. Separation Principal Exploitable characteristics, Refining, Fire Assaying, Calculation of gold and silver. Critical success factors. Limitations and limit of detection Effect of impurities. Analysis of the PGMS. CT 210 LABORATORY QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Quality Assurance in Chemical: The Chemical Laboratory: Quality Systems and Quality Assurance, Total Quality Management Systems. (TQM). Quality Control in Chemical Measurement Systems: Methods selection and validation, Equipment calibration and maintenance, Estimation of measurement uncertainty, Data handling, Quality Assessment of Chemical measurement systems: laboratory management: Safety and health. CT 211 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Basic concepts, Statistical tools in Quality Control, Metrology, Inspection, Reliability and Dependability, New product quality, Quality specifications, Supplier relationship, Manufacture of quality, Customer relations, Quality Audit, Economics of Quality, Quality Data, Improving Quality, Human Factors in Quality, Quality Policy and Objectives, Quality Systems, Organisation of Quality, Quality Consulting, Practical Work. CT213 RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS Multi variate and descriptive statistics. CT 401 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III Ionic and Solution Kinetics: Kinetics and mechanism of thermal and photochemical reactions. Surface Chemistry: the liquid-air interface, the Kelvin equation liquid to liquid interface, the liquid-solid-air interface. Practical Physical Chemistry.

874

CT 402 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III Further properties of transition metal compounds, reaction mechanisms, introduction to photochemical reactions, organometallic chemistry fundamental concepts. Practical Inorganic Chemistry. CT 403 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III Heterocyclic Chemistry, Further Aromatic Chemistry, Carbohydrate Chemistry CT 404 CHEMICAL INSTRUMENTATION II Instrumental Method of analysis, Electrochemical methods, Modified voltammetric methods, Spectroscopic methods, Radiochemical methods, Chromatographic methods, Practical. CT 405 PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY Industrial preparation of drugs, application, extraction of drugs from herbal plants, marketing, preparation. CT 406 PULPAND PAPER TECHNOLOGY Basic concepts, Overview of Paper and Board making, Pulping technology, Stock preparation, Secondary fibre utilization, chemical additives, Sheet formation, Paper machine pressing, Drying paper and board, Properties and testing of pulp, paper and board, Instrumentation and process control, Pulp and paper mill services, pollution abatement. CT 409 MINERAL TECHNOLOGY II Extraction metallurgy, Pyrometallugy, Hydrometallurgy, Refining, Marketing, Foundry Technology. CT 410 FORENSIC TECHNOLOGY Chemical toxicology, environmental toxicology, forensic aspects of toxicology, types of poisons, how poisons act, treatment of acute poisoning and control of poisonous material, Forensic anthropology.

875

CT 411 FUELTECHNOLOGY Petrochemicals, Hydrocarbon fuels, Coal, Coke CT 412 PAINT TECHNOLOGY Production, Sources of pigments, dyes, inorganic and organic pigments, analysis, design. CT 413 AGROCHEMICALS Manufacturing of fertilizers, Pesticides, Insecticides and Fungicides, Organic fertilizers, environmental pollution control, Water quality control. Analysis of Agro Chemicals. CT 414 Dissertation Students will carry out research projects on a topic of their choice concerning pertinent issues in chemical technology under the guidance of their supervisors.

876

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATERIALCHEMISTRY

1.

INTRODUCTION The programme is aimed at providing advanced knowledge, insights and skills in the field of Material Chemistry, Science and Technology applicable to current, and forecast trends in developing, as well as the developed countries. The programme also seeks to provide an interface between the modern materials production and processing technologies. These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Post-Graduate Degrees herein after referred to as the General Regulations. 1.1 The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

2.

OBJECTIVES To produce an innovative post-graduate Materials Technologist with the following attributes: Involvement in Research and Development of new products Capability of continuously improving quality of products in a manufacturing environment. High degree of inventiveness and capable of creating employment Ability to teach undergraduate students at any university

877

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS After completing the Post-graduate degree programme, graduates will be able to teach at universities work in various industries which include plastics manufacture, ceramics, wood processing, alloying of materials or any industry which is into smelting of ores or metals as design engineers, production managers, product development technologists, research scientists work as consultants in all industries which use materials technological applications as material technologists in textile, paint, rubber, and allied, pulp and paper and mining industries

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS At least a good first degree in Chemistry, Chemical Technology or Material Science from any university recognized by Midlands State University.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS The degree programme will be persued on a part time basis. With minimum and maximum permitted duration for completion of studies governed by General Regulations. 5.1 Dessertation 5.2 The dissertation shall be done in level two semester two during which time the student is expected to undertake research. 5.3 Each candidate is expected to submit a dissertation of at least one hundred and thirty (130) to one hundred and fifty pages (150).

878

5.4 The format of the dissertation shall be provided by the Department of Chemical Technology. 6. ASSESSMENT 6.1 Formal examinations will be held at the end of each semester in the first three semesters. 6.2 Continuous assessment shall account for 40% of the overall assessment, while the final examination accountof 60% of the overall assessment 6.3 The aggregate pass mark shall be 50% 6.4 The aggregate pass mark shall comprise a pass in the final examination and a pass in the continuous assessment. 7. PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION 7.1 A student must pass modules worth at least 32 credits in the first level in order to proceed to the second level. 7.2. To graduate a student should have accumulated 64 credits. 8. MARKING SCHEME Refer to Section 21 of the General Regulations. 9. DEGREE WEIGHTING For the purpose of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be weighted as follows: Level 1 level 2.1 taught modules (semesters 1,2 and 3) 70% Level 2 (dissertation) 30%

879

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to section 8 of the General Academic regulations

11.

NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Refer to section 42 of the General Regulations

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1Semester 1 Code MMCH 701 MMCH 702 MMCH 703 MMCH 704 MMCH 705 Module Description Introduction to Material Chemistry Characterisation of Materials Research Methods and Statistics General Aspects of Laboratory Management Practical 1 Credits 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1Semester 2 MMCH 706 MMCH 707 MMCH 708 MMCH 710 Polymer Technology Materials Recycling Adhesives Technology Practical 2 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MMCH 800 MMCH 801 Total Quality Management Practical 3 4 4

880

Electives: Choose any one MMCH 803 MMCH 802 Ceramics Nanomaterials 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 MMCH 804 13. Dissertation

MODULE SYNOPSIS

MMCH 701 Introduction to Materials Technology Metals, ceramics, polymers and composite materials. The course will show that the behavior of materials is directly linked to their fundamental structures, and how structures and hence properties may be altered through processing. Properties, processing, design and environmental protection and degradation will be considered. Basic concepts of fracture mechanics and fatigue, with emphasis on practical applications for metals, ceramics, polymers and composites will be dealt with. MMCH 702 Characterisation of Materials Characterisation methods based on microscopy, chemical, physical and structural analysis and thermal techniques for materials and coatings. Physical characterization of materials include microscopy by light, electrons and scanned probes, diffraction, X-ray analysis and vibrational spectroscopies. Surface analysis by electron and ion spectroscopies using light electron, X-ray and ion beams. X-ray analysis-energy dispersive and wavelength dispersive spectrometry (EDS and WDS); surface analysis by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and Auger electron spectroscopy (AES); together with the ion beam techniques of secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) and Rutherford backscattereing spectrometry (RBS). Structure determination by Xray and electron diffraction (XRD and ED). Emphasis should be paid to the use of a variety of methods in multi-technique approaches for the characterization of materials.

881

MMCH 703 Research Methods and Statistics Principles of research, managing a research project; performing a literature review; organizing and performing data collection, analysis and presentation; writing and presenting a technical paper/report; understanding the dynamics of team working; critically evaluating a given research project and applying the findings appropriately; developing subject-specific skills. Major project: carried out in teams and reported in written and oral form. MMCH 704 General Aspects of Laboratory Management The chemical laboratory, laboratory safety, data handling, equipment calibration and maintenance, quality assessment of chemical measurement systems. MMCH 705 Practical 1 Consider general synthesis of polymers. MMCH 706 Polymer Technology Polymer Structure: linear, branched, network polymers, amorphous, crystalline. Polymer properties: mechanical, thermal, optical, environmental, processability, structure-properties relationships. Additives: classes, functions, effects on properties and processing; Commodity thermoplastics: types, grades, structure, properties, processing, applications polyalkenes (LDPE, HDPE, LLDPE, PP, EVA); Styrenics (GPPS, TPS, SAN, ABS, ASA); Vinyl (PVC, PMMA, cellulosics (CA, CP, CAB); Engineering thermoplastics: polymidess polyesters, PC, PPE, POM, blends; Themosets: PF, UF, polyesters, epoxides, polyurethanes; Materials selection: identification and selection

882

MMCH 707 Material Recycling Consider material selection, manufacturing processes, material consumption during the use phase, easier disassembly, recyclability (downscyclability), and ultimately efficient waste disposal, in an integrated manner. MMCH 708 Adhesives Technology The course provides the technology of adhesive bonding. The course starts with a review of the science of adhesion and adhesives and moves on to consider pretreatment, different adhesive types and the design of bonding joints. Testing, durability and quality assurance are discussed and case studies in automobile, packaging and microelectronics presented. MMCH 709 Metallic Materials Metallic structures: slip systems, X-rays diffraction patterns, Imperfections: point, line, interfacial, bulk: dislocation production and movement, diffusion. Phase Diagrams and Transformations: eutectic, solid solution, partial, peritectic, ternary, intermediate compounds: structural transformations, Hardenability: heat treatments: surface hardening, Deformation: formability, super plasticity, hot and cold working processes: hardening and strengthening mechanisms. Failure Mechanisms: creep, fatigue, corrosion and its control; fracture toughness. Processing: routes for commercial metallic materials effect of bulk deformation on microstructure and properties. Ferrous and non-ferrous metal/alloys. MMCH 802 Nanomaterials Materials structured at the nanometric level. Characterisation at the nanoscale by a variety of electron, ion beam and scanning probe methodologies and these, together with position sensitive atom probe and spectroscopic ellipsometry. Nanoscale structure in metals, polymers and ceramics may have a marked influence on structureproperty relationships with the possibility of providing behavior not seen in coarser scale structures. In addition certain new classes of materials may be produced at this size level, for example C60, carbon nanotubes and a variety of colloidal structures. The processing and applications of nanofluidics. The commercial perspective on the

883

larger scale production of nanomaterials will be done to illustrate the move of this class of materials from laboratory to plant. MMCH 803Ceramics Bonding and Crystal Structure: glasses & ceramics, silicates, carbides, nitrides, glasses and glass-ceramics, cements. Processing: slip casting, powder processing, sol-gel techniques, thick film processing. Thermal properties: refractory oxides; Mechanical properties: mechanisms of plastic deformation, fracture mechanics, brittle fracture, toughening of ceramics, porosity, high performance ceramics. Electrical properties: ionic and electronic conduction, preparation processing and characterization of S/C materials and devices, dielectrics, ferroelectrics and piezoelectric materials and devices. Optical properties: transmission and absorption, optical fibres, infra-red optical materials, materials for photo-emission, photo-detection. Super conducting and Magnetic Materials: high temperature superconductors (materials and applications), causes of magnetism, super conducting magnets. MMCH 804 Dissertation Students who successfully complete the taught element of the programme and achieve the appropriate standard may articulate to the Masters Degree. This will involve undertaking a project on either a full or a part-time basis, either in industry or based in the university. Examination is by means of a thesis.

884

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMPUTER SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE (HCSC)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations. In this programme, theoretical, applied and practical aspects of computing are addressed. The theory is treated as a tool to support sound practical aspects of computing rather than as an end in itself. This degree programme is a basis for worthwhile careers in industry, commerce and research.

1.2

2.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 The aim of this unique programme is to combine an in-depth coverage of computing and its applications with a systematic approach to the design and construction of high quality software and systems. By the end of the degree programme the student should be able to:- design and implement a programming task - use a wide of range of tools available to the software engineer - show knowledge of the current state of technology across a broad spectrum, - demonstrate a sound educational basis to cope with future technological developments, - pursue Post-graduate degree(s) in field of Computer Sciences - analyse, design, implement and maintain computer systems.

2.2

885

3.

EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS Graduates with the BSc Computer Science Honours Degree willseek employment in Industry, Commerce and Research as Computer Programmers, Research Scientists, Software Developers and Consultants, Computer Technicians, Systems Analysts, Systems Administrators, IT Managers.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry In order to qualify for acceptance to the BSc Computer Science Honours Degree, the candidate must have obtained the following qualifications:

A pass at A level in at least two of the following subjects or their equivalents:

4.2 Mathematics Physics Computer Science/Studies

Special Entry Special entry may be granted to applicants with a National Diploma in Computer Studies (HEXICO).

4.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The duration of the programme shall be prescribed by Faculty regulations

886

5.2

A level shall include two teaching semesters, each consisting of not less than 15 weeks (including mid-semester break). At the end of the second semester of a level, decisions determining issues of progression shall be made. The possible combination of modules within a subject shall be in accordance with Faculty Regulations and shall be subject to approval by the Chairperson(s) of the Department(s) and the Dean(s) concerned.

5.3

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 6 of the General Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREE WEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE N.B * denotes core modules

Level 1 Semester 1 Code Module Description Credits

887

*HCS 101 *HCS 103 *HCS 106 *HMT102 HMT103 HMT104 *CS101

Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Digital Logic Design Fundamental of Computer Architecture Linear Mathematics I Probability Theory I Applied Statistics Communication Skills Pre-requisites (HCS101)

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 *HCS 102 *HCS 104 HPH 104 HMT105 HMT108 Introduction to Programming Systems Analysis and Design Electricity and Magnetism

4 4 4 4 4

Mathematical Discourse and Structures Mathematical Variance Analysis & Regression

Level 2 Semester 2 *HCS 203 HCS 205 *HCS 206 *HCS 207 HPH 202 Operating Systems Simulation and Modeling HCS 202 4 4 4 4 4

Models of Databases & Database Design (HCS104) Advanced Programming Electric Circuits

888

HMT210 *GS201

Operations Research Gender Studies

4 4

Level 2 semester 2 HCS 202 *HCS 204 *HCS 208 HCS 209 HPH 206 Software Engineering (HCS 104) 4 4 4 4 4

Data Communications and Computer Networks (HCS103) Project Internet Electronics I (HCS104) (HCS101)

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2: Work Related Learning HCS 301 HCS 302 HCS 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 HCS 402 HCS 403 HCS 404 *HCS 410 HCS 411 *HCS 428 Object Oriented Programming 1 Software Project Management (HCS202) Artificial Intelligence Decision Support Systems Management Information Systems Advanced Databases (HCS206) 4 4 4 4 4 4

889

Level 4 semester 2 *HCS 401 HCS 405 HCS 406 *HCS 408 HCS 412 Dissertation Computer Security Object Oriented Programming II Computer Graphics Advanced Data Communications and Computer Networks (HCS404) (HCS208) 8 4 4 4

13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

HCS101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Basic Computer Concepts, Data Processing Cycle, Number System,. Computer Arithmetic, Types of Computer, Computer Peripherals, System Software and Application Software, Data Communications, Introduction to Application Packages:Word Processors, Spreadsheet, Graphics, etc. HCS102 Introduction to Programming Writing simple programs using assignment, Variables, Simple types, Operators and expressions, Conditional and repetitive statements, Input and output, Simple functions, Program Structure and organization, Definition and scope, Introduction to classes and objects. HCS106 Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Variations in Computer Architectures including buses, internal and external Memory, I/O and Interfacing, Instruction Sets, RISC Computers

890

HCS 103 Digital Logic Design Number systems and codes, Boolean Algebra. Karnaugh maps. Combinationa Logic Design. Sequential Logic Design. Single Bit memory elements. Circuits. HCS 104 System Analysis and Design System development methodologies. System Analysis. System Design. System Implementation. System evaluation. System maintenance. GS201 Gender Studies Refer to Gender Studies Department CS101 Communication Skills Refer to Communication Skills Department HCS 202 Software Engineering Issues of quality and productivity in software engineering: Software engineering principles for the development of complex systems: Cost and schedule estimation, software metrics, software process models, Formal specification techniques. Quality of process and products: reviews, inspections, testing, statistical reliability estimation, formal methods, Software development, Life cycles and deliverables, Team dynamics, Communication and presentation views. HCS 203 Operating Systems Operating System evolution and functions, Process management, System management, File System. HCS 204 Data Communications and Computer Networks The study of remote access between communicating Computers. Computer Network architectures and Topologies.; communication protocols and interfaces, functional layers; transmission facilities including communications equipment, line utilisation, switching, and error handling; standard protocols, network interfaces including routing

891

and flow control; point- to- point, broadcasting, and local area networks theory; high-level protocols; reliability and security, encryption. HCS 205 Simulation and Modeling Brief introduction to discrete-event simulation, Areas of application, System to system environment, Simulation of queuing systems, Mathematical and statistical models, Random numbers, analysis of simulation data. HCS 206 Models of Database and Database Design Review of the relational data model and introduction to distributed databases. DBMS architectures, Data dependencies, decomposition algorithms, Data dictionaries, Concurrency, integrity, security and reliability issues, Query decomposition, optimisation, and evaluation strategies, and Physical database design. HCS 207 Advanced Programming Event driven vs Traditional Programming, VB IDE Elements, Application Building, VB Language concepts and structure, File handling, VB and Databases. HCS 209 The Internet The use of the Internet for research and for enterprise-wide computing. Topics include history and composition of the internet; programming on the internet; fundamental communication concepts; LANs and Client-server; security, privacy, viruses, electronic mail, World-Wide web, FTP; Searching techniques. HCS 208 Computer Project Students will work on a systems analysis and design project under the supervision of a department member and submit a suitable report on the work carried out. HCS 402 Object-oriented Programming I Fundamental concepts of object-orientation; analysis and design; object-oriented languages and programming. Object-oriented languages such as C++ and Visual BASIC will be introduced.

892

HCS403 Software Project Management Introduction, definition of project, project management, project stakeholders, cash flow forecasting, net profit, payback period, ROI, net present value, project evaluation, CPM,PERT, software development methodologies, software effort estimation, risk management, software quality, managing contracts, tenders and the tender procedure. HCS 404 Artificial Intelligence Scope of Artificial Intelligence. Heuristics. Natural language processing HCS 405 Computer Security Accidental and malicious damage; viruses, hacking and fraud; physical security, authentification procedures; backup and recovery regimes; encryption and decryption; privileges and access control schemes; memory protection; surveillance and eavesdropping, network and communications security; computer auditing, legislation. HCS406 Object Oriented Programming II Definition of terms: OOP concepts, Variables, Methods, Constructors, Applets, Java and Databases, GUI-graphical user interface design and Inheritance. HCS408 Computer Graphics Introduction to computer graphics, applications of computer graphics, video display devices, color CRT monitors, output primitives, point and lines, line drawing algorithms etc, two dimensional geometric transformation, basic transformation, homogeneous coordinates, composite transformation, two dimensional viewing, viewing pipeline, window to viewport coordinate transformation. HCS411 Management Information Systems Systems concept, Information Systems Life Cycle- phases of IS development life cycle, Challenges of IS development life cycles, Information Systems-basic features, Examples of information systems, Challenges in building information systems, Information systems planning, Tools and techniques for IS development, Feasibility

893

study, Maintenance and evaluation, Other information development tools, Other information systems,- DSS, executive support, expert systems etc HCS412 Advanced Data Communications and Computer Networks Review of data communications and computer networks, digital/ analog transmission, wireless LANS, students will discuss IEEE 802.11 and Bluetooth LANS, cellular Telephones and satellite Networks, security protocols in the internet, IP level security, transport layer security, application layer security, firewalls, virtual private networks.

HCS 428 Advanced Databases Database Design, Data Modeling. UML approach, Relational Model, SQL, Transaction Management, Relational Algebra, Query Processing and optimization, Distributed Databases and Database Security Issues. HCS401 Dissertation The programme finishes with a supervised project which allows the student to design systems of specific interest to him/her. Its weight is equivalent to that of two core modules. The dissertation should be presented to a panel comprising of 3 members from the Department Board who will determine the score. HCS 410 Decision Support Systems Using DSS Software for decision support, DSS and Electronic Spreadsheets, Developing DSS. HMT102 Linear Mathematics I Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT103 Probability I Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT104 Applied Statistics

894

Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT105 Mathematical Discourse and Structures Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT108 Mathematical Variance Analysis and Regression Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT210 Operations Research Refer to the Department of Mathematics HPH104 Electricity and Magnetism Refer to the Department of Physics HPH202 Electric Circuits Refer to the Department of Physics HPH210 Electronics I Refer to the Department of Physics

895

DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION HONOURS DEGREE (FSN)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These departmental regulations shall be read in conjunction with General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations for undergraduate Degrees, hereafter referred to as the General Regulations. This is an exciting time to be studying food science and nutrition. There is increasing evidence that what weeat affects our health and quality of life. Increasingly, dietary factors are being implicated in some of the major causes of death worldwide. More and more obesity, diabetes and other degenerative diseases are becoming a problem in Africa. Concerns about food safety and food supply have increased and there are various national, regional and international initiatives to improve food safety. Food security is a growing challenge for many families in Africa in the face of erratic rains, and global warming effects. The Department of Food Science and Nutrition addresses these and related issues through teaching, research and community outreach programmes. The department offers a BSc Degree in Food Science and Nutrition. Thus, the programme produces a versatile professional, who will double up as a Food scientist and nutritionist, and hence making the graduate more marketable than one who specializes in one area, though there still is room specializing should one so desire.

1.2

1.3

2.

EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS 2.1 Because of the broad spectrum of modules covered in the programme, the graduands with BSc. Honours in Food Science and Nutrition will seek employment in the food industry, NGOs and Research as:

896

Food Scientists Research Scientists Quality Assurance Managers Microbiologists Food Technologists Directors Nutrition Consultants

- Nutritionists - Food analysts - Food

- Food service systems - Dieticians

3.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The programme is intended to enable students to: Develop a deep understanding of food and nutritional processes and their effects to human health. Acquire knowledge, skills, and techniques and use them in solving consumer problems related to food. Apply scientific and technical skills in industry, commerce and other fields in society in solving day-to-day food problems. Demonstrate creativity and knowledge of consumer needs and health through production and marketing of new products.

4.

ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS To qualify for entry, candidates should have passed English, Science and Mathematics at Olevel. Candidates should also have passed at least 2 ALevel subjects in the area of science. An ALevel pass in Food Science is an added advantage.

5.

STUDENT ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 5 of Faculty regulations.

897

6.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to section 9 of General Regulations

7.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of Faculty Regulations

8.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of Faculty regulations

9.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

N.B * Denotes core modules Level 1 Semester 1

Module code
HCS 101* HBIO 104 FSN 101* FSN 102 FSN 103 FSN 104* FSN 105 FSN 114* CS 101*

Module Description

Credits
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Introduction to Computers and Computer Application Genetics and Evolution Principles of Food Science Nutrition and Agricultural Systems Human Physiology Principles of Nutrition Introduction to Food Science and Nutrition Organic Chemistry Communication Skills

898

Level 1 Semester 2 Module Code Module Description Weight (Credits) FSN 106 FSN 107* FSN 108 FSN 109* FSN 110 FSN 112* HB10 105 FSN 115 Human Nutrition Food Chemistry I Food Engineering Operations General Microbiology Nutritional Assessment and Surveillance Introductory Food Laboratory Cell Biology Clinical Nutrition 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 Module Code Module Description Weight (Credits) FSN 201 FSN 202 FSN 203* FSN 204* FSN 205* FSN 206* FSN 207* FSN 216 Nutrition and Metabolism Principles of food Technology Food Microbiology Food Chemistry II Quality Assurance and Food Laws Meat Technology Cereal Technology Nutritional Epidemiology 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

899

FSN 217 GS 201

Dietetics Introduction to Gender Studies

4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 Module Code Module Description Weight (Credits) FSN 208 FSN 210* FSN 211 FSN 212* FSN 213* FSN 214 FSN 215* FSN218 Analytical Biochemistry Research Methods & Statistics Food Preservation Dairy Technology Fruits and Vegetables Technology Community Nutrition and Assessment Food Analysis Sensory Evaluation of Food 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 FSN 301 FSN 302 FSN 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 Module Code Module Description Weight (Credits) FSN 401 FSN 402* Food and Diet Analysis Application of Biotechnology to Food Science 4 4

900

FSN 403 FSN 404* FSN 405* FSN 406* FSN 407* FSN414

Food Product Development and Marketing Food Safety and Sanitation Communication Techniques in Nutrition Food Services Management Fats and Oils Technology Nutrition Planning and Programme Management

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 Code Module Description Pre-requisites FSN 408 FSN 409 FSN 410 Dissertation Advanced Therapeutic Nutrition Human Nutrition Biochemistry Credits 8 4 4

FSN 411

Industrial Food Microbiology & Biotechnology Food Toxicology Food Engineering II

4 4 4

FSN 412 FSN 413

FSN 415 FSN 416 7.

Public Health Nutrition Food Package Engineering

4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

CS 101 Communication Skills

901

Refer to the Department of Communication Skills HCS 101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Refer to the Department of Computer Science. HBIO105 Genetics and Evolution Refer to the Department of Biological Sciences. HBIO104 Cell Biology Refer to the Department of Biological Sciences. GS 201 Gender studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies FSN 101 Principles of Food Science Scientific principles, historical perspective and current status of technology related to food consumption, safety, toxicology, processing, preservation and distribution. FSN 102 Nutrition and Agricultural Systems An integration of food nutritional aspects and post harvest processing. The module focuses on nutritional changes and value addition in agricultural products FSN 103 Human Physiology Integrates, synthesizes, and describes human anatomy and physiology to enable students to achieve a working knowledge of human physiology in relation to nutritional sciences. FSN 104 Principles of Nutrition Course focuses on the nutritive value of foods and metabolism of essential nutrients, as well as the application of principles of nutrition to the requirements of normal individuals throughout the life cycle.

902

FSN 105 Introduction to Food Science and Nutrition An introductory approach to aspects of food science and nutrition. Module should include natural principles in food processing, handling and distribution. There should be an emphasis on balance diet and influence of nutrition on human health at various stages of life. FSN 106 Human Nutrition Prerequisite Organic Chemistry and Principles of the science of nutrition. Emphasis on physiological requirements of nutrients for human growth, development, and maintenance within the life cycle. The role of micronutrients and macronutrients is emphasized. FSN 107 Food Chemistry Prerequisite Organic Chemistry. Organic and biological reactions of food constituents. Chemical changes in foods during processing and storage affecting texture, color, flavor, stability and nutritive value. FSN 108 Food Engineering Operations The module is designed to introduce student to basic food engineering techniques focusing primarily on mathematical principles and applications in food processes, Unit and dimensions, material balance, psychrometry, heat processes of food, physical separation processes and extraction. This is an introductory approach to large scale operations with regards to food processing. The emphasis is on the preliminary processing of food stuffs such as raw material handling and conversion operations such as size reduction. Processes centered on holing and preservation of raw materials are covered. FSN 109 General Microbiology Basic concepts of microbiology including morphology, nutrition, replication, identification, biochemical characterization and control. Practical component uses microorganisms to demonstrate content topics and practical knowledge of materials, facilities, and techniques involved in the study of microorganisms.

903

FSN 110 Nutritional Assessment and Surveillance Includes coordinated education, role components, the nutrition care process, and medical terminology. Emphasizes basic skills in dietetics: interviewing, diet analysis including use of computers, and anthropometrical measurement and analysis. FSN 112 Introductory Food Laboratory Application of food preparation principles and techniques in the preparation of standard food products; principles of food laboratory management and their application in the planning and preparation of food. FSN 113 Food Systems Application of chemical principles and physical behavior of ingredients in food systems and the effects processing and storage have on finished food products. FSN 114 Organic Chemistry The module is designed to introduce food science students to basic organic chemistry concepts. The focus is on chemistry of carbon compounds, bonding, nomenclature, reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, addition, substitution and elimination reactions. There is need to have an in depth understanding of the chemistry of carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins, lipids, free radicals and synthesis of natural and complex synthetic polymers. FSN 115 Clinical Nutrition Relates to issues on how different diseases affect nutritional status, Gene-nutrient interactions, metabolic processes leading to critical illness, Nutrition and immune response, Energy imbalance; under- and over-nutrition leading to diseases like kwashiorkor and obesity. Modules also focus on recovery process and nutritional requirements.

904

FSN 201 Nutrition and Metabolism The physico-biochemical properties of nutrients and their bionutritional interrelationships at the cellular and sub-cellular level. Carbohydrate, protein, and lipid metabolism and the role of vitamins and minerals in these processes. FSN 202 Principles of Food Technology Overview of processing techniques in the food industry, including thermo- processing, freezing, moisture removal, moisture control and intermediate moisture food formulation. Fundamentals of food preservation: refrigeration, freezing, thermal processing, dehydration, and concentration, salting and smoking, chemical preservation, and fermentation. FSN 203 Food Microbiology There is need to study the role of microorganisms in food production, distribution and storage. A better understanding of the influence of microorganisms on food helps to maintain or improve the quality of food, avoid food borne illnesses and preserve food. Major topics should cover Microbial growth factors, Food Spoilage, contamination and Food Preservation, Food Fermentations, Food borne diseases and Food poisoning, Food safety. Practical application of basic concepts in food fermentation at laboratory level is covered. FSN 204 Food Chemistry Food chemistry, deals with the composition and properties of food and the chemical changes it undergoes as a result of the exposure to natural or artificial environments. The chemistry of food hinges on the major food components as well as the minor food components, including colorants, flavors and food additives. Emphasis is on the chemical and physical properties of these food elements that influence product quality FSN 205 Quality Assurance and Food Laws There is need to provide the student with a better understanding of quality assurance (QA) and quality control(QC) procedures in the production of food, providing confidents that the product will meet the requirements of quality and safety. There is

905

also need to focus on National, regional, and international food law; adoption, interpretation and enforcement of laws and regulations governing food processing and food service systems. Impact of regulations on food production, availability, marketing and safety. Microbial, chemical and physical hazards associated with foods and food processing environments, Good Manufacturing and Sanitation Programs, designing and implementing Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) Programs. FSN 206 Meat Technology Meat and meat products are essential components of a balanced diet. There is need to have a better understanding of the composition and nutritive value of different types of meat products. Processing of meat would need one who knows the postmortem changes, ageing of meat, tenderizing, and curing of meat. The module also narrows to quality aspects such as cuts and grading of meat. Other products covered include poultry, fish and pork. FSN 207 Cereal Technology The module reviews technologies for producing a wide range of cereal products taking into consideration the various components of cereals such as phytochemicals vitamins, carbohydrates and their roles in the quality of the final product such as texture, taste and nutritional value. There is also emphasis on whole grain foods, processing technologies of cereal products and health effects of the cereals. FSN 208 Analytical Biochemistry Analytical methods help the student to analyze biological samples and acquire knowledge on the qualitative and quantitative aspects of a constituent. The topics range from buffers, chromatography, electrophoresis, immunology, centrifugation, spectroscopy, radioisotopes, molecular biology techniques, enzyme assay techniques and protein purification techniques. FSN 207 Economics of Food Marketing Economic performance of food system; marketing margins; transportation, processing, advertising, and retailing of food products; structure, conduct, and performance of

906

food marketing firms and industries; government and public interest in the food system FSN 210 Research Methods and Statistics Statistical methods involving relationships between populations and samples; collection, organization, and analysis of data; and techniques in testing hypotheses with an introduction to regression, correlation, and analysis of variance limited to the completely randomized design and the randomized complete-block design. FSN 211 Food Preservation Fundamentals of food preservation: refrigeration, freezing, thermal processing, dehydration and concentration, natural and chemical preservation techniques and fermentation. FSN 212 Dairy Technology The components of milk and the utilization of the milk components form the basis for this module. It covers processing of milk, heat treatment of milk, grading of milk and dairy products. There is also need to focus on dairy microbiology and quality assurance in the dairy industry. FSN 213 Fruits and Vegetable Technology Vegetables are plants or part of plants that are used as food. A better understanding of these vegetables ensures variety in diets and promotes nutritional benefits derived from the fruits and vegetables. There is need cover the classification, composition and nutritional value of vegetables. The module also has an emphasis on pigments, organic acids, enzymes and flavor compounds. Processing techniques, chemical reactions, preservation methods and storage or post harvest conditions are also covered. FSN 214 Community Nutrition and Assessment An introduction to community assessment. Uses of assessment in determining cultural, economic, and lifestyle interrelationships that impact on nutrition problems and education needs throughout the life cycle.

907

FSN 215 Food Analysis The module emphasis is on composition analysis of foods- biochemical and microbiological quality. The rational of analyzing foods, the methods of analysis including physiological and psychological- sensory evaluation and their applicability to specific nature of a food product would be covered. FSN 216 Nutrition Through The Life Cycle Biological growth and nutritional requirements from fetal stages of development through aging. Nutritional standards in light of current epidemiological data and scientific research. FSN 217 Physical Chemistry of Food Processes Studies physicochemical processes in foods during food processing; places special emphasis on methodological and experimental aspects of food processes, such as water activity, rheology of foods, food extrusion, protein hydration, gelatin, aggregation, and food process analyses. FSN 218 Sensory Evaluation of Foods The physiology, psychology, and chemistry of flavor and flavor perception; tactual, visual, and auditory components affecting food acceptability; principles and application of preference and discrimination testing; and interpretation of panel evaluation data. FSN 401 Food and Diet Analysis The is need to understand nutritional needs of individuals with regards to age, stage of growth, activities and food habits. The module should have an emphasis on nutritional requirements, RDAs, nutrition index of foods, food groups and diet planning. The students should be able to utilize food composition tables given practical situations in dietary requirements. There should be an appreciation of nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics as well as the application of software packages in diet analysis.

908

FSN 402 Application of Biotechnology to Food Science Biotechnology is multidisplinary in approach involving modern biochemistry, microbiology, fermentation technology, genetic and enzyme engineering in which the tasks are complex and the benefits are immense. The advancement in biotechnology in both the food and agriculture industry evokes the need to prepare students for the food products of commercial value. Biotechnology is a rapidly expanding field with a greater impact on societies with regards to food production and food security. Students need to have an appreciation of basic cloning techniques, genetic engineering, modification of food products, biosafety as well as bioethics to assess the acceptance of GM Foods. FSN 403 Food Product Development and Marketing Principles of food product development: idea generation, formulation, processing, market positioning, packaging, product costs, pricing, safety, legal issues, and experimentation. Includes a group term project in accordance with Food Technologists guidelines. The procedures involved in developing new and existing products from product concept to product launch are essential. FSN 404 Food safety and Sanitation The management of food safety to include the role of sampling, monitoring, audits and inspections. Practical application of the principles and practice of HACCP. There is emphasis on microbiological criteria, hygiene control measures and Codex Alimentarius. FSN 405 Communication Techniques in Nutrition Application and integration of the principles of nutrition and their transmission to groups and individuals. Students will learn individual counseling techniques as well as how to present nutrition information to groups. FSN 406 Food Services Management Introduction to the management of commercial and non-commercial food service systems through the operation of Bevier Cafe. Students experience managing the

909

procurement, production and service of food, as well as the sanitation and maintenance of equipment and facilities. FSN 407 Fats and Oils Technology The module is designed to cover the basic chemistry of fats and oils, common chemical reactions, physical properties and nutritional aspects. There is also an emphasis on sources of oils and fats, process technology and analytical methods. FSN 409 Advanced Therapeutic Nutrition Application of the principles of normal and therapeutic nutrition, nutrition assessment, nutrition intervention and evaluation as related to the management and treatment of disease states. FSN 410 Human Nutritional Biochemistry Emphasis is on the biochemical functions of nutrients essential for humans. Course emphasizes the role of essential nutrients in fuel metabolism, cell biology and biochemistry, gene expression and the synthesis of proteins, and generation of energy from metabolic fuels. FSN 411 Industrial Food Microbiology and Biotechnology Prerequisite General Microbiology. Covers fundamental concepts of food microbiology including food production, microbial cultivation, screening, preservation, and significance of microbes in foods and their application to the production of processed foods. Relationship of microorganisms to food manufacture and preservation, to industrial fermentation and processing, and to sanitation. Detailed examination of food and industrial processes dependent on fermentation and other microbial activities. FSN 412 Food Toxicology Fundamental concepts will be covered including dose-response relationships, absorption of toxicants, distribution and storage of toxicants, biotransformation and elimination of toxicants, target organ toxicity, teratogenesis, mutagenesis,

910

carcinogenesis, food allergy, and risk assessment. The course will examine chemicals of food interest such as food additives, heavy metals, mycotoxins, and pesticides, and how they are tested and regulated. The module covers selected toxins found naturally in foods or introduced by industrial contamination or food processing methods. FSN 413 Food Engineering II The emphasis is on the final food product preservation operations in food possessing and the ancillary techniques applied to food processing plants. Heating operations, irradiation and food packaging and storage as well as hygienic designs of food processing equipment and plants are covered FSN 414 Nutritional Planning and Programme Management Essential in evaluating the importance of food products on human nutrition. It incorporates aspects of project management and monitoring and evaluation to allow better management of food resources and ensure food security. It covers feeding programmes, food aid, nutrition and development as well as impact of health/nutrition programmes in societies. FSN 415 Public Health Nutrition The module provides an integrated approach covering dietary needs, epidemiological, public health, social and biological aspects of nutritional science. Patterns of food consumption based on biological, psychological, and social needs; and anthropological findings will be assessed. Students should evaluate critically, the findings of scientific studies of public health nutrition; interpret and present findings of research in a range of formats and contexts; Laboratory component illustrates physiological and biochemical principles of nutrition FSN 416 Food Package Engineering Cross-disciplinary study of the materials, machinery, research, design, techniques, environmental considerations, ethics and economics used in the global packaging industry with emphasis on the implementation of improved technologies for the

911

problems unique to food packaging. An emphasis on the broad, systems-based nature of packaging will be maintained throughout the course FSN408 Dissertation The module provides students with opportunity to design, undertake or conduct an independent piece of research of study related to their programme of study under the guidance of a supervisor who is usually a member of academic staff of the department.

912

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION (MSFN)

1.

INTRODUCTION The programme is aimed at providing advanced knowledge, insights and skills in the field of Food Science, Technology and Nutrition applicable to current, and forecast trends in developing, as well as the developed countries. The programme also seeks to provide an interface between the modern food production and processing technologies and the nutritional aspects of food closely focusing on the Human health impacts. The programme also gives attention to food related socio-economic human development, HIV/AIDS, food and nutrition challenges, and food security concerns in various settings. 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme and passed the examination in accordance with regulations set in the Faculty Regulations.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 To provide advanced knowledge and skills required troubleshooting the current and forecast technical challenges of the food industry To equip graduants with a greater understanding of nutrition and health aspects of food production and processing To provide an ethical interface between technically oriented professionals, various stakeholders and the general public

2.2

2.3

913

3.

EMPLOYEMENT OPPOTUNITIES Lecturers Food Technologists Quality Assurance Consultants Nutritionists Dietitians

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal entry Applicants should be holders of at least an upper second class degree in any of the following degree programmes: Food Science and nutrition, Biosciences Biochemistry, Chemistry, Agriculture (Animal science), Nutritional Sciences, Home Economics or other related degrees awarded by the Midlands State University or any other recognized institution.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 The programme shall normally be studied over a minimum of two years (four semesters) on a part time basis. Three semesters will be for normal teaching and one semester for projects. Dissertation Refer to Section 8 of the General Regulations

5.2

5.2.1

The dissertation shall constitute a single semester in level two during which time the student is expected to undertake research for a period not exceeding six months.

914

5.2.2

Each candidate is expected to submit a dissertation not exceeding one hundred and fifty pages(150)

5.2.3

Candidates shall be required to submit three typed and bound copies, one of which shall be deposited in the university library, one shall be submitted to the department library and the last copy will be returned to the student.

5.2.4 The format of the dissertation shall be provided by the Department of Food Science and Nutrition. 6. ASSESSMENT

6.1

Formal examinations will be held at the end of each semester in the first three semesters.

6.2

Continuous assessment shall account for 30% of all the overall assessment, while the final examination account for 70% of the overall assessment.

6.3

The aggregate pass mark shall be 50%

6.4

The aggregate pass mark will comprise a pass in the final examination and a pass in the continuous assessment

7.

PROGRESSION A student must have possessed modules worth at least 32 credits in the first level in order to proceed to the second level.

8.

MARKING SCHEME Refer to Section 21 of the General regulations

915

9.

DEGREE CLASSIFICATION For the purpose of degree classification, the parts of the degree programme will be weighed as follows: Level 1 (semesters 1, 2 and 3) Level 2 (dissertation) 70% 30%

10.

NOFICATION OF RESULTS Refer to section 42 of the General Regulations

11.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MFSN701 MFSN702 MFSN 703 MFSN704 Module description Food Production and processing systems Food Microbiology and Biotechnology Nutrition and Public health Professional Ethics Credits 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 MFSN705 MFSN706 MFSN707 MFSN708 MFSN709 HIV/AIDS Nutritional aspects of food Food Analysis and Sensory Science Communication Skills in Nutritional Health Total Quality Management and Food Safety Food Policy and Programme Planning 4 4 4 4 4

916

Level 2 Semester 1 MFSN801 Research Methods and Statistics 4

Elective Modules: Choose any two MFSN802 MFSN803 MFSN804 MFSN805 MFSN806 MFSN807 MFSN808 Level 2 Semester 2 MFSN 809 12. Dissertation 12 Advanced Laboratory technology Advanced Food Packaging Clinical Nutrition Dietetics Advanced Food Chemistry Environmental Management in Food Science Food Toxicology 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

MODULE SYNOPSES

MFSN701 Food Production and processing systems An applied module investigating various food processing techniques and their underlying principles. The outline should cover raw materials used in food processing. Sorting and grading of agricultural products. Food processing techniques, to include microbiological, biochemical, nutritional and technological aspects. Principles of processing foods and Techniques to include, freezing, chilling, canning, intermediate moisture foods, and new technologies such as extrusion and aseptic processing. Brewing, fermentation, meat, dairy, cereal technologies are also covered. Visits to local food processing units. Research within the field of food science and technology is both wide ranging and rapidly changing. This gives rise to an increasingly diverse number of interesting and important applications.

917

MFSN702 Food Microbiology and Biotechnology This module informs on the part played by each of the major groups of micro-organisms in the production and spoilage of foodstuffs. In addition the changes, which occur in foods during spoilage, are highlighted as are the risks associated with such changes. Topics include Food and Microorganisms, Principles of Food preparation, Food Spoilage, contamination and Preservation, Food Fermentations, Food borne diseases and Food poisoning, Food sanitation, control and inspection. Food biotechnology focuses on Basic tool in Biotechnology (molecular tools and bioreactors), Applications of Food biotechnology, Biosafety and Bio-ethics. MFSN 703 Nutrition and Public health This module aims to provide comprehensive training in public health nutrition in a global setting with the choice of specializing in a number of topics and in a range of contexts. It provides an integrated programme covering dietary, epidemiological, public health, social and biological aspects of nutritional science. Specialist topics include maternal and child nutrition, nutrition in emergencies, nutrition programme planning, evaluation and monitoring, and nutritional epidemiology. MFSN704 Professional Ethics As part of ethical development, students are required to complete the Professional Ethics module. This will give exposure to a range of ethical perspectives and includes several self-tests which require to reflect on ones own ethical behavior and values. The Code of Professional Ethics lays down the standards of integrity, professionalism and confidentiality MFSN705 Nutrition and HIV/AIDS The coexistence of high rates of malnutrition and HIV/AIDS creates a challenge for nutritionists. Providing adequate nutrition at community and individual level remains a problem. The new challenge calls for the acceleration of both short-term and longterm effects to combat malnutrition and its effects on morbidity and mortality associated with HIV/AIDS. The module covers aspects involving: Introduction to HIV/AIDS, Link between nutrition and HIV/AIDS, Food security components in

918

HIV/AIDS nutrition care and support, Nutrition management of HIV/AIDS- related symptoms, Nutritional care and support for vulnerable groups and Management of drug and food interactions in HIV/AIDS therapy. MFSN706 Food Analysis and Sensory Science This module will be of value to students from a broad range of backgrounds who wish to develop their understanding of the scientific principles and practical methods which underlie the analytical techniques and methods used to assess food standards and quality, and the sensory perception of food products, with an emphasis on evaluating development of products. The principles underlying a range of analytical methods [e.g. Kjeldhal, Soxhlet, calorimetry] used to perform nutrient analysis will be discussed and performed in order to evaluate the nutrient content of food samples. The principles of sensory evaluation of food will be discussed, including the relevant physiological aspects of the senses such as taste thresholds. Sensory evaluation methodology such as taste panels and the statistical analysis of results (including profiling) will be studied. The procedures involved in developing new and existing products from product concept to product launch (including packaging, labelling, marketing, pricing and advertising) will be undertaken in the context of recipe/ product development case studies and practical exercises MFSN707 Communication Skills in Nutritional Health This module is designed to improve communication skills for the nutritionists in information dissemination. It focuses on: Communication skills (i.e., oral and written communication, listening; Critical thinking/problem solving skills (i.e., creativity, common sense, resourcefulness, scientific reasoning, analytical thinking, interviewing; Professionalism skills (i.e., ethics, integrity, respect for diversity); Life-long learning skills; Interaction skills (i.e., teamwork, mentoring, leadership, networking, interpersonal skills, etc.); Information acquisition skills (i.e., written and electronic searches, databases, Internet; Organizational skills (i.e., time management, project management, etc.); Commit to the highest standards of professional integrity and ethical values. The students should also be able to independently research scientific and nonscientific information as well as work and/or interact with individuals from diverse cultures.

919

MFSN708 Total Quality Management and Food Safety This module is designed to provide the student with an appreciation of the value of quality assurance and quality control procedures in the production of food, satisfying both legal requirements and the customers need for quality and safety. Awareness of recognised quality and safety systems such as International Standards Organisation (ISO) and Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) should be increased, together with the ability to apply them in setting up of an effective food safety management system. An overview of current food quality and safety systems to include Quality Control, Quality Assurance, Total Quality Management and relevant legislation. Quality programmes, practices and systems such as ISO9001:2000, ISO9004:2000, Good Manufacturing Practice, HACCP. The management of food safety to include the role of sampling, monitoring, audits and inspections. Practical application of the principles and practice of HACCP MFSN709 Food Policy and Programme Planning This module gives students the opportunity to examine a number of current food policies, both in terms of how they are formulated and also the impact they have on a given population. The student will be encouraged to critically analyse policies and their associated issues in relation to consumers, industry and Government. Lectures and seminars will introduce national and international policy makers and case studies will be used to illustrate the process of policy formulation and the impact that policies have in a wider context. The assessment will allow students to individually assess a given policy and consider the wider implications for ever-evolving polices. Various common themes are likely to emerge including Food and Nutrition policies in Zimbabwe, and around the world, including agencies involved in their evolution and implication. Several examples of current policies will be reviewed as case studies, including consideration of their impact on relevant stakeholders. Issues relating to food processing, food policy and the consumer. Genetically modified foods and their impact on health, policy and the consumer. MFSN801 Research Methods and Statistics This module is for all students on the MSc programme. It includes: Design of experiments, Variables and distributions; summarising data, Sampling variability of a

920

mean, Analysis of quantitative data; comparing two means, Sampling variability of proportions, Analysis of categorical data; comparing two proportions, Regression and correlation (computer session practical), ANOVA and multiple regression (paper critique practical). Emphasis will be on practical and applied skills. Methods will be illustrated using examples of relevance to Food Science and Nutrition students. By the end of this module students should be able to: describe the role of statistical methods in food/ public health research; present results effectively by making appropriate displays, summaries, and tables of data; appreciate the problem of sampling variation, and the role of statistical methods in quantifying this; select an appropriate statistical method for the analysis of simple data sets; correctly interpret the results of statistical analyses reported in the food/health literature; perform simple statistical analyses using software packages; and interpret their findings from statistical analyses and present these findings in a clear, concise, and logical manner. MFSN802 Advanced Laboratory Technology Application of food preparation principles and techniques in the preparation of standard food products. Analytical techniques involving Spectroscopy, chromatography, Microbiological techniques, Immunoassay and electrophoresis are covered. Other useful topics include: Method selection and validation, Good Laboratory practice (GLP), Laboratory management, Safety and Health. MFSN803 Advanced Food Packaging Emphasis should be given to aspects of food packaging including: Materials, Design techniques, Environmental considerations, Food ethics and Economics. There is also an element of improved technologies for the problems unique to food packaging like flexible packaging. It is also a topical issue in Food product development and clean technology concept. MFSN804 Clinical Nutrition This module examines the metabolic demands on nutrients in acute and chronic illness; a critical evaluation will be made of recent advances in specific nutrition therapies for each disease category, incorporating clinical case studies. Aspects of the current best feeding practice are reviewed together with the organisation of nutrition support teams in the hospital and community settings. There is also need to

921

focus on Evidence-based approach to the effect of nutritional status on disease outcome, Nutrient metabolism in health and disease, Gastrointestinal physiology and the uptake of nutrients, Nutrition support, encompassing oral nutritional supplements, enteral and parenteral nutrition, in the hospital and community setting, Nutritional Assessment in the hospital and community setting, How different diseases affect nutritional status, Gene-nutrient interactions, Metabolic stress during critical illness, Nutritional modulation of immune response, Energy imbalance; under- and over-nutrition. MFSN805 Dietetics The dietitian is a practitioner who applies the principles of nutrition in a variety of settings. The dietitian assists clients to manage their diet either as part of disease management (clinical setting) or as part of the wider prevention of nutrition-related disease in communities. The Masters level dietitian is able to lead and contribute to ongoing developments that will enhance the professional status of the dietitian together with enabling implementation of clinical governance and clinical effectiveness in particular ways: through effective and evidence-based practice, justified clinicaldecision making and identifying the need for reflective practice. This module focuses on current practices in dietetics in relation to trends in diet issues. It focuses on topics: Clinical Dietetics, Research Strategies in Nutrition & Dietetics, Professional Studies, Behavioral Sociology, Awareness of Dietetic Practice, Community Dietetics and Contemporary Nutrition Issues, Psychology of Behavior, Building on Dietetic Practice MFSN806 Advanced Food Chemistry Food chemistry, a major aspect of food science, deals with the composition and properties of food and the chemical changes it undergoes during handling processing and storage. Food chemists are typically concerned with identifying the molecular determinants of material properties and chemical reactivity of food matrices, and how this understanding is effectively applied to improve formulation, processing and storage stability of foods. The module covers a broad range of topics ranging from the chemistry of food components (Water, carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins), Minor food components (Vitamins, Minerals, Colorants, Flavors, Sweeteners, Food Additives, nuetraceuticals and toxicants). Aspects of Food systems are also covered

922

including dispersal systems, physical and chemical interactions of components in food systems. MFSN807 Environmental Management in Food Science This module is of relevance to students interested in the assessment and control of environmental problems associated with food production and public health. This module consolidates knowledge of key methodological tools: risk assessment as a structured method to estimate quantitative health impacts, especially for chemicals; risk management as a framework for assessing and controlling environmental hazards. Teaching considers the roles of scientific, socio-cultural, historical, economic and political factors in influencing the management of environmental risk. The module should cover the principles and legislation governing, as well as techniques in Environmental management. MFSN808 Advanced Food Toxicology The module focuses on general aspects and regulatory aspects of food toxicology There is need to look at pesticides and other industrial chemicals, hormones, mycotoxins, mutagens and carcinogens in heat-processed food; modification of carcinogen response by antioxidants, food irradiation, food intolerance, methylxanthines; use and safety of novel foods, and the future of food toxicology. MFSN 809 Dissertation The module is aimed at engendering students with a spirit of enquiry into a researchbased dissertation. A broad range of research is encompassed within the expertise based in the Food Science and Nutrition field may include a single focused investigation, or a series of discipline specific investigations, ranging from wetlaboratory based, ICT-based, questionnaire/ survey- bas ed, to dry theoreticallybased projects.

923

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INFORMATION SYSTEMS HONOURS DEGREE (HINFO)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations. In this programme, theoretical, applied and practical aspects of computing are addressed. The theory is treated as a tool to support sound practical aspects of computing rather than as an end in itself. This degree programme is a basis for worthwhile careers in industry, commerce and research.

1.2

2.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 2.1 The aim of this unique programme is to combine an in-depth coverage of computing and its applications with a systematic approach to the design and construction of high quality software and systems. By the end of the degree programme the student should be able to:design and implement a programming task use a wide of range of tools available to the software engineer show knowledge of the current state of technology across a broad spectrum. demonstrate a sound educational basis to cope with future technological developments.

2.2

924

pursue postgraduate degree(s) in the field of Information Systems analyse, design, implement and maintain information systems.

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates with the Bachelor of Science Information Systems Honours Degree will seek employment in Industry, Commerce and Research as: computer programmers, research scientists, software developers and consultants, systems analysts, and business analysts.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

4.1

Normal Entry In order to qualify for acceptance to the Bachelor of Science Information Systems Honours Degree, the candidate must have obtained the following qualifications: A pass at A level in at least two of the following subjects or their equivalents: Mathematics, Accounts and Management of Business

4.2

Special Entry Special entry may be granted to applicants with a National Diploma or Higher National Diploma in Information Technology or any related fields. Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

4.3

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Refer to Section 4 of the Faculty Regulations

925

6.

ASSESSMENT In all semesters, formal examinations account for 70% of the totalb assessment. 30% will be continuous assessment broken down to: 20% tests and 10% assignments.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING Refer to Section 10 of the General Regulations.

10.

GRADING AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREE WEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

N.B. * denotes core modules Level 1 Semester 1 Code *HCS 101 HCS 106 HCS109 HCS112 Module Description Credits Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications 4 Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Communication in Business Fundamental of Economics 4 4 4

926

HCS210 *CS 101

Fundamentals of Accounting 1A Communication Skills

4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 HCS 102 *HCS 104 HCS110 HCS111 HCS113 HCS114 Introduction to Programming HCS101 Systems Analysis and Design Financial Mathematics and Statistics Business Law I Fundamentals of Marketing Fundamentals of Accounting 1B 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 * HCS212 HCS213 * HCS 203 HCS 205 *HCS 206 * HCS 207 *GS201 Introduction to Management Information Systems Fundamentals of Accounting 2A Operating Systems Simulation and Modeling Models of Databases & Database Design Advanced Programming Gender Studies (HCS 104) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 *HCS211 *HCS214 *HCS202 Costing Accounting Fundamentals of Accounting 2B Software Engineering (HCS 104) 4 4 4

927

*HCS204 *HCS 208 HCS 209

Data Communications and Networks (HCS 201) Project 1 Internet (HCS 104) (HCS 101)

4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 HCS 301 HCS 302 HCS 303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 HCS 402 HCS 404 *HCS 410 *HCS 411 *HCS 428 HCS 403 Object Oriented Programming I Artificial Intelligence Decision Support Systems Management Information Systems Advanced Databases Software Project Management (HCS206) ( HCS202) 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 *HCS 401 HCS 405 HCS 406 Dissertation Computer Security Object Oriented Programming II ( HCS202 HCS208) 8 4 4

HCS 408

Computer Graphics

928

*HCS 412 13.

Advanced Data Communications and Networks HCS404

MODULE SYNOPSES

HCS115 Introduction to Information Technology Introduction: uses of information technology: Computer Hardware and software, Data Processing: Computer Networks and the Internet: network topologies, the internet, uses of the internet, E-business, word processors and spreads sheets, information systems, security and ethical challenges in Information Technology.

HCS101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Basic Computer Concepts. Data Processing Cycle. Number Systems. Computer Arithmetic. Types of Computers. Computer Peripherals. System Software and Application Software. Data Communications. Introduction to Application Packages:Word Processors, Spreadsheet, Graphics, etc. HCS102 Introduction to Programming Writing simple programs using assignment. Variables. Simple types. Operators and expressions. Conditional and repetitive statements. Input and output. Simple functions. Program Structure and organization. Definition and scope. Introduction to classes and objects, structures, arrays, text validation. HCS106 Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Variations in Computer Architectures including buses, internal and external Memory, I/O and Interfacing, Instruction Sets, RISC Computers HCS 104 System Analysis and Design System development methodologies. System Analysis. System Design. System Implementation. System evaluation. System maintenance.

929

HCS108 Principles of Management History and development of management thought, functions of management, organization structure, decision making, communication, centralization and decentralization delegation, leadership, and motivation, controlling budgetary and non-budgetary controls. HCS109 Communication in Business Development of students ability to communicate effectively and concisely in written, oral and any other forms of communication. Different styles in the use of English in a business setting. It will also include definition of business communication skills, verbal and non-verbal, letter writing, business writing style, types of business writing, speech styles, element of good oral communication, and use of questionnaires, note taking meeting, minutes, summarizing, developing effective presentation skills, types of presentations, informative presentations, persuasive presentations, dealing with Business Communication challenges, active listening, conflict resolution. HCS110 Financial Mathematics and statistics An introduction to statistical and related techniques which are widely applicable to business management including collection and presentation of numerical information, business calculation, frequency distribution, probability sampling, time series analysis, regression and correlation and linear programming. HCS111 Business Law This module is intended to enable students to; Understand and appreciate basic economics principle. For example, students will be exposed to the principle of supply and demand and shown how this affects the management of human resource. HCS112 Fundamentals of Economics Basic Economic concepts, scarcity, opportunity costs and production possibilities, specialization and comparative advantage, the nature and functions of product markets, supply and demand, models of consumer choice, firm production, costs, revenues, product pricing and outputs both in the individual firm and in the market.

930

Efficiency and government policy toward imperfect competition, factor markets, derived factor demand, determination of wages and other factor prices, efficiency, equity and the role of government, externalities, public goods. HCS113 Fundamentals of Marketing Marketing functions, the environments of marketing, marketing information systems and marketing research. The marketing mix, consumer behavior, the social responsibility of marketing, public policy with respect marketing practices, a general survey of the major marketing methods, techniques, institutions and practices. HSC 114 Fundamentals of Accounting 1B This module aims to provide basic understanding of problem solving related to incomplete accounts, partenership accounts, accounts for non profit making organization, manufacturing accounts and departmental accounts. HCS210 Fundamentals of Accounting 1A The module is designed to give students an understanding of the basic principle of accounting and their application to sole traders. Topics to be covered include accounts for a sole trader, accounting for assets, accounting for liabilities and accounting the effect of transactions on the basic accounting equation. Emphasis is given on the accounting cycle. HCS211 Costing Accounting Basic concept in cost accounting; standard costing, absorption costing, marginal and breakeven analysis, capital investment appraisal. HCS212 Introduction To Management Information Systems Concepts, information, systems strategies and planning, management support systems, information requirement definition at organizational and individual levels, information systems development and project management, and control of information as an organizational resource: this includes use of business software e.g. network systems, database implementation, statistical packages, forecasting and simulation.

931

GS201 Introduction to Gender Studies Refer to the department of Gender Studies HCS 202 Software Engineering Issues of quality and productivity in software engineering: Software engineering principles for the development of complex systems: Cost and schedule estimation, software metrics, software process models. Formal specification techniques. Quality of process and products: reviews, inspections, testing, statistical reliability estimation, formal method, risk management, software requirements engineering, software design, software issues. HCS 203 Operating Systems Operating System evolution and functions. Process management. CPU/Process scheduling, memory management, process synchronization, paging file management, popular operating systems, Linux, windows NT, Vista, Unix, Open source software. HCS 204 Data Communications and Computer Networks The study of remote access between communicating Computers. Computer Network architectures and Topologies; communication protocols and interfaces, functional layers; transmission facilities including communications equipment, line utilization, switching, and error handling; standard protocols, network interfaces including routing and flow control; point- to- point, broadcasting, and local area networks theory; high-level protocols; reliability and security, encryption, security in wireless networks. HCS 205 Simulation and Modelling Brief introduction to models, applications areas of simulation and modeling, discrete event simulation, input analysis, output analysis, random number generation, Kolmogorov- Sminorv test, Queuing models. HCS 206 Models of Database and Database Design Review of the relational data model and introduction to distributed database. DBMS architectures. Data dependencies, decomposition algorithms. Data dictionaries.

932

Concurrency., integrity, security and reliability issues. Query decomposition, optimization, and evaluation strategies. Physical database design. HCS 207 Advanced Programming Event driven vs. Traditional Programming. VB IDE Elements. Application Building. VB Language concepts and structure. File handling. VB and Databases. HCS 208 Computer Project Students will work on a systems analysis and design project under the supervision of a department member and submit a suitable report on the work carried out. HCS 209 The Internet The use of the Internet for research and for enterprise-wide computing. Topics include history and composition of the internet; programming on the internet; fundamental communication concepts; LANs and Client-server; security, privacy, viruses, electronic mail, World-Wide web, FTP; Searching techniques. Introduction to PHP and MYSQL ,basic PHP Syntax, variables in PHP, PHP operators, conditional statements, arrays in PHP,PHP loops etc. HCS 213 Fundamentals of Accounting 2A Partnering dissolution, introduction to company accounts requirements, financial statements for companies, statement of changes in equity, income statements, balance sheet, statement of cashflows position. HCS 214 Fundamentals of Accounting 2B Aimed at imparting knowledge on how to create and manage contracts, consolidation of two companies, the capital reconstruction of a company after either the issue of share redemption It also looks at the management of companies, branch and joint venture accounts. After completion of this module students are equipped with practical industry related accounts.

933

HCS 402 Object-oriented Programming Fundamental concepts of object-orientation; analysis and design; object-oriented languages and programming. Object-oriented languages such as C++ and functions, classes, inheritance and polymorphism, graphics. HCS403 Software Project Management Introduction, definition of project, project management, project shareholders, cash flow forecasting, net profit, payback period, ROI, net present value, project evaluation, CPM,PERT, software development methodologies, software effort estimation, risk management, software quality, managing contracts, tenders and procedure. HCS 404 Artificial Intelligence Scope of Artificial Intelligence. Heuristics. Natural language processing. HCS 405 Computer Security Accidental and malicious damage; viruses, hacking and fraud; physical security, authentification procedures; backup and recovery regimes; encryption and decryption; privileges and access control schemes; memory protection; surveillance and eavesdropping, network and communications security; computer auditing, legislation. HCS412 Advanced Data Communications and Networks Review of data communications and Networks, Digital Analog Transmission, wireless LANS, students will discuss IEEE 802.11 and Bluetooth LANS, cellular Telephones and satellite Networks, security protocols in the internet, IP level security, transport layer security, application layer security, firewalls, virtual private networks. HCS 428 Advanced Databases Database Design. Data Modeling. UML approach. Relational Model. SQL. Transaction Management. Relational Algebra. Query Processing and optimization. Distributed Databases. Database Security Issues.

934

HCS408 Computer Graphics Introduction to computer graphics, applications of computer graphics, video display devices, color CRT monitors, output primitives, point and lines, line drawing algorithms etc, two dimensional geometric transformation, basic transformation, homogenous coordinates, composite transformation, two dimensional viewing, viewing pipeline, window to viewpoint coordinate transformation. HCS 410 Decision Support Systems Using DSS Software for decision support. DSS and Electronic Spreadsheets. Developing DSS. HCS 411 Management Information Systems Refer to Computer Science department HCS 406 Object Oriented Programming 11 Refer to Computer Science department HCS 401 Dissertation The programme finishes with a supervised project which allows the student to design systems of specific interest to him/her. Its weight is equivalent to that of two core modules. The dissertation should be presented to a panel comprising of 3 members from the Departmental Board who will determine the score.

935

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MATHEMATICS HONOURS DEGREE (HMATH)

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations.

2.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES After completion of the degree programme students should be able to: apply mathematical and economic concepts, principles and processes in the areas of Science, Engineering, Industry and Commerce pursue post- graduate studies in mathematics and related areas design and implement a computer programming task as well as a sound knowledge, of mathematics and of business studies across a broad spectrum of areas. teach secondary school mathematics with computer applications up to A Level and conduct research at whatever level.

3.

EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS Applied Mathematics has immense applications in the fields of Science, Engineering, Industry and Commerce. After students graduate they are employable in the following areas: Acturial Sciences; Financial Institutions: (banks, building societies, insurance companies and pension funds); Meteorology (forecasting); Manufacturing industry (production/operation

936

management); Industrial Research; Research and Project Management in NGOs, research stations, etc; Mining Sector; Teaching and Lecturing and many other relevant areas of the economy. 4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry To qualify for the programme, applicants must meet the general entry requirements, and in addition they should have passed A Level Mathematics and any other science or commercial subject or their recognized equivalents. 4.2 Special Entry To qualify for special entry, applicants must have a diploma in Mathematics or any other related field. 4.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS Refer to Section 4 of the Faculty Regulations 6. ASSESSMENT Assignments and tests will be given for each module that a student takes. The continuous assessment mark C = 0.25 (assignment average) + 0.75 (test average). For each module a student will write a two hour examination at the end of the semester and the final mark for each module is F = 0.25C + 0.75E, where E is the examination mark.

937

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERAL GUIDELINES Refer to Section 10.2 of the General Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 5 of the General Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

N.B Modules marked * are core modules.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code HMT101* HMT102* HMT103* HMT104* HCS101 HCS103 CS101* Description Calculus I Linear Mathematics I Probability Theory I Applied Statistics Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Digital Logic Design Communication Skills Prerequisites Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

938

Level 1 Semester 2 HMT105* HMT106 HMT107 HMT108* HCS102 HCS104 Mathematical Discourse And Structures Calculus II Probability Theory II Regression And Anova I ( HMT101) (HMT103) (HMT104/ HMT103) 4 4 4 4 4 4

Introduction To Programming Systems Analysis and Design

Level 2 Semester 1 HMT201* HMT202 HMT203* HMT 205 HMT211 HMT209 HCS203 HCS204 GS201* Ordinary Differential Equations Linear Mathematics II Statistical Inference I Vector Calculus Time Series Analysis Mathematical Finance 1 Operating Systems Data Comms & Computer Networks Introduction to Gender Studies (HMT101) (HMT102) (HMT103/HMT104) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 HMT206 HMT212* Numerical Methods Real Analysis I HMT101 4 4

939

HMT210 HMT208 HMT204* HMT207 CT211 HCS206 HCS209

Operations Research I Number Theory Design And Analysis of Experiments Survey Techniques Quality Managements Systems Models Of Database & Database Design Internet

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1and 2 Code HMT301 HMT302 HMT303 Description Prerequisites Work-Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report Credits 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester I HMT401* HMT402* HMT403 HMT404 HMT405 HMT406 HMT408 Pdes and Fourier Analysis Linear Models HMT108 Mathematical Finance II Optimisation Hypothesis Testing HMT103 Real Analysis II HMT212 Non-Linear O.D.E S HMT209 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

940

HMT409 HMT421 HMT422 HMT470*

Statistical Inference II HMT203 Theory of Estimation Abstract Algebra Dissertation

4 4 4 8

Level 4 Semester 2 HMT410* HMT411 HMT412 HMT413 HMT414* HMT415 HMT416 HMT417 HMT418 HMT419 HMT420 Econometrics Graph Theory Fluid Mechanics Mathematical Programming Mathematical Modelling Economic and Social Statistics Stochastic Processes Multivariate Analysis Regression and ANOVA II HMT108 Mechanics Complex Analysis 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

13.

MODULE SYNOPSES

HMT101 CALCULUS I Number systems: Natural, integral, rational and irrational. The principle of mathematical induction. The real number system: decimal and geometrical representation,

941

inequalities and their solution sets. Functions: exponential, logarithmic, circular and hyperbolic and their inverses. Limits of functions. Continuity. Sequences: convergence of a series as convergence of the sequence of partial sums. Differentiation: Derivatives of functions of a single variable. Integration: The definite integral, the indefinite integral or antiderivative, practical techniques of integration, method of substitution, integration by parts and reduction formulae, fundamental theorem of calculus. HMT102 LINEAR MATHEMATICS I Complex numbers: geometric representation, algebra. De Moivres theorem polynomials and roots of polynomial equations. Matrices and determinants: algebra of matrices, inverses, definition and manipulation of determinants, solutions of simultaneous linear equations, applications to geometry and vectors. Differential equations: separable, homogeneous, exact, integrating factors, linear equation with constant coefficients. HMT103 PROBABILITY THEORY I Axiomatic probability, sets and events, sample space, conditional probability, Independence, laws discrete and continuous random variables, probability density functions, mean, variance, expectation. Independence, Chebyshevs inequality, moments and moment generating functions. Common Discrete Distributions, Uniform, Bernoulli and Binomial, multinomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, Geometric and negative binomial. Use of tables. Common Continuous Distributions: Uniform, Normal, Exponential, gamma, beta. Use of tables. Joint Probability Distributions. Conditional and marginal distribution, expectation, covariance and correlation. Approximations, Law of large numbers, Central limit Theorem, Normal approximation to binomial, poisson, etc. HMT104 APPLIED STATISTICS Graphical techniques. Kinds of. Measures of central tendency. Measures of variability. Empirical distributions. Moments. Skewness and Kurtosis. Applications. Indicators. Contingency Tables. Introduction to Time Series trends. Sampling .Introduction to

942

estimation procedures: Judgemental method and Method of moments. Introduction to Hypothesis testing. Ideas about non-parametric statistics. Chi-square contingency methods, Goodness of fit, Q-Q plots, using applications in agricultural and health statistics. HMT105 MATHEMATICAL DISCOURSE AND STRUCTURES Sets: formulae, propositions, Boolean Algebra and its applications. Logic, mathematical reasoning and proof: examples taken from various areas of mathematics. Relations: binary, n- ary, reflexive, symmetric, transitive, equivalence relations and classes, partitions, order relations, inverse relations. Functions: one to one, onto, inverse functions. Operations: sets with one or two binary operations: permutations, symmetry groups, modular arithmetic, etc. HMT106 CALCULUS II Theorems on differentiation, higher order derivatives and Leibnitz,s formula. The Mean value theorems: Rolles theorem, the Mean value theorem, the generalised mean value theorem, Taylor s theorem. Applications to maxima and minima, curve sketching, approximations and Newtons Method. Leibnitzs Theorem, Functions of several variables: limits, continuity. Differentiation of functions of several variables, Tailors theorem. Applications of maxima and minima problems, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple and triple integrals: change of order of integration transformations, Applications to finding area, volume, arc length, centroid, moments of inertia, etc. Series: tests of convergence, absolute and conditional convergence , series of functions, uniform convergence. HMT107 PROBABILITY THEORY II Bivariate probability distributions. Moment generating functions. Characteristic functions. Multinomial and multivariate normal distributions. Distributions of functions of random variables. Cumulative distribution function technique. Expectations of functions of random variables. The transformation Y=g(x). Probability integral transform, simulation of random numbers. Other transformations for discrete and continuous random vectors. Sampling distributions. Law of large numbers

943

HMT108 REGRESSION AND ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE I Correlation and regression, scatterplots, correlation matrix. Method of least squares, associated lines, assumptions underlying regression. Checking validity of assumptions. Residuals and transformations. Outliers. Pearsons and Spearmans correlation coefficients, predictions. Regression in terms of sums of squares and sums of products. Estimation and testing, t and F-tests. Multiple linear regression: linear equations and matrices. Matrices in simple and multiple linear regression. Testing and inference in multiple linear regression using matrices. Partial correlation. Analysis of variance (ANOVA). Assumptions underlying ANOVA. One-way, balanced design ANOVA. HMT201 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Basic techniques for solution of first and second order differential equations. Method of undetermined coefficients and method of variation of parameters. Existence and Uniqueness of solutions. Series solution. Differential equations of special functions. Laplace transforms to the solution of ODEs. HMT202 LINEAR MATHEMATICS II Vector spaces, linear dependence and independence, bases and dimension. Linear transformations, operations on linear operators. Eigenvectors, eigenvalues, orthogonality of eigenvectors, geometric and algebraic multiplicity of eigenvalues. Applications of diagonalisation of matrices, quadratic and bilinear forms, Jordan Normal form of a matrix, solution of systems of differential equations. The Cayley Hamilton Theorem and its applications.

HMT203 STATISTICAL INFERENCE I Deductive inference, population and sample concepts as the basis of statistical inference, parameters and statistics, review of probability theory. Central Limit Theorem, Chi-square, student-t and F distributions, distribution of min and max. Estimation: methods of estimation, properties of estimators and their sampling distributions. Interval estimation. Confidence intervals. Hypothesis testing.

944

HMT204 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS Principles of experimentation. Randomisation, replication, treatment structure, blocking and error control. The two-way model; fixed and random effects. Randomised block designs; Latin Square designs; Balanced Incomplete Block Designs; Crossover Designs. Checking model assumptions. Techniques for missing observations. Balance and Orthogonality. Analysis of Covariance, Factorial designs; fractional factorials; confounding. Split plot designs. Repeated Measures. Nested designs. Ideas of response surface methodology. HMT205 VECTOR CALCULUS Brief review of line, surface and volume integrals and applications to work done, flux through surfaces. Grad, curl and Stokes Theorem: characterization of conservative vector fields, existence of potential functions in simply connected domains. Div and divergence theorem: solenoidal vector fields and vector potential. Comparison of integral theorems with the Fundamental theorem of calculus; derivation of the continuity equation. The Laplacian in polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Field lines, sources and sinks. Gausss law for continuous distributions of sources; Poissons equation and its solution for some simple geometries. HMT206 NUMERICAL METHODS Introduction to simple numerical methods for solving problems in Mathematics, Science and Finance. Computer arithmetic and rounding errors. Numerical Methods for rootfinding, simple iterative methods and the Newton-Raphson method, convergence. Polynomial interpolation and splines. Solution of linear algebraic equations, scaled partial pivoting. Numerical integration and differentiation. Numerical integration of ODEs. Euler and second order. Runge-Kutta methods. HMT207 SURVEY TECHNIQUES Uses, scope and advantage of sample surveys. Types of surveys. The phases of a survey. Survey organisation. Questionnaire design, dummy tables, pre-tests, training of field workers. Report writing. Errors in surveys, monitoring reviews, quality control.

945

Sample design. Further sampling theory. Estimation of means, totals, proportions. Ratio estimation. Variance calculations. Practical work. HMT 208 NUMBER THEORY Foundations: Integers, well-ordering principle, induction, Fibonacci numbers; Divisibility; prime numbers, distribution of primes, conjectures about primes; greatest common divisor, least common multiple; Euclidean algorithm; fundamental theorem of arithmetic and applications, Dirichlet progressions, irrational numbers; Fermat factorization; linear Diophantine equations; perfect numbers, Mersenne numbers; Congruences: linear congruences; Chinese remainder theorem; Wilsons and Fermats little theorem; primality testing and Carmichael numbers; Eulers theorem; properties of the Euler Phi function; sum and number divisors; Moebius inversion; Public-key cryptography, RSA encryption method, knapsack ciphers; Digital signatures, DiffieHellman key exchange HMT 209 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE I Theory of interest rates: simple interest, compound interest, nominal rates of interest, accumulation factors, force of interest, present values, Stoodleys formula for the force of interest, present values of cash flows. Basic compound interest functions: the equation of value and yield of a transaction, annuities certain, present values and accumulations, deferred annuities, continuously payable annuities, the general loan schedule, the loan schedule for a level annuity. Nominal rates of interest: annuities payable pthly, annuities payable pthly, present values and accumulations, annuities payable at intervals of time r, where r>1, the loan schedule for a pthly annuity. Discounted cash flow: Net cash flows, Net present values and yields, comparison of two investment projects, different interest rates for lending and borrowing, effects of inflation, the yield of a fund, measurement of investment performance. Capital redemption policies: Introduction to premium calculations, policy values, policy values when premiums are payable pthly, surrender values, paid up policy values and policy alterations, variations in interest rates, Stoodley,s logistic model for the force of interest, reinvestment rates.

946

HMT 210 OPERATIONS RESEARCH I Review of mathematical programming methods: linear programming, simplex method, M-technique, Dual linear programming methods. Dynamic programming: problem formulation and solution. Project scheduling: network construction, PERT-CPM methods, project control. Queuing theory: single-queuing models (MM/1), Multiserver queuing models (MM/c), finite queue variation and P. K. formula. Inventory Control Models: Optimator economic order quantities, deterministic models for single and multiple items. Probability models. Decision Analysis: Bayesian methods, minimaxmaxi-maxi criteria, maximum likelihood, maximal opportunity criteria, introduction to Utility Theory. HMT 211 TIME SERIES ANALYSIS Time series models, estimation and elimination of trend and seasonal variation. Tests of randomness and normality. Introduction to projects. Model building strategy. Variance and covariance of linear combinations. Time series as a stochastic process, stationary stochastic process, white noise, and random walk. Variance of sample mean estimation of trends and seasonal variation. Sample ACP. Variance of sample autocorrelation and corresponding significance test for zero autocorrelation. General linear process. Autocovariance generating function. Moving average process. Invertibility. Autoregressive processes. Yule-Walker equation. Solution of difference equations. AR(1) and AR(2) processes: stationarity conditions. ARMA (1,1) process. General ARMA(p,q) process. ARIMA models for non-stationary processes: IMA(1,1), AR(1,1) IMA(2,2) models. Log transformation to stationarity. Identification of ARIMA models. Var (Z) for stationary processes. Partial ACF and applications to AR(1), AR(2) and MA(1) models. Parameter estimation: method of moments, least squares, and maximum likelihood. Properties of parameter estimators. Goodness of fit: BoxPierce statistics, overfitting, autocorrelation of residuals. Forecasting: minimum mean measure square error forecast; forecast errors. Applications to ARMA and ARIMA processes. MA(1)12, AR(1) 12, ARMA(1,1) 12 models. Multiplicative seasonal ARMA(p,q) x (P,Q)s model. Introduction to the frequency domain. Periodogram and spectral analysis.

947

HMT 212 REAL ANALYSIS I Historical development of the real number system. Countability, cardinal numbers, existence of transcendental numbers. The real numbers as a complete, ordered field. Supremum axiom, Archmedean property, principle on monotone bounded convergence, nested interval theorem, Bolzono-Weierstrass theorem, convergence of Cauchy sequences. Limits and continuity of real functions. Boundedness theorem, intermediate value theorem, interval theorem, application to fixed point theorem. Uniform continuity. Differentiability. Local extrema, Rolles theorem, mean-value theorem, LHospitals rule, Leibuizs theorem, Taylors theorem. Applications to finding roots, curve sketching, classification of local extrema and approximation by polynomials. The Riemann integral, integrability, properties of the Riemann integral, the mean-value theorem for integrals, the fundamental theorem of calculus. HMT 401 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND FOURIER SERIES Partial differential equations of mathematical physics and economics. Classification of second order PDEs in two independent variables. Derivation of the wave, Laplace and Poisson equations, method of separation of variables and Laplace techniques. Orthogonal sets of functions in an inner product space. Introduction to Hilbert spaces. Fourier Series. Fourier sine and Fourier cosine series. Discussion of a convergence theorem. Integration and differentiation of Fourier series to boundary value problems. Fourier series in two variables. The Fourier transforms and its inverse. The convolution theorem. Applications: Bessel functions J(x). The zeroes of J(x). orthogonal sets of Bessel functions. Fourier-Bessel series. Applications of the theory to the solution of PDEs will be stressed throughout. HMT 402 LINEAR MODELS Regression: Linear regression model, point and interval estimation of parameters. Pure error and lack of fit. Residual analysis. Multiple regression: estimation and confidence intervals. General linear hypothesis. Stepwise methods. Experimental design models: one factor models. Fixed and random effects. Two factor models, with and without interaction. Qualitative and quantitative contrasts.

948

HMT 403 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE II Introduction to the mathematical models used in finance and economics with emphasis on pricing derivative instruments. Financial markets and instruments; elements from basic probability theory; interest rates and present value analysis; normal distribution of stock returns; option pricing; arbitrage pricing theory; the multiperiod binomial model; the Black-Scholes option pricing formula; proof of the Black-Scholes option pricing formula and applications; trading and hedging of options; Delta hedging; utility functions and portfolio theory; elementary stochastic calculus; Itos Lemma; the Black-Scholes equation and its conversion to the heat equation. HMT 404 OPTIMIZATION Basic results, conditions for unconstrained variables, equality constraints, inequality constraints, duality, unconstrained optimization, linear programming, constrained optimization. HMT 405 HYPOTHESIS TESTING Introduction to testing of hypothesis. Simple hypothesis versus simple alternative. Composite hypothesis. Sampling from the normal distribution. Chi-square tests. Tests of equality of two multinomial distributions and generalizations, tests of independence in contingency tables. Sequential tests of hypothesis. HMT 406 REAL ANALYSIS II Riemann Integral: Definition, Darbouxs theorem, Riemann sums, fundamental theorem. Uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions, power series. Lebesgue Measure: Borel -algebra, outer measure, Lebesgue measurable sets, Lebesgue measure and its properties. Lebesgue Integration: simple functions, measurable functions. Monotone convergence theorem, dominated convergence theorem, and relation between Lebesgue and Riemann integral. HMT 408 NON-LINEA R ODES Second order differential equations in the phase plane. Plane autonomous systems and linearization. Geometrical aspects of plane autonomous systems. Periodic solutions; averaging methods. Perturbation methods. Singular perturbation methods. Forced oscillation; harmonic and subharmornic response, stability and entrainment.

949

Stability. Determination of stability by solution perturbation. Liapunov methods for determining stability of the zero solution. The existence of periodic solutions. Bifurcations and manifolds. Poincare sequences, homoclinic bifurcation and chaos. HMT409 STATISTICAL INFERENCE II Types of statistical data. Order statistics. Exact and asymptotic distribution of order statistics. Review of sign median, run tests. Mann-Whitney U statistics; definition, use. Asymptotic mean and variance. Wilcoxon one-sample and two sample tests. Testes of location vs. tests of variability: Siegel-Tukey or Ansari-Bradley, Waish. Non-parametric tests for experimental design: Kruskai-Wallis, Friedman, Durbin. Test for ordered alternatives: Jonckheere-Terstra, Page. Test for extreme reactions. Hollander. Tests for dichotomised or cardinal data: Cochran, McNemar. Kendals measures. Fishers exact test. Chi-square based tests. Other goodness-of-fit tests; Koimogorov-Smirnov, generation of uniformly distributed random numbers, generation of random numbers by inverse transform, other methods of generations. Bootstrap and Jackknife estimation. Resampling. M-, L- and R-estimator. HMT410 ECONOMETRICS Introduction to econometrics, its role in Zimbabwe. Review of general linear model: least squares estimators, correlation matrix, partial correlation coefficients regression coefficients, Significance tests and confidence intervals. Linear restrictions, multicollinearity, specification error, dummy variables. Generalised least squares, GLS estimator, heteroscedasticity, pure and mixed estimation, group observations and grouping of equations. Autocorrelation: sources consequences and conventional tests including Durbin-Watson, Thiel BLUS procedure, estimation, and prediction. Stochastic regressors: definition, instrumental variables, errors in variables. Lagged variables: lagged explanatory variables, lagged dependent variable and estimation including Koycks lag Scheme. Simultaneous equations systems, endogenous and exogenous variables identification problem. Restrictions on structural parameters. Two stage and three stage least squares.

950

HMT411 GRAPH THEORY Introduction to the abstract known as graph. Definitions and characterization of classes of special graphs. Distance and connectedness measures. Various algorithms applied to graphs and some of their proofs, classical and contemporary. HMT412 FLUID MECHANICS Introduction to the nature of fluids. Hydrostatics and pressure. Equation of motion and Bernoullis equation. Vorticity and circulation, Kelvins theorem. Two dimensional flow, velocity potential and stream function, complex variables. Axisymetric flows and Stokes stream function. Unsteady flows with vorticity. Applications of fluid mechanics in meteorology, engineering, etc. HMT413 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING Introduction to mathematical programming problems: Linear programming problem formulation; simplex method; Chmens and two phase techniques; sensitivity analysis; duality in LP; Dual simplex method; transportation and assignment methods; integer programming; dynamic programming; quadratics and separable programming; K T conditions for optimality. HMT414 MATHEMATICAL MODELING Aims and Philosophy of Mathematical Modeling. Modeling methodology, role and limitations. Mathematical modeling with sequences and series. Differential calculus, first order differential equations. Population and ecological models: application of linear autonomous systems to the physical and biological sciences. Optimal Policy Decisions: Models based on optimization techniques. Case studies. HMT415 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL STATISTICS Economic principles, national accounts, financial and industrial statistics, price indices, international trade, balance of payments. Agricultural statistics, Demographic concepts and measures, methods of population enumeration, cohort and life tables. Uses of demographic data, socio-economic indicators, labour, health, education, social welfare, women and men, crime, household surveys etc

951

HMT416 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES To include integer-valued variables: probability generating functions, convolutions. Markov chains: transition probabilities, classifications of states, stationary distributions, transient states. Gambler ruin, random walk. Markov processes: Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, transition rate matrix, forward and backward systems. Poisson process, normal equations, machine operation machinery breakdown, queuing model. HMT417 MULTI VARIATE ANALYSIS Multivariate data, descriptive statistics, graphical techniques. Random vectors and matrices, their expectations and properties, expected values of the sample mean and sample covariance matrix. Multivariate normal distribution and its properties, sampling distribution of sample mean and sample covariance matrix. Wishart distribution. Transformation to near normality, testing for normality. Inferences about mean vector: Hotellings T^2 distributions and likelihood ratio test, comparison with one dimensional case, confidence regions and simultaneous comparisons of component means: Bonferroni method of multiple comparison. Comparison of several multivariate means: comparing mean vectors from two population means (one-way MANOVA). Simultaneous confidence intervals for treatment effects, profile analysis, ideas of two-way MANOVA. Review of eigenvalues and vectors, spectral decomposition of symmetric matrix. Principal component analysis. Introductory study and use of one technique from; Factor analysis, Canonical correlation analysis, Discriminant analysis. HMT418 REGRESSION AND ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE Multivariate normal distribution. Matrix and vector algebra. Linear model in matrix notation. Fitting a straight line by least squares, lack of fit, pure error, review of multiple linear regression. Estimation, testing hypotheses and confidence regions for parameters in full rank linear regression model, polynomial regression models. Regression diagnostics. An introduction to stepwise regression applied to analysis of variance problems. The one-way and two-way classifications. An introduction to non-linear regression.

952

HMT419 MECHANICS Kinematics, projectiles, Newtons Laws, forces, momentum, work, energy, power, conservative and dissipative forces. Orbits. Oscillations, elastic forces and resonance. Equivalent systems of forces plane statistics, system of particles, elementary theory of rigid bodies. HMT 420 COMPLEX ANALYSIS Complex numbers, elementary operations: addition, multiplication, their properties. The conjugate, the absolute value and their behaviour with respect to addition and multiplication. Elementary functions of one complex variable: polynomials, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions, their inverses. Open, closed, connected sets. Limits of sequences and functions, their behaviour with respect to addition, multiplication, division. Cauchys criterion for convergence. Continuous functions. Continuity of sums, products, ratios, compositions. Definitions of continiuty using open and closed sets. Connectedness, its preservation under continuous maps. Uniform convergence and continuity of uniform limits of continuous functions. Branches of multi-valued functions. Examples of branches of the argument function and the logarithm. Infinite series of complex numbers. Geometric series and its convergence properties. The comparison test. Absolute convergence. Infinite function series and their uniform convergence. Weierstrass test. Power series. Abels Lemma. Radius of convergence. Complex-differentiable and holomorphic functions. Differentiability of sums, products, ratios, composition and inverse functions. Realdifferentiable functions. Cauchy-Riemann equations. Complex differentiability of polynomials, rational functions, exponential, logarithm and trigonometric functions. Path integrals. Independence of parametrization. Length of a path and estimates for path integrals. Antiderivatives. Calculation of path integrals using antiderivatives. Cauchys theorem: Goursats version for a triangle, generalization for polygonal regions and simple bounded regions. Cauchys integral formula. Residue theorem. Calculation of residues for ratios of holomorphic functions. Applications of Residue theorem: Trigonometric integrals, Improper integrals, Fourier transform type integrals etc. Taylor series and Laurent series expansions. Differentiation of power series. Poles. Calculation of residues using Laurent series expansion. Order of zeroes and poles. Identity principle. Maximum modulus principle.

953

HMT 421 THEORY OF ESTIMATION General Minimum Variance Unbiased Estimation, Cramer-Rao Lower Bound, Linear Models & Unbiased Estimators, Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Least squares estimation, Bayesian Estimation, Statistical Detection Theory, Deterministic Signals, Random Signals, Non-parametric and robust detection HMT422 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA Groups with operators, homomorphism and isomorphism theorems, normal series, Sylow theorems, free groups, Abelian groups, rings, integral domains, fields, modules. Topics may include HOM (A,B), Tensor products, exterior algebra. HMT470 DISSERTATION The student undertakes a project based on a thorough study of some mathematical and/or statistical aspects of the theory with reference to applications. The project will be supervised by a departmental lecturing member of staff and should therefore be of high standard. GS201 Gender Studies Refer to the Department of Gender Studies CS101 Communication Skills Refer to the Department of Communication Skills HCS101 Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS103 Digital Logic Design Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS102 Introduction to Programming

954

Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS104 Systems Analysis and Design Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS203 Operating Systems Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS204 Data Communications and Computer Networks Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS206 Models of Database and Database Design Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS209 Internet Refer to the Department of Computer Science CT211 Quality Management Systems Refer to the Department of Chemical Technology

955

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PHYSICS HONOURS DEGREE (HPHY)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations. The Physics Department offers two types of undergraduate programmes; the Bachelor of Science Physics with Education Degree and the Bachelor of Science Physics Honours Degree.

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES

Students should be able to:

2.1 Investigate the behaviour of the physical universe, evolve laws and theories to explain this behaviour, and apply the laws of Physics to scientific, engineering and technological problems. Conduct fundamental research into fields such as motion, heat, sound, light, electricity, and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure and to discover the basic laws of nature. Expand their physical ideas into various applications in everyday needs. They must apply the fundamental principles of Physics to industrial, medical and agricultural problems, especially when dealing with highly precise and delicate measurements, and the physical testing of materials.

2.2

2.3

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Research and Development Scientists, Metrologists,

956

4.

Meteorologists, Scientific Project Coordinators, Medical Physists, Software/hardware specialists, Technicians (Instrumentation, Laboratory and Signal), Plant operators, School and College Teachers.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry To qualify for entry into the B.Sc. Physics programme, the Department requires passes in A-level Physics and Mathematics. 4.2 Special Entry To qualify for Special Entry one should have a diploma in Applied Physics or any other related field. 4.3 Mature Entry Refer to Section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Refer to Section 4 of the Faculty Regulations.

6.

ASSESSMENT 6.1 Tests, practicals and assignments will be given per module per semester during the programme.

957

6.2

There will be a 2-hour written examination for each module at the end of the semester. 6.2.1 The final mark (FM) for each module will be a contribution of the continuous assessment mark (CA) and the examination mark (EX). The continuous assessment mark (CA) will be a contribution of the average practical mark (PAVE), the average test mark (TAVE) and the average assignment mark (AAVE) and is obtained as follows: CA = 60%PAVE + 25% TAVE + 15%AAVE 6.2.2 The final mark (FM) will be calculated as follows: Final mark = 60%EX + 40%CA

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 10.2 of the General Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

958

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE N.B * denotes core module.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code *HPH101 *HPH102 *HMT101 HMT102 HCS101 HCS102 *CS 101 Pre-requisites Mechanics Modern Physics and Thermal Physics Calculus I Linear Mathematics Introduction to Computers and Computer Applications Introduction to Programming Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 1 Semester 2 *HPH103 *HPH104 HMT105 HMT106 HCS103 HCS106 Waves and Optics Electricity & Magnetism Mathematical Discourse and Structures Calculus 2 Digital Logic Design Fundamental of Computer Architecture 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 HPH201 Classical Dynamics I 4

959

*HPH202 *HPH203 *HMT201 HMT202 HCS204 *GS 201

Electric Circuits and Electronics Electromagnetism Ordinary Differential Equations Linear Mathematics 2 Data Communications and Computer networks Introduction to Gender Studies

4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 2 *HPH204 *HPH205 *HPH206 HMT206 HCS209 Thermodynamics Solid State Physics I Electronics I Numerical Methods Internet 4 4 4 4 4

Level 3 Semesters 1 and 2 HPH301 HPH302 HPH303 Work Related Learning Report Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 HPH401 *HPH402 Quantum Physics I Electromagnetic Waves HPH203 4 4

960

*HPH403 *HPH404 HPH405 *HPH406

Solid State Physics II Electronics II Statistical Physics Atomic and Nuclear Physics

HPH205 HPH206

4 4 4 4

Level 4 Semester 2 HPH407 HPH410 HPH412 HPH415 *HPH438 Electives: HPH408 HPH411 HPH413 HPH414 HPH416 HPH417 Laser Technology Computational Physics Spectroscopy Geophysics Computer Interfacing Classical Dynamics II 4 4 4 4 4 4 Advanced Electronics Quantum Physics II Instrumentation Fibre Optics Dissertation 4 4 4 4 8

Elective modules will be offered depending on the availability of personnel and facilities.

961

13.

MODULE SYNOPSIS

HPH101 MECHANICS Vector algebra; addition, resolution, dot and cross products Particle kinematics; displacement, velocity, acceleration, projectile and circular motion. Particle dynamics; Newtons laws of motion and applications: work and energy: conservative and non-conservative forces, potential and kinetic energy, conservation of energy. Particle systems; centre of mass and momentum; collisions in two and three dimensions: Rotational kinematics and dynamics; torque, angular momentum, moment of inertia, work and energy, rotation and translation. Mechanical oscillations; SHM, damped harmonic oscillator, forced oscillations and resonance. HPH102 MODERN PHYSICS & THERMAL PHYSICS Modern Physics:- Atomic Physics: discovery of electron, Thompson e/m experiment, Millikan experiment, Rutherford atomic model, Bohr model of the one electron atom, X-ray production, the laser. Nuclear Physics: Radioactive decay, half-life, theory of successive transformations, measurement of half-life, constitution of nucleus, nuclear reactions, cross-sections: alpha and beta particles and calculation of binding energies. Quantum Physics: Planks radiation theory, photoelectric effect, Einsteins photon theory, Compton effect, wave-particle duality. Thermal Physics:- Thermometry, zeroth law, laws of thermodynamics, heat transfer, entropy, Carnot cycle and heat engines, kinetic theory, ideal gas, kinetic Interpretation of temperature and pressure, equipartition of energy, distribution of molecular speeds, Brownian motion, van der Waals equation.

962

HPH103 WAVES & OPTICS Waves in elastic media: mechanical and travelling waves, power and intensity, superposition, interference, reflection and transmission, standing waves, resonance Sound waves: Propagation and speed of longitudinal waves, sound intensity, vibrating systems and sources of sound, beats, the Doppler effect and shock waves. Geometrical optics: reflection, refraction, Huygens principle, Brewsters law, spherical waves, thin lenses optical instruments. Interference: Youngs experiment, coherence, intensity of interfering waves, thin films. Diffraction: single slit diffraction, circular aperture, double slit diffraction, multiple slits, diffraction grating, resolving power, X-ray diffraction. HPH104 ELECTRICITYAND MAGNETISM Electrostatics and electric fields: electric charge, electric displacement, electric potential, Gauss law, distribution of charge, capacitance. Steady electric currents: Ohmss law, Kirchoffs law, resistance measurements, bridges and potentiometers, electrolysis. The magnetic field: magnetic force on a moving charge, Lorentz force law, circulating charge and the cyclotron, magnetic induction, Amperes Biot-Savart laws, charging and discharging RC circuits, Hall effect. Electromagnetic induction: Faradays and Lenzs laws, self and mutual inductance, energy HPH201 CLASSICAL DYNAMICS I Oscillations:- Damped Harmonic Oscillator; logarithmic decrement, quality factor: forced oscillator; power phase, resonance, resonance absorption bandwidth, amplification factor.

963

Coupled oscillations: stiffness, degrees of freedom, normal modes of vibrations: Systems of particles. Kinematics in non-inertial frames:- vectors and scalars, rotating frames (Coriolis force), Gravitation: universal law, spherical shell and sphere, acceleration and fields, motion of planets and satellites, energy. Rigid body motion: equation of motion, gyroscope. HPH202 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTRONICS Circuit theory: Kirchhoffs law, the loop theorem, currents in a multi-loop circuit, the junction theorem, Thevenius theorem, max power theorem. AC circuit theory; impedance, reactance, phase diagrams, use of complex numbers in circuit theory, resonance, power factor, half-power points, AC bridges, resistance, capacitance and inductance measurements, the transformer. Three phase power systems: phase diagrams, star and delta connections, transformers, motors, generators, etc. HPH203 ELECTROMAGNETISM Review vector calculus: relative position vectors, gradient, divergence, curl, divergence and Stokes theorem, cylindrical and spherical coordinates and some vector relationships. Coulombs law: system of point charges, continuous distribution of charges. The electric field: field due to charge distribution, Gausss law - derivation and applications. Scalar potential: definition and properties, potential due to charge distribution, potential and energy. Conductors in electrostatic: systems of conductors, capacitance. Electrostatic energy, forces on conductors, electric monopoles and dipoles, boundary conditions for electric fields, polarisation, bound charge densities, the electric displacement, linear dielectrics. Electric currents and current densities, equation of continuity, conduction currents. Amperes law, Biot-Savart law and

964

Amperes circuital law and applications. The vector potential: definition and properties. Faradays law of induction in stationary and moving media. Inductance, magnetic energy and forces, the magnetic monopole and dipole. Magnetisation: magnetic current densities, the magnetic field, magnetic materials, magnetic energy density. HPH204 THERMODYNAMICS Equation of state of ideal and real gases, P-V-T surfaces, expansivity and compressibility, van der Waals gas and equation, partial derivatives and their relations, exact differentials, first law of thermodynamics, work and energy, heat flow, heat capacities, heat transformations, enthalpy, the energy equation, T and V independent, T and P independent, P and V independent, entropy, the Clausius and Kelvin-Planck statements, the second law of thermodynamics, first and second laws combined, the Tds equations, the Joule and Joule - Thomson experiments, the Helmholtz and Gibbs functions, thermodynamic potentials, Maxwells relations, third law of thermodynamics, Black body radiation. HPH205 SOLID STATE PHYSICS I Crystal structure, lattices, elements of symmetry, crystal directions, planes and Miller indices, interplanar spacing, packing fraction, crystal diffraction: electron, neutron and proton diffractions, X-ray diffraction:- spectrum, Braggs law, wave theory, crystal scattering and scattering factor, scattering by an atom, two atoms and by atoms of a unit cell; the reciprocal vector space, diffraction and the reciprocal lattice, Ewald sphere, interplanar distance; methods of X-ray diffraction: Lanes method, rotating crystal and powdered methods: crystal binding - types of bonding, energy and force, bulk modulus etc. Van der Waal interaction, repulse interaction, compressibility and bulk modulus, Youngs modulus, rigidity, strain and stress components, compliance and stiffness, bending of beams, torsional rigidity, defects, edge and screw dislocation, normal modes in crystal lattice. HPH206 ELECTRONICS I The diode: fabrication, characteristics and its use as a rectifier; load line, ripple voltage, smoothing; The BJT: fabrication, characteristics, use as amplifier and switch; The op

965

amp: inverter, non-inverter, adder, virtual earth, integrator, differentiator. Linear power supplies and regulation. HPH207 MATERIAL PROPERTIES Mechanical properties, thermal properties, electrical properties and magnetic properties. HPH208 ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS The radiation environment, atmospheric absorption and attenuation. Energy conservation and alternative sources of energy. Pollution: identification, monitoring, reduction and cleaning the environment. HPH210 MEDICAL PHYSICS Body mechanics, Physics of hearing and sight, diagnostic physics, Physics of noninvasive techniques, nuclear medicine. HPH212 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS & PASCAL PROGRAMMING Use of spreadsheets, DOS commands, use of memory disks, viruses, computer protection or security, use of Internet: Pascal programming: syntax, records, functions, sorting and counting etc. HPH213 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE CPU, buses, registers, memory, accumulator machine code, example of machine code program. eg. temp control, assembly language C-language HPH214 MODERN OPTICS Optical properties of matter, electro-optics and lasers. HPH401 QUANTUM PHYSICS Hilbert space (inner product space), linear operators, self-adjointness, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, uncertainty principle, Schrodingers equation, Hamiltonian equations, time evolution and expectation values, parity operators, the harmonic

966

oscillator, bound states and unbound states (potential barrier problems) step potentials, quantum mechanics in three dimensions, quantum mechanics of many particles, spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen (like) atom, Laguere polynomials the Zeeman effect. HPH402 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES Maxwells equations, plane waves in a non conducting medium - index of reflection, propagation constant, phase velocity, group velocity plane waves in a conducting medium - dispersion relation, plane waves in charged medium, reflection and refraction of plane waves, Fresnels equations, Brewsters law, penetration depth impedance, transmission coefficient, reflection at the surface of a conductor, fields in bounded regions, radiation - retarded potentials, electric dipole radiation, magnetic dipole radiation, antennas; transmission lines - ideal or lossless, coaxial cables, characteristic impedance, reflections, short circuited, the diffusion equation and energy absorption. HPH403 SOLID STATE PHYSICS II Optical processes and excitons, magnetic resonance, amorphhons solids, point defects, dislocations, semiconductor devices, free electron model, paramagnetism, diamagnetism, ferromagnetism, thermal conductivity of insulators, real metals. HPH404 ELECTRONICS II The decibel, pulse waveforms i.e. repetition frequency, risetime and decaytime, overshooting, mark-to-space ratio: negative feedback, audio-frequency power amplifiers, tuned amplifiers, waveform generators, oscillators, noise, power electronics - the thyristor, the triac, the diac, UJT, logic gates and combinational logic, sequential logic. HPH405 STATISTICAL PHYSICS Statistical equilibrium, Maxwell Boltzmann distribution law, thermal equilibrium, first, second and third laws of thermodynamics, Maxwells relations, Quantum statistics, Fermi-Dirac distribution law. HPH407 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS

967

Advanced digital electronics:- Flip-flops, triggers, AD/DA conversion, encoders, decoders, multiplexing, demultiplexing, computer interface. HPH 408 LASER TECHNOLOGY HPH410 QUANTUM PHYSICS II The wave equation, the wave function and the Schrodinger equation, the harmonic oscillator, eigenfunctions, wave packets, double oscillator, free particle wave functions, the potential step, potential barrier, the WKB approximation, wave mechanics - the Hermitian operator, commutator algebra, central forces and angular momentum, spherical harmonics. The free particle in three dimensions, the square potential well, the scattering theory, phase shifts and scattering resonance, linear vectors in Quantum mechanics. HPH411 COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS Simulation and modelling techniques, application of control systems. HPH412 INSTRUMENTATION General approach to measurement, quantities and instruments; measuring systems, performance characteristics, analysis of errors: properties of feedback systems, electrical filters, mechanical springs, pressure sensitive elements, flow-rate sensingelements: Transducers - passive and active: Signal conditioning and conversions bridges and amplifiers: indicating instruments- ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, frequency meters: Temperature measurements by electric methods - pyrometers. The cathode ray tube - The CRO as a useful measuring instrument. HPH413 SPECTROSCOPY Energy levels, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron resonance, infrared spectroscopy, atomic spectra, laser spectroscopy. HPH414 GEOPHYSICS Structure, magnetic and gravitational fields of the Earth, measuring techniques, exploration methods of water, oil and other minerals

968

HPH415 FIBRE OPTICS Totally Internally Reflected, parameters of an optical fibre, dispersion, fibre types step index and graded index monomode and multimode, mode of transmission, waveguide equations, modes in optical fibres, power flow, fibre material:- glass and plastic, fibre fabrication - fibre drawing machine, VPO, VAD, MCVD, PCVD, double crucible method:-mechanical properties of fibres- strength, fatigue, proof testing: cables, signal degradation and attenuation, scattering losses, dispersion, radiation losses at bends, signal distortation in optical waveguides, information capacity determination, optical sources and detectors - their characteristics and response time, optical wave communication - FDM,PAM - sampling theory. HPH 416 COMPUTER INTERFACING HPH417 CLASSICAL DYNAMICS II Lagranges formulation methods:- generalised coordinates, virtual work and displacement, equations of motion, coupled oscillations and normal modes. Lagranges and Hamiltonians equations, canonical transformations, rotations and orthogonal transformations, coordinate transformations, rotation and angular momentum, k.e. of rotating rigid body, principal axes, degrees of freedom of a rigid body Eulers equations of motion, stability of free rotations, heavy symmetric top. NB: It should be noted that the given module details can be changed according to the needs and time allocated. Some details can be added or subtracted depending on the lecturer involved. However the lecturer must always submit his module outline when submitting the examination question paper. Some modules may also be introduced to meet the expectations of the students and the Nation as a whole and also some of the elective modules can be taught at any level (provided the prerequisite of the module has been met) i.e., they are not restricted to the assigned level in this document. This proposal is subject to criticism for the betterment of the student. For all shopped modules refer to parent department.

969

REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS HONOURS DEGREE (HTEL)

SCIENCE

1.

INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations and the Faculty Regulations.

2.

OBJECTIVES After completion of the degree programme students should be able to: 2.1 2.2 analyse, design, implement and maintain telecommunication systems conduct, design and implement a programming task; use a wide of range of tools available to the telecommunication engineer show knowledge of the current state of technology across a broad spectrum; demonstrate a sound educational basis to cope with future technological developments pursue Post-Graduate degree(s) in the field of telecommunications

2.3

2.4 3.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates with the BSc Telecommunications Honours Degree will seek employment in Industry, Commerce and Research as: Signal processing engineers, Network engineers, Mobile communication systems engineers, Satellite communication engineers, Software/hardware specialists, Research and Development Scientists and College lecturers.

4.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry

970

In order to qualify for acceptance to the BSc Telecommunications Honours Degree, the candidate must have obtained the following qualifications: A pass at A level in at least two of the following subjects or their equivalents: 4.2 Physics Mathematics Computer Science/Studies

Special entry Special entry may be granted to applicants a National Diploma in Telecommunications, Applied Physics, Electronic Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Computer Studies (HEXCO or City and Guilds) or any other related fields.

4.3

Mature Entry Refer to section 3.3 of the General Regulations.

5.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Refer to Section 4 of the Faculty Regulations.

6.

ASSESSMENT Refer to Section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.

7.

FAILURE TO SATISFY EXAMINERS Refer to Section 9 of the General Regulations.

971

8.

PROVISIONS FOR PROGRESSION Refer to Section 7 of the Faculty Regulations.

9.

WORK RELATED LEARNING GENERALGUIDELINES Refer to Section 8 of the Faculty Regulations.

10.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 10 of the Faculty Regulations.

11.

DEGREEWEIGHTING Refer to Section 11 of the Faculty Regulations.

12.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

N.B* Donates core module. Level 1 Semester 1 Code HTEL 101 *HTEL 102 *HPH 103 *HMT 101 *HMT 102 *HCS 101 *HCS 102 *CS 101 Module Description Electronic Communication System Digital Signal Processing Waves and Optics Calculus 1 Linear mathematics Introduction to Computers and Computer applications Introduction to Programming Communication Skills Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

972

Level 1 Semester 2 *HTEL 103 *HTEL104 *HPH 104 HCS 103 *HCS 104 HCS 106 Digital Satelite Communications Antenna Engineering Electricity and Magnetism Digital Logic Design Systems Analysis and Design Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Prerequisites 4 4 (HPH104) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 *HTEL 201 *HTEL 202 *HPH 202 *HMT 201 HCS 202 *HCS 204 *GS 201

Wireless Communication Systems (HTEL 103) Microwave Communication Electric Circuits Ordinary differential equations Software Engineering Data Communications and Computer networks Gender Studies

Level 2 Semester 2 *HTEL 203 Prerequisites Radio Frequency Propagation andTransmission Lines 4 4 (HPH 202) 4

*HTEL 204 Microprocessors *HPH 206 Electronics I

973

*HPH 203 *HCS 207 HCS 209

Electromagnetism Advanced Programming Internet

4 4 4

Level 3 Semester 1 and 2 *HTEL301 Work Related Learning Report *HTEL302 *HTEL303 Academic Supervisors Report Employers Assessment Report Prerequisites 4 ( HTEL202) 4 4 4 (HPH 203) (HPH 206) 4 4 4 4 15 15 10

Level 4 Semester 1 *HTEL 401 *HTEL 402 *HTEL 405 *HTEL 406 *HPH 402 *HPH 404 HCS 402 HCS 404

Microcomputer Technology (HTEL204) Radar Systems Analysis and Design Engineering management Engineering mathematics Electromagnetic Waves Electronics II Object Oriented Programming 1 Artificial Intelligence

Level 4 Semester 2 *HTEL 403 *HTEL 404 Radio Frequency Planning Advanced Electronic Systems (HTEL 101 4 4

974

HCS 412 HPH 412 *HPH 415 *HTEL438 Electives HPH 408 HPH 416

Advanced Data Communications and Networks Instrumentation Fibre optics Dissertation

4 4 4 8

Laser Technology Computer Interfacing

4 4

Elective modules will be offered depending on the availability of personnel and facilities. 13. MODULE SYNOPSES

HTEL101 Electronic Communication Systems Digital communications: Shannon theory, modulation techniques for digital transmission, pulse modulation techniques. Data communications: operation and application of data communication circuits, data communication codes, error control, hardware structure of data communication protocols, mobile system protocols, synchronous and asynchronous protocols, public data networks, Local Area Networks. Multiplexing: Time Division Multiplexing, Frequency Division Multiplexing. Microwave communication: Frequency Modulation microwave radio systems and repeaters, protection switching, characteristics of microwave communication systems, system gain. Satellite communication: orbital and geostationary satellites, look angles, radiation pattern for satellite transmission, satellite system parameters. Optical fibre communication: optical fibre communication system, electromagnetic spectrum for optical fibre communication. Cellular radio systems: Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) architecture, GSM interfaces both terrestrial and air, GSM mobile subscriber management.

975

HTEL102 Digital Signal Processing Continuous time signals: nature of signals, impulse, finite width and discrete sampling.Digital signal processing: linear systems, superposition, discrete fourier transform, introduction z-transform, signal conditioning, digital filters. Statistics, probability and noise detection. Spectrum energy and power density function Analog and digital filters. Control: Laplace and z-transforms, recursive systems. HTEL 103 Digital Satellite Communications Elements of satellite communications: frequency bands, transmission & multiplexingCommunications satellite: orbits and description. Earth station and satellite link analysis, interference analysis. Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) and Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA). Satellite packet communications, satellite spread spectrum communications, VSATs HTEL 104 Antenna Engineering Fundamentals of antennas, arrays and mobile communications. Antenna types and design methods: dipoles, monopoles, loop antennas, small antennas, micro-strip antennas, slot antennas. Frequency independent antennas, horn and reflector antennas, earth station antennas. Antenna instrumentation and measurements. Direction finding antennas and systems HTEL 201 Wireless Communication Systems Wireless radio systems, free space communication, modulation. Spectrum usage: analogue cellular, personal communication services (PCS), universal mobile telephone systems (UMTS).Radio channels, and access techniques for radio-based systems. Cellular communications: base station, switching offices, frequency reuse plans, cell patterns. Global System for Mobile (GSM): architecture, concepts & services, traffic channel capacities. Wireless data communications: WAP, SMS, GPRS, EDGE HTEL 202 Microwave Communication Introduction to Radio Frequency and microwave wireless systems, frequency spectrums, wireless applications. Review of waves and microwave transmission lines:

976

wave propagation, standing wave ratio, waveguides, coaxial lines, transmitter and receiver architectures. Transmitter & oscillator systems: frequency tuning, intermodulation, frequency synthesizers, crystal reference & phase-locked oscillators HTEL203 Radio Frequency Propagation & Transmission Lines Propagation of radio waves, propagation mechanisms, propagation modelling Electromagnetics and RF propagation. Antenna fundamentals, RF safety, atmospheric effects. Communication systems and link budget. Transmission line basics, matched and mismatched lines, reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio, antenna matching HTEL 204 Microprocessors Designing and interfacing microcontroller - based systems. Architectures of microprocessor/ microcontroller. Microcontroller hardware interfacing and programming, and current development and market trends. HTEL 401 Microcomputer Technology Operating systems Memory management. Programming languages and techniquesApplication software. Software systems security and maintenance HTEL 402 Radar Systems Analysis and Design Radar fundamentals: range, doppler frequency, coherence, radar range equation Continuous wave and pulsed radars. Radar detection, radar wave propagation, clutter and moving target indicator. Radar antennas and target tracking. Synthetic aperture radar: real versus synthetic arrays, design considerations, geometry HTEL 403 Radio Frequency Planning Purposes of a frequency plan, factors affecting frequency planning. Radio broadcasting frequency allotment plans: FM radio, VHF and UHF television Interference as a limiting factor to frequency assignment Factors affecting interference, allowable degradation, interference modes, outage time allocation

977

HTEL 404 Advanced Electronic Systems Low noise techniques: noise generation and sources, noise measurement, interference, noise minimisation. Noise analysis methods: spectrum, fourier and time domain analysis, correlation techniques, logic analysis. High frequency techniques: bipolar junction and field effect transistor at high frequencies, wide band high frequency amplifier configurations, modular amplifiers and applications, high speed switching and applications. Filters: operation, characteristics and application of passive filters, characteristics of Bessel, Chebyshev, Butterworth and Elliptic filters, operation of Sallen and Key active filter, voltage controlled-voltage source, state variable switched capacitor, digital filters, design low and high pass filters using Sallen and Key type filter, design Butterworth and Chebyshev filters using prototype tables, effects of component tolerance on performance of filters. Opto electronics: energy levels, FermiDirac and Boltzmann distribution, principle of photo emission and photo conduction in semiconductor materials, infrared generation and application, application of lasers in communication systems. Analogue-digital systems: basic structure and operation of a microprocessor system, microprocessor applications in communication systems. Microwave semiconductor devices: operation and application of tunnel, gunn, trapatt, impatt and schottky diodes. HTEL405 Engineering management Human resources management; Management tools and techniques; Production management; Project management; Marketing management; Business law; Finance management HTEL406 Engineering Mathematics Third order matrices and determinants; Second order differential equations; Fourier series; Laplace transforms; Complex variable; Further calculus; Statistical interference and probability; Further partial differentiation; vectors HTEL438 Dissertation The module provides students with opportunity to design, undertake or conduct an independent piece of research of study related to their programme of study under the guidance of a Refer to Computer Science department

978

HPH201 Classical Dynamics I Refer to the Department of Physics HPH202 Electric Circuits Refer to the Department of Physics HPH203 Electro Magnetism Refer to the Department of Physics HPH204 Thermo Dynamics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH205 Solid State Physics I Refer to the Department of Physics HPH206 Electronics I Refer to the Department of Physics HPH207 Mterial Properties Refer to the Department of Physics HPH208 Environmental Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH210 Medical Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH212 Computer Applications & Pascal Programming Refer to the Department of Physics

979

HPH213 Computer Architecture Refer to the Department of Physics HPH214 Modern Optics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH216 Metrology Refer to the Department of Physics HPH401 Quantum Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH402 Electro Magnetics Waves Refer to the Department of Physics HPH403 Solid State Physics II HPH404 Electronics II Refer to the Department of Physics HPH405 Statical Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH406 Atomic and Nuclear Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH407 Advanced Electronics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH 408 Laser Technology

980

Refer to the Department of Physics HPH410 Quantum Physics II Refer to the Department of Physics HPH411 Computational Physics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH412 Instrumantation Refer to the Department of Physics HPH413 Spectroscopy Refer to the Department of Physics HPH414 Geophysics Refer to the Department of Physics HPH415 Optical Fibres Refer to the Department of Physics HPH416 Computer Interfacing Refer to the Department of Physics HPH417 Classical Dynamics II Refer to the Department of Physics HPH418 Telecommunications HMT101 Calculus I Refer to the Department of Mathematics

981

HMT102 Linear Mathematics Refer to the Department of Mathematics HMT201 Ordinary Differential Equations Refer to the Department ofMathematics HPH104 Electricity and Magnetism Refer to the Department of Physics GS201 Gender Studies Refer tothe Department of Gender Studies CS101 Communication Skills Refer to the Department of Communication skills HCS101 Inroduction to Computers and Computer Applications Refer to the Department of Computer Science department HCS102 Inroduction to Programming Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS103 Digital logic Design Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS104 Systems Analysis and Design Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS106 Fundamentals of Computer Architecture Refer to the Department of Computer Science

982

HCS202 Software Engineering Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS204 Data Communications and Computer Networks Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS207 Advanced Programming Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS209 Internet Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS402 Object oriented Programming I Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS404 Artificial Intelligence Refer to the Department of Computer Science HCS412Advanced Data Communications and Networks Refer to the Department of Computer Science department

983

REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATERIAL PHYSICS (MSMP)

1.

INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Faculty of Science and Technology Regulations and the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations The Master of Science degree in Material Physics is a four semester programme that comprises taught modules and a researchDissertation component. The degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme in accordance with the Faculty regulations

1.2

2.

OBJECTIVES 2.1 The overlapping objective of the programme is to equip graduate students with knowledge and techniques relevant to material fabrication, characterisation and application. The programme is directed at outcomes based education at the Masters level with emphasis on the application of Physics principles and mathematical modeling techniques in understanding of the relationship between physical properties, structure and chemical composition of materials, through strategies to control material on the nanometer scales towards the development of devices with novel, preprogrammed functionalities. Graduates completing the programme should have the ability to apply scientific methods -theoretical and experimental-to solve problems experienced by the semiconductor industries, material science and electronics application industries.

2.2

2.3

984

3.

CAREER PROSPECTS After completing the programme graduates may be employed as materials research and development scientists in industry, lecturers or research fellows in universities and colleges ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To qualify for entry into this programme, prospective students must hold a good honours degree in Physics, Applied Physics or any other material science related degree. GENERAL PROVISIONS The programme shall normally be studied over a minimum period of four semesters on a block-release basis.

4.

5.

6.

ASSESSMENT Tests, practicals and assignments will be given per semester during the programme. There will be a 3-hour examination for each theory module at the end of the semester. The final mark (FM) for each theory module will be a contribution of the continuous assessment mark (CA) and the examination mark (EX). The continuous assessment mark will be a contribution of the average test mark Tave and the average assignment mark Aave and is obtained as follows: CA=70% Tave + 30% Aave. The final mark will be calculated as follows: Final mark = 60% EX + 40%CA

7.

GRADINGAND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION Refer to Section 21 of the General Academic regulations.

985

8.

EXAMINERS AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS Refer to Section 39 of the General Regulations. PROVISION FOR PROGRESSION 9.1 A student must pass at least eight modules in the first level inorder to proceed to the second level. A student should have passed at least twelve modules from semester one to three before they can register for the dissertation. Students retain credits from modules passed. All module work should be completed before proceeding to dissertation.

9.

9.2

9.3

10.

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE The duration of the Masters programme is two years. Level 1and level 2 semester 1 is a taught component and consists of compulsory modules and electives. Level 2 semester 2 is devoted to research and compilation of dissertation.

Level 1 Semester 1 Code MMP701 MMP702 MMP703 MMP704 MMP710 Module Description Quantum Mechanics Statistical Mechanics Electronic Materials Semiconductor Device Microfabrication Electromagnetic Field Theory Credits 4 4 4 4 4

986

Level 1 Semester 2 MMP706 MMP707 MMP708 MMP709 MMP711 Advanced Electronics Microelectronics Device Physics Advanced Solid State Physics Microelectronics Reliability Physics Nanophysics 4 4 4 4 4

Level 2 Semester 1 MMP705 Thin Film Materials Laboratory MMP713 MMP712 MMP715 MMP714 Level 2 Semester 2 MMP801 Dissertation Research Methods Surface and Thin Films Optoelectronics Workshop and Laboratory Practice

4 4 4 4 4

12

11.

MODULE SYNOPSES

MMP701 Quantum Mechanics A study of quantum mechanics including combination of two or more quantum mechanical systems, addition of angular momentum, time independent perturbation theory, and time dependent perturbation theory.

987

MMP702 Statistical Mechanics A study of statistical mechanics including a brief review of equilibrium thermodynamics, fundamentals of statistical mechanics, transport processes, fluctuations from equilibrium, phase transitions and critical phenomena, and quantum fluids. MMP703 Electronic Materials The topics may include, lattice vibrations and phonons, many body effects in solids, device physics, quantum phenomena, carrier transport properties. Structure, electrical and optical properties of semiconductors: semiconductor-metal contacts: Ohmic and Schottky contacts: influence of impurities and defects on the properties of these contacts: quantum well semiconductor structures. MMP704 Semiconductor Device Microfabrication An in-depth overview of the physics and technology of VLSI and ULSI silicon semiconductor device microfabrication. Topics including electronic material preparation, thin film growth, silicon oxidation and etching, lithography processing, impurity diffusion, ion implantation and yield analysis will be covered. MMP705 Thin Film Materials Laboratory An intensive laboratory introduction to the physics and material fabrication and characterization. At the discretion of the instructor, laboratory projects introducing techniques such as sputtering, furnace/over preparation, scanning probe microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive spectroscopy, four point probe transport methods, magnetometry and X-ray analysis may be offered. This module prepares students for an experimental materials physics masters thesis project. MMP706 Advanced Electronics An advanced laboratory module covering analog/digital electronics and optoelectronics. Topics to be covered include traditional circuit prototyping,

988

introduction to the use of PC methods for simulating semiconductor device behavior in circuits, and an introduction to common PC-interfacing techniques for the control of the laboratory equipment. MMP707 Microelectronics Device Physics The application of solid state physics for describing important examples of thin film device operation with a special emphasis on semiconductor devices. Additional topics may include photon and phonon effects on electronic properties, quantum phenomenon -many body effects in solids, carrier transport properties, microelectromechanical systems, and material interface issues. MMP708 Advanced Solid State Physics Brillouin zones and space group symmetry, metals and semiconductors, energy bands, cyclotron resonance, impurity states, optical absorption and excitation, quantum Hall effect, metal semiconductor contacts, surface states. MMP709 Microelectronics Reliability Physics An introduction to the physical mechanisms governing the important failure modes of semiconductor integrated circuit devices and other devices and other emerging thin film devices. The application of materials physics characterization techniques for detecting the signatures of these failure mechanisms will also be reviewed. MMP710 Electromagnetic Field Theory Topics include application of special functions to problems in electrostatics and magnetostatics, time-varying fields, Maxwells equations, electromagnetic energy, Maxwells stress tensor, radiation and the special theory of relativity. Interaction of electromagnetic waves with solids.

989

MMP711 Nanophysics In this module, the focus is on the physics of low-dimensional systems (the typical length scales are in the range of 1-100nm). Among the topics that will be addressed are: wave-particle duality, quantization effects, Coulomb blockade, quantum transport, interaction of light and matter on the nanoscale, quantum computing and entanglement, storage and quantum devices and limits of CMOS. MMP712 Surface and Thin Films This module deals with the physical background of phenomena that take place at surfaces and interfaces. In the first part, emphasis will be placed on the electronic density of states near surfaces (including a discussion of diffraction and scanning probe microscopy techniques). In the second part of the module, the thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of crystal growth will be addressed. Finally, in the third part the focus will be on the electronic and optical properties of thin films. MMP713 Research Methods Research ethics, concept of research, defining research problem, problem identification, delimiting the research problem. Hypothesis/research question: Purpose, characteristics of usable hypothesis. Literature review: Role of related literature, organizing related literature, Reference sources (Primary and Secondary) Research designs: Experimental, Case studies, Surveys (sample). Principles of data collection, Multi-regression analysis, hypothesis testing, the problem of inference, analysis of continuous and categorical data. Multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity and autocorrelation. Discrete choice models. MMP714 Workshop and Laboratory Practice Safety Regulations and Procedures; Basics of drilling, soldering, arc and gas welding, lathe- work, PCB prototyping ,workshop machinery: use, maintenance and servicing, PLC/PIC interfacing, measurements and troubleshooting.

990

MMP715 Optoelectronics Properties of laser light; monochrome coherence and intensity; and modes; different types of lasers; mode decomposition of the electromagnetic field; semi classical; and full quantum theory of transitions. Fibre optics, LCDs and quantum photonic device. MMP801 Dissertation The module provides students with opportunity to design undertake or conduct an independent and original piece of research of study related to their programme of study under the guidance of a supervisor who is usually a member of the academic staff of the department. HPH208 Environmental Physics HPH210 Medical Physics 4 4

991